Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

 

(Mark One)

¨ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

¨ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report                     

Commission file number: 001-36495

 

 

MARKIT LTD.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Bermuda

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

4th Floor, Ropemaker Place

25 Ropemaker Street

London, EC2Y 9LY

United Kingdom

(Address of principal executive offices)

Adam J. Kansler

Chief Administrative Officer and General Counsel

c/o Markit North America, Inc.

620 Eighth Avenue, 35th Floor

New York, NY 10018

(212) 931-4900

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Contact Person)

Copy to:

Richard D. Truesdell Jr.

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Phone: (212) 450-4000

Fax: (212) 701-5800

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Shares, par value $0.01 per share   NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

 

Title of Class

 

Number of Shares Outstanding

Common shares   182,507,512, excluding 25,219,470 outstanding common shares held by the Markit Group Holdings Limited Employee Benefit Trust

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports).    Yes   ¨     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer   ¨                 Accelerated Filer   ¨                 Non-accelerated Filer   x

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP   ¨

   International Financial Reporting Standards as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board   x
   Other   ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.    Item 17   ¨     Item 18   ¨

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

    Page  

Introduction

  1   

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

  2   

PART I

ITEM 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors   4   
ITEM 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable   4   
ITEM 3. Key Information   4   
ITEM 4. Information on the Company   30   
ITEM 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments   39   
ITEM 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects   39   
ITEM 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees   64   
ITEM 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions   79   
ITEM 8. Financial Information   85   
ITEM 9. The Offer and Listing   87   
ITEM 10. Additional Information   88   
ITEM 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk   109   
ITEM 12. Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities   109   

PART 2

ITEM 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies   110   
ITEM 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds   110   
ITEM 15. Controls and Procedures   110   
ITEM 16. [Reserved]   111   
ITEM 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert   111   
ITEM 16B. Code of Ethics   111   
ITEM 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services   112   
ITEM 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees   112   
ITEM 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers   112   
ITEM 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant   112   
ITEM 16G. Corporate Governance   113   
ITEM 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure   113   

PART 3

ITEM 17. Financial Statements   114   
ITEM 18. Financial Statements   114   
ITEM 19. Exhibits   114   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-1   

 

i


Table of Contents

Introduction

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all references in this annual report on Form 20-F (this “annual report”) to “Markit” or the “company,” “we,” “our,” “ours,” “us” or similar terms refer to Markit Group Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries prior to the completion of our corporate reorganisation, and Markit Ltd. and its subsidiaries as of the completion of our corporate reorganisation and thereafter, as described below.

Corporate Reorganisation

 

 

Markit Ltd. is a Bermuda exempted company incorporated on January 16, 2014 for the purposes of our initial public offering and to become the holding company for Markit Group Holdings Limited, our former holding company.

In connection with the completion of our initial public offering on June 24, 2014, we completed a corporate reorganisation and reclassification of our shares whereby:

 

pursuant to a scheme of arrangement under Part 26 of the English Companies Act 2006 approved by the High Court of Justice of England and Wales and by our shareholders, shares in Markit Group Holdings Limited were cancelled and extinguished in exchange for newly issued shares of Markit Ltd., and Markit Group Holdings Limited became a wholly and directly owned subsidiary of Markit Ltd., with shareholders of Markit Group Holdings Limited becoming shareholders of Markit Ltd.;

 

all our voting and non-voting common shares were reclassified into a single class of common shares with the same economic and voting rights;

 

a 10-for-1 share split of our common shares was effected; and

 

our current bye-laws were adopted.

We refer to this reorganisation and reclassification of our shares as our “corporate reorganisation.”

Presentation of Financial Information

 

 

We prepare and report our consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (the “IASB”).

We historically conducted our business through Markit Group Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries, and therefore our historical financial statements prior to the closing of our initial public offering presented the results of operations of Markit Group Holdings Limited. In connection with our initial public offering, we engaged in a corporate reorganisation described under “—Corporate Reorganisation” pursuant to which Markit Group Holdings Limited became a wholly owned subsidiary of Markit Ltd., a newly formed holding company with nominal assets and liabilities, which had not conducted any operations prior to our initial public offering. Markit Ltd.’s financial statements are the same as Markit Group Holdings Limited’s financial statements prior to our initial public offering, as adjusted for the corporate reorganisation. Following the corporate reorganisation and our initial public offering, our financial statements present the results of operations of Markit Ltd. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

We have made rounding adjustments to some of the figures included in this annual report. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in some tables may not be arithmetic aggregations of the figures that precede them.

 

1


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, all references to currency amounts in this annual report are in U.S. dollars.

Market and Industry Data and Forecasts

 

 

Certain market data and industry data and forecasts used throughout this annual report were obtained from internal company surveys, market research, consultant surveys, reports of governmental and international agencies and industry publications and surveys. Industry publications and third-party research, surveys and reports generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. We believe the data from third-party sources to be reliable based upon our management’s knowledge of the industry, but have not independently verified such data. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. In that regard, when we refer to one or more sources of this type of data in any paragraph, you should assume that other data of this type appearing in the same paragraph is derived from the same sources, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires. Our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors” in this annual report.

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This annual report contains statements that constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Many of the forward-looking statements contained in this annual report can be identified by the use of forward-looking words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “expect,” “should,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” “will” and “potential,” among others, or the negative of these words.

Forward-looking statements appear in a number of places in this annual report and include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our intent, belief or current expectations. Forward-looking statements are based on management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Such statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, and actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements due to various factors, including, but not limited to, those identified under “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors” in this annual report. These risks and uncertainties include factors relating to:

 

our operation in highly competitive markets;

 

our inability to develop successful new products and services;

 

any design defects, errors, failures or delays associated with our products or services;

 

declining activity levels in the securities or derivatives markets, weak or declining financial performance of financial market participants or the failure of market participants;

 

our generation of a significant percentage of our total revenue from financial institutions that are also our shareholders;

 

our dependence on third parties for data and information services;

 

consolidation in our end customer market;

 

the impact of cost-cutting pressures across the financial services industry;

 

2


Table of Contents
our customers becoming more self-sufficient in terms of their needs for our products and services;

 

ongoing antitrust investigations and litigation arising from our activities relating to credit default swaps;

 

long selling cycles to secure new contracts that require us to commit significant resources before we receive revenue;

 

our reliance on network systems and the Internet; and

 

other risk factors discussed under “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors.”

Moreover, new risks emerge from time to time as we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

You should read this annual report completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we do not undertake any obligation to update them in light of new information or future developments or to release publicly any revisions to these statements in order to reflect later events or circumstances or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

3


Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

A. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated historical financial information should be read in conjunction with the sections entitled “Introduction—Corporate Reorganisation,” “Introduction—Presentation of Financial Information,” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and the audited consolidated financial statements of Markit Ltd., including the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this annual report.

The selected consolidated historical financial information presented as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Markit Ltd. included elsewhere in this annual report. The selected consolidated historical financial information presented as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the year ended December 31, 2011 has been derived from audited consolidated financial statements of Markit Group Holdings Limited that have not been included elsewhere in this annual report. The selected consolidated historical financial information presented as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010 has been derived from the unaudited accounting data records of Markit Group Holdings Limited and is not included in the financial statements or notes thereto that are included elsewhere in this annual report.

All our operations are continuing operations and we have not proposed or paid dividends in any of the periods presented.

 

  As of and for the year ended December 31,  
($ in millions other than share and per share data) 2014   2013   2012   2011   2010  

Income statement data:

     

Revenue

  1,065.1      947.9      860.6      762.5      668.4   

Operating profit

  243.4      230.1      224.7      229.7      213.2   

Profit for the period

  164.1      147.0      153.1      156.2      151.2   

Profit attributable to equity holders

  165.2      139.4      125.0      125.8      102.1   

Earnings per share – basic(1)

  0.92      0.80      0.70      0.70      0.57   

Earnings per share – diluted(1)

  0.90      0.79      0.69      0.69      0.56   

Weighted average number of shares issued and outstanding – basic(1)

  179,183,880      173,875,980      177,716,240      178,929,210      178,607,130   

Weighted average number of shares issued and outstanding – diluted(1)

  184,467,540      175,550,760      180,020,120      181,730,830      182,347,790   

Balance sheet data:

                             

Total assets

  3,300.0      3,096.7      3,151.3      2,648.3      2,526.6   

Total equity / net assets

  2,270.6      2,055.9      1,929.7      2,031.4      1,907.3   

Share capital

  1.8      0.2      0.2      0.2      0.2   

 

(1) As adjusted retrospectively for all periods presented to give effect to the terms of the corporate reorganisation that was completed prior to the closing of our initial public offering. See “Introduction—Corporate Reorganisation.”

 

4


Table of Contents

B. CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS

Not applicable.

C. REASONS FOR THE OFFER AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Not applicable.

D. RISK FACTORS

Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected if any of these risks occurs, and as a result, the market price of our common shares could decline.

Risks Related to Our Business

 

 

We operate in highly competitive markets and may be adversely affected by this competition.

The markets for our products and services are highly competitive and are subject to rapid technological changes and evolving customer demands and needs. Many of our principal competitors are established companies that have substantial financial resources, recognised brands, technological expertise and vast market experience. These competitors sometimes have more established positions in certain product segments and geographic regions than we do. We also compete with smaller companies, some of which may be able to adopt new or emerging technologies or address customer requirements more quickly than we can. In particular:

 

Our competitors are continuously improving their products and services (such as by adding new content and functionalities), developing new products and services, and investing in technology to better serve the needs of their existing customers and to attract new customers;

 

Our competitors continue to acquire additional businesses in key sectors that will allow them to offer a broader array of products and services;

 

Some of our competitors market some of their products and services as commodities or lower cost alternatives to certain of our solutions, which may diminish the relative value of some of our products and services;

 

A number of our competitors may be considering strategic transactions, whereby they acquire, merge with or otherwise combine with one another or form partnerships with one another, in order to expand or enhance their product and service offerings and market position;

 

Educating our customers on the intricacies and uses of our products and services could, in certain cases, improve their ability to offer competing products and services as they look to expand their business models;

 

Some of our current or future products or services could be rendered obsolete as a result of competitive offerings or changes in regulation or the financial markets; and

 

Barriers to entry to create a new product or offer a new service may be low in many cases, and reduced even further through the use of the Internet as a distribution channel, which has allowed free or relatively inexpensive access to information sources, leading to the possible emergence of new competitors.

 

5


Table of Contents

Competition may require us to reduce the price of some of our products and services or make additional capital investments that would adversely affect our profit margins or cash flows. For instance, the increase of electronic trading of derivatives is expected to create pricing and other competitive pressure on our Processing division, and in response we lowered the price points of certain products. If we are unable or unwilling to do so, or make other price reductions or such additional capital investments, we may lose market share and our financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected. Moreover, our strategic position in the marketplace and our opportunities to acquire, be acquired or partner with our competitors may be reduced if our competitors forge deeper or exclusive relationships with one another. We cannot assure anyone that our investments and our relationships with our partners have been or will be sufficient to maintain or improve our competitive position or that the development of new or improved technologies, products and services by our competitors will not have a material adverse effect on our business. If we fail to compete effectively against current or future competitors, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

If we are unable to develop successful new products and services, or if we experience design defects, errors, failures or delays associated with our products or services or migration of an existing product or service to a new system, our business could suffer serious harm.

Our growth and success depend upon our ability to develop and sell new products and services. If we are unable to develop new products or services, or if we are not successful in introducing or obtaining any required regulatory approval or acceptance for new products or services, we may not be able to grow our business or growth may occur more slowly than we anticipate.

Despite testing, products and services that we develop, license or distribute may contain errors or defects after release. In addition, whether we release new products and services or migrate existing products and services to new systems or upgrade outdated software and infrastructure, our software may contain design defects and errors when first introduced or when major new updates or enhancements are released. We have also experienced delays in the past while developing and introducing new products and services, primarily due to difficulties in licensing data inputs, developing new products or services, or adapting to particular operating environments. Additionally, in our development of new products and services or updates and enhancements to our existing products and services, we may make a major design error that causes the product or service to operate incorrectly or less effectively. Many of our products and services also rely on data and services provided by third-party providers over which we have no control and may be provided to us with defects, errors or failures. Our customers may also use our products and services together with their own software, data or products from other companies. As a result, when problems occur, it might be difficult to identify the source of the problem. If design defects, errors or failures are discovered in our current or future products or services, we may not be able to correct them in a timely manner, if at all.

Our inability to develop and sell new products and services, our inability to successfully migrate existing products or services to new systems, or the existence of design defects, errors or delays in our products or services that are significant, or are perceived to be significant, could result in rejection or delay in market acceptance of our products or services, damage to our reputation, loss of revenue, a lower rate of licence renewals or upgrades, diversion of development resources, product liability claims or regulatory actions, or increases in service and support costs. We may also need to expend significant capital resources to eliminate or work around design defects, errors, failures or delays. In each of these ways, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely impacted.

 

6


Table of Contents

Declining activity levels in the securities or derivatives markets, weak or declining financial performance of financial market participants or the failure of market participants could lower demand for our products and services and could affect our recurring variable fee revenue.

Our business is dependent upon the global financial markets as well as the financial health of the participants in those markets and the general economy. Unfavourable or uncertain economic conditions, economic instability or economic downturns could cause our customers or prospective customers to cancel, reduce or delay planned expenditures for our products and services, or impair our customers’ ability to pay for products or services they have purchased. This could adversely affect our financial results by reducing our revenue.

In addition, a significant proportion of our revenue is variable and depends upon transaction volumes, investment levels (i.e., assets under management) or the number of positions we value. Lower activity levels in the financial markets, including lower transaction volumes, assets under management or positions taken could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

We work on product development with, license data inputs for our products and services from, and generate a significant percentage of our total revenue from financial institutions that are also our shareholders, who are not contractually obligated to continue to maintain these relationships and who also have similar involvement with our competitors.

We have historically earned a substantial portion of our revenue from and have worked on new product and service offerings with financial institution customers that are also our shareholders. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, 38.7%, 42.6%, and 44.7% of our total revenue, respectively, was generated by payments from financial institutions or their affiliates that are also our shareholders. Cooperation with these financial institution customers has also been important in the development of many of our products and services. In addition, as described below, these financial institutions that are our customers and shareholders also provide us with data, which is a critical input for our products and services. Additionally, some of these financial institution customers that are also our shareholders had a right to appoint members of our Board of Directors, which right terminated upon the consummation of our initial public offering.

Our financial institution shareholders and our other customers have made, and may continue to make, investments in businesses that directly compete with us. Our customers also trade, and may continue to trade, on markets operated by our competitors. Reduced engagement from these financial institution customers now that they can no longer designate a member of our Board of Directors, or as a result of a reduction in the level of their equity ownership in us, may cause them to reduce or discontinue their use of our products and services, their desire to work with us on new product developments or their willingness to supply data and information services to us. Further, changes in regulation and other market factors may cause these financial institutions to cease creating the datasets that are important to our products and services or to cease providing such datasets to us. The loss of, or a significant reduction in, participation on our platform by these financial institution customers may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We are dependent on third parties for data and information services.

We depend upon data and information services from external sources, including data received from certain competitors, customers and various government and public record services, for information used in certain of our products and services. In most cases, we do not own the information provided by these external sources, and the participating organisations could discontinue contributing information to the databases. Our data sources could also increase the price of, or withdraw, their data or

 

7


Table of Contents

information services for a variety of reasons, or we could become subject to legislative, regulatory, judicial or contractual restrictions on the use of data, in particular if such data is not collected by the third parties in a way which allows us to process the data or use it legally.

Some of our customers are both significant shareholders of our company and data suppliers or information service providers. As of December 31, 2014, approximately 58.0% of our issued and outstanding common shares was owned by financial institutions who are also our customers. Certain of these same parties provide us with a significant amount of our data. There can be no assurance that those customers will continue to provide data to the same extent or on the same terms or continue to purchase our products and services.

In addition, our competitors, which in some cases are our suppliers of data and information services, could enter into exclusive contracts with our existing or other data sources or information service providers, revise the current terms on which they provide us with data or services, alter or revise the data or services they provide without our knowledge, or cease providing us with data or services altogether for a variety of reasons, including ceasing or interrupting the provision of such data or services generally or to us specifically, such as declining to support us given our competing positions. If (i) a substantial number of data sources or certain key sources were to withdraw or were unable to provide us with their data or information services; (ii) we were to lose access to, or be precluded from receiving or restricted in using, data or information services due to exclusive contracts among our competitors, government regulation, or regulatory concerns of our suppliers; (iii) the collection of data were to become uneconomical or disrupted; (iv) there were concerns about the quality or accuracy of the data or services provided; or (v) we were unable to arrange for substitute sources of information internally or via another third-party provider, our ability to provide products and services to our customers could be impacted and our business, reputation, financial condition, operating results and cash flow could be materially adversely affected.

There may be consolidation in our end-customer market, which would reduce the use of our products and services.

Mergers or consolidations among our customers, as a result of increased regulatory pressure or otherwise, could reduce the number of our customers and potential customers. This could adversely affect our revenue even if these events do not reduce the activities of the consolidated entities. If our customers merge with or are acquired by other entities that are not our customers, or entities that use fewer of our products or services, such customers may discontinue or reduce their use of our products and services. For example, when Bank of America Corporation (together with its affiliates, “Bank of America”) acquired Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and its affiliates (“Merrill Lynch”), certain of our agreements with Merrill Lynch related to various products and services were eventually terminated and consolidated under our historical contracts with Bank of America. Any such developments could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flow.

The impact of cost-cutting pressures across the industry we serve could lower demand for our products and services.

Our customers are focused on controlling or reducing spending as a result of the continued financial challenges and market uncertainty many of them face. For example, in 2012, many large financial institutions initiated reductions in their workforces and took other measures to control or contain operational spending. More recently, many of these institutions were subject to substantial penalties from regulatory bodies. Customers within the financial services industry that strive to reduce their operating costs may seek to reduce their spending on our products and services. Our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected if a large number of smaller customers or a critical number of larger customers reduce their spending with us.

 

8


Table of Contents

Alternatively, customers may use other strategies to reduce their overall spending on financial market products and services, such as by consolidating their spending with fewer vendors, including by selecting other vendors with lower-cost offerings, or by self-sourcing their need for financial market products and services. If customers elect to consolidate their spending on financial market products and services with other vendors and not us, if we lose business to lower priced competitors, or if customers elect to self-source their financial market product and service needs, our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Our customers may become more self-sufficient, which may reduce demand for our products and services and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our customers may, as some have in the past, internally develop certain products and services as well as functionality contained in the products and services that they currently obtain from us, including through the formation of consortia. For example, some of our customers who currently license our valuations data and analytics tools to analyse their portfolios and who do not require an independent source for these services may develop their own tools to collect data and assess risk, making our products and services less useful to them. Furthermore, public sources of free or relatively inexpensive information, whether through the Internet, from governmental and regulatory agencies or from companies and other organisations, have become more readily available, and this trend is expected to continue. This greater availability of information could further assist our customers in independently developing certain products and services that we currently provide. To the extent that customers become more self-sufficient, demand for our products and services may be reduced, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We are subject to ongoing antitrust investigations and litigation arising from activities relating to credit default swaps, and may in the future become subject to further investigations and litigation. An adverse outcome in these investigations or litigation could result in substantial fines, damages or penalties and could change how we offer products or services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We are subject to antitrust and competition laws and regulations in the countries where we have operations. These laws and regulations seek to prevent and prohibit anticompetitive activity. We are currently subject to a number of antitrust and competition-related investigations and claims, including investigations by the Antitrust Division of the U.S. Department of Justice and the Competition Directorate of the European Commission (the “EC”) as well as a consolidated class action lawsuit in the United States. See “Item 8. Financial Information—A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information—Legal Proceedings” for a description of these matters. These investigations and lawsuit involve multiple parties and complex claims that are subject to significant uncertainties and unspecified penalties or damages. Therefore, we cannot estimate the probability of loss or the extent of our potential liability on a standalone basis or relative to the potential liability of the other parties to the investigations and lawsuits. Future investigations and lawsuits relating to credit default swaps are also possible.

Depending on the outcome of any pending or future claims or investigations, we may be required to change the way we offer particular products or services, which could result in material disruptions to and costs incurred by our business, and we may be subject to substantial fines, penalties, damages or an injunction or other equitable remedies. Pending or future claims or investigations (regardless of outcome) may also affect how the Dealers (as defined in “Item 8. Financial Information—A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information—Legal Proceedings”) or other parties

 

9


Table of Contents

interact with us, including the manner or type of data provided to us and the manner or type of data products and services purchased from us. These pending antitrust and competition-related claims and investigations, and any future claims and investigations, could also be costly to us in terms of time and expense incurred defending such claims or investigations. Any of the above impacts, individually or together, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

For some of our products and services, we typically face a long selling cycle to secure new contracts that requires significant resource commitments, resulting in a long lead time before we receive revenue.

For new products and services and for complex products and services, we typically face a long selling cycle to secure each new contract, and there is generally a long preparation period before we commence providing products and services or delivering configurable software. For instance, our Analytics service provides a range of enterprise risk management software solutions, using the latest risk technology to deliver computation speed. The consultative nature of these projects requires our sales team to actively engage with potential customers through various procurement stages, often requiring many levels of internal approval, and including various milestone phases such as scoping, planning and proof of concept to reach deal closure, which typically takes 12 months or more. We typically incur significant business development expenses during the selling cycle and we may not succeed in winning a new customer’s business, in which case we receive no revenue and may receive no reimbursement for such expenses. Current selling cycle periods could lengthen, causing us to incur even higher business development expenses with no guarantee of winning a new customer’s business. Even if we succeed in developing a relationship with a potential new customer, we may not be successful in obtaining contractual commitments after the selling cycle or in maintaining contractual commitments after the implementation cycle, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We rely heavily on network systems and the Internet and any failures or disruptions may adversely affect our ability to serve our customers.

Most of our products and services are delivered electronically, and our customers rely on our ability to process transactions rapidly and deliver substantial quantities of data and other services on computer-based networks. Our customers also depend on the continued capacity, reliability and security of our electronic delivery systems, our websites and the Internet. Our ability to deliver our products and services electronically may be impaired due to infrastructure or network failures, malicious or defective software, human error, natural disasters, service outages at third-party Internet providers or increased government regulation. For example, as a result of Hurricane Sandy in 2012, one of our data centres in New Jersey and some of our office space in New York City were flooded and unavailable, resulting in several days of reduced operations and substantial costs associated with repairs, relocation and resource reallocation to ensure continued delivery of our products and services. Further, we receive data inputs from critical third-party suppliers who are subject to the same delivery risks, such that if any of the foregoing issues affect these suppliers, we may be impacted as well. Significant growth of our customer base may also strain our systems in the future. Delays in our ability to deliver our products and services electronically may harm our reputation and result in the loss of customers. In addition, a number of our customers entrust us with storing and securing their data and information on our servers. Although we have disaster recovery plans that include backup facilities for our primary data centres, our systems are not always fully redundant, and our disaster planning may not always be sufficient or effective. As such, these disruptions may affect our ability to store, handle and secure such data and information.

 

10


Table of Contents

From time to time, the speed at which we are required to update market and customer data can increase. This can sometimes impact product and network performance. Factors that have significantly increased data update rates include high market volatility, new derivative instruments, increased automatically generated algorithmic and program trading and market fragmentation, resulting in an increased number of trading and clearing venues. Changes in legislation and regulation pertaining to market structure and dissemination of market information may also increase data flow rates. There can be no assurance that our company, our third-party data suppliers and our network providers will be able to accommodate accelerated growth of data volumes or avoid other failures or interruptions. We currently face significant increases in our use of power and data storage, and we may experience a shortage of capacity and increased costs associated with such usage. A significant delay or disruption of our network systems, servers or use of the Internet may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition, and our existing insurance coverage may not cover all our losses.

If embargoed data or non-public information relating to our indices, including the PMI series, is inadvertently disclosed or deliberately misused, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

We own and administer several indices, including Purchasing Managers Index (“PMI”) series, which are monthly economic surveys of selected companies that provide advance insight into the private sector economy. Among others, central banks use the PMI series data to help make interest rate decisions and financial analysts use the PMI series data to forecast official economic data. If, prior to the date of intended release, we are unable to limit access to the PMI series or prevent its unauthorised disclosure, whether inadvertent or deliberate, our reputation may suffer, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Moreover, we provide the PMI series data under embargo to certain financial information and news providers. Part of the value to us from doing so is that these news providers are able to analyse and provide commentary on the data simultaneously with the public release of such data by us. If the embargoed data is inadvertently disclosed or deliberately misused prior to our authorisation, financial markets could be negatively affected and any resulting need to change our procedures around the provision of embargoed data to any third parties may diminish the value of the PMI series to our business.

Fraudulent or unpermitted data access and other security or privacy breaches may negatively impact our business and harm our reputation.

Many of our products and services involve the storage and transmission of proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data. Security breaches in our facilities, computer networks, and databases may cause harm to our business and reputation and result in a loss of customers. Our products, services and systems and our customers’ systems may be vulnerable to physical break-ins, computer viruses, attacks by hackers, including denial of service attacks, and other similarly disruptive activity. Recently, the financial services industry has been targeted for purposes of political protest, activism and fraud, as well as by foreign state actors and terrorist organisations seeking to disrupt the businesses and financial systems in the countries in which we operate. Further, former employees of certain companies in the financial sector have misappropriated trade secrets or stolen source code in the past, and we could be a target for such illegal acts in the future.

In addition, we rely on a system of internal processes and software controls along with policies, procedures and training to protect the confidentiality of customer data, such as portfolio data and trading information that may be provided to us or hosted on our systems. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, including any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or if we experience difficulties in the implementation of our internal controls, policies or procedures, or if

 

11


Table of Contents

an employee, consultant or third-party provider purposely circumvents or violates our internal controls, policies or procedures, then unauthorised access to, or disclosure or misappropriation of, customer data could occur.

Any such security or privacy breach, or unauthorised access, disclosure or misappropriation may adversely affect us in the following ways:

 

losing sales;

 

deterring customers from using our products or services;

 

affecting our ability to meet customers’ expectations;

 

deterring data suppliers from supplying data to us;

 

harming our reputation;

 

disclosing valuable trade secrets, know-how or other confidential information;

 

exposing us to liability by our customers or regulators;

 

increasing operating expenses to correct problems caused by the breach and to prevent future breaches of a similar nature;

 

breaching terms of agreements;

 

violating certain data privacy or related legislation; or

 

causing inquiry or penalisation from governmental authorities.

Our existing resources and measures to maintain data and information security have not always in the past been, and may not always in the future be, effective. In the past, we have experienced security breaches, unauthorised disclosures and cyber incidents, as well as occasional system interruptions that have made some of our services or websites unavailable for limited periods of time. Third-party providers also may experience security breaches and unauthorised disclosures involving the storage and transmission of proprietary information. If anyone gains improper access to our databases, they may be able to steal, publish, delete or modify our confidential information or that of a third-party stored or transmitted on our networks. Any significant failure, compromise, unauthorised access or disclosure, cyber-breach or interruption of our systems, including operational services, loss of service from third parties, sabotage, break-ins, failure of controls, war, terrorist activities, power or coding loss or computer viruses could result in lack of availability, loss of data integrity, fraud, unauthorised disclosure or other outcomes harmful to our business. Any breach of data, controls or information security caused by one of these events could also result in unintentional disclosure of, or unauthorised access to, company, customer, vendor, employee or other confidential data or information that could be material.

We receive important services, software and technologies from third-party providers and any errors, failures or disruption in the services or technologies provided by these third parties could harm our customer relationships or our reputation.

We rely on third-party providers for integral services, software and technologies. These providers include those that provide services for our principal infrastructure, third-party software, such as software provided by SunGard, Microsoft and Symantec, which are key components to many of our systems, as well as providers of services and technologies that are integral to specific products, such

 

12


Table of Contents

as the operational services provided by Genpact in our Markit Genpact KYC Services joint venture. Several of these providers are also our competitors. These services, software and technologies may not continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

Moreover, the satisfactory performance, reliability and availability of such services, software and technologies are critical to our ability to generate revenues, as well as to our reputation. Any errors, failures to perform, interruptions or delays experienced in connection with these third-party providers could adversely impact our business, operating results and financial condition. We have little control over these third-party providers, which increases our vulnerability to errors, failures, interruptions or disruptions or problems with their services or technologies.

Should the companies providing such services, software and technologies cease providing or supporting, or significantly increase the cost of services, software and technologies, it would be difficult to replace some or all of such services, software or technologies, and we may incur significant costs or product development delays until we either develop or, if available, identify, obtain and integrate, alternative services, software or technology into our systems.

Our use of open source software and third-party software containing open source elements could result in litigation or impose unanticipated restrictions on our ability to commercialise our products and services.

We use open source software in our technology most often as small components within a larger product or service, to augment algorithms, functionalities or libraries created by Markit, and may use more open source software in the future. For example, our Analytics product and certain of our foreign exchange products all use ANTLR, a standard, industry-known parser for reading, processing, executing or translating structured text or binary files, which is licensed pursuant to the permissive Berkeley Software Distribution licence. Open source code is also contained in some third-party software we rely on. We could be subject to suits by parties claiming breach of the terms of the licence for such open source software. The terms of many open source licences are ambiguous and have not been interpreted by U.S. or other courts, and these licences could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialise our products and services. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative impact on our operating results and financial condition or require us to devote additional research and development resources to remove open source elements from or otherwise change our software. In addition, if we were to combine our proprietary technology with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain open source licences, be required to release the source code of our proprietary software. If we inappropriately use open source software, we may also be required to re-engineer our software, license our software on unfavourable terms or at no cost, discontinue certain products and services or take other remedial actions, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

We may face liability for content contained in our products and services.

We may be subject to claims for breach of contract, defamation, libel, copyright or trademark infringement, fraud or negligence, regulations or other theories of liability, in each case relating to the data, articles, commentary, ratings, information or other content we collect and distribute in the provision of our products and services. If such data or other content or information that we distribute has errors, is delayed or has design defects, we could be subject to liability or our reputation could suffer. We could also be subject to claims based upon the content that is accessible from our corporate website or those websites that we own and operate through links to other websites. Further, we could be subject to claims that we have misused data inputs provided by third-party suppliers. Costs to defend or liability arising as a result of such claims, or any resulting reputational harm, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

13


Table of Contents

We depend on world class personnel to operate and grow our business, and if we do not continue to recruit, motivate and retain high-quality management and key employees, we may not be able to execute our business strategies.

The performance of our strategies depends on our ability to continue to recruit, motivate and retain our executive officers and other key management, sales, marketing, product development and operations personnel across our entire business. Although we have entered into employment letter agreements with our executive officers, each of them may terminate their employment with us at any time. We compete with many businesses that are seeking skilled individuals, including those with advanced technical abilities. Competition for professionals in our Information, Solutions and Processing divisions can be intense as other companies seek to enhance their positions in our market segments. The replacement of any of our key personnel would likely involve significant time and costs and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives. In addition, we do not carry any “key person” insurance policies that could offset potential loss of service under applicable circumstances.

A significant amount of the equity interests in our company that were granted to our employees prior to our initial public offering became fully vested at the time of our initial public offering. As a result, some of our employees may be able to realise substantial financial gains in connection with the sales of their vested equity interests, which could result in a loss of these employees. We also intend to continue to use equity incentive awards as a means of retaining senior employees. With respect to option awards, if our share price does not appreciate above the exercise price at which option awards are granted or there is a significant decline in our share price relative to the exercise price at which equity awards have been granted or will be granted in the future, the value of option awards as a retention tool would decline. In addition, any future organisational changes, including the integration of new acquisitions with our other business units, could cause our employee attrition rate to increase. The loss of the services of key personnel or our inability to otherwise recruit, motivate or retain qualified personnel could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

We generate a significant percentage of our revenue from recurring fixed fee agreements, and our ability to maintain existing revenue and to generate higher revenue is dependent in part on maintaining a high renewal rate.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, we generated 52.5% of our revenue from recurring fixed fees, which are typically subscription agreements. Although the initial term of our subscription agreements can range from one to five years and many of them include auto-renewal clauses, with appropriate notice, certain arrangements are cancellable. To maintain existing fixed revenue and to generate higher revenue, we rely on a significant number of our customers renewing their subscriptions with us or not cancelling their subscriptions. Our revenue could also be adversely impacted if a significant number of our customers renewed their subscriptions with us but reduced the amount of their spending on those subscriptions.

Our growth and profitability may not continue at the same rate as we have experienced in the past, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We have experienced significant growth during our operating history. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain the levels of growth and profitability that we have experienced in the past. Among other things, there can be no assurance that we will be as successful in our expansion efforts as we have been in the past, or that such efforts will result in growth rates or profit margins comparable to those we have experienced in the past. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.” Any failure to continue to grow our business and maintain profitability could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. See, for example, “—If we

 

14


Table of Contents

are unable to develop successful new products and services, or if we experience design defects, errors, failures or delays associated with our products or services or migration of an existing product or service to a new system, our business could suffer serious harm” and “—We depend on world class personnel to operate and grow our business, and if we do not continue to recruit, motivate and retain high-quality management and key employees, we may not be able to execute our business strategies.”

Our brand and reputation are important company assets and are key to our ability to remain a trusted source of our products and services.

The integrity of our brand and reputation is key to our ability to remain a trusted source of products and services and to attract and retain customers. Negative publicity regarding Markit or actual, alleged or perceived issues regarding one of our products or services could harm our relationships with customers and partners. Failure to protect our brand may adversely impact our credibility as a trusted supplier of content and may have a negative impact on our business.

We enter into redistribution arrangements that allow other firms to represent certain of our products and services. It is difficult to monitor whether such agents’ representation of our products and services is accurate. In the past, certain companies have used our products and services to attract customers without our permission to do so. Poor representation of our products and services by our partners or agents, or entities acting without our permission, could have an adverse effect on our reputation and our business.

Changes in legislation and regulation may decrease the demand for our products and services from customers or make our products and services impracticable.

Most of our customers operate within a highly regulated environment. Over the past few years, the United States, the European Union (the “EU”) and other jurisdictions have introduced new legislation and regulation of financial markets, including the OTC derivatives markets from which we derive a significant portion of our revenue. These legislative and regulatory efforts may decrease the demand for our products and services from customers, thereby adversely affecting our revenue.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) in the United States, the European Market Infrastructure Regulation (“EMIR”), the Markets in Financial Instruments Regulation (“MiFIR”), the original Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (“MiFID”) and the new Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (“MiFID II”) in the EU and other legislation and regulation in these jurisdictions and others mandate that many OTC derivatives be centrally cleared through regulated clearinghouses, traded on organised trading venues and reported to trade repositories (and, in many cases, also to the public) and subject market participants to business conduct, risk management, capital, margin and recordkeeping rules, among other requirements. New capital rules, including Basel III and the Capital Requirements Directive IV (“CRD IV”) require higher capital charges for many trading activities of banks whilst higher margin requirements for non-cleared derivatives are due to be implemented over the coming year. Some of these statutory and regulatory requirements are currently effective, while others will become effective over the next several years. The MiFID II / MiFIR regime could impact non-derivative products that our products and services support, including, for example, bond pricing. Additional legislation and regulation in this area, beyond what is currently contemplated, are also possible. For example, President Obama’s proposed 2014 and 2015 budgets would subject all derivatives to mark-to-market taxation treatment, and if such a proposal ever became law, it would increase the tax burden for derivatives customers. The Financial Transaction Tax proposal being discussed in Europe could have a similar effect. In addition, the U.S. Congress could enact legislation to lessen the impact or effectiveness of the Dodd-Frank Act, which could affect the need for our products and services.

 

15


Table of Contents

These legislative and regulatory efforts may significantly increase the cost of entering into OTC derivative contracts and reduce the variety of derivatives traded, thereby decreasing the use of such instruments, and the relevant products and services we provide for such instruments, by the market participants who are our customers. Legislative and regulatory changes may also lead to market participants terminating the derivatives activity for which they use our products and services, or moving that activity to other entities that do not use our products and services. If our customers reduce their use of our products and services relating to derivatives or other relevant financial products as a result of such legislation and regulations, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, it is possible that changing political dynamics could lead to these regulatory regimes being repealed or modified in such a way as to decrease or eliminate the need for certain of our products and services. If our customers no longer need certain of our products and services relating to derivatives or other relevant financial products as a result of such changes to legislation and regulations, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

These legislative and regulatory efforts could also cause some or all of our products or services to become obsolete, reduce demand for our products or services or increase our expenses of providing products or services to customers, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We may not be as well equipped to respond to such changes as some of our competitors and may lose any existing first-mover advantage. Some of our larger, more established competitors may have the financial and human resources to adapt to such changes quickly. Other smaller competitors may be able to move quickly to adopt new technologies or create products or services to capitalise on such changes. Delays in adapting our products and services to legislative and regulatory changes could harm our reputation and have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

For example, our trade processing business could be negatively affected by a shift towards further standardisation in the derivatives markets, resulting in part from the new regulatory regimes in the United States, the EU and other jurisdictions. Part of our processing business serves to facilitate confirmation and mutual agreement between parties to bespoke bilateral derivatives transactions. Due to the regulatory efforts outlined above and a movement towards centralised clearing and exchange or exchange-like trading, many of these products may become increasingly standardised, lessening the need for our services. Similarly, as a result of regulatory requirements or incentives, some of our customers may seek to achieve economically equivalent positions and exposures through futures products, rather than OTC derivatives. This trend towards “futurisation” may diminish customer demand for certain of our processing services.

Demand for our Information division services may also decline as a result of new regulations. For example, new U.S. rules promulgated by the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) and proposed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) require public dissemination of certain information about OTC derivative transactions reported to trade repositories, with the effect that customers may have more access to free, publicly available information about pricing and other salient trade terms. Additional transparency in the market may also be facilitated by other types of market intermediaries, including central counterparties and electronic trading platforms. To the extent customers are able to process, interpret and rationalise this information without the help of third parties, demand for our services may decline. Similar trade reporting regimes are expected for OTC derivatives in non-U.S. jurisdictions, where we would expect the impact on customer demands to be similar to those anticipated in the United States, and for other instruments, for example bonds under MiFID II / MiFIR in Europe.

 

16


Table of Contents

We may become subject to increased regulation of our services, including our index, pricing and processing services.

Our customers rely on many of our products and services to meet their operational needs. As part of global regulatory reform efforts, including those discussed above, we may become subject to increased regulation of our services, which could increase our costs and decrease our profitability. We are subject to limited direct regulation currently (primarily around our processing and compression businesses which are subject to supervision by the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority), and therefore direct regulation would impose new compliance burdens, which could negatively impact our profitability.

For example, on September 13, 2013, the European Commission proposed draft legislation to establish regulation of benchmarks, including LIBOR and commodity benchmarks. The draft would require benchmark administrators to be authorised and subject to ongoing supervision by EU regulators, and supervised entities in the EU may only be able to use benchmarks as a reference in a financial instrument if the benchmark is provided by an entity authorised in the EU or a third country deemed equivalent. Although we already have a compliance program to address the Principles for Financial Benchmarks established by the International Organization of Securities Commissions, because of the nature of our operations, we may be deemed to be a “benchmark administrator” and subject to additional direct regulation under upcoming European legislation.

Also, certain other services of ours could become subject to direct regulation as a result of various regulatory initiatives, which could impact our ability to provide such services. For example, under the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s proposed standards for clearing agency operation and governance, intermediating organisations such as MarkitSERV that capture trade information and perform an independent comparison of that information in order to confirm each party’s terms could be considered clearing agencies and required to register with the SEC, rendering them subject to direct regulation as clearing agencies. If our derivatives processing business was required to register as a clearing agency with the SEC it would bring with it significant new regulatory compliance burdens. Further, some of our services could become subject to regulatory oversight in our function as a “third-party service provider.” In December 2014, the International Organization of Securities Commissions and the Committee on Payments and Settlement Systems published a final report that establishes an assessment methodology and provides guidance for regulatory authorities in assessing a financial market infrastructure’s “critical service providers” against the oversight expectations for such critical service providers described in a 2012 report on financial market infrastructures prepared by the International Organization of Securities Commissions and the Committee on Payments and Settlement Systems. Such guidance includes descriptions of planning, due diligence, third-party selection, contract negotiation, ongoing monitoring of third-party relationships, oversight and accountability, and documentation and reporting that financial institutions should consider when outsourcing functions. Certain of our products and services are subject to those regulations and guidance as a contractual matter with certain customers, requiring us to incur significant product structuring and compliance costs to meet required regulations and guidance. This initiative by the International Organization of Securities Commissions and the Committee on Payments and Settlement Systems may increase regulatory scrutiny of critical service providers, such as MarkitSERV, and could be an impetus for regulators to commence initiatives to either directly regulate critical service providers or to establish further heightened standards for them.

As derivatives and other regulations in Europe and Asia continue to evolve, direct regulatory oversight or heightened standards might be applied to several of our services, which could create additional compliance costs and could negatively impact our profitability.

Similarly, existing and proposed legislation and regulations, including changes in the manner in which such legislation and regulations are interpreted by courts, may impose limits on our collection and use of certain kinds of information and our ability to communicate such information effectively to our customers. Laws relating to e-commerce, electronic and mobile communications, privacy and data protection, outsourcing, anti-money laundering, direct marketing and digital advertising and the use of

 

17


Table of Contents

public records have also become more prevalent in recent years. It is difficult to predict the substance of new international laws and regulations in this area, how they will be construed by the relevant courts or the extent to which any changes may adversely affect us, either directly or via regulation of our customers. Existing and proposed legislation and regulation, some of which may be conflicting on a global basis (such as U.S. Data Privacy regulation, the EU Privacy directives and similar laws or U.S. derivatives regulations and their cross-border application, as compared to similar regulations and possible cross-border applications in non-U.S. jurisdictions), may also increase our cost of doing business or require us to change some of our existing business practices. We could be subject to fines or penalties as well as reputational harm for any violations.

Acquisitions that we have completed and any future acquisitions, strategic investments, partnerships or alliances may be difficult to integrate or identify, divert the attention of key management personnel, disrupt our business, dilute shareholder value and adversely affect our financial results, including impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets.

Acquisitions have been and continue to be an important part of our growth strategy. We have acquired, and in the future may acquire or make strategic investments in, complementary businesses, technologies or services or enter into strategic partnerships or alliances with third parties to enhance our business. These types of transactions involve numerous risks, including:

 

making incorrect assumptions regarding the future results of acquired businesses, technologies or services or expected cost reductions or other synergies expected to be realised as a result of acquiring businesses, technologies or services;

 

difficulties in integrating operations, technologies, accounting and personnel;

 

failure to achieve assumed synergies or anticipated;

 

incurring costs in excess of what we anticipate;

 

difficulties in supporting, transitioning and retaining customers of our acquired companies or strategic partners;

 

increasing dependencies on strategic partners for revenue, including increased dependency on the revenue that such partners retain revenue from their customers;

 

diversion of financial and management resources from existing operations;

 

entering new markets;

 

potential loss of key team members;

 

inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset transaction costs;

 

incurring expenses associated with the amortisation or impairment of intangible assets, particularly for intellectual property, goodwill and other intangible assets;

 

failure to implement or remediate controls, procedures and policies appropriate for a public company at acquired companies that prior to the acquisition lacked such controls, procedures and policies;

 

18


Table of Contents
payment of more than fair market value for an acquired company or assets, particularly those with significant intangible assets and those whose assets derive value using novel products and/or are involved in niche markets; and

 

to the extent we enter into joint ventures and alliances, experiencing difficulties in the development and expansion of the business of any newly formed ventures, exercising influence over the activities of any ventures in which we do not have a controlling interest, and encountering potential conflicts with our joint venture or alliance partners.

If any of the above risks are realised, we might fail to achieve the expected benefits or strategic objectives of any acquisition we undertake.

In addition, we may incur earn-out and contingent consideration payments in connection with future acquisitions, which could result in a higher than expected impact on our future earnings. We may also finance future transactions through debt financing, including significant draws on our revolving credit facility, the issuance of our equity securities, the use of existing cash, cash equivalents or investments or a combination of the foregoing. Acquisitions financed with debt could require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow to principal and interest payments and could subject us to restrictive covenants. Acquisitions financed with the issuance of our equity securities would be dilutive to the share value and voting power of existing common shares, which could affect the market price of our common shares. Future acquisitions financed with our own cash could deplete the cash and working capital available to fund our operations adequately. Difficulty borrowing funds, selling securities or generating sufficient cash from operations to finance our activities may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

It is also possible that we may not identify suitable acquisition, strategic investment or partnership or alliance candidates, or if we do identify suitable candidates, we may not be able to complete transactions on terms commercially acceptable to us, if at all. Our inability to identify suitable acquisition targets or strategic investments, partners or alliances, or our inability to complete such transactions, may negatively affect our competitiveness and growth prospects.

Our relationships with third-party service providers, including market data vendors, trade order, risk, accounting and portfolio management service providers and other market participants, may not be successful or may change, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We have commercial relationships with third-party service providers whose capabilities complement our own, including market data vendors, trade order, risk, accounting and portfolio management service providers and other market participants. In some cases, these providers are also our competitors. A significant portion of our products and services are developed using third-party service providers’ data or services, or are made available to our customers or are integrated for our customers’ use through information and technology solutions provided by such third-party service providers. The priorities and objectives of these providers, particularly those that are our competitors, may differ from ours, which may make us vulnerable to unpredictable price increases and may cause some service providers not to renew certain agreements. Moreover, providers that are not currently our competitors, including one or more of our key providers, may become competitors or be acquired by or merge with a competitor in the future, any of which could reduce our access over time to the information and technology solutions provided by those companies. For example, as we expand our product and service offerings, whether through organic growth or acquisitions, we may launch products and services that compete with providers that are not currently our competitors, which could negatively impact our existing relationships. If we do not obtain the expected benefits from our relationships with third-party service providers or if a substantial number of our third-party service providers were to withdraw their services, we may be less competitive, our ability to offer products and services to our customers may be negatively affected, and our results of operations could be adversely impacted.

 

19


Table of Contents

In addition, we rely on other third-party service providers for management of our data centres, telecommunications, data processing, software development and certain human resources functions. If we are unable to sustain commercially acceptable arrangements with these service providers or find substitutes or alternative sources of service, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.

Third parties may claim that we infringe upon their intellectual property rights.

We are significantly dependent on technology, processes, methodologies and information, as well as the intellectual property rights related to them. Companies in our industry, including our competitors and potential competitors, have in recent years increasingly pursued patent and other intellectual property protection for their data, technologies and business methods. If any third-party owns a patent or other intellectual property covering any of our data, technologies or business methods, we could be sued for infringement. We may also misuse data from our third-party suppliers or from other parties outside the terms of our licences with such suppliers or without the proper licence with such other parties. Furthermore, there is always a risk that third parties will sue us for infringement or misappropriation of trademarks, copyrights or trade secrets, or otherwise challenge our use of technology, processes, methodologies or information.

We do not actively monitor third-party patents and patent applications that may be relevant to our technologies or business methods, and it is not possible for us to detect all potentially relevant patents and patent applications. Since the patent application process can take several years to complete, there may be currently pending applications, unknown to us, that may later result in issued patents that cover our products and technologies. As a result, we may infringe existing and future third-party patents of which we are not aware.

From time to time, we may receive offers to license, notices of claims or threats from third parties alleging infringement or potential infringement of their intellectual property. The number of these claims may grow as our business expands. We have made and may make expenditures related to the use of certain intellectual property rights as part of our strategy to manage this risk.

Responding to claims of infringement, misappropriation or other violation of intellectual property rights, regardless of merit, can consume valuable time, result in costly litigation and delay certain operations of our business. We may be forced to settle such claims on unfavourable terms, and there can be no assurance that we would prevail in any litigation or proceeding arising from such claims if such claims are not settled. We may be required to pay damages and legal expenses, stop providing or using the affected technologies, processes, methodologies or information, redesign our products and services or enter into royalty and licensing agreements. There can be no assurance that any royalty or licensing agreements will be made, if at all, on terms that are commercially acceptable to us. Such litigation or proceedings could result in the loss or compromise of our intellectual property rights. We have in the past and may also be in the future called upon to defend partners, customers, suppliers or distributors against such third-party claims under indemnification clauses in our agreements. Any such outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to protect our intellectual property and confidential information adequately, in the United States and abroad, could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our success depends in part on our proprietary technology, processes, methodologies and information. We rely on a combination of trademark, trade secret, patent, copyright, misappropriation and domain name laws and all other intellectual property laws to establish, maintain and protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights in such technology, processes, methodologies and information. These laws are subject to change at any time and could further restrict our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights. In addition, the existing laws of certain countries in which we operate may

 

20


Table of Contents

not protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. Even if we have intellectual property rights, there is no guarantee that such rights will provide adequate protection of our proprietary technology, processes, methodologies or information, a competitive advantage to our business or deterrence against infringement, misappropriation or other violations of our intellectual property by competitors, former employees or other third parties. In addition, third parties may try to challenge, invalidate or circumvent our rights and protections. For example, future regulatory requirements in relation to the provision of access, such as MiFIR in Europe which would require owners of benchmark intellectual property to provide open, non-discriminatory access to benchmark information and licences to trading and clearing venues, may have a negative impact on our ability to protect and monetise our intellectual property, decreasing its value.

We may be required to spend significant resources to monitor, enforce or protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights. Despite such efforts, we may not be able to detect unauthorised use of, or take appropriate and timely steps to enforce, our intellectual property and proprietary rights. Even if we attempt to enforce or protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights or determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others through litigation or proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or other governmental authorities or administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, it may require considerable cost, time and resources to do so, and there is no guarantee that we would be successful in such litigation or proceedings. In the past, we have sent cease and desist letters to third parties to enforce our trademark rights, but there can be no guarantee that such actions will be successful. If we fail to enforce our intellectual property or proprietary rights, our competitive position could suffer. Furthermore, our intellectual property rights may not prevent competitors from independently developing or securing rights to products or services that are similar to or duplicative of ours, using trademarks that are similar to ours in different fields of goods and services, reverse engineering our technologies or designing around our patents. Even if we are able to enter into licensing or restricted use agreements with business partners, or coexistence agreements with third-party trademark owners, such parties may breach the terms of these agreements. Any failure to establish, maintain or protect our intellectual property or proprietary rights could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We further attempt to protect our confidential and proprietary information, trade secrets and know-how by requiring our employees and consultants to enter into confidentiality and assignment of inventions agreements and third parties, such as customers and vendors, to enter into non-disclosure agreements. These agreements may not effectively prevent unauthorised use or disclosure of our confidential or proprietary information, trade secrets, know-how or other intellectual property and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of such unauthorised use or disclosure.

Our compliance and risk management methods might not be effective and may result in outcomes that could adversely affect our reputation, financial condition and operating results.

Our ability to comply with applicable complex and changing laws and rules is largely dependent on our establishment and maintenance of compliance, surveillance, audit and reporting systems, as well as our ability to attract and retain qualified compliance and other risk management personnel. As a publicly traded company, we are subject to regulations including the Dodd-Frank Act and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”). While we have policies and procedures to identify, monitor and manage our risks, we cannot assure you that our policies and procedures will always be effective or that we will always be successful in monitoring or evaluating the risks to which we are or may be exposed. In addition, some of our risk management methods depend upon evaluation of information regarding markets, customers or other matters that are publicly available or otherwise accessible by us. That information may not in all cases be accurate, complete, up-to-date or properly evaluated. In case of non-compliance or alleged non-compliance with applicable laws or regulations, we could be subject to investigations and proceedings that may be very expensive

 

21


Table of Contents

to defend and may result in substantial penalties or civil lawsuits, including by customers, for damages which can be significant. Any of these outcomes would adversely affect our reputation, financial condition and operating results. In extreme cases, these outcomes could adversely affect our ability to continue to conduct our business. Further, the implementation of new legislation or regulations, such as corporate governance and executive compensation-related provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act that require the SEC to adopt additional rules and regulations in these areas, or changes in or unfavourable interpretations of existing regulations by courts or regulatory bodies, could require us to incur significant compliance costs and impede our ability to operate, expand and enhance our products and services as necessary to remain competitive and grow our business, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our results of operations could be materially adversely affected by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

Although we report our results of operations in U.S. dollars, a portion of our revenue and expenses are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Because our consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars, we must translate revenue and expenses, as well as assets and liabilities, into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect during or at the end of each reporting period. Therefore, changes in the value of the U.S. dollar against other currencies will affect our revenue, operating profit and the value of balance sheet items originally denominated in other currencies. These changes cause our growth in consolidated earnings stated in U.S. dollars to be higher or lower than our growth in local currency when compared against other periods.

As we continue to leverage our global delivery model, more of our expenses will be incurred in currencies other than those in which we bill for the related services. An increase in the value of certain currencies against the U.S. dollar could increase costs for delivery of services at offshore sites by increasing labour and other costs that are denominated in local currency. There can be no assurance that our contractual provisions will offset their impact, or that our currency hedging activities, which are designed to partially offset this impact, will be successful.

Consequently, our results of operations may be materially adversely affected. In addition, our currency hedging activities are themselves subject to risk. These include risks related to counterparty performance under hedging contracts.

Our global operations expose us to numerous and sometimes conflicting legal and regulatory requirements, and violation of these regulations could harm our business.

We are subject to numerous, and sometimes conflicting, legal regimes on matters as diverse as anti-corruption, import/export controls, content requirements, trade restrictions, tariffs, taxation, sanctions, immigration, internal and disclosure control obligations, securities and derivatives regulation, anti-competition, data privacy and labour relations. For example, our operations in the United States are subject to U.S. laws on these diverse matters, which are different in several respects from the laws of the United Kingdom and India where we have significant operations. We also have operations in emerging market jurisdictions where legal systems may be less developed or familiar to us. Compliance with diverse legal requirements is costly, time-consuming and requires significant resources. Violations of one or more of these regulations in the conduct of our business could result in significant fines, criminal sanctions against us or our officers, prohibitions on doing business and damage to our reputation. Violations of these regulations in connection with the performance of our obligations to our customers also could result in liability for significant monetary damages, fines or criminal prosecution, unfavourable publicity and other reputational damage, restrictions on our ability to

 

22


Table of Contents

process information and allegations by our customers that we have not performed our contractual obligations. Due to the varying degrees of development of the legal systems of the countries in which we operate, local laws might be insufficient to protect our rights.

In particular, in many parts of the world, including countries in which we operate or seek to expand, practices in the local business community may not conform to international business standards and could violate anti-corruption laws or regulations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act 2010. Our employees, subcontractors, agents, joint venture partners and other third parties with which we associate could take actions that violate policies or procedures designed to promote legal and regulatory compliance or applicable anticorruption laws or regulations. Violations of these laws or regulations by us, our employees or any of these third parties could subject us to criminal or civil enforcement actions (whether or not we participated or knew about the actions leading to the violations), including fines or penalties, disgorgement of profits and suspension or disqualification from work, including U.S. federal contracting, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, including our results of operations and our reputation.

Operating globally involves challenges that we may not be able to meet and that may adversely affect our ability to grow.

As of December 31, 2014, we had offices in 10 countries, and we expect the number of countries in which we operate to increase as we seek out growth opportunities in new geographic areas, including emerging markets and developing economies. There are certain risks inherent in doing business globally which may adversely affect our business and ability to grow. These risks include difficulties in penetrating new markets due to established and entrenched competitors, difficulties in developing products and services that are tailored to the needs of local customers, lack of local acceptance or knowledge of our products and services, lack of recognition of our brands, products or services, unavailability of joint venture partners or local companies for acquisition, instability of international economies and governments, exposure to adverse government action in countries where we may conduct reporting activities, changes in laws and policies affecting trade and investment in other jurisdictions, restrictions or limitations on outsourcing contracts or services abroad, and exposure to varying legal standards, including intellectual property protection laws. Adverse developments in any of these areas could cause our actual results to differ materially from expected results. Expanding our business into emerging markets and developing economies may also present additional risks beyond those associated with more developed international markets. In any emerging markets and developing economies, we may face the risks of working in cash-based economies, dealing with inconsistent government policies and encountering sudden currency revaluations.

We may be required to take future impairment charges that would reduce our reported assets and earnings.

Goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets comprise a substantial portion of our total assets. We are required under IFRS to test our goodwill and identifiable intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment on an annual basis. We also are required by IFRS to perform an interim or periodic review of our goodwill and all identifiable intangible assets if events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. Impairment testing requires us to make significant estimates about our future performance and cash flows, as well as other assumptions. Economic, legal, regulatory, competitive, contractual and other factors as well as changes in our share price and market capitalisation may affect these assumptions. In 2014, we incurred a $39.8 million impairment charge related to our Markit Analytics and Credit Centre businesses. If future testing indicates that impairment has occurred relative to current fair values, we may be required to record a non-cash impairment charge in the period the determination is made. Recognition of an impairment would reduce our reported assets and earnings.

 

23


Table of Contents

International hostilities, terrorist activities, natural disasters, pandemics and infrastructure disruptions could prevent us from effectively serving our customers and thus adversely affect our results of operations.

Acts of terrorist violence, cyber-terrorism, political unrest, armed regional and international hostilities and international responses to these hostilities, natural disasters, including hurricanes or floods, global health risks or pandemics or the threat of or perceived potential for these events could have a negative impact on us. These events could adversely affect our customers’ levels of business activity and precipitate sudden significant changes in regional and global economic conditions and cycles. These events also pose significant risks to our employees and our physical facilities and operations around the world, whether the facilities are ours or those of our third-party service providers or customers. By disrupting communications and travel and increasing the difficulty of obtaining and retaining highly skilled and qualified personnel, these events could make it difficult or impossible for us to deliver products and services to our customers. Extended disruptions of electricity, other public utilities or network services at our facilities, as well as system failures at our facilities or otherwise, could also adversely affect our ability to serve our customers. We may be unable to protect our employees, facilities and systems against all such occurrences. We generally do not have insurance for losses and interruptions caused by terrorist attacks, conflicts and wars. If these disruptions prevent us from effectively serving our customers, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

Changes in our rates of taxation, and audits, investigations and tax proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to direct and indirect taxes in numerous jurisdictions. We calculate and provide for such taxes in each tax jurisdiction in which we operate. The amount of tax we pay is subject to our interpretation of applicable tax laws in the jurisdictions in which we file. We seek to run Markit Ltd. in such a way that it is and remains tax resident in the United Kingdom. We have taken and will continue to take tax positions based on our interpretation of tax laws, but tax accounting often involves complex matters and judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for taxes and other tax liabilities. Although we believe that we have complied with all applicable tax laws, there can be no assurance that a taxing authority will not have a different interpretation of the law and assess us with additional taxes.

We are subject to ongoing tax audits in various jurisdictions. Tax authorities have disagreed, and may in the future disagree, with our judgments. We regularly assess the likely outcomes of these audits to determine the appropriateness of our tax liabilities. However, our judgments might not be sustained as a result of these audits, and the amounts ultimately paid could be different from the amounts previously recorded. In addition, our effective tax rate in the future could be adversely affected by changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities and changes in tax laws. Tax rates in the jurisdictions in which we operate may change as a result of macroeconomic, political or other factors. Increases in the tax rate in any of the jurisdictions in which we operate could have a negative impact on our profitability. In addition, changes in tax laws, treaties or regulations, or their interpretation or enforcement, may be unpredictable, particularly in less developed markets, and could become more stringent, which could materially adversely affect our tax position. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

24


Table of Contents

Certain Risks Relating to Our Common Shares

 

 

The market price of our common shares may be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control.

The market price of our common shares may be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

 

regulatory or legal developments in the countries in which we or our customers operate;

 

actual or anticipated variations in our operating results;

 

the failure of financial analysts to cover our common shares;

 

changes in financial estimates by financial analysts, or any failure by us to meet or exceed any of these estimates, or changes in the recommendations of any financial analysts that elect to follow our common shares or the shares of our competitors;

 

changes in market valuation of similar companies;

 

announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, strategic partnerships or joint ventures;

 

introduction of new products, services or technologies by us or our competitors;

 

significant lawsuits or disputes in which we are a party;

 

future sales of our shares by us or our shareholders;

 

general economic, industry and market conditions;

 

additions and departures of key personnel;

 

investor perceptions of us and the financial services industry;

 

failure of any of our products or services to achieve or maintain market acceptance; and

 

the other factors described in this “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors” section.

In addition, the stock market in general has experienced substantial price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies affected. These broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our common shares, regardless of our operating performance.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales may occur, could cause the market price of our shares to decline.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales may occur, could depress the market price of our common shares and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. We are unable to predict the effect that sales may have on the prevailing market price of our shares.

 

25


Table of Contents

Under our memorandum of association and bye-laws that took effect upon completion of our corporate reorganisation, we are authorised to issue up to 3,000,000,000 common shares, of which 182,507,512 common shares were issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014, excluding 25,219,470 issued and outstanding common shares held by the Markit Group Holdings Limited Employee Benefit Trust. Upon consummation of our initial public offering, we entered into a registration rights and lock-up agreement with certain of our existing shareholders and with the Canada Pension Plan Investment Board (“CPPIB”). See “Item 7.Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions—Transactions with Related Parties—Registration Rights Agreement” for a description of the terms of this agreement. Following the expiration of the lock-up periods set forth in that agreement, these shareholders will have the right to demand that we file a registration statement covering the offer and sale of their securities under the Securities Act, for as long as each holds unregistered securities. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. Sales of common shares by these or any other shareholders, including through the exercise of options and the sale of shares by our employees, could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common shares. We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our shares or the effect, if any, that future sales and issuances of shares would have on the market price of our common shares.

We also filed a registration statement in respect of all common shares that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. These can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance.

The obligations associated with being a public company require significant resources and management attention.

Our initial public offering has had a significant transformative effect on us. Our business historically has operated as a privately owned company, and we have begun incurring significant additional legal, accounting, tax (by virtue of U.K. National Insurance requirements), reporting and other expenses as a result of having publicly traded common shares. We also incurred costs which we have not incurred previously, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses for directors’ fees, increased insurance for directors and officers, investor relations and various other costs of a public company.

As a public company, we have also incurred costs associated with corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules implemented by the SEC and NASDAQ. We expect these rules and regulations to continue to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some management and corporate governance activities more time-consuming and costly. These rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. This could have an adverse impact on our ability to recruit a qualified board of directors.

The additional demands associated with being a public company may disrupt regular operations of our business by diverting the attention of some of our senior management team away from revenue producing activities to management and administrative oversight, adversely affecting our ability to attract and complete business opportunities and increasing the difficulty in both retaining professionals and managing and growing our business. Any of these effects could harm our business, financial condition or results of operations.

In addition, in connection with the implementation of the necessary procedures and practices related to internal control over financial reporting, we may identify deficiencies that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the deadline imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. Failure to comply with Section 404 could subject us to regulatory scrutiny and sanctions, impair our ability to raise revenue, cause investors to lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and negatively affect our share price.

 

26


Table of Contents

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to, and we do, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure and corporate governance standards applicable to U.S. issuers. This may be less favourable to holders of our common shares.

As a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to the same disclosure and procedural requirements as domestic U.S. registrants under the Exchange Act. For instance, we are not required to prepare and file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, we are not subject to the proxy requirements under Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and we are not generally required to comply with Regulation FD, which restricts the selective disclosure of material non-public information. In addition, our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Moreover, we are permitted to disclose compensation information for our executive officers on an aggregate, rather than an individual, basis because individualised compensation disclosure is not required under Bermuda law. We do, however, intend to furnish our shareholders with annual reports containing financial statements audited by our independent auditors and to make available to our shareholders quarterly reports containing unaudited financial information for each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year.

We are also exempt from certain corporate governance standards applicable to U.S. issuers. For example, Rule 5605 of NASDAQ’s corporate governance listing rules (the “NASDAQ Rules”) requires listed companies to have, among other things, a majority of their board members be independent, and to have independent director oversight of executive compensation, nomination of directors and corporate governance matters. As a foreign private issuer, however, we are permitted to follow Bermuda practice in lieu of the above requirements, under which there is no requirement that a majority of our directors be independent. See “Item 16G. Corporate Governance.”

We will lose our foreign private issuer status if we fail to meet the requirements under U.S. securities laws necessary to avoid loss of foreign private issuer status. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher. If we are not a foreign private issuer, we will be required to prepare and report our consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States rather than IFRS, and that transition would involve significant cost and time. We would also be required to file periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the SEC, which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We may also be required to modify certain of our policies to comply with good governance practices associated with U.S. domestic issuers. Such conversion and modifications will involve additional costs. In addition, we may lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements on NASDAQ that are available to foreign private issuers.

Insiders continue to have substantial control over us and could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.

As of December 31, 2014, our shareholders who own more than 5% of our common shares (and entities affiliated with them) and our directors and executive officers collectively beneficially own approximately 35.7% of our issued and outstanding common shares. As a result, these shareholders, if acting together, would be able to influence or control matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including amendments to our bye-laws, the election of directors and the approval of mergers or other extraordinary transactions. In addition, they could influence our dividend policy. They may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. The concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive our shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common shares as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our common shares.

 

27


Table of Contents

We currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends.

We currently do not intend to pay any dividends to holders of our common shares. As a result, capital appreciation in the price of our common shares, if any, will be your only source of gain on an investment in our common shares. The payment of any future dividends will be determined at the discretion of our Board of Directors in light of conditions then existing, including our earnings, financial condition and capital requirements, business conditions, corporate law requirements and other factors. See “Item 8. Financial Information—A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information—Dividend Policy.”

Volatility in our share price could subject us to securities class action litigation.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. This risk is especially relevant for us because financial services companies have experienced significant share price volatility in recent years. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

We are a Bermuda company and it may be difficult for you to enforce judgments against us or our directors and executive officers.

We are a Bermuda exempted company. As a result, the rights of holders of our common shares are governed by Bermuda law and our memorandum of association and bye-laws. The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in other jurisdictions. A number of our directors and some of the named experts referred to in this annual report are not residents of the United States, and a substantial portion of our assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process on those persons in the United States or to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in U.S. courts against us or those persons based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws. It is doubtful whether courts in Bermuda will enforce judgments obtained in other jurisdictions, including the United States, against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of those jurisdictions or entertain actions in Bermuda against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of other jurisdictions.

Bermuda law differs from the laws in effect in the United States and may afford less protection to holders of our common shares.

We are organised under the laws of Bermuda. As a result, our corporate affairs are governed by the Companies Act 1981 (the “Companies Act”), which differs in some material respects from laws typically applicable to U.S. corporations and shareholders, including the provisions relating to interested directors, amalgamations, mergers and acquisitions, takeovers, shareholder lawsuits and indemnification of directors. Generally, the duties of directors and officers of a Bermuda company are owed to the company only. Shareholders of Bermuda companies typically do not have rights to take action against directors or officers of the company and may only do so in limited circumstances. Class actions are not available under Bermuda law. The circumstances in which derivative actions may be available under Bermuda law are substantially more proscribed and less clear than they would be to shareholders of U.S. corporations. The Bermuda courts, however, would ordinarily be expected to permit a shareholder to commence an action in the name of a company to remedy a wrong to the company where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond the corporate power of the company or illegal, or would result in the violation of the company’s memorandum of association or bye-laws. Furthermore, consideration would be given by a Bermuda court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or, for instance, where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of the company’s shareholders than that which actually approved it.

 

28


Table of Contents

When the affairs of a company are being conducted in a manner that is oppressive or prejudicial to the interests of some shareholders, one or more shareholders may apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda, which may make such order as it sees fit, including an order regulating the conduct of the company’s affairs in the future or ordering the purchase of the shares of any shareholders by other shareholders or by the company. Additionally, under our bye-laws and as permitted by Bermuda law, each shareholder has waived any claim or right of action against our directors or officers for any action taken by directors or officers in the performance of their duties, except for actions involving fraud or dishonesty. In addition, the rights of holders of our common shares and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Bermuda law are not as clearly established as under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in jurisdictions in the United States, particularly the State of Delaware. Therefore, holders of our common shares may have more difficulty protecting their interests than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction within the United States.

We have anti-takeover provisions in our bye-laws that may discourage a change of control.

Our bye-laws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us without the consent of our Board of Directors. These provisions provide for:

 

a classified board of directors with staggered three-year terms;

 

directors only to be removed for cause;

 

restrictions on the time period in which directors may be nominated;

 

our Board of Directors to determine the powers, preferences and rights of our preference shares and to issue the preference shares without shareholder approval; and

 

an affirmative vote of 66-2/3% of our voting shares for certain “business combination” transactions which have not been approved by our Board of Directors.

These provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if the third party’s offer may be considered beneficial by many shareholders. As a result, shareholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares.

If we are, or were to become, a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes, U.S. investors in our common shares would be subject to certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences.

In general, a non-U.S. corporation will be a PFIC for any taxable year if (i) 75% or more of its gross income consists of passive income or (ii) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of its assets consists of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. We believe that we were not a PFIC for our 2014 taxable year. However, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year. If we were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. investor held common shares, such investor would be subject to certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences, such as ineligibility for any preferred tax rates on capital gains or on actual or deemed dividends, an additional interest charge on certain taxes treated as deferred, and additional reporting requirements under U.S. federal income tax laws and regulations. If we are characterised as a PFIC, a U.S. investor may be able to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common shares that would alleviate some of the adverse consequences of PFIC status. Although U.S. tax rules also permit a U.S. investor to make a “qualified electing fund” election with respect to the shares of a foreign corporation that is a PFIC if the foreign corporation provides certain information to its investors,

 

29


Table of Contents

we do not currently intend to provide the information that would be necessary for a U.S. investor to make a valid “qualified electing fund” election with respect to our common shares. See “Item 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules.”

ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

A. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPANY

Markit was founded in 2003 by a group of entrepreneurs with deep experience in the financial services industry with the goal of increasing transparency in the financial markets. After the successful launch of its first product, the company attracted investments from global financial institutions, private equity and other investment funds. Since its founding, Markit has grown through organic product and service development and targeted acquisitions.

Markit Group Holdings Limited was formed on May 9, 2007 pursuant to the laws of England and Wales, as a successor company to Markit Group Limited. Markit Ltd. was incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda on January 16, 2014 to become the holding company for Markit Group Holdings Limited. Upon completion of our initial public offering and the related corporate reorganisation, all the interests in Markit Group Holdings Limited were exchanged for newly issued common shares of Markit Ltd. and, as a result, Markit Group Holdings Limited became a wholly owned subsidiary of Markit Ltd.

Our principal executive offices are located at 4th Floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London, England EC2Y 9LY. Our telephone number at this address is +44 20 7260 2000. Investors should contact us for any inquiries through the address and telephone number of our principal executive office. We maintain a website at www.markit.com . Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this annual report, and the inclusion of our website address in this annual report is an inactive textual reference only.

We maintain a registered office in Bermuda at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda. The telephone number of our registered office is +1 441 295 5950.

For information on our principal capital expenditures and divestitures since January 1, 2012, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

B. BUSINESS OVERVIEW

Company Overview

 

 

Markit is a leading global diversified provider of financial information services. Our offerings enhance transparency, reduce risk and improve operational efficiency in the financial markets. Since we launched our business in 2003, we have become deeply embedded in the systems and workflows of many of our customers and continue to become increasingly important to our customers’ operations. We leverage leading technologies and our industry expertise to create innovative products and services across multiple asset classes and geographies. We provide pricing and reference data, indices, valuation and trading services, trade processing, enterprise software and managed services. Our end users include front and back office professionals, such as traders, portfolio managers, risk managers, research professionals and other financial markets participants, as well as operations, compliance and enterprise data managers. We anticipate and are highly responsive to evolving industry needs and work closely with market participants to develop new products and services.

We have over 3,000 institutional customers globally, including banks, hedge funds, asset managers, accounting firms, regulators, corporations, exchanges, central banks and trading venues. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, we generated revenue of $1,065.1 million, $947.9 million,

 

30


Table of Contents

and $860.6 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, we generated profit attributable to equity holders of $165.2 million, $139.4 million, and $125.0 million, respectively, and Adjusted EBITDA of $488.2 million, $421.3 million, and $358.2 million, respectively. Our Adjusted EBITDA margins for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were 46.0%, 45.6% and 47.0%, reflecting the operating leverage inherent in our business model and our culture of cost management.

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 approximately 49.8%, 49.9%, and 48.1% of our revenue came from customers in the United States, 39.4%, 40.3% and 43.2% from the European Union and 10.8%, 9.8% and 8.7% from other geographic areas, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 we generated 52.5%, 50.6% and 49.8% of our revenue from recurring fixed fees and 42.3%, 45.3% and 44.8% from recurring variable fees, respectively.

Our business is organised in three divisions: Information, Processing and Solutions.

Information: Our Information division, which represented approximately 45.7% of our revenue in 2014, provides enriched content comprising pricing and reference data, indices and valuation and trading services across multiple asset classes and geographies through both direct and third-party distribution channels. Our Information division products and services are used for independent valuations, research, trading, and liquidity and risk assessments. These products and services help our customers price instruments, comply with relevant regulatory reporting and risk management requirements, and analyse financial markets.

Processing: Our Processing division, which represented approximately 26.7% of our revenue in 2014, offers trade processing solutions globally for over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives, foreign exchange (“FX”) and syndicated loans. Our trade processing services enable buy-side and sell-side firms to confirm transactions rapidly, which increases efficiency by optimising post-trade workflow, reducing risk, complying with reporting regulations and improving connectivity. We believe we are the largest provider of end-to-end multi-asset OTC derivatives trade processing services.

Solutions: Our Solutions division, which represented approximately 27.6% of our revenue in 2014, provides configurable enterprise software platforms, managed services and hosted custom web solutions. Our offerings, which are targeted at a broad range of financial services industry participants, help our customers capture, organise, process, display and analyse information, manage risk, reduce fixed costs and meet regulatory requirements using standardised industry solutions.

Our Competitive Strengths

 

 

We believe that our competitive strengths include the following:

Demonstrated Ability to Innovate and Develop New Products. We work closely with our customers to develop and introduce new offerings that are designed to enhance transparency, reduce risk and improve operational efficiency in the financial markets. In recent years, we have launched new products addressing a wide array of customer needs, such as meeting regulatory reporting requirements, increasing efficiency in trade confirmation and improving bond market transparency. We offer a distribution model that enables our customers to receive our data either through our own proprietary distribution channels or through third-party applications. This flexible model allows customers to use our products efficiently.

Trusted Partner with Diversified, Global Customer Base and Strong Brand Recognition. We believe that our customers trust and rely on us for our consultative approach to product development, dedication to customer support and proven ability to execute and deliver effective solutions. Our industry expertise allows us to anticipate and understand our customers’ needs, providing effective solutions through our product and service offerings. Our global footprint allows us to serve our customers throughout the world and to introduce our products and services to customers in new

 

31


Table of Contents

markets. The Markit brand is well established and recognised throughout the financial services industry—many of the major financial market participants use our products and services. We also own a number of well-known index brands, including the Purchasing Managers Index (“PMI”) series and the iBoxx indices.

Proven Ability to Acquire and Grow Complementary Businesses. We have a history of making targeted acquisitions that facilitate our growth by complementing our existing products and services and addressing market opportunities. We seek to acquire companies that allow us to consolidate existing businesses, diversify into related markets, and access technologies, products or expertise that enhance our product and service offerings. We have a proven track record of successfully integrating

acquisitions into our business, including our global sales network, technology infrastructure and operational delivery model. With this strategy, we have driven strong growth in our acquired products, generating attractive returns on capital.

Attractive Financial Model. We believe we have an attractive financial model due to high recurring revenue, strong organic growth and high cash generation.

 

High Recurring Revenue : We offer our products and services primarily through recurring fixed fee and variable fee agreements, and this business model has historically delivered stable revenue and predictable cash flows. For the year ended December 31, 2014, we generated 52.5% of our revenue from recurring fixed fees and 42.3% from recurring variable fees. Many of the capabilities that we provide are core to our customers’ business operations, deeply embedded in their existing workflows and difficult to replace.

 

We calculate a renewal rate to assess how successful we have been in maintaining our existing business for products and services that fall due for renewal. This renewal rate compares the dollar value of renewals during the period to the total dollar value of all contracts that fall due for renewal during the period. This population of renewals is largely contracts that are recurring fixed fee in nature. The value of the contracts renewed includes situations where customers have renewed but downgraded the contract price, reduced the number of products and services they purchase from us or decided not to renew all products and services. It does not include the benefit of price increases on these existing products or services, or upgrades to existing contracted products or services. Using this definition, for the year ended December 31, 2014, our renewal rate of recurring fixed fee contracts was approximately 90.0%.

 

Strong Organic Growth : The breadth of our offerings in conjunction with our large, global customer base allows us to cross-sell our products and services. We have also developed new products and services and substantially expanded our customer base.

 

High Cash Generation : Our business has low capital requirements for product maintenance and development, allowing us to generate strong cash flow.

Experienced Management Team Incentivised by Ownership Culture. On average, our 35 most senior managers have worked in the financial services industry for 22 years. This experience has provided our management team with a strong network of relationships and an extensive understanding of market participants within the financial services industry. We have attracted a highly qualified and motivated employee base through significant employee ownership which creates a culture of innovation and an organisation that quickly adapts to change.

 

32


Table of Contents

Our Market Opportunity

 

 

We believe we are well-positioned to embrace changes in the financial services industry:

Focus on Efficiency in the Financial Services Industry. Financial institutions are focused on rationalising costs and increasingly view third-party products and services as an effective means of achieving cost efficiencies. In addition, as financial institutions look to optimise vendor management, they are exhibiting a preference for companies with scale that offer a broad array of products and services. We believe our scale and broad portfolio of solutions position us well as customers seek to consolidate vendors. We also work actively with our customers to find opportunities to reduce their costs and improve services through industry solutions, most notably in managed services.

Changing Regulatory Landscape. New global regulations are driving higher capital requirements, enhanced risk management, and increased electronic trading and reporting and compliance requirements. In addition, regulations are driving market participants to gather more timely, relevant and complete data to improve transparency and demonstrate they have the proper internal controls and processes needed to meet the evolving regulations. With these new regulations and as regulatory authorities globally continue to establish stricter standards, we believe our customers will continue to strengthen their compliance capabilities, manage greater volumes of data and improve their risk management functions.

Evolving Technology and Communication Networks. Technology and information services are migrating toward cloud-based solutions and open architecture platforms. This trend creates challenges for securities firms and institutional investors, which have typically employed technology that is designed, built and administered in-house, a model that has limited flexibility and results in increased costs. These trends present an opportunity to create new services based on flexible technologies in a secure and compliant manner by moving away from high-cost, single-provider platforms.

Growth Shifting to Emerging Markets and Developing Economies. Emerging markets and developing economies are experiencing more rapid economic and population growth relative to developed economies in Western Europe and the United States. As financial markets in emerging markets and developing economies continue to mature, we expect increased demand in these countries for our products and services.

Shifting Investment Styles. Investors are allocating increasing amounts of capital to passive investment products and are seeking exposure beyond equities to a wider range of asset classes, including bonds, loans and commodities. Passive investment products have proliferated due to investor demand for transparency, lower costs and greater liquidity. We believe these trends will persist, generating significant growth opportunities for our multi-asset class offerings.

Our Growth Strategies

 

 

The key components of our growth strategy include:

Deliver Products and Services to Drive Customer Cost-Efficiency. The financial services industry’s regulatory and operating environment is putting pressure on our customers’ profits, driving them to rationalise costs and operate more efficiently. We believe there is a significant opportunity to reshape the cost structure of the industry by replacing services that have historically been duplicated across institutions. Our experience, reputation as a trusted partner and strong relationships with major financial institutions have allowed us to respond to customer needs for centralised services such as reference data management, customer on-boarding, withholding-tax compliance, global corporate actions and document management, which we believe will generate substantial cost savings for our customers. For example, our Markit Genpact KYC Services joint venture, working alongside some of the world’s largest banks, centralises non-proprietary processes for on-boarding new customers and manages other know-your-customer (“KYC”) requirements for the financial services industry.

 

33


Table of Contents

Capitalise on Evolving Regulatory and Compliance Environment. Changing regulations are creating the need for new compliance and reporting processes, risk management protocols, disclosure requirements and analytics. We will continue to address these needs by providing auditable and compliant sources of risk and pricing data, integrated market and credit risk reporting and multi-asset class global solutions. Our solutions are expected to support customers’ regulatory submissions, including stress testing and scenario analysis. In addition, we are repositioning our trade processing business from a transaction-based confirmation service to a connectivity and regulatory reporting service; building out our KYC managed services capabilities; and enhancing our counterparty risk management and risk and trading analytics offerings to meet the growing requirements of regulation and compliance. We expect our index business to benefit from the increased regulatory scrutiny imposed on administrators of benchmarks, which larger, well-established providers such as ourselves are best positioned to address.

Introduce Innovative Offerings and Enhancements. To maintain and enhance our position as a leading financial services provider, we continuously strive to introduce enhancements to our products and services as well as launch new products and services. We maintain an active dialogue with our customers and partners to allow us to understand their needs and anticipate market developments. We also seek to develop innovative uses for our existing products and services to generate incremental revenue, find more cost-effective inputs to support our existing products and services, and facilitate development of profitable new products and services.

Increase in Geographic, Product and Customer Penetration. We believe there are significant opportunities to increase the number of users of our products and services at existing institutional customers, increase the number of locations where our products and services are used with existing customers and increase the use of our broad set of products and services. We plan to add new customers by anticipating and responding to the changing demands of the financial services industry and by leveraging our brand strength, broad portfolio of solutions, global footprint and industry expertise. We have developed significant penetration into large sell-side and buy-side firms in North America and Western Europe and have established a presence in select emerging markets and developing economies, and there is potential for further penetration and growth in emerging markets and developing economies, particularly in Asia. Reflecting our commitment to these markets, we relocated key management to Singapore to support our growing presence in the Asian markets.

Pursue Strategic Acquisitions and Partnerships. We selectively evaluate technologies and businesses that we believe have potential to enhance, complement or expand our product and service offerings and strengthen our value proposition to customers. We target acquisitions and partnerships that can be efficiently integrated into our global sales network, technology infrastructure and operational delivery model to drive value. We believe we are an acquirer of choice among prospective acquisition targets and a partner of choice among our peers due to our entrepreneurial culture, growth, global scale, strong brand, broad distribution capabilities and market position.

Business Divisions

 

 

Information

Our Information division (2014 revenue of $486.5 million) provides enriched content comprising pricing and reference data, indices and valuation and trading services across multiple asset classes and geographies through both direct and third-party distribution channels. Our Information division products and services are used throughout the financial services industry for independent valuations, research, trading, and liquidity and risk assessments. These products and services help our customers to price instruments, comply with relevant regulatory reporting and risk management requirements, and analyse financial markets.

 

34


Table of Contents

The Information division serves over 2,700 customers including buy-side firms (mutual funds, hedge funds, private equity funds, investment managers, insurance companies, pension funds, sovereign wealth funds and wealth managers), sell-side firms (investment banks, commercial banks, prime brokers, retail banks and custodian banks), exchanges, central banks, regulators, government agencies, rating agencies, research organisations, academics, accounting firms, consultancies, technology and service providers, and other corporations.

The Information division comprises three subdivisions:

 

Pricing and Reference Data : Our pricing and reference data subdivision provides our customers with independent pricing across major geographies and asset classes as well as instrument, entity and reference data products. We price instruments in the major asset classes, including fixed income, equities and credit. Our offering comprises several products that support the pricing and reference data needs of the credit derivative, bond and syndicated loan markets, most notably Reference Entity Database (“RED”) and Bond Reference Data. Customers use our pricing data primarily for independent valuations, risk analytics and pre-trade analytics. They use our reference data products in a broad range of valuation, trading and risk applications.

 

Indices : We own and administer indices covering loans, bonds, credit default swaps, structured finance and economic indicators, including the iBoxx indices and the PMI series. In addition to our index families, we provide a range of index-related services to enable our customers to meet their custom index requirements. Our indices are used for benchmarking, risk management, valuation and trading. They also form the basis of a wide range of financial products, including exchange traded funds, index funds, structured products and derivatives.

 

Valuation and Trading Services : We provide a broad range of valuation and trading services to both derivative and cash market participants focused on instrument and portfolio valuations, trading performance and analysis, research aggregation and investment process workflow. For example, our Totem service provides model validation and pricing verification of complex derivatives for sell-side firms. Our portfolio valuation service provides buy-side firms with independent valuations for a wide range of derivatives and cash products across all asset classes.

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, our Information division generated revenue of $486.5 million, $459.6 million and $431.3 million, representing 45.7%, 48.5% and 50.1% of our total revenue, respectively, and Adjusted EBITDA of $239.2 million, $217.2 million, and $214.5 million, representing 48.9%, 50.2% and 52.8% of our total Adjusted EBITDA before the removal of non-controlling interest, respectively.

Processing

Our Processing division (2014 revenue of $284.9 million) offers trade processing solutions globally for OTC derivatives, FX and syndicated loans, including connectivity, infrastructure and post-trade support. The division enables buy-side and sell-side firms to confirm transactions rapidly, which increases efficiency by optimising post-trade workflow, reducing risk, and complying with reporting regulations. Our Processing division sells products and offers services directly and via third parties, and its most significant offerings are our derivatives processing platform and our loans processing platform.

We believe our derivatives processing platform is the industry standard for OTC derivatives post-trade processing across credit, interest rates, equity and FX asset classes. The platform supports electronic confirmation, regulatory reporting, clearing connectivity and trade delivery for trade counterparties and inter-dealer brokers, clearing houses, trading venues and swap execution facilities. Our derivatives processing platform has an active network of over 2,000 customers, including sell-side firms, buy-side firms and execution venues, with connectivity to 16 central counterparties. On an average day, our derivatives processing platform processes more than 90,000 transaction processing actions.

 

35


Table of Contents

We believe our loans processing platform is the primary platform for the electronic confirmation, documentation and settlement of syndicated loans in the United States. It provides real-time data on loan inventories as well as reconciliation and status reporting for new and historical trades. The platform connects sell-side and buy-side firms and loan agents in a single workflow. Functionality is currently being expanded to include loan custodians. We settle substantially all LSTA leveraged syndicated loans and also support and settle loans trading in the LMA market through our loans processing platform.

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, our Processing division generated revenue of $284.9 million, $265.3 million and $238.8 million, representing 26.7%, 28.0% and 27.8% of our total revenue, respectively, and Adjusted EBITDA of $156.6 million, $138.1 million and $124.5 million, representing 32.0%, 31.9% and 30.6% of our total Adjusted EBITDA before the removal of non-controlling interest, respectively.

Solutions

Our Solutions division (2014 revenue of $293.7 million) provides configurable enterprise software platforms, managed services and hosted custom web solutions. Our offerings help our customers capture, organise, process, display and analyse information, manage risk and meet regulatory requirements. As the financial services industry places a renewed emphasis on cost efficiency and operational risk reduction, institutions are likely to increase their use of outsourcing to industry experts, which should support demand for our Solutions offerings. Our products and services are designed to help our customers achieve material operational efficiency gains by using deep subject matter expertise, increasing automation, providing cost-effective hosting, institutionalising regulatory compliance and standardising, or even mutualising, our customers’ business processes.

The division targets a broad customer base within the financial services industry including buy-side and sell-side firms, custodians, private equity firms, wealth management firms and retail brokerages. The division sells direct via in-house sales teams, cross-selling software and services when possible.

The Solutions division operates in two subdivisions: enterprise software and managed services.

 

Enterprise Software : The primary products within the enterprise software subdivision include Enterprise Data Management (“EDM”), Analytics, Wall Street Office (“WSO”) – Software and thinkFolio.

EDM software and services provide customers with a central hub to manage the acquisition, validation, storage and distribution of data sets from multiple sources. EDM software, which is targeted at banks, regulators, data providers, asset managers, hedge funds and insurance companies, produces transparent and auditable views of positions, transactions, valuations, exposure and counterparties.

Analytics provides our customers with a range of enterprise risk management software solutions to enable customers to calculate risk measures while delivering exceptional computation speed and rapid time to market. We expect Analytics to benefit from regulations that introduce new risk measurement requirements and from the financial services industry’s greater adoption of risk management practices. The Analytics customer base focuses on banks and insurance companies globally.

WSO – Software provides loan portfolio management software to participants in the syndicated bank loan market, delivering a single platform for reporting, collateralised loan obligation compliance, integration, performance analysis and agent syndication across the complete trading lifecycle. WSO – Software targets buy-side loan investors, middle-market lenders, fund administrators and underwriters of structured products (e.g., collateralised loan obligations).

 

36


Table of Contents

thinkFolio is a sophisticated front office portfolio modelling and order management system. It manages multiple asset classes (bonds, equities, property, commodities, cash and FX, as well as a host of derivatives within each of these asset classes). It also has accurate, fast and real-time cash management and an integrated compliance engine.

 

Managed Services : Significant offerings within managed services include On Demand, Counterparty Manager, WSO – Services, Corporate Actions, Tax Solutions and Markit Genpact KYC Services.

On Demand designs, builds and hosts custom web solutions for customers in both the retail and institutional financial services markets. The introduction and rapid growth of new user interfaces (e.g., mobile) along with increased demand for online consumption is expected to support further demand for On Demand’s services. On Demand targets online retail brokerages, sell-side firms, information providers and media firms.

Counterparty Manager provides an online platform for buy-side firms to manage counterparty documentation as they open and maintain trading accounts with sell-side firms. The platform enables the collection and distribution of KYC documents and regulatory support for the Dodd-Frank Act, Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act and other needs. We believe this platform will continue to be in high demand as regulators and tax authorities on a global basis increase their oversight of financial markets.

WSO – Services helps syndicated loan customers streamline their business by providing outsourced access to our portfolio of services for middle and back office loan operations.

Corporate Actions provides a centralised source of validated corporate action data for more than three million equities, fixed income and structured securities, across more than 160 countries. It offers unlimited access to our corporate action data and allows customers to view full details in real-time, including event-level data, dates, options, terms and conditions and restrictions.

Tax Solutions is a suite of tools that help financial institutions and multinational corporations comply with tax rules around cross-border payments.

Markit Genpact KYC Services provides a centralised service for end-to-end management of client onboarding and other KYC requirements in the financial markets. By centralising non-proprietary processes for onboarding new clients, managing client reference data and remediating existing client accounts to new standards, the service helps buy-side and sell-side firms streamline operations, reduce costs and enhance compliance through improved data management and quality.

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, our Solutions division generated revenue of $293.7 million, $223.0 million and $190.5 million, representing 27.6%, 23.5% and 22.1% of our total revenue, respectively, and Adjusted EBITDA of $93.1 million, $77.5 million and $67.6 million, representing 19.1%, 17.9% and 16.6% of our total Adjusted EBITDA before the removal of non-controlling interest, respectively.

Customers

 

 

We have a diverse global customer base across buy-side and sell-side firms, including banks, asset managers, hedge funds, private equity and venture capital funds, fund administration firms and other organisations. Our customers also include exchanges, central banks, regulators, government agencies, rating agencies, research organisations, academics, accounting firms, consultancies, technology and service providers, information service providers, exchanges, clearing and trading venues, and other corporations. We have over 3,000 institutional customers, including many of the

 

37


Table of Contents

largest companies in the financial services industry. In 2014, no customers or group of affiliated customers represented more than 5% of our revenue and fewer than 25 customers or groups of affiliated customers each generated more than $10 million in revenue.

Sales and Marketing

 

 

We have a dedicated global sales force, which consists of a global account management team and a specialists team covering all regions, products and services. We annually develop sales, distribution and marketing strategies on a product-by-product and service-by-service basis. We leverage customer data, business and market intelligence and competitive profiling to retain customers and cross-sell products and services, while also working to promote unified brand recognition across all our products and services.

Sources of Data

 

 

The data supporting our Information division products and services is sourced principally through three different kinds of arrangements. First, we gather data from some of our customers under agreements that also permit these customers to use the products and services created based on their data contribution. Second, we license data from market data providers under contracts on commercial terms. Third, we source data either from public sources, such as corporate actions or bond issuances, or through direct means, such as conducting surveys for economic data.

Competitors

 

 

We believe the principal competitive factors in our business include the depth, breadth, timeliness and cost-effectiveness of our products and services; quality and relevance of our offerings; ease of use; our employees; and customer support. The breadth of the products and services we offer and the markets we serve expose us to a broad range of competitors that include large information service providers, market data vendors, exchanges, inter-dealer brokers and transaction processing providers.

Our principal competitors for our Information division products and services are Bloomberg L.P., FactSet, Interactive Data Corporation and Thomson Reuters Inc. The principal competitors for our Processing division products and services are Bloomberg L.P., IntercontinentalExchange, Inc. and Traiana, Inc. Our Solutions division products and services compete with firms such as Clarient Global LLC, GoldenSource, IBM Algorithmics and Intralinks Holdings, Inc.

C. ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

A list of our subsidiaries, including name, country of incorporation or residence and proportion of ownership interest and voting power is provided in “Item 19. Exhibits—Exhibit 8.1,” which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

38


Table of Contents

D. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Markit is headquartered in London, United Kingdom and operates in 22 offices around the globe. As of December 31, 2014, our principal offices consisted of the following properties:

 

Location

 

Square feet

 

 

Lease expiration date (1)

 

Use

 

London, United Kingdom

  105,000    December 2025 Office Space

New Delhi, India

  51,971    July 2021 Office Space
New York City, U.S.   41,743    August 2018 Office Space

Dallas, U.S.

  47,413    September 2029 Office Space

Boulder, U.S. (Central Ave.)

  59,620    December 2017 Office Space

Boulder, U.S. (Flatiron Pkwy.)

  30,196    December 2027 Office Space

 

(1) Expiration dates include exclusive renewal options granted to Markit in existing leases.

We also lease offices in the following locations: Amsterdam, Andover, Calgary, Edinburgh, Frankfurt, Henley on Thames, Gurgaon, Hong Kong, Manchester, Naperville, New York, Singapore, Sydney, Tokyo, Toronto, Valley Cottage, and Vancouver. Historically, we have sought to consolidate acquisitions into major locations, such as London and New York, whenever logistically and commercially reasonable; however, there have been instances where we have expanded our footprint into new locations post-acquisition.

We continue to invest in our current locations as necessary, and we believe that our properties, taken as a whole, are in good operating condition and are suitable and adequate for our current business operations, and that additional or alternative space will be available on commercially reasonable terms for future use and expansion.

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

A. OPERATING RESULTS

The following information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included as part of this annual report. This discussion and analysis includes forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed elsewhere in this annual report. See in particular “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors.”

Business Overview

 

 

Markit is a leading global diversified provider of financial information services. Our offerings enhance transparency, reduce risk and improve operational efficiency in the financial markets. Since we launched our business in 2003, we have become deeply embedded in the systems and workflows of many of our customers and continue to become increasingly important to our customers’ operations. We leverage leading technologies and our industry expertise to create innovative products and services across multiple asset classes. We provide pricing and reference data, indices, valuation and trading services, trade processing, enterprise software and managed services. Our end users include front and back office professionals, such as traders, portfolio managers, risk managers, research

 

39


Table of Contents

professionals, technology companies and other financial markets participants, as well as operations, compliance and enterprise data managers. We anticipate and are highly responsive to evolving industry needs and work closely with market participants to develop new products and services. We have over 3,000 institutional customers globally, including banks, hedge funds, asset managers, accounting firms, regulators, corporations, exchanges and central banks. As of December 31, 2014, we had 22 offices in 10 countries.

2014 Key Developments

 

 

On January 13, 2014 we acquired 100% of the issued share capital of thinkFolio Limited and its subsidiaries, a portfolio management software company. thinkFolio is a software solutions provider to front office professionals.

On May 22, 2014 we announced the launch of Markit Genpact KYC Services, a joint venture with Genpact. Designed in partnership with four leading global financial institutions, the service standardises and centralises the collection and management of know-your-customer data for financial institutions in order to streamline client onboarding. Markit Genpact KYC Services is included within our Solutions segment.

On June 24, 2014 we completed our initial public offering of common shares in the United States and our corporate reorganisation pursuant to a scheme of arrangement under Part 26 of the English Companies Act 2006 that was approved by the High Court of Justice of England and Wales. All of the shares in our initial public offering were sold by certain selling shareholders at a price to the public of $24.00 per share. We did not receive any proceeds from the sale of common shares in the offering. The offering expenses, not including the underwriting discounts and commissions, were $12.1 million and were payable by us. Our common shares are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “MRKT.”

On July 1, 2014 we completed the sale of Markit Trade Reporting (“BOAT”) to Cinnober Financial Technology. BOAT is a MiFID-compliant trade reporting platform that enables multilateral trading facilities and investment firms to meet their pre- and post-trade transparency obligations for off-exchange cash equity trades. BOAT was included in our Information segment until the point of sale.

On July 1, 2014 we completed the acquisition of a majority shareholding in our Tax Solutions suite of products from Compliance Technologies International LLP (“CTI”). CTI’s software automates the certification of tax domicile, validation of withholding tax status and calculation of withholding tax to help firms streamline compliance with anti-money laundering and know-your-customer regulations. CTI is included within our Solutions segment.

On October 9, 2014 we closed Credit Centre, our OTC derivative pre-trade credit checking platform within our Processing segment. Credit Centre was designed to handle hundreds of thousands of orders per second in an electronic trading environment; however the market has not evolved to that level of trade frequency.

On November 28, 2014 we sold certain technology assets related to Collaboration Services, our open source messaging platform within our Solutions segment, to Symphony Communication Services LLC, and closed the remaining business.

Our Operating Segments

 

 

We organise our business in three segments: Information, Processing and Solutions.

Information segment

Our Information segment, which represented 45.7% of our revenue in the year ended December 31, 2014, provides enriched content comprising pricing and reference data, indices, and valuation and

 

40


Table of Contents

trading services across multiple asset classes and geographies through both direct and third-party distribution channels. Our Information segment products and services are used for independent valuations, research, trading, and liquidity and risk assessments. These products and services help our customers price instruments, comply with relevant regulatory reporting and risk management requirements, and analyse financial markets.

Processing segment

Our Processing segment, which represented 26.7% of our revenue in the year ended December 31, 2014, offers trade processing solutions globally for over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives, foreign exchange (“FX”) and syndicated loans. Our trade processing and connectivity services enable buy-side and sell-side firms to confirm transactions rapidly, which increases efficiency by optimising post-trade workflow, thereby reducing risk, and complying with reporting regulations. We believe we are the largest provider of end-to-end multi-asset OTC derivatives trade processing services.

Solutions segment

Our Solutions segment, which represented 27.6% of our revenue in the year ended December 31, 2014, provides configurable enterprise software platforms, managed services and hosted custom web solutions. Our offerings help our customers capture, organise, process, display and analyse information, manage risk and meet regulatory requirements.

Key Performance Indicators

 

 

We believe that revenue growth, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin and Adjusted Earnings are key measures to assess our financial performance. These measures demonstrate our ability to grow while maintaining profitability and generating strong positive cash flows over time.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Earnings are not measures defined by IFRS. The most directly comparable IFRS measure is our profit from continuing operations for the relevant period. These measures are not necessarily comparable to similarly referenced measures used by other companies. As a result, investors should not consider these performance measures in isolation from, or as a substitute analysis for, our results of operations as determined in accordance with IFRS.

Revenue growth

We view period-over-period revenue growth as a key measure of our financial success. We measure revenue growth in terms of organic revenue growth, acquisition related revenue growth, foreign currency impact on revenue growth and constant currency revenue growth.

We define these components as follows:

 

Organic –  Revenue growth from continuing operations from factors other than acquisitions and foreign currency fluctuations. We derive organic revenue growth from the development of new products and services, increased penetration of existing products and services to new and existing customers, price changes for our products and services and market driven factors such as increased trading volumes or changes in customer assets under management.

 

Acquisition related –  Revenue growth from acquired businesses through the end of the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the acquisition was completed. This growth results from our strategy of making targeted acquisitions that facilitate growth by complementing our existing products and services and addressing market opportunities.

 

41


Table of Contents
Foreign currency –  The impact on revenue growth resulting from the difference between current revenue at current exchange rates and current revenue at the corresponding prior period exchange rates.

 

Constant currency –  Total revenue growth, excluding the impact of exchange rate movements from the prior period to the current period. This is equal to the combination of organic and acquisition related revenue growth, as described above.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin

We believe Adjusted EBITDA, as defined under “—Reconciliation to Non-IFRS Financial Measures,” is useful to investors and is used by our management for measuring profitability because it excludes the impact of certain items which have less bearing on our core operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in their evaluation of companies comparable to us, many of which present an Adjusted EBITDA-related performance measure when reporting their results. Adjusted EBITDA margin is also defined under “—Reconciliation to Non-IFRS Financial Measures.”

Adjusted Earnings and adjusted earnings per share, diluted

We believe Adjusted Earnings, as defined under “—Reconciliation to Non-IFRS Financial Measures,” is useful to investors and is used by our management for measuring profitability because it represents a group measure of performance which excludes the impact of certain non-cash charges and other charges not associated with the underlying operating performance of the business, while including the effect of items that we believe affect shareholder value and in-year return, such as income tax expense and net finance costs. Adjusted Earnings measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in their evaluation of companies comparable to us, many of which present an Adjusted Earnings-related performance measure when reporting their results. Adjusted earnings per share, diluted is also defined under “—Reconciliation to Non-IFRS Financial Measures,”

Please see “—Reconciliation to Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for a description of our non-IFRS financial measures, an explanation of why we believe they are useful measures of our performance, including our ability to generate cash flow, and reconciliations of these non-IFRS financial measures to the most directly comparable IFRS financial measures.

Factors Affecting the Comparability of Our Results

 

 

Global operations

We are a global company with operations, as of December 31, 2014, primarily in the United Kingdom, the United States, Germany, Netherlands, India, Singapore, Canada, Australia, Japan and Hong Kong. As a result, our consolidated revenue and results of operations are affected by fluctuations in the exchange rates of the currencies of the countries in which we operate, primarily the U.S. dollar, pound sterling and euro. Our revenue is typically earned in these currencies, and our expenses across the company are typically incurred in these same currencies, providing a natural hedge to the exposure. Where this is not the case, we have implemented a strategy to hedge material, highly probable or committed foreign currency cash flows. We do not use financial derivatives for trading or other speculative purposes. We have not historically considered it necessary to, and we do not currently, hedge our balance sheet or capital exposures.

 

42


Table of Contents

Product and service innovation

We plan to continue making investments to enhance our products, services and technical capabilities to create avenues for growth. The associated expenses consist primarily of personnel-related costs for our developers and other employees engaged in research and development. These expenses may vary depending on the number and scale of development projects in a particular period.

Business combinations

Acquisitions are an important part of our growth strategy, and we expect to make additional acquisitions in the future. From January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2014, we acquired five businesses for aggregate consideration of $645.7 million. As a consequence of the contributions of these businesses and acquisition related expenses, our consolidated results of operations may not be comparable between periods.

Our most significant acquisitions since January 1, 2012 were:

 

Our acquisition of the Data Explorers Group on April 2, 2012, a leading provider of global securities lending data, which is reported within our Information segment and has been subsequently rebranded Markit Securities Finance (“Securities Finance”).

 

Our acquisition of Cadis Software Limited on June 1, 2012, a leading provider of global enterprise data management, which is reported within our Solutions segment and has been subsequently rebranded Markit Enterprise Data Management.

 

Our acquisition of thinkFolio Limited on January 13, 2014, a leading portfolio management software company, which is reported within our Solutions segment.

 

Our acquisition on July 1, 2014 of a majority shareholding in Compliance Technologies International LLP, a leading provider of tax certification services, which is reported within our Solutions segment.

Acquisition of non-controlling interest

On April 2, 2013, we acquired the remaining interests in our subsidiary MarkitSERV, LLC, previously owned by the Depository Trust and Clearing Corporation, increasing our holding to 100%. As a result of this transaction, our results of operations are no longer reduced by this non-controlling interest.

Public company expenses

We are incurring additional operating expenses as a result of operating as a public company. This includes increased accounting and legal expenses, the cost of an investor relations function, expenses related to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and increased director and officer insurance premiums. We do not expect these expenses to materially affect our overall profitability or to impede our growth prospects.

Share based compensation and related items

We operate a number of equity-settled, share based compensation plans, under which we grant equity instruments (options and restricted shares) as consideration for services from our employees. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments granted. The equity instruments granted vest upon the satisfaction of a service condition which, for the majority of awards, is satisfied over either three or five years. Restricted shares are granted to certain employees and become unrestricted typically over a period of three or five years. A number of equity instruments vested in full upon the successful completion of our initial public offering in June 2014 and an accelerated share based compensation charge of $5.9 million has been recognised as an exceptional item in the year ended December 31, 2014 in relation to these.

 

43


Table of Contents

On August 1, 2013, we granted options to purchase 2.6 million shares (before giving effect to our 10-to-1 share split in connection with our corporate reorganisation and initial public offering) to certain key employees as part of an incentive based retention program. These options will vest upon the satisfaction of a service condition which will be satisfied over a five-year period after our initial public offering. Annual compensation expense related to this grant is approximately $2.6 million.

In 2014, a total share based compensation charge of $4.0 million was recognised in relation to these options, including $1.4 million which has been treated as an exceptional item and which relates to the acceleration of the amount which would have been recognised to the date in first quarter of 2014 when the successful completion of our initial public offering was deemed probable, if the completion of the initial public offering had been considered probable on the grant date.

In many of our locations globally, employer’s tax liabilities result from the exercise or vesting of employee equity instruments. During the second quarter of 2014, we recognised a liability for social security costs on employee equity instruments of $20.1 million as we agreed to meet these obligations on behalf of employees. This has been classified as an exceptional item due to the one-off nature and size of the initial recognition. Subsequent to initial recognition, the liability shall be revalued each period end to reflect the fair value of future expected social security costs on employee equity instrument exercise.

As a public company, a higher premium is attributed to our equity than when we were a private company. Charges in respect of our share based compensation charges, related to new equity grants, are consequently expected to be at a higher value than when we were a private company.

See Note 24 of the audited consolidated financial statements for a more detailed analysis of our share based compensation plans.

Results of Operations

 

 

Description of key line items of the historical consolidated statements of income

Set forth below is a brief description of the composition of the key line items of our historical consolidated statements of income from continuing operations:

 

Revenue .  Represents the income recognised from our sale of pricing and reference data, indices, valuation and trading services, trade processing, enterprise software and managed services. We classify the revenue recognised from the sale of our products and services into three groups as defined below:

 

  Recurring fixed revenue – Revenue generated from contracts specifying a fixed fee for services delivered over the life of the contract. The fixed fee is typically paid annually, semiannually or quarterly in advance. These contracts are typically subscription contracts where the revenue is recognised across the life of the contract. The initial term of these contracts can range from one to five years and usually includes auto-renewal clauses.

 

  Recurring variable revenue – Revenue derived from contracts that specify a fee for services which is typically not fixed. The variable fee is typically paid monthly in arrears. Recurring variable revenue is based on, among other factors, the number of trades processed, assets under management or the number of positions we value. Many of these contracts do not have a maturity date while the remainder have an initial term ranging from one to five years.

 

  Non-recurring revenue – Revenue that relates to certain software licence sales and the associated consulting revenue.

 

44


Table of Contents
Operating expenses.   Includes personnel costs, operating lease payments, technology costs, subcontractor and professional fees and other expenses. Personnel costs are our most significant cost and include salaries, bonuses and benefits.

 

Exceptional items.   Items of income and expenses that have been shown separately due to the significance of their nature, size or incidence of occurrence. Exceptional items include certain legal advisory costs, platform migration costs, IFRS conversion costs, impairments of intangible assets, fair value gains or losses on disposals, profit/(loss) on the sale of available for sale financial assets, indirect taxes, restructuring costs and other charges related to our initial public offering.

 

Acquisition related items.   Relates to legal and tax advisory costs attributable to acquisitions. In addition to these direct acquisition costs, we also include fair value adjustments to contingent consideration paid in relation to our completed acquisitions.

 

Amortisation – acquisition related.   Amortisation of the intangible assets associated with our acquisitions is calculated using the straight line method to allocate the difference between each asset’s cost and the residual value over the asset’s estimated useful life.

 

Depreciation and amortisation - other.   Depreciation on tangible fixed assets and amortisation of other intangible assets is calculated using the straight line method to allocate the difference between each asset’s cost and the residual value over the asset’s estimated useful life.

 

Share based compensation and related items.   Relates to equity compensation arrangements for our employees under which we grant equity instruments as consideration for services and the non-cash movement in the fair value of the liability for social security costs on employee equity instruments.

 

Other gains/(losses) – net .   Principally includes the net profit and loss impact of adjustments to the fair value of unrealised forward foreign exchange contracts used to manage our foreign exchange risk and the non-cash impact of the retranslation of foreign exchange exposures on monetary balances.

 

Finance costs – net .   Interest and similar expenses relate to interest on borrowings and on finance lease liabilities, issue costs on borrowings, dividends on redeemable preference shares and the unwinding of discounts. Interest income relates to interest earned on short term bank deposits.

 

Share of results from joint ventures .  Relates to our share of profits or losses associated with joint ventures.

 

Income tax expense .   Represents the aggregate amount included in the determination of profit for the period in respect of current tax and deferred tax, predominantly paid in the United Kingdom and the United States.

 

45


Table of Contents

Results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013

The following table summarises our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

  For the year ended December 31,  
($ in millions, except per share amounts, number of shares and percentages) 2014   2013  

Revenue

  1,065.1      947.9        

Operating expenses

  (569.2   (515.1)       

Exceptional items

  (84.9   (60.6)       

Acquisition related items

  12.4      1.4        

Amortisation – acquisition related

  (57.9   (50.1)       

Depreciation and amortisation – other

  (100.1   (86.0)       

Share based compensation and related items

  (16.0   (8.1)       

Other (losses)/gains – net

  (6.0   0.7        

Operating profit

  243.4      230.1         

Finance costs – net

  (16.9   (19.4)       

Share of results from joint ventures

  (5.9   –         

Profit before income tax

  220.6      210.7         

Income tax expense

  (56.5   (63.7)       

Profit after income tax

  164.1      147.0        

Earnings per share, basic

  0.92      0.80        

Earnings per share, diluted

  0.90      0.79        

Weighted average number of shares issued and outstanding, basic

  179,183,880      173,875,980        

Weighted average number of shares issued and outstanding, diluted

  184,467,540      175,550,760        

Other financial data(1):

           

Adjusted EBITDA

  488.2         421.3      

Adjusted EBITDA margin

  46.0%      45.6%   

Adjusted Earnings

  279.0         248.4      

Adjusted earnings per share, diluted(2)

  1.51       1.41    

 

(1) See “—Reconciliation to Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for definitions and descriptions of Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin and Adjusted Earnings and for reconciliations of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Earnings to profit for the period from continuing operations.

 

(2) Adjusted earnings per share, diluted is defined as Adjusted Earnings divided by the weighted average number of shares issued and outstanding, diluted.

Revenue

Revenue increased by $117.2 million, or 12.4%, to $1,065.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, from $947.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. On a constant currency basis, our revenue growth was 10.9%, or $102.6 million.

Organic revenue growth accounted for $73.4 million, or 7.8% of the 12.4% increase. This was driven by growth across all our segments, most notably within our Solutions and Information segments due to new business wins.

Acquisitions contributed $29.2 million to revenue growth, or 3.1% of the 12.4% increase in revenue, in relation to the acquisitions in our Solutions segment of Corporate Actions, thinkFolio and Tax Solutions, which were acquired in July 2013, January 2014, and July 2014, respectively.

 

46


Table of Contents

We experienced a favourable movement in exchange rates period-over-period, which increased our revenue growth by $14.6 million, or 1.5% of the 12.4% increase in revenue. Our approximate revenue currency exposure for the year ended December 31, 2014 was 69.2% in U.S. dollars, 26.2% in British pounds, and 4.6% in other currencies.

Recurring fixed revenue as a percentage of total revenue increased from 50.6% for the year ended December 31, 2013 to 52.5% for the year ended December 31, 2014, and increased from $479.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $559.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This was due to new business wins in our Information and Solutions segments, as a result of a number of existing customers moving from variable contracts to fixed contracts in the Information Valuation and Trading Services subdivision, and as a result of the acquisition of thinkFolio.

Recurring variable revenue as a percentage of total revenue decreased from 45.3% for the year ended December 31, 2013 to 42.3% for the year ended December 31, 2014. Recurring variable revenue increased from $429.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $450.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, due to growth in the Processing segment, and due to growth in the Solutions segment driven by the acquisition of Corporate Actions and increased assets under management in the strong loans market. This was partially offset by the move of several customers in our Information Valuation and Trading Services subdivision from variable-revenue to fixed-revenue contracts.

Non-recurring revenue as a percentage of total revenue increased from 4.1% for the year ended December 31, 2013 to 5.2% for the year ended December 31, 2014, and increased from $38.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $55.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This was principally due to new business wins in our Solutions segment.

Operating expenses

Operating expenses increased by $54.1 million, or 10.5%, to $569.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $515.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. As a percentage of revenue, operating expenses decreased to 53.4% for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 54.3% for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Personnel costs comprised 59.7% and 61.6% of total operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Personnel costs increased by $43.1 million, or 14.0%, to $350.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was driven by the addition of employees through acquisitions, continued investment in products to facilitate future growth, increases in employee compensation levels, and the impact of adverse movements in foreign exchange rates.

Exceptional items

Exceptional items for the year ended December 31, 2014 were an expense of $84.9 million, principally related to $39.5 million of costs associated with our initial public offering in June 2014 and $39.8 million of impairment charges.

The costs linked to the initial public offering included the recognition of a liability for social security costs on employee equity instruments, initial public offering preparation and execution costs and accelerated share based compensation charges. The completion of the initial public offering in the second quarter of 2014 required the recognition of the liability for social security costs on employee equity instruments of $20.1 million. The initial public offering preparation and execution costs of $12.1 million consisted of legal and professional fees associated with the initial public offering. Accelerated share based compensation charges of $7.3 million included the acceleration of the accounting charge for options which vested upon the completion of the initial public offering as well as an accelerated charge related to options which only commenced vesting upon the completion of the initial public offering.

A $31.9 million impairment of goodwill was taken in relation to Markit Analytics, within our Solutions division, as developments in the regulatory and business environment have resulted in weaker than

 

47


Table of Contents

anticipated growth. Also a $7.9 million impairment of other intangible assets was taken in regard to Credit Centre, in our Processing segment, following the decision to close the business.

We also incurred $5.6 million of legal advisory fees for the year ended December 31, 2014 that related to the ongoing antitrust investigations by the U.S. Department of Justice and the European Commission and the associated consolidated class action lawsuit relating to credit derivatives and related markets.

Exceptional items for the year ended December 31, 2013 were a net expense of $60.6 million, and principally consisted of a $53.5 million impairment charge related to goodwill and acquired intangibles. The impairments are associated with the following product areas: full impairment of the assets of Markit Hub associated with the commercial outlook for this product, a partial impairment of our On Demand goodwill due to local cost pressures associated with operating at this asset’s location reducing the anticipated rate of profit growth, and full impairment of the assets associated with BOAT following our decision to cease the operation of this product.

In addition, we incurred legal advisory fees of $6.3 million related to ongoing antitrust investigations by the U.S. Department of Justice and the European Commission and the associated class action lawsuits. A $5.0 million non-recurring charge associated with our review of our indirect tax compliance has been taken. These costs were partially offset by a $4.2 million profit on the sale of an investment.

Acquisition related items

Acquisition related items were a net gain of $12.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, relating primarily to the recognition of a $15.9 million credit to reduce the carrying value of contingent consideration, of which $13.5 million was related to our 2009 Securities Hub acquisition, reflecting a lower fair value associated with the future discounts provided post acquisition as part of the deal structure.

These credits were partially offset by $3.5 million of legal and tax advisory costs incurred in relation to the acquisitions of thinkFolio and Tax Solutions in the year ended December 31, 2014.

Acquisition related items for the year ended December 31, 2013 were a gain of $1.4 million and primarily consisted of a credit on the reassessment of the fair value of contingent consideration related to historic acquisitions.

Amortisation – acquisition related

Acquisition related amortisation increased by $7.8 million, or 15.6%, to $57.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2013, reflecting the acquisitions of thinkFolio on January 13, 2014 and Tax Solutions on July 1, 2014.

Depreciation and amortisation – other

Depreciation and amortisation – other increased by $14.1 million, or 16.4%, to $100.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase reflects the continued investment in developing and enhancing products and services, including a $10.0 million increase in the amortisation of internally generated intangibles and a $4.0 million increase in the depreciation of computer equipment and amortisation of software licences.

Share based compensation and related items

Share based compensation and related items increased by $7.9 million, or 97.5%, to $16.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, from $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This reflects an increase in the number of restricted shares granted as well as the recognition, from the first quarter of 2014, of an expense associated with retention options granted in August 2013 which only commenced vesting after the completion of our initial public offering. In addition, there was a $2.6 million charge for the estimated increase in the related social security liability in respect of employee equity instruments, which largely reflects the increase in our share price following our initial public offering.

 

48


Table of Contents

Other (losses) / gains – net

For the year ended December 31, 2014, we had total net other losses of $6.0 million compared to total net other gains of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The movement reflects net foreign exchange gains of $7.3 million offset by a net loss on foreign exchange forward contracts of $13.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared with net foreign exchange losses of $3.2 million offset by a net gain on foreign exchange forward contracts of $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Net foreign exchange gains/losses represent the non-cash impact of the retranslation of foreign exchange exposures on monetary balances.

Finance costs – net

Net finance costs decreased by $2.5 million, or 12.9%, to $16.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, from $19.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The movement principally reflects a $2.0 million reduction in the unwinding of discounts following payments to reduce the share buyback liability, created following a share repurchase of $495.1 million in August 2012. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources” for more detail regarding this transaction.

Share of results from joint ventures

This represents our share of the result of Markit Genpact KYC Limited, a joint venture established with Genpact to provide KYC services. Our share of the loss incurred in the period was $5.9 million and represents the ongoing investment of the joint venture in establishing its service.

Income tax expense

Income tax expense was $56.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $63.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of $7.2 million, or 11.3%. Our effective tax rate was 25.6% for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 30.2% for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease in effective tax rate in 2014 primarily reflects the impact of acquisition related deferred tax accounting adjustments associated with both current and out-of-period acquisition related items, partially offset by an out-of-period amendment to deferred tax related to internally developed intangible assets. The impact of the out-of-period adjustments was a $9.2 million reduction in our income tax expense. The deferred tax adjustments were identified as a result of a detailed tax balance sheet review undertaken by management, which had a primary focus on tax balances associated with acquisition accounting.

Profit after income tax

Profit for the period was $164.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $147.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $17.1 million, or 11.6%, which principally reflects the operating performance discussed above.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin

Adjusted EBITDA of $488.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased by $66.9 million, or 15.9%, from $421.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 due to increases in Adjusted EBITDA across all our segments. In addition, the increase in Adjusted EBITDA reflects a net reduction in non-controlling interest of $10.8 million, following the acquisition of the remaining interest in our subsidiary MarkitSERV, LLC in April 2013, offset by an increase in non-controlling interest related to Tax Solutions following its acquisition in July 2014. See “—Reconciliation to Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to profit for the period from continuing operations.

Adjusted EBITDA margin increased to 46.0% for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 45.6% for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

49


Table of Contents

Adjusted Earnings and adjusted earnings per share, diluted

Adjusted Earnings for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased $30.5 million, or 12.3%, to $279.0 million from $248.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This was due to the improved financial performance discussed above, partially offset by an increase in non-acquisition related intangible asset amortisation, reflecting the continued investment in the development of new products and services and an increase in the tax charge, including a $7.5 million tax charge associated with the out-of-period deferred tax adjustment. See “—Reconciliation to Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of Adjusted Earnings to profit for the period from continuing operations.

Adjusted earnings per share, diluted for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased 7.1% to $1.51 compared to $1.41 for the year ended December 31, 2013. Adjusted earnings per share, diluted for 2014 was impacted by an increase in the weighted average number of shares, primarily due to option exercises during the period and reflecting an increase in the share price when compared to the prior period.

Results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

The following table summarises our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

  For the year ended December 31,  
($ in millions, except per share amounts, number of shares and percentages) 2013   2012  

Revenue

  947.9      860.6        

Operating expenses

  (515.1   (454.0)       

Exceptional items

  (60.6   (40.3)       

Acquisition related items

  1.4      (0.9)       

Amortisation – acquisition related

  (50.1   (46.2)       

Depreciation and amortisation – other

  (86.0   (66.7)       

Share based compensation and related items

  (8.1   (16.2)       

Other gains/(losses) – net

  0.7      (11.6)       

Operating profit

  230.1      224.7        

Finance costs – net

  (19.4   (28.9)       

Profit before income tax

  210.7      195.8        

Income tax expense

  (63.7   (42.7)       

Profit after income tax

  147.0      153.1        

Earnings per share, basic

  0.80      0.70        

Earnings per share, diluted

  0.79      0.69        

Weighted average number of shares issued and outstanding, basic

  173,875,980      177,716,240        

Weighted average number of shares issued and outstanding, diluted

  175,550,760      180,020,120        

Other financial data:

           

Adjusted EBITDA

  421.3      358.2        

Adjusted EBITDA margin(1)

  45.6   47.0%   

Adjusted Earnings

  248.4      218.4        

Adjusted earnings per shares, diluted(2)

  1.41      1.21        

 

(1) Adjusted EBITDA margin is defined as Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue, excluding revenue attributable to non-controlling interests.

 

(2) Adjusted earnings per share, diluted is defined as Adjusted Earnings divided by the weighted average number of shares issued and outstanding, diluted.

 

50


Table of Contents

Revenue

Revenue increased by $87.3 million, or 10.1%, to $947.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $860.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. On a constant currency basis, our revenue growth was 10.5%, or $90.7 million.

Organic revenue growth accounted for $52.1 million, or 6.1% of the 10.1% increase. This was driven by a $28.1 million increase in our Processing segment revenue, primarily associated with our loans processing product due to increased trading volumes across primary, secondary and buy-side trades, with each having different unit charges. In addition, we saw continued growth in our Information segment, which accounted for $18.6 million of the increase, primarily attributable to continued new business wins and new product and service developments.

Acquisitions contributed $38.6 million to revenue growth, or 4.4% of the 10.1% increase in revenue, primarily in relation to revenue from Securities Finance and EDM, which were acquired in April 2012 and July 2012, respectively.

We experienced an unfavourable movement in the pound sterling, period-over-period, which reduced our revenue growth by $3.4 million, or 0.4% of the 10.1% increase in revenue.

Recurring fixed revenue as a percentage of total revenue increased from 49.8% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 50.6% for the year ended December 31, 2013, and increased from $428.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $479.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was driven by revenue growth associated with the acquisitions of Securities Finance and EDM, both of which have predominantly fixed fee, subscription-based revenue models, as well as new business within our Information segment and Managed Services subdivision.

Recurring variable revenue as a percentage of total revenue increased from 44.8% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 45.3% for the year ended December 31, 2013, and increased from $385.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $429.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This was principally due to the previously mentioned increase in our Processing segment revenue.

Non-recurring revenue as a percentage of total revenue decreased from 5.4% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 4.1% for the year ended December 31, 2013, and increased from $46.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $38.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Operating expenses

Operating expenses increased by $61.1 million, or 13.5%, to $515.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $454.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. As a percentage of revenue, operating expenses increased from 52.8% to 54.3% over the same period.

Personnel costs contributed 59.9% and 59.7% of total operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Personnel costs increased $35.2 million, or 12.9%, to $307.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was driven by several factors, including the addition of employees due to acquisitions, continued investment in products to facilitate future growth, as well as increases in employee cash compensation levels. In 2013 we revised our discretionary compensation structure, which resulted in an increased cash and lower equity award.

Exceptional items

Exceptional items for the year ended December 31, 2013 were a net expense of $60.6 million, and principally consisted of a $53.5 million impairment charge related to goodwill and acquired intangibles. The impairments are associated with the following cash generating units (“CGU”): full impairment of the assets of our Markit Hub CGU associated with the commercial outlook for this product, a partial impairment of our On Demand goodwill due to local cost pressures associated with operating at this asset’s location, reducing the anticipated rate of profit growth, and full impairment of the assets associated with BOAT following our decision to cease the operation of this product.

 

51


Table of Contents

In addition, we incurred legal advisory fees of $6.3 million related to ongoing antitrust investigations by the U.S. Department of Justice and the European Commission and the associated class action lawsuits. A $5.0 million non-recurring charge associated with our review of our indirect tax compliance has been taken. These costs were partially offset by a $4.2 million profit on the sale of an investment.

Exceptional items totalled $40.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, and $21.4 million of this expenditure related to one-time costs incurred in migrating customers to a fully integrated platform for our loan settlement business. Legal advisory costs of $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 consisted of legal advisory fees associated with the ongoing antitrust investigation by the U.S. Department of Justice and the European Commission relating to credit derivatives and related markets. An $8.9 million goodwill impairment charge arose during the year ended December 31, 2012, which was largely offset by a reduction in contingent consideration associated with the same asset in acquisition related items.

Acquisition related items

Acquisition related items decreased by $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from the year ended December 31, 2012 to a gain of $1.4 million. This included a gain of $1.8 million on the reassessment of the fair value of contingent consideration on historic acquisitions. The cost of $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 related to the acquisitions of Securities Finance and EDM.

Amortisation – acquisition related

Acquisition related amortisation increased by $3.9 million, or 8.4%, to $50.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, reflecting the impact of a full period of amortisation of intangible assets acquired through our Securities Finance and EDM acquisitions in April 2012 and June 2012, respectively.

Depreciation and amortisation – other

Depreciation and amortisation – other increased by $19.3 million, or 28.9%, to $86.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, principally due to a $16.4 million increase in the amortisation of internally generated intangibles. This increase reflects the continued investment in developing and enhancing products and services.

Share based compensation and related items

Share based compensation decreased by $8.1 million, or 50.0%, to $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $16.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease reflects a revision, in 2012, of the estimated number of options and restricted shares expected to vest.

Other gains/(losses) – net

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we had total net other gains of $0.7 million compared to total net other losses of $11.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The movement reflects net foreign exchange losses of $3.2 million offset by a net gain on foreign exchange forward contracts of $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared with net foreign exchange losses of $10.1 million in addition to a net loss on foreign exchange forward contracts of $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Net foreign exchange gains/losses represent the non-cash impact of the retranslation of foreign exchange exposures on monetary balances.

Finance costs – net

Net finance costs decreased by $9.5 million, or 32.9%, to $19.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, from $28.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Interest on bank borrowings increased $1.4 million, or 27.5%, to $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, due to the higher average level of bank borrowings during the period.

 

52


Table of Contents

Net finance costs for the year ended December 31, 2013 included a $3.1 million increase in the unwinding of discounts associated with the share buyback liability created following a share repurchase of $495.1 million in August 2012. See “Item 5. Operating Financial Review and Prospects—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources” for more detail regarding this transaction.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, net finance costs included $5.2 million of interest cost related to $210.0 million of convertible notes, which were converted in full to equity on June 30, 2012.

In the year ended December 31, 2012, we entered into two new debt facilities. In March 2012, we entered into a $350.0 million debt facility with HSBC Bank plc. This facility was subsequently repaid during 2012 and cancelled. In July 2012, we entered into a $800.0 million debt facility with Barclays Bank plc, HSBC Bank plc and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc. Issue costs of $8.2 million were incurred in relation to these agreements in the year ended December 31, 2012.

Income tax expense

Income tax expense was $63.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $42.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $21.0 million, or 49.2%. Our effective tax rate was 30.2% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 21.8% for the year ended December 31, 2012, reflecting the impact of non-deductible goodwill impairment costs and an increase in the proportion of profits earned in higher tax jurisdictions.

Profit after income tax

Profit for the period was $147.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $153.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, a decrease of $6.1 million, or 4.0%, which principally reflects the charge associated with our goodwill and acquired intangible asset impairments and an increased tax charge.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin

Adjusted EBITDA of $421.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by $63.1 million, or 17.6%, from $358.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 due to increases in Adjusted EBITDA across all our segments, but most notably within our Processing segment, which increased by $13.6 million attributable to increased volumes within our loans product, and within our Solutions segment, which increased by $9.9 million associated with continued growth of our Managed Services subdivision and the acquisition of EDM. The remainder of the increase in Adjusted EBITDA was largely attributable to a $36.9 million reduction in non-controlling interests following the acquisition of the remaining interests in our subsidiary MarkitSERV, LLC.

The reduction in our Adjusted EBITDA margin to 45.6% for the year ended December 31, 2013 from 47.0% for the year ended December 31, 2012 was attributable to the above performance drivers, including the structural change to our compensation program. See “—Reconciliation to Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to profit for the period from continuing operations.

Adjusted Earnings and adjusted earnings per share, diluted

Adjusted Earnings for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased $30.0 million, or 13.7%, to $248.4 million from $218.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This reflects the improved operating performance discussed above, partially offset by increased non-acquisition related intangible amortisation, reflecting the continued investment in the development of new products and services and increased tax charges, reflecting the proportion of profits earned in higher tax jurisdictions. See “—Reconciliation to Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of Adjusted Earnings to profit for the period from continuing operations.

Adjusted earnings per share, diluted for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased 16.5% to $1.41 compared to $1.21 for the year ended December 31, 2012. This reflects the increase in Adjusted Earnings discussed previously.

 

53


Table of Contents

Segmental Analysis

 

 

 

  For the years ended December 31,  
($ in millions, except percent) 2014   2013   2012  

Information

  486.5      459.6      431.3   

Processing

  284.9      265.3      238.8   

Solutions

  293.7      223.0      190.5   

Total revenue

  1,065.1      947.9      860.6   

Information

  239.2      217.2      214.5   

Processing

  156.6      138.1      124.5   

Solutions

  93.1      77.5      67.6   

Non-controlling interest

  (0.7   (11.5   (48.4

Total Adjusted EBITDA

  488.2      421.3      358.2   

Information

  49.2   47.3   49.7

Processing

  55.0   52.1   52.1

Solutions

  31.7   34.8   35.5

Total Adjusted EBITDA margin(1)

  46.0   45.6   47.0

 

(1) Adjusted EBITDA margin is total Adjusted EBITDA divided by total revenue, excluding revenue attributable to non-controlling interests.

Segmental analysis for the year ended December 31, 2014 and

December 31, 2013

Information

Revenue in our Information segment increased by $26.9 million, or 5.9%, to $486.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $459.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The revenue increase was largely driven by new business wins within the Pricing and Reference Data subdivision, and the positive impact of foreign exchange movements across the segment. Organic revenue growth contributed 4.4% of the 5.9% increase in revenue. Favourable movements in exchange rates period-over-period contributed 1.5% of the 5.9% increase in revenue.

Adjusted EBITDA in our Information segment increased by $22.0 million, or 10.1%, to $239.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $217.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was largely attributable to revenue growth. Adjusted EBITDA margin increased to 49.2% for the year ended December 31, 2014 from 47.3% for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Processing

Revenue in our Processing segment increased by $19.6 million, or 7.4%, to $284.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, from $265.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This reflects higher activity levels in our derivatives processing and loan processing products, as well as favourable foreign exchange movements during the period. Organic revenue growth contributed 5.1% of the 7.4% increase in revenue. Favourable movements in exchange rates period-over-period contributed 2.3% of the 7.4% increase in revenue.

Adjusted EBITDA in our Processing segment increased by $18.5 million, or 13.4%, to $156.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $138.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was largely attributable to revenue growth. Our Adjusted EBITDA margin increased to 55.0% for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 52.1% for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

54


Table of Contents

Solutions

Revenue in our Solutions segment increased by $70.7 million, or 31.7%, to $293.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $223.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Revenue growth was driven by new business wins across both the Enterprise Software and Managed Services subdivisions, and increased revenue linked to assets under management in the loan market, in addition to the acquisitions of Corporate Actions, thinkFolio and Tax Solutions.

Constant currency revenue growth comprised 30.9% of the 31.7% increase in revenue. Organic revenue growth contributed 17.8% of the 31.7% increase in revenue. Acquisitions contributed 13.1% of the 31.7% increase in revenue as a result of the acquisitions of Corporate Actions, thinkFolio and Tax Solutions in July 2013, January 2014 and July 2014, respectively. Favourable movements in exchange rates period-over-period contributed 0.8% of the 31.7% increase in revenue.

Adjusted EBITDA in our Solutions segment increased by $15.6 million, or 20.1%, to $93.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $77.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was driven by the revenue growth described above, offset by increased investment in new product offerings in the Managed Services subdivision, including our share of the Adjusted EBITDA loss associated with the Markit Genpact KYC Services joint venture established in 2014. Adjusted EBITDA margin decreased to 31.7% for the year ended December 31, 2014 from 34.8% for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Segmental analysis for the years ended December 31, 2012 and

December 31, 2013

Information

Revenue in our Information segment increased by $28.3 million, or 6.6%, to $459.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $431.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The acquisition of Securities Finance accounted for a significant amount of the increase, with the remaining growth attributable to new product development and new business wins, mainly within our Pricing and Reference Data and Indices subdivisions.

Adjusted EBITDA in our Information segment increased by $2.7 million, or 1.3%, to $217.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $214.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was attributable to the acquisition of Securities Finance and growth within our Pricing and Reference Data subdivision, offset by lower Adjusted EBITDA within our Services subdivision associated with investment in the development of new products. Adjusted EBITDA margin was 47.3% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 49.7% for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Processing

Revenue in our Processing segment increased by $26.5 million, or 11.1%, to $265.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $238.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Our revenue increase was the result of continued growth of our loans processing product, which benefited from high levels of primary loan issuances and trading volume in loan markets.

Adjusted EBITDA in our Processing segment increased by $13.6 million, or 10.9%, to $138.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $124.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was attributable to the performance of our loans processing product, which as highlighted above saw strong levels of revenue growth. This was partially offset by investment in our derivatives processing product associated with increased personnel costs as we continue to invest in product development opportunities created by the changing regulatory environment. Our Adjusted EBITDA margin remained consistent at 52.1% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

55


Table of Contents

Solutions

Revenue in our Solutions segment increased by $32.5 million, or 17.1%, to $223.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $190.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This growth was largely attributable to the acquisition of EDM, as well as growth from new customer contracts within our Managed Services subdivision.

Adjusted EBITDA in our Solutions segment increased by $9.9 million, or 14.6%, to $77.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $67.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was driven by the acquisition of EDM, as well as growth within our Managed Services subdivision. Our Adjusted EBITDA margin reduced to 34.8% for the year ended December 31, 2013 from 35.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012, driven by lower non-recurring software licence revenue in our Enterprise Software subdivision.

Reconciliation to Non-IFRS Financial Measures

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin

In considering the financial performance of the business, management and our chief operating decision maker analyse the primary financial performance measure of Adjusted EBITDA in our business segments and at a company level.

Adjusted EBITDA is defined as profit for the period from continuing operations before income taxes, net finance costs, depreciation and amortisation on fixed assets and intangible assets (including acquisition related intangible assets), acquisition related items, exceptional items, share based compensation and related items, net other gains or losses, including Adjusted EBITDA attributable to joint ventures and excluding Adjusted EBITDA attributable to non-controlling interests. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure defined by IFRS. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to Adjusted EBITDA is our profit for the period from continuing operations.

Adjusted EBITDA margin is defined as Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue, excluding revenue attributable to non-controlling interests.

We believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors and is used by our management for measuring profitability because it excludes the impact of certain items which have less bearing on our core operating performance. We believe that utilising Adjusted EBITDA allows for a more meaningful comparison of operating fundamentals between companies within our industry by eliminating the impact of capital structure and taxation differences between the companies. We further adjust our profit for the following non-cash items: depreciation, amortisation of intangible fixed assets, share based compensation and related items, and other gains and losses associated with foreign exchange variations.

We have historically incurred significant acquisition related expenses acquiring businesses. These acquisition related expenses include acquisition costs, fair-value adjustments to contingent consideration and amortisation of intangible fixed assets. Adjusted EBITDA is important in illustrating what our core operating results would have been without the impact of non-operational acquisition related expenses.

We also adjust for exceptional items which are determined to be those that in management’s judgment need to be disclosed by virtue of their size, nature or incidence, which include non-cash items and items settled in cash. In determining whether an event or transaction is exceptional, management considers quantitative as well as qualitative factors such as the frequency or predictability of occurrence. This is consistent with the way that financial performance is measured by management and reported to our board and assists in providing a meaningful analysis of our operating performance.

 

56


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in their evaluation of companies comparable to us, many of which present an Adjusted EBITDA-related performance measure when reporting their results.

Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool. It is not a presentation made in accordance with IFRS, nor is it a measure of financial condition or liquidity and it should not be considered as an alternative to profit or loss for the period determined in accordance with IFRS or operating cash flows determined in accordance with IFRS. Adjusted EBITDA is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. As a result, you should not consider this performance measure in isolation from, or as a substitute analysis for, our results of operations as determined in accordance with IFRS.

The following table reconciles our profit for the period from continuing operations to our Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
($ in millions)    2014        2013        2012    

Profit for the period

     164.1            147.0            153.1      

Income tax expense

     56.5            63.7            42.7      

Finance costs – net

     16.9            19.4            28.9      

Depreciation and amortisation – other

     100.1            86.0            66.7      

Amortisation – acquisition related

     57.9            50.1            46.2      

Acquisition related items

     (12.4)           (1.4)           0.9      

Exceptional items

     84.9            60.6            40.3      

Share based compensation and related items

     16.0            8.1            16.2      

Other losses / (gains) – net

     6.0            (0.7)           11.6      

Share of results from joint venture not attributable to Adjusted EBITDA

     (1.1)           –              –        

Adjusted EBITDA attributable to non-controlling interests

     (0.7)           (11.5)           (48.4)     

Adjusted EBITDA

         488.2                421.3                358.2      

Adjusted Earnings and adjusted earnings per share, diluted

In considering the financial performance of the business, management and our chief operating decision maker analyse the performance measure of Adjusted Earnings. Adjusted Earnings is defined as profit for the period from continuing operations before amortisation of acquired intangibles, acquisition related items, exceptional items, share based compensation and related items, net other gains or losses and unwind of discount, less the tax effect of these adjustments and excluding Adjusted Earnings attributable to non-controlling interests. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to Adjusted Earnings is our profit for the period from continuing operations. Adjusted earnings per share, diluted is defined as Adjusted Earnings divided by the weighted average number of shares issued and outstanding, diluted.

We believe Adjusted Earnings is useful to investors and is used by our management for measuring profitability because it represents a group measure of performance which excludes the impact of certain non-cash charges and other charges not associated with the underlying operating performance of the business, while including the effect of items that we believe affect shareholder value and in-year return, such as income tax expense and net finance costs.

Management uses Adjusted Earnings to (i) provide senior management a monthly report of our operating results that is prepared on an adjusted earnings basis; (ii) prepare strategic plans and annual budgets on an adjusted earnings basis; and (iii) review senior management’s annual compensation, in part, using adjusted performance measures.

 

57


Table of Contents

Adjusted Earnings is defined to exclude items which have less bearing on our core operating performance or are unusual in nature or infrequent in occurrence and therefore are inherently difficult to budget for or control. Adjusted Earnings measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in their evaluation of companies comparable to us, many of which present an Adjusted Earnings-related performance measure when reporting their results.

In addition we use Adjusted Earnings for the purposes of calculating diluted Adjusted earnings per share. Management uses diluted Adjusted earnings per share to assess total company performance on a consistent basis at a per share level.

Adjusted Earnings has limitations as an analytical tool. Adjusted Earnings is not a presentation made in accordance with IFRS, nor is it a measure of financial condition or liquidity and it should not be considered as an alternative to profit or loss for the period determined in accordance with IFRS or operating cash flows determined in accordance with IFRS. Adjusted Earnings is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. As a result, you should not consider this performance measure in isolation from, or as a substitute analysis for, our results of operations as determined in accordance with IFRS.

The following table reconciles our profit for the period from continuing operations to our Adjusted Earnings for the periods presented:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
($ in millions)    2014        2013        2012    

Profit for the period

     164.1            147.0            153.1      

Amortisation – acquisition related

     57.9            50.1            46.2      

Acquisition related items

     (12.4)           (1.4)           0.9      

Exceptional items

     84.9            60.6            40.3      

Share based compensation and related items

     16.0            8.1            16.2      

Other losses / (gains) – net

     6.0            (0.7)           11.6      

Unwind of discount(1)

     10.5            12.4            9.3      

Tax effect of above adjustments

     (47.4)           (18.0)           (24.1)     

Adjusted Earnings attributable to non-controlling interests

     (0.6)           (9.7)           (35.1)     

Adjusted Earnings

     279.0            248.4            218.4      

Weighted average number of shares issued and outstanding, diluted

     184,467,540            175,550,760            180,020,120      

 

(1) Unwind of discount represents the non-cash unwinding of discount, recorded through finance costs – net in the income statement, primarily in relation to our share buyback liability.

Principal Accounting Policies, Critical Accounting Estimates and Key Judgments

 

 

The preparation of our financial information requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

Our accounting policies which drive critical accounting estimates and involve key judgments include business combinations, valuation of contingent consideration, valuation of intangible assets on acquisition, goodwill impairment testing, internally developed intangibles, revenue recognition, valuation of the company’s shares and income taxes, and are discussed in further detail in Note 6 to

 

58


Table of Contents

the audited consolidated financial statements that appear elsewhere in this annual report. For a summary of all our significant accounting policies, see Note 4 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report. New standards and interpretations not yet adopted are also disclosed in Note 4.24 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

B. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

We believe that cash flow from operating activities, available cash and cash equivalents and our access to our revolving credit facility will be sufficient to fund our liquidity requirements for at least the next 12 months. At December 31, 2014, we had $939.7 million of total liquidity, comprising $117.7 million in cash and cash equivalents and $822.0 million of available borrowings under our multi-currency revolving credit facility. In addition, we have historically generated strong cash flows from operations.

As of December 31, 2014, cash and cash equivalents of $79.2 million and $32.9 million were held in the United Kingdom and United States, respectively. All material cash and cash equivalents are available for use in the United Kingdom if required and without ramification. Only government-backed banks and financial institutions or independently rated parties with a minimum short term investment grade rating of “A1” are accepted as investment counterparties. At December 31, 2014, cash and cash equivalents were held with eight independent financial institutions and were held in accounts with banks such that the funds are immediately available or in fixed term deposits with a maximum maturity of three months.

In July 2012, we entered into a credit agreement under which we obtained an $800.0 million unsecured multi-currency revolving credit facility. In March 2014 we amended and restated our existing credit agreement to provide a $1,050.0 million unsecured multi-currency revolving credit facility with accordion capacity to $1,450.0 million. The amended and restated facility is for a term of five years, ending on March 21, 2019, and carries interest on drawn amounts of between 0.75% and 1.75% over LIBOR, or, for amounts drawn in euro, over EURIBOR, and a commitment fee of 35% of the margin on the undrawn balance. At December 31, 2014, we were in material compliance with all covenants under the facility. See Note 28 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report for a summary of the material terms of our revolving credit facility.

In June 2012, $210.0 million of convertible notes issued in 2010 matured, and the entire balance of the loan was converted into equity.

In August 2012 we repurchased 21,939,480 shares (after giving effect to our 10-to-1 share split in connection with our corporate reorganisation and initial public offering) for consideration of $495.1 million, payable in quarterly instalments through May 2017. Amounts outstanding under this arrangement carry no coupon but bear an accounting charge for the unwinding of discounts. For accounting purposes, the present value of this liability was $211.1 million, $306.6 million and $398.7 million as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 respectively

We had total debt, excluding capital leases and certain other obligations, of $439.1 million, $574.6 million and $653.7 million as of December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. Our total debt at December 31, 2014 principally included $228.0 million drawn under our long term, multi-currency revolving credit facility and $211.1 million related to our share repurchase in August 2012.

 

59


Table of Contents

Cash flows

The following table summarises our operating, investing and financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

  For the years ended December 31,  
($ in millions) 2014     2013     2012    

Net cash generated from / (used) in:

                 

Operating activities

  369.9      339.8      340.6   

Investing activities

  (250.9   (170.6   (479.6

Financing activities

  (75.3   (203.9   99.4   

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  43.7      (34.7   (39.6

Net cash generated by operating activities

Net cash generated by operating activities increased by $30.1 million, to $369.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $339.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Cash generated for the year ended December 31, 2014 reflected increased cash generated from operations during the period and a reduction in income tax paid, offset by the cash impact of exceptional items and by working capital movements, reflecting continued business growth.

Net cash generated by operating activities decreased by $0.8 million, to $339.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $340.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Cash generated for the year ended December 31, 2013 reflected additional cash generated from operations during the period and a reduction in interest paid, offset by movements in working capital, reflecting business growth as well as an increase in income tax paid.

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows used in investing activities increased by $80.3 million to an outflow of $250.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from an outflow of $170.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Cash flows used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 principally related to $127.4 million used for the acquisitions of thinkFolio and Tax Solutions. In addition, we spent $124.9 million on capital expenditure, principally relating to internal development costs.

Cash flows used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 primarily related to the payment of $33.1 million of contingent consideration in relation to historic acquisitions and capital expenditures of $130.5 million. This was partially offset by the proceeds from the sale of an investment.

The $5.6 million decrease in capital expenditures from the year ended December 31, 2013 to the year ended December 31, 2014 related to leasehold improvements and furniture, fittings and equipment as we invested in new office space in London and Dallas in the year ended December 31, 2013.

Cash flows used in investing activities decreased by $309.0 million to an outflow of $170.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from an outflow of $479.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Cash flows used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily related to $380.8 million used for acquisitions. Acquisitions for the period included our acquisitions of Securities Finance and EDM. Additionally, capital expenditures totalled $99.0 million during the period.

The $31.5 million increase in capital expenditures from the year ended December 31, 2012 to the year ended December 31, 2013 related to product development costs and the impact of acquisitions. The increase also reflects further expenditure on computer equipment.

 

60


Table of Contents

Net cash (used) in/generated from financing activities

Net cash used in financing activities decreased to an outflow of $75.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from an outflow of $203.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 principally reflected $100.0 million of proceeds from bank borrowings used to finance investing activities and proceeds of $72.3 million in connection with the issuance of share capital in respect of share option exercises, offset by $140.0 million of repayments of bank borrowings and $103.5 million related to transactions with shareholders.

Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 reflected $281.3 million related to transactions with shareholders and $157.0 million of borrowing repayments, partially offset by $177.0 million of proceeds from bank borrowings used to finance investing activities and $57.4 million of proceeds from the issuance of ordinary shares. The proceeds from issuance of shares predominantly reflect the exercise price associated with options exercised by employees in connection with the investment by Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited (“Temasek”).

Net cash provided by financing activities decreased to an outflow of $203.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from an inflow of $99.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 reflected $240.5 million of proceeds from bank borrowings used to finance investing activities and $43.1 million of proceeds from the issuance of ordinary shares, primarily from the exercise of options, partially offset by $158.7 million used for the repurchase of ordinary shares and the payment of $25.5 million of dividends to non-controlling interests.

C. RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT, PATENTS AND LICENCES, ETC.

Information Technology

 

 

Our information technology systems are fundamental to our success. They are used for the storage, processing, access and delivery of the data that forms the foundation of our business and the development and delivery of the products and services we provide to our customers. Much of the technology we use and provide to our customers is developed, maintained and supported in-house by a team of over 1,400 employees. We generally own or have secured ongoing rights to use for the purposes of our business all the customer-facing applications that are material to our operations. We support and implement a mix of technologies, focused on implementing the most efficient technology for any given business requirement or task.

Data centres

We provide most of our corporate and customer-facing services through 11 core data centres that provide a geographically separated and resilient structure. These data centres are located in London, Amsterdam, Boulder (Colorado), Littleton (Colorado), Dallas (Texas), Atlanta (Georgia) and Carlstadt (New Jersey), and are strategically located and operated as close as possible to the business needs in each geographic region.

Disaster recovery

We seek to ensure that key assets, such as premises, systems, documents and services are available, robust and can be recovered and resumed within acceptable timeframes following an incident that impacts operations. We have a committed business continuity infrastructure that is directed by a

 

61


Table of Contents

steering group, which includes our global head of business continuity and information security, global head of group technology services and other key business heads. Each product and service has a business continuity plan that is tied into an overarching crisis management plan and an office business continuity plan. Our goal is to ensure that production infrastructure and staffing do not create the potential for single points of failure. Thus, all product and service data is backed up regularly, with weekly and monthly backups stored securely at a third-party off-site storage facility.

Security

We place a high level of importance on our data protection and information security systems and have a dedicated team of security specialists. Markit’s information security team manages a wide range of security controls aimed at allowing our workforce to operate in a secure, policy-compliant manner, including multiple tiers of firewall protections, the use of intrusion detection software, the encryption of network traffic, access rights, regular risk assessments, audit logs and database logging. These controls, which are regularly reviewed by our team, are designed to alert us to possible weaknesses and breaches and to ensure appropriate responses from our information security team.

Our information security team also provides guidance at the product development stage to ensure best practice and engages in regular penetration testing of our products and services to assess security.

Intellectual Property

 

 

We rely on a combination of trademark, trade secret, patent, misappropriation and copyright laws, as well as contractual and technical measures, to protect our proprietary rights and intellectual property. We seek to control access to and distribution of our confidential and proprietary information and enter into non-disclosure agreements with our employees, consultants, customers and suppliers that provide that any confidential or proprietary information owned or developed by us or on our behalf be kept confidential and limited to internal use. In the normal course of business, we provide our proprietary data, software and methodologies and business processes to third parties through licensing or restricted use agreements. We have proprietary information, rights and know-how in our data, indices, software processes, methodologies and business processes. We also pursue the registration of certain of our trademarks and service marks for our relevant fields of services in the United States and other key jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2014, we have registered 26 U.S. trademarks, including “MARKIT,” “IBOXX,” “ITRAXX” and “CDX,” and have filed three pending trademark applications with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. As of December 31, 2014, we have also registered over 200 trademarks, including “MARKIT,” “PMI,” “IBOXX,” “ITRAXX” and “CDX,” in various other jurisdictions throughout the world. In addition, we have registered domain names covering many of our marks, including www.markit.com .

D. TREND INFORMATION

Other than as disclosed elsewhere in this annual report, we are not aware of any trends, uncertainties, demands, commitments or events since December 31, 2013 that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our revenues, income, profitability, liquidity or capital resources, or that would cause the disclosed financial information to be not necessarily indicative of future operating results or financial conditions.

E. OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

As of December 31, 2014, we had no significant off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

62


Table of Contents

F. TABULAR DISCLOSURE OF CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

Contractual Obligations

 

 

The following table summarises our estimated material contractual cash obligations and other commercial commitments at December 31, 2014, and the future periods in which such obligations are expected to be settled in cash:

 

      Cash payments due by period  
($ in millions) Total   Less than 1
year
  1-3 years   3-5 years   After 5 years  

Bank borrowings(1)

  246.7      4.4      8.8      233.5      –       

Other indebtedness

  219.5      87.8      131.7      –          –       

Operating leases

  122.6      22.4      29.1      21.0      50.2   

Obligations in respect of historic acquisitions

  109.7      1.7      101.8      2.9      3.2   

Total

  698.5      116.3      271.4      257.4      53.4   

 

(1) Borrowings commitment includes estimates of future interest payable; the amount of interest payable will depend upon the timing of cash flows as well as fluctuations in the applicable interest rates. In respect of the interest presented in this table, we have assumed an interest rate of 0.95% as of December 31, 2014, which has been applied to the amount at that date. Of our estimated interest payments in respect of borrowings of $18.1 million, $2.2 million is payable in less than one year, $6.6 million is payable in one to three years and $9.4 million is payable in three to five years.

G. SAFE HARBOR

See the section entitled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning of this annual report.

 

63


Table of Contents

I TEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

A. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

The following table lists information about each of our executive officers and directors.

 

Name Age   Position

Executive Officers

Lance Uggla

  53    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Kevin Gould

  52    President

Jeffrey Gooch

  47    Chief Financial Officer

Adam Kansler

  45    Chief Administrative Officer

Shane Akeroyd

  51    Global Head of Sales and Marketing

Stephen Wolff

  47    Global Head of Corporate Strategy

Non-Executive Directors

       

Edwin D. Cass

  53    Director

Gillian H. Denham

  54    Director

Dinyar S. Devitre

  67    Director

William E. Ford

  53    Director

Timothy J.A. Frost

  50    Director

Robert P. Kelly

  60    Director

Robert-Jan Markwick

  54    Director

James A. Rosenthal

  61    Director

Dr. Cheng Chih Sung

  53    Director

Anne Walker

  40    Director

The following is a brief biography of each of our executive officers and directors.

Executive Officers

 

 

Lance Uggla is Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our Board of Directors, responsible for leading the company’s strategic development and managing its day-to-day operations. Mr. Uggla is a founder of Markit and has been a director and chief executive of the business since its formation in 2003. Prior to this, Mr. Uggla was Global Head of Credit Trading and Head of Europe and Asia for TD Securities. Mr. Uggla started his career at Wood Gundy in Toronto and, following the acquisition by CIBC, was latterly Global Head of Fixed Income. Mr. Uggla holds a BBA from the Simon Fraser University and an MSc from the London School of Economics.

Kevin Gould is President of Markit and a co-founder of the company. Mr. Gould was appointed head of Markit Asia Pacific in July 2013 and leads strategy and operations across that region. Mr. Gould established Markit’s business in North America in 2004 and was a director of Markit from 2003 to January 2014. Prior to this, Mr. Gould was European and Asian Head of Credit Trading and Sales at TD Securities in London. Mr. Gould holds a BSc in Mechanical Engineering from Bristol University.

Jeffrey Gooch was appointed Chief Financial Officer of Markit in September 2013 and is Chairman of MarkitSERV. He was a board member of Markit from 2003 to 2005. Mr. Gooch joined Markit in 2007 to lead the company’s portfolio valuations and trade processing business. In 2009, Mr. Gooch was appointed Chief Executive Officer of MarkitSERV and held that role until September 2013. Prior to this, Mr. Gooch had a ten-year career at Morgan Stanley, most recently as Head of Fixed Income Operations. Mr. Gooch started his career at Ernst & Young. Mr. Gooch is a chartered accountant and holds an MA in Mathematics from Cambridge University.

 

64


Table of Contents

Adam Kansler is Chief Administrative Officer of Markit and leads the company’s strategic alliances, corporate communications, legal, human resources, regulatory and government affairs and enterprise risk functions. In 2013, Mr. Kansler was appointed head of Markit’s North American offices and is the General Counsel of Markit. Prior to joining Markit in 2009, Mr. Kansler was a partner in the corporate department of Proskauer LLP where he represented Markit as its outside counsel from the time of its formation. Mr. Kansler holds a BA in Economics from Hobart College and a JD from Columbia University School of Law.

Shane Akeroyd is Global Head of Sales and Marketing and leads Markit’s sales strategy and implementation across all products and geographies. Prior to joining Markit in 2008, Mr. Akeroyd held a number of sales roles most recently as Global Head of Sales for RBC Capital Markets. Mr. Akeroyd holds a BSc (Hons) in Economics from University College London.

Stephen Wolff is Global Head of Corporate Strategy. Mr. Wolff joined Markit in February 2014 from Deutsche Bank where he was Head of Strategic Investments, managing a portfolio of principal investments, primarily focused on financial market infrastructure. Previous roles at Deutsche Bank included Head of Fixed Income e-commerce and in a prior period, interest rate and FX derivatives trading in both G7 and emerging markets. Between 1999 and 2004, Mr. Wolff worked for Razorfish, and then as managing director of a venture capital start-up, Pogo Technology. Mr. Wolff holds a BA in Economics from Manchester University.

Non-Executive Directors

 

 

Edwin D. Cass has been a director of Markit since October 2014. Mr. Cass is the senior managing director and Chief Investment Strategist for the Canada Pension Plan Investment Board (CPPIB), responsible for overall fund level investment strategy. He chairs CPPIB’s investment planning committee, which approves all new investment programmes and oversees all portfolio risks. Mr. Cass has been with CPPIB since 2008 in various positions. Mr. Cass is also a member of the board of trustees of the University of Guelph in Canada. Prior to joining CPPIB, Mr. Cass was a managing director and co-chief investment officer for Fortress Investment Group’s Drawbridge Relative Value Fund where he was responsible for fixed-income, currency, stock index and commodity trading strategies. Mr. Cass previously held senior positions at Deutsche Bank and Toronto-Dominion Securities Inc. He holds a Bachelor of Science (Honours) degree in Theoretical Physics from Queen’s University and a Bachelor of Laws from Osgoode Hall Law School.

Gillian (Jill) H. Denham has been a director of Markit since December 2013. Ms. Denham is a member of the board of directors of Morneau Shepell Inc. and Penn West Petroleum Ltd., where she also serves on the audit committee of each board, and a member of the board of directors of National Bank of Canada. Ms. Denham is also a director of Munich Reinsurance Company of Canada and Temple Insurance Company, where she is chair of the investment committees and a member of the audit committees. Ms. Denham is also a member of the board of governors and the audit committee of Upper Canada College. From 2001 to 2005, Ms. Denham was Vice Chair, Retail Markets at the Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce. Ms. Denham joined Wood Gundy (subsequently acquired by CIBC) in 1983 as an Assistant Vice-President in Corporate Finance and throughout her career at CIBC held progressively more senior roles. Ms. Denham previously served on the boards of the Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board, the Foundation Board of the Hospital for Sick Children and the Prostate Cancer Research Foundation. Ms. Denham holds an Honours Business Administration from the University of Western Ontario School of Business Administration and an MBA from Harvard Business School.

Dinyar S. Devitre has been a director of Markit since November 2012. Mr. Devitre is a special advisor to General Atlantic LLC, a private equity firm. Mr. Devitre is also a member of the board of directors of Altria Group, Inc., where he serves on its finance committee, SABMiller plc, where he serves on its audit committee, and Western Union Company, where he serves as chair of its corporate governance and public policy committee and as a member of its compliance committee. Mr. Devitre also is the

 

65


Table of Contents

Executive Chairman of Pratham USA and serves as a Trustee of the Brooklyn Academy of Music and a Trustee Emeritus of the Asia Society. In March 2008, Mr. Devitre retired from his position as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Altria Group, Inc. Prior to Mr. Devitre’s appointment to this position in April 2002, he held a number of senior management positions with Altria. Mr. Devitre previously served on the boards of Emdeon Inc., Kraft Foods Inc. (now known as Mondelēz International, Inc.) and The Lincoln Center for the Performing Arts, Inc. Mr. Devitre holds a BA (Hons) degree from St. Joseph’s College, Darjeeling and an MBA from the Indian Institute of Management in Ahmedabad.

William E. Ford has been a director of Markit since January 2010. Mr. Ford is the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of General Atlantic LLC, a global growth equity firm, where he has worked since 1991. Mr. Ford sits on the boards of several General Atlantic portfolio companies including Tory Burch and Oak Hill Advisors. He also sits on the board of First Republic Bank. Mr. Ford is actively involved in various non-profit organisations and serves as a Trustee of Rockefeller University and the Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center and as a trustee emeritus of Amherst College. He is also a director of The Lincoln Center for the Performing Arts, Inc. and a member of the advisory boards of Stanford University Graduate School of Business and Tsinghua University School of Economics and Management. Mr. Ford formerly served on the boards of a number of General Atlantic portfolio companies including CareCore National, NYSE Euronext, E*Trade, Priceline, NYMEX and Zagat Survey. Mr. Ford holds a BA in Economics from Amherst College and an MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Timothy J.A. Frost has been a director of Markit since January 2010. He previously served as a director from 2003 to 2004. Mr. Frost is a non-executive director of Cairn Capital Group Limited. He is also a Governor of the London School of Economics and Political Science and a member of the Court of Directors of The Bank of England, where he is also a member of its audit and risk committee. Prior to Cairn Capital, Mr. Frost worked at J.P. Morgan in a variety of roles, including European Head of Credit Trading, Sales and Research. Mr. Frost began his career as an officer in the British Army and served in Germany and the Falkland Islands. Mr. Frost holds a BSc in Economics from the London School of Economics and Political Science.

Robert P. Kelly has been a director of Markit since November 2012 and serves as lead director of our Board. Mr. Kelly is chairperson of Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation and chairman of Santander Asset Management. Mr. Kelly also serves as a member of the Trilateral Commission and head of the U.S. alumni association of the Cass Business School, London. Mr. Kelly was most recently chairman and Chief Executive Officer of The Bank of New York Mellon and The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation until 2011. Prior to that, Mr. Kelly was Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of Mellon Bank Corporation, Chief Financial Officer of Wachovia Corporation and Vice-Chairman of Toronto-Dominion Bank. Mr. Kelly previously served as Chancellor of Saint Mary’s University in Canada, was a former member of the boards of the Financial Services Forum, the Federal Advisory Council of the Federal Reserve Board, the Financial Services Roundtable, and Institute of International Finance, and a former member of the board of trustees of St. Patrick’s Cathedral in New York City, Carnegie Mellon University in Pittsburgh and the Art Gallery of Ontario. Mr. Kelly holds a B.Comm. from Saint Mary’s University, an MBA from the Cass Business School, City University, London, United Kingdom and is a Chartered Accountant and Fellow Chartered Accountant. Mr. Kelly has been awarded honorary doctorates from City University and Saint Mary’s University.

Robert-Jan Markwick has been a director of Markit since September 2013. Mr. Markwick is an advisory director to Goldman Sachs, where he has worked since 1994, and a trustee for MediCinema, a non-profit organisation. Mr. Markwick was previously head of Goldman Sachs’ Principal Strategic Investments Group in Europe. He was a member of its Firmwide Commitments Committee from 2005 to 2010 and rejoined the Committee in 2012. Prior to Goldman Sachs, Mr. Markwick worked at Oppenheimer & Company and Foreign & Colonial. Mr. Markwick holds an MA from Downing College, Cambridge University and an MBA from the Manchester Business School.

 

66


Table of Contents

James A. Rosenthal has been a director of Markit since September 2013. Mr. Rosenthal is the Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Morgan Stanley, a member of Morgan Stanley’s management and operating committees, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A., and Chairman of the board of Morgan Stanley Private Bank, N.A. He is also President and General Partner of Solar Power Company, LLC. Mr. Rosenthal is a member of the boards of SIFMA and The Lincoln Center for the Performing Arts, Inc. Mr. Rosenthal was previously Head of Corporate Strategy of Morgan Stanley, Chief Operating Officer of Morgan Stanley Wealth Management and Head of Firmwide Technology and Operations for Morgan Stanley. Prior to joining Morgan Stanley, Mr. Rosenthal served as Chief Financial Officer of Tishman Speyer from 2006 to 2008. Mr. Rosenthal holds a BA from Yale and a JD from Harvard Law School.

Dr. Cheng Chih Sung has been a director of Markit since December 2013. Dr. Sung is the Chief Executive Officer of Avanda Investment Management Pte. Ltd. and an investment advisor to the finance ministries in Singapore and Norway. Dr. Sung serves on the boards, investment and risk committees, and human resource and remuneration committees of a number of financial and academic institutions including the MIT Investment Management Company, the NTUC Income Insurance Co-Operative and the Wealth Management Institute in Singapore. Dr. Sung was previously an investment advisor to the Monetary Authority of Singapore and the Government of Singapore Investment Corporation. Prior to 2011, Dr. Sung was Managing Director and Chief Risk Officer for the Government of Singapore Investment Corporation, which he joined in 1993, as well as chairman of the group risk committee and a member of the group executive committee. Dr. Sung holds a BSc and MSc in Applied Mathematics from the University of Waterloo and a PhD in Pure Mathematics from the University of Minnesota.

Anne Walker has been a director of Markit since February 2013. Ms. Walker is currently Head of Enterprise Strategic Initiatives at Bank of America, including oversight of Bank of America’s effort to streamline and drive operational excellence as well as lead development of payment strategy. Prior to this, Ms. Walker was the Head of Global Corporate Strategy and Investor Relations and the Head of the U.S. Equity Syndicate desk at Bank of America. Ms. Walker started her career with Merrill Lynch in 1996 in investment banking and joined Equity Capital Markets in 2001. Ms. Walker holds a BA from Harvard University and an MBA from Columbia Business School.

Messrs. Zar Amrolia and Thomas Timothy Ryan, Jr. resigned as directors of our Board in October 2014 and November 2014, respectively.

No director or executive officer has a family relationship with any other director or executive officer.

Arrangements or Understandings

 

 

Prior to the consummation of our initial public offering, our Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2013, provided certain of our shareholders the right to each designate one individual to serve on our Board of Directors. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions—Transactions with Related Parties—Shareholders’ Agreement.” The Shareholders’ Agreement was terminated upon the pricing of our initial public offering on June 18, 2014.

Our directors were elected under the Shareholders’ Agreement as follows:

 

Ms. Walker and Messrs. Markwick and Rosenthal were elected as the designees nominated by a Bank Investor (as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement);

 

Mr. Uggla was elected as the designee nominated by the Management Investors (as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement);

 

Mr. Ford was elected as the designee nominated by General Atlantic pursuant to the Shareholders’ Agreement;

 

 

67


Table of Contents
Dr. Cheng Chih Sung was elected as the designee nominated by Temasek pursuant to the Shareholders’ Agreement; and

 

Ms. Denham and Messrs. Devitre, Frost and Kelly were elected by our Board of Directors as independent directors.

Upon the termination of our Shareholders’ Agreement and the consummation of our initial public offering, our shareholders no longer had a right to designate any individuals to serve on our Board of Directors, other than as described below.

CPPIB purchased approximately $250 million of our common shares at the initial public offering price in our initial public offering, and has the right to nominate, in consultation with our Nominating and Governance Committee, one director for appointment to our Board of Directors pursuant to a Director Nomination Agreement between CPPIB and Markit. This right will expire if CPPIB’s beneficial ownership of our common shares falls below 100% of the number of common shares CPPIB purchased in our initial public offering. Mr. Cass was the designee nominated by CPPIB and was elected to our Board of Directors in October 2014 as a Class III director to fill a vacancy.

B. COMPENSATION

The aggregate cash compensation, including benefits in kind, accrued or paid to our executive officers and directors with respect to the year ended December 31, 2014 for services in all capacities was $7,136,334. In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2014, we also granted 443,700 restricted shares and 149,800 options to purchase common shares in the aggregate to our executive officers and directors, as set forth in the following tables.

 

No. of restricted shares Vesting Schedule

443,700

Restricted shares vest in three equal annual instalments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the applicable grant date.

 

No. of share options Exercise price per share Expiration date

149,800

$26.700 December 31, 2014

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the amount we set aside or accrued to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits to our executive officers and directors was $50,236.

Incentive Compensation Plans

 

 

Prior to the completion of our corporate reorganisation, all our equity incentive plans were administered by our wholly owned subsidiary, Markit Group Holdings Limited. Following the completion of our corporate reorganisation, all our equity incentive plans are administered by Markit Ltd. For purposes of this section, prior to the completion of our corporate reorganisation, references to our “Board of Directors” refer to the board of directors of Markit Group Holdings Limited (or a duly authorised committee thereof). Following the completion of our corporate reorganisation, references to the “Board of Directors” refer to the board of directors of Markit Ltd. (or a duly authorised committee thereof). Prior to the completion of our corporate reorganisation, shares that were issued pursuant to an equity award granted under such plans were the ordinary shares of Markit Group Holdings Limited. Following the completion of our corporate reorganisation, shares that are issued pursuant to an equity award granted under such plans are the common shares of Markit Ltd.

Share Option Plans

Since 2004, as part of our equity compensation program, we have historically adopted a new share option plan each year under which our Board of Directors may grant options to purchase ordinary non-

 

68


Table of Contents

voting shares in the company to eligible participants. Our share option plans are intended to enable us to motivate eligible participants who are important to our success and growth and to create a long term mutuality of interest between such participants and our shareholders through grants of options to purchase shares in the company. Although the specific terms of our share option plans may differ from year to year, the material terms of our share option plans are set forth below.

Any employee, director and consultant of the company or its affiliates is eligible to participate in our share option plans. Our Board of Directors administers our share option plans and has absolute discretion to determine the award recipients under each plan, as well as the terms of each individual award, including the vesting schedule and exercise price of such award (which must be determined no later than the grant date). Our Board of Directors may also at any time delete, amend or add to the provisions of our share option plans, provided that no deletion, amendment or addition may adversely affect existing rights of participants without prior approval. Under certain of our share option plans, our Board of Directors also has the authority to designate an award of share options to employees as incentive stock options. The exercise price of an incentive stock option will be no less than 100% of the grant date fair market value of a share (or 110% in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% shareholder), as set by our Board of Directors in good faith based on reasonable valuation methods. As of December 31, 2014, there were 41,023,615 shares underlying outstanding share options, including incentive stock options, granted pursuant to our share option plans (excluding the KEIP options and any Awards under our 2014 Equity Plan, each described below), at exercise prices ranging from $0.900 to $26.700.

Subject to our Board of Directors determining otherwise, on or before the grant of a share option, share options generally have a seven-year term from the commencement of vesting, with certain share options having a ten-year term. They vest in accordance with the vesting terms as provided in the applicable share option plan or share option grant, and vest over a three- or five-year vesting period. For example, if a share option has a five-year vesting period, upon each anniversary of the grant date, the share option would vest as to one-fifth of the shares underlying such option over a total period of five years. Our Board of Directors may at any time in its absolute discretion determine to treat an otherwise unvested share option as having vested in full or in part and may extend the exercise period or lapse date of a share option, provided that such lapse date may not be extended past the original term of the share option.

Upon a termination of employment or provision of services to the company, unvested share options will generally lapse immediately and vested share options will generally lapse after the expiry of a specified exercise period. In certain circumstances, vested share options may also lapse immediately upon termination. In connection with certain corporate transactions (such as a listing of our common shares on NASDAQ), share options may become fully vested and exercisable for a specified exercise period and may lapse thereafter. Prior to our initial public offering, our Board of Directors amended certain of our share option plans to provide that share options that become fully exercisable upon a listing event (which was the date of our initial public offering) remain fully vested and exercisable for the remainder of the original term of such share option.

Each of our share option plans may be terminated at any time by our Board of Directors or the company and will in any event terminate on the tenth anniversary of its commencement date. Termination will not affect the outstanding rights of participants.

Restricted Share Plan

Since 2006, under our restricted share plan, our Board of Directors has granted awards of restricted ordinary non-voting shares in the company to eligible participants. The material terms of our restricted share plan are set forth below.

Any senior employee (including a director) of the company or an affiliate of the company is eligible to participate in the restricted share plan. As of December 31, 2014, there were 1,309,322 issued and

 

69


Table of Contents

outstanding restricted shares awarded under our restricted share plan. Under our restricted share plan, shares are issued to participants and registered in their name. Each restricted share has a nominal value of $0.01 per share, which the participant must pay in respect of the aggregate number of shares underlying the restricted share award. Restricted shares held by participants are subject to a vesting period set out in the participant’s allotment letter. For example, if an award of restricted shares has a three-year vesting period, upon each anniversary of the grant date, one-third of the restricted shares would vest over a total period of three years. Upon a termination of employment, certain forfeiture provisions may apply to a participant’s vested and/or unvested restricted shares.

Key Employee Incentive Program

The Markit Key Employee Incentive Program (the “KEIP”) was approved by our Board of Directors and adopted by the company on July 25, 2013. Under the KEIP, our Board of Directors may grant options to purchase ordinary non-voting shares in the company (“KEIP options”) to any employee (including an executive director) of the company or its subsidiaries who is required to devote substantially the whole of his or her working time to his or her employment or office. As of December 31, 2014, there are 25,160,000 shares underlying outstanding KEIP options, at an exercise price of $26.700 per share.

Our Board of Directors administers the KEIP and has absolute discretion to determine the award recipients and terms of each individual award of KEIP options, including the vesting schedule and exercise price of such award (which must be determined no later than the grant date). Our Board of Directors may also at any time delete, amend or add to the provisions of the KEIP, provided that no deletion, amendment or addition may adversely affect in any material manner existing rights of participants without prior requisite approval.

To be eligible to receive a KEIP option, a participant must agree to an extension of the vesting period for a portion of his or her outstanding share options, which portion is equal to a specified percentage (ranging from 20% to 30%) of their KEIP option grant. Instead of becoming fully vested and exercisable for a specified exercise period upon the occurrence of a listing event, such portion of a participant’s outstanding share options would instead become fully vested and exercisable on the second anniversary of the listing date.

KEIP options vest and become exercisable in three equal tranches on the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of certain listing events, including, but not limited to, a listing on the NASDAQ or NYSE. KEIP options have a seven-year term from the grant date. Our Board of Directors may at any time in its sole discretion decide to accelerate the vesting of unvested KEIP options.

Upon a termination of employment, unvested KEIP options will generally lapse immediately and vested KEIP options will generally lapse after the expiry of a specified exercise period. In certain circumstances, vested KEIP options may also lapse immediately upon termination of employment. In connection with certain corporate transactions, KEIP options may become fully vested and exercisable for a specified exercise period.

The KEIP may be terminated at any time by our Board of Directors or the company and will in any event terminate on the tenth anniversary of its commencement date. Termination will not affect the outstanding rights of participants.

2014 Equity Plan

Following the completion of our initial public offering, we discontinued our historical practice of adopting a new share option plan each year or making annual awards under a restricted share plan. Instead, we adopted a new 2014 equity incentive award plan (the “2014 Equity Plan”) under which we would have the discretion to grant a broad range of equity-based awards to our employees (including our officers), consultants, and non-employee directors, as well as employees, consultants and non-employee

 

70


Table of Contents

directors of our subsidiaries, parent companies and certain affiliates. The following is a summary of the 2014 Equity Plan which is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the 2014 Equity Plan, a copy of which is included as an exhibit to this annual report.

Share reserve

Under the 2014 Equity Plan, 6,220,000 of our common shares are reserved for issuance pursuant to a variety of share based compensation awards (“Awards”), including non-qualified share options, incentive share options (“ISOs”), share appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted share awards, restricted share unit awards, deferred share awards, dividend equivalent awards, share payment awards and performance awards. The amount reserved for issuance under the 2014 Equity Plan includes (i) 1,686,000 common shares previously authorised but unissued under the KEIP, (ii) 626,760 common shares previously authorised but unissued under our 2013 and 2014 share option plans, and (iii) 21,510 common shares previously authorised but unissued under our 2014 restricted share plan, plus the number of authorised shares that are issued or used for reference purposes in respect of any awards made and outstanding under the KEIP, the 2013 and 2014 share option plans, and the 2013 and 2014 restricted share plans that terminate by expiration, forfeiture, cancellation or otherwise without the issuance of common shares. The aggregate share reserve specified above will be increased on January 1 of each year commencing in 2015 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2024, in an amount equal to the lesser of: (x) 2.5% of the total number of our common shares issued and outstanding on a fully diluted basis as of December 31 of the immediately preceding calendar year and (y) such number of common shares determined by our Board of Directors. We filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 on the date of our initial public offering covering the common shares issuable under the 2014 Equity Plan. On January 1, 2015, the aggregate share reserve increased by 2.5% of the total number of our common shares issued and outstanding on a fully diluted basis as of December 31, 2014.

Administration

The HR and Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors (or other committee as our Board of Directors may appoint) administers the 2014 Equity Plan unless our Board of Directors assumes authority for administration. For Awards made to non-employee directors, the Nominating and Corporate Governance committee of our Board of Directors (or other committee as our Board of Directors may appoint) administers the 2014 Equity Plan unless our Board of Directors assumes authority for administration. Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2014 Equity Plan, the plan administrator has the authority to select the persons to whom Awards are to be made, determines the types of Awards to be granted, the number of Awards to be granted, the number of common shares to be subject to Awards and the terms and conditions of Awards, makes all other determinations under the 2014 Equity Plan and can take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2014 Equity Plan.

Types of Awards

The following are the types of Awards that may be granted under the 2014 Equity Plan. Each Award is required to be evidenced by an Award agreement that sets forth the terms, conditions and limitations of such Award.

 

Share Options provide for the right to purchase our common shares at a specified exercise price (which cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of a common share on the grant date or, in the case of ISOs granted to greater than ten percent shareholders, 110% of the fair market value on the grant date). The maximum term of share options under the 2014 Equity Plan is ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to greater than ten percent shareholders). Unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, share options that are vested and exercisable as of the date of an option holder’s termination of employment, consultancy or directorship (as applicable) will

 

71


Table of Contents
  remain exercisable for the following periods following the date of termination (but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of the share option): if such termination is due to the participant’s death or “disability” (as defined in the 2014 Equity Plan), one year; or if such termination is by us without “cause” (as defined in the 2014 Equity Plan), or if such termination is a voluntary resignation, 90 days. Upon an employment termination by us for cause or a voluntary resignation following an event that would be grounds for termination for cause, the share options (whether vested or not) will terminate and expire on the date of termination.

 

Share Appreciation Rights , or SARs, entitle the holder to receive an amount, with respect to each SAR, equal to the difference between the exercise price of the SAR (which cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of a common share on the grant date) and the fair market value of a common share on the date of exercise. The maximum term of SARs under the 2014 Equity Plan is ten years. SARs may be settled in cash or common shares, or in a combination of both, as determined by the plan administrator.

 

Restricted Shares are common shares made subject to such restrictions and vesting requirements as may be determined by the plan administrator. Unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, restricted shares are forfeited or repurchased, as applicable, if the conditions or restrictions on vesting are not met. Unless otherwise provided for by the plan administrator, holders of restricted shares have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to the shares subject to the restrictions set forth in the applicable award agreement, including the right to receive dividends and other distributions, if any, made prior to the time when the restrictions lapse.

 

Restricted Share Units are units representing the right to receive common shares, subject to vesting conditions based on continued service, performance criteria or other criteria as may be established by the plan administrator. Holders of restricted share units generally have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when the underlying common shares are transferred to the holder.

 

Deferred Shares represent the right to receive common shares on a future date. Unless otherwise provided by the plan administrator, holders of deferred shares have no rights as a shareholder prior to the time when the common shares are issued. Deferred shares generally will be forfeited, and the common shares for the deferred shares will not be issued, if the applicable conditions or other restrictions on the deferred shares are not met.

 

Dividend Equivalents represent the value of the dividends, if any, declared on our common shares and paid by us, calculated with reference to the number of common shares covered by the Award. Dividend equivalents may be settled in cash or common shares and at such times as determined by the plan administrator.

 

Share Payments are payments made in the form of common shares or an option or other right to purchase common shares. Share payments may be made as part of a bonus, deferred compensation or other arrangement and may be subject to a vesting schedule, including vesting upon the attainment of performance criteria or any other specific criteria determined by the plan administrator. Share payments may be made in addition to, or in lieu of, cash compensation that would otherwise be payable to the holder. Unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, holders of share payments have no rights as a shareholder prior to the time when the common shares are issued.

 

Performance Awards are cash bonus, share bonus, performance or other incentive awards which may be linked to performance criteria determined by the plan administrator. Performance shares may be paid in cash, common shares or a combination of both.

 

72


Table of Contents

Change in control

Unless otherwise provided in an Award agreement, in the event of a change of control of the company, outstanding Awards will continue in effect or be assumed by the successor corporation (or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation). In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume such Awards, the plan administrator may cause all such Awards to be fully exercisable immediately prior to the change in control and cause all forfeiture restrictions on such Awards to lapse.

Under the 2014 Equity Plan, a “change in control” is generally defined as:

 

a transaction or series of transactions (other than a public share offering) whereby any individual, entity or group directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership of securities of the company possessing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the company’s issued and outstanding securities;

 

during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute our Board of Directors (together with any new directors whose election or nomination was approved by at least two-thirds of the Directors then in office who either were Directors at the beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of our Board of Directors;

 

under certain circumstances set forth in the 2014 Equity Plan, the consummation by the company of a merger, amalgamation, consolidation, reorganisation, or business combination, or a sale or disposition of all or substantially all the company’s assets, or the acquisition of stock or assets of another entity if, after the transaction, an individual or group generally acquires 50% more of the combined voting power of the company or a successor; or

 

the company’s shareholders’ approval of a liquidation or dissolution of the company.

Adjustments of Awards

In the event of any share dividend, bonus issuance, share split, share consolidation or exchange of shares, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, reorganisation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of company assets to shareholders, or any other change affecting the shares in the company’s share capital or the price of the company’s shares, (i) the plan administrator may make (and in certain circumstances shall make) equitable adjustments, as determined in its discretion, to the aggregate number and type of shares subject to the 2014 Equity Plan, the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding Awards, the terms and conditions of outstanding Awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect to such Awards), and the grant or exercise price per share of any outstanding Awards under the 2014 Equity Plan, and (ii) in connection with certain transactions or events or changes in law, the plan administrator is authorised to take certain actions (such as terminating an award in exchange for cash, requiring the assumption of Awards or requiring that the Award cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after the event) to facilitate the transaction or event or to give effect to the changes in law.

Amendment and termination

Our Board of Directors or the committees administering the 2014 Equity Plan may terminate, amend, modify or suspend the 2014 Equity Plan, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time. However, no amendment, suspension or termination of the 2014 Equity Plan shall, without the consent of the affected Award holder, impair any rights or obligations under any Award theretofore granted or awarded, unless the Award itself otherwise expressly so provides. No action by our Board of Directors or the committees administering the 2014 Equity Plan (other than adjustments described in “— 2014 Equity Plan — Adjustments of Awards” above) may increase the limits on the maximum number of shares which may be issued under the 2014 Equity Plan unless shareholder approval is obtained within twelve months before or after such action.

 

73


Table of Contents

Non-transferability of Awards

Except as the plan administrator may permit, at the time of grant or thereafter, Awards granted under the 2014 Equity Plan are generally not transferable by a holder other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Awards that are acquired by a permissible transferee will continue to be subject to the terms of the 2014 Equity Plan and the applicable Award agreement.

Indemnification and Insurance

 

 

Our bye-laws provide that we shall indemnify our officers and directors in respect of their actions and omissions, except in respect of their fraud or dishonesty, and that we shall advance funds to our officers and directors for expenses incurred in their defence upon receipt of an undertaking to repay the funds if any allegation of fraud or dishonesty is proved. Our bye-laws provide that the shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they might have, individually or in right of the company, against any of the company’s directors or officers for any act or failure to act in the performance of such director’s or officer’s duties, except in respect of any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer.

In addition, we have entered into agreements with our officers and directors to indemnify them against expenses and liabilities to the fullest extent permitted by law. These agreements also provide, subject to certain exceptions, for indemnification for related expenses including, among others, attorneys’ fees, judgments, penalties, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding.

We have also purchased and maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability policy for the benefit of any officer or director in respect of any loss or liability attaching to him or her in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, whether or not we may otherwise indemnify such officer or director.

Employee Benefit Trust

 

 

The Markit Group Holdings Limited Employee Benefit Trust (the “EBT”) is a discretionary trust established by a deed dated January 27, 2010 between Markit Group Holdings Limited and Elian Employee Benefit Trustee Limited (the “trustee”), as trustee of the EBT, through which shares and other benefits may be provided to Markit’s existing and former employees in satisfaction of their rights under any compensation or share incentive arrangements established by Markit. The trustee is an independent provider of fiduciary services, based in Jersey, Channel Islands. The EBT will terminate on January 27, 2090, unless terminated earlier by the trustee.

No current or former employee has the right to receive any benefit from the EBT unless and until the trustee exercises its discretion to confer a benefit. Neither Markit nor any of its subsidiaries is permitted to be a beneficiary of the EBT. Subject to the exercise of the trustee’s discretion, shares held by the EBT may be delivered to such employees in satisfaction of their rights under any share incentive arrangements established by Markit. We may make non-binding recommendations to the trustee regarding the EBT.

The Trustee may amend the EBT, subject to our consent, but not in any manner that would confer on Markit any benefit or possibility of benefit. The principal activity of the EBT has been to acquire shares in Markit from its existing and former employees and to hold such shares for their benefit. Unless we direct otherwise, the trustee of the EBT may not vote any of the common shares held by the EBT and is also generally obliged to forgo dividends.

Markit has historically funded the EBT’s acquisition of common shares through interest-free loans that are repayable on demand, but without recourse to any assets other than those held by the trustee in its capacity as trustee of the EBT.

 

74


Table of Contents

C. BOARD PRACTICES

Our Board of Directors is composed of eleven members, and Mr. Uggla serves as the Chairman of our Board of Directors. With the resignation of Mr. Ryan, a Class II director, in November 2014, our Board of Directors decreased the number of directors from twelve to eleven. Each of our directors will continue to serve as director until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or until the earlier of his or her death, resignation or removal. Our directors do not have a mandatory retirement age requirement under our bye-laws.

Our Board of Directors is divided into three classes. Pursuant to our bye-laws, our directors are elected at the annual general meeting of shareholders for a period of three years, with each director serving until the third annual general meeting of shareholders following their election (except that the initial Class I and Class II directors will serve until the first annual general meeting and second annual general meeting of shareholders, respectively). Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors for that class will be elected for a three-year term at the annual general meeting of shareholders in the year of such expiration.

 

Dinyar Devitre, Robert Kelly, Robert-Jan Markwick and Dr. Cheng Chih Sung are initially serving as Class I directors for a term expiring in 2015.

 

Timothy Frost, James A. Rosenthal and Anne Walker are initially serving as Class II directors for a term expiring in 2016.

 

Edwin Cass, Lance Uggla, Jill Denham and William E. Ford are initially serving as Class III directors for a term expiring in 2017.

Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of our directors.

Our Board of Directors has determined that seven directors qualify as “independent” under the listing standards of NASDAQ: Edwin Cass, Jill Denham, Dinyar Devitre, William E. Ford, Timothy Frost, Robert Kelly and Dr. Cheng Chih Sung.

Committees of Our Board of Directors

 

 

Audit and Risk Committee

Our Audit and Risk Committee consists of Edwin Cass, Dinyar Devitre, Dr. Cheng Chih Sung and Timothy Frost. The Audit and Risk Committee assists our Board of Directors in overseeing our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements. In addition, the Audit and Risk Committee is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the work of our independent registered public accounting firm. Mr. Devitre is chair of our Audit and Risk Committee.

Our Board of Directors has determined that each of Edwin Cass, Dinyar Devitre, Dr. Cheng Chih Sung and Timothy Frost satisfies the “independence” requirement of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and meets the financial literacy and sophistication requirements of the listing standards of NASDAQ. Our Board of Directors has also determined that Mr. Devitre qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in the rules of the SEC.

HR and Compensation Committee

Our HR and Compensation Committee consists of Jill Denham, William E. Ford, Robert Kelly, and James A. Rosenthal. The HR and Compensation Committee’s duties include determining the

 

75


Table of Contents

compensation to our Chief Executive Officer and our other executive officers and other key management personnel. The HR and Compensation Committee is also responsible for approving, allocating and administering our share incentive plans, executive level contract provisions, executive level succession plans, CEO performance appraisal criteria and benchmarking compensation recommendations against generally accepted market total compensation levels for annual recommendation to our Board of Directors. Mr. Kelly is chair of the HR and Compensation Committee.

Nominating and Governance Committee

Our Nominating and Governance Committee consists of Jill Denham, Dinyar Devitre, Timothy Frost, Robert Kelly and Lance Uggla. Our Nominating and Governance Committee identifies, evaluates and selects, or makes recommendations to our Board of Directors regarding, nominees for election to our Board of Directors and its committees. Mr. Frost is chair of our Nominating and Governance Committee.

Communications to our Board of Directors

 

 

Shareholders and other interested parties may communicate directly with our independent directors by sending a written communication in an envelope addressed to: Board of Directors (Independent Members), c/o Company Secretary, Markit Legal Department, Markit Ltd., 4th Floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London, England EC2Y 9LY.

Shareholders and other interested parties may communicate directly with the full Board of Directors by sending a written communication in an envelope addressed to: Board of Directors, c/o Company Secretary, Markit Legal Department, Markit Ltd., 4th Floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London, England EC2Y 9LY.

Our Audit and Risk Committee has established a process for communicating complaints regarding accounting or auditing matters. In order to submit a complaint, you may call our hotline at +1-212-205-1791. Any such complaints received or submitted are forwarded to the Audit and Risk Committee, to take such action as may be appropriate.

Risk Management

 

 

Our Board of Directors executes its oversight responsibility for risk management directly and through our Audit and Risk Committee. The Audit and Risk Committee has the primary responsibility of reviewing our policies and practices with respect to risk assessment and risk management, including discussing with management our major operational, financial, reputational, legal and compliance risk exposures and the steps that have been taken to identify, assess, monitor and control such exposures. It is the responsibility of our Chief Risk Officer to make regular independent reports about our risk profile and any reports on material breaches of related policies and practices. The Audit and Risk Committee’s meeting agenda regularly include a review of our policies and practices with respect to risk assessment and risk management. In addition, the Audit and Risk Committee’s meeting agenda regularly include a review and discussion with management of our compliance with laws and regulations, including major legal and regulatory initiatives, and a review of any major litigation or investigations against us that may have a material impact on our financial statements. Our Board of Directors is kept informed of the Audit and Risk Committee’s risk management and other compliance matters via reports of the committee chair to the full Board of Directors. These reports are presented at every regular Board meeting. Management routinely informs the Board of developments that could affect our risk profile or other aspects of our business.

 

76


Table of Contents

Corporate Governance Guidelines

 

 

Our Board of Directors has adopted corporate governance guidelines (the “Corporate Governance Guidelines”) that serve as a flexible framework within which our Board of Directors and its committees operate. These guidelines cover a number of areas including the size and composition of our Board of Directors, membership criteria and director qualifications, director responsibilities, Board agenda, roles of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and lead independent director, meetings of independent directors, committee responsibilities and assignments, Board member access to management and independent advisors, director communications with third parties, director compensation, director orientation and continuing education, evaluation of senior management and management succession planning.

The Corporate Governance Guidelines are publicly available under the “Governance” section of our investor relations website at http://www.markit.com/company/investors. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this annual report. A copy will be provided in print without charge upon written request to our Company Secretary at c/o Markit Legal Department, Markit Ltd., 4th Floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London, England EC2Y 9LY.

Employment and Service Agreements

 

 

Our executive officers have entered into employment agreements with the company, certain of which provide for benefits upon a termination of employment. None of our directors have entered into service agreements with the company.

D. EMPLOYEES

As of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 Markit had more than 3,600, 3,200 and 2,800 employees, respectively with more than 1,000, 900 and 900 in Europe, including more than 900, 800 and 800 in the United Kingdom, more than 1,600, 1,400 and 1,300 in the United States and more than 900, 800, and 500 in other locations globally. None of our employees are represented by collective bargaining agreements.

E. SHARE OWNERSHIP

The following table sets forth information relating to the beneficial ownership of our common shares, as of December 31, 2014, by:

 

each of our current executive officers;

 

each of our current non-executive directors; and

 

all our current directors and executive officers as a group.

Except as otherwise indicated, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all common shares held by that person.

 

77


Table of Contents

The percentage of common shares beneficially owned is computed on the basis of 207,726,982 common shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014. Solely for purposes of the following table and accompanying footnotes relating to beneficial ownership of our common shares, the number of common shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014 includes 25,219,470 common shares held by the EBT as further described in footnote (4) of the table included in “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transaction—A. Major shareholders.”

Name Common shares
beneficially owned(1)
 
Number   Percentage  

Executive Officers

           

Lance Uggla(2)

  *      *   

Kevin Gould(3)

  3,626,870      1.75

Jeffrey Gooch

  *      *   

Adam Kansler

  *      *   

Shane Akeroyd

  *      *   

Stephen Wolff

  *      *   

Non-Executive Directors

           

Edwin Cass

  —        —     

Jill Denham

  *      *   

Dinyar Devitre

  *      *   

William E. Ford(4)

  23,275,970      11.20

Timothy Frost

  *      *   

Robert Kelly

  *      *   

Robert-Jan Markwick

  —        —     

James A. Rosenthal

  —        —     

Dr. Cheng Chih Sung

  —        —     

Anne Walker

  —        —     

Total Executive Officers and Directors as a group (16 persons)

  32,416,936      15.30   

 

 

* Indicates beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the total issued and outstanding common shares.

 

(1) The amounts and percentages of our common shares beneficially owned are reported on the basis of regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under the rules of the SEC, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares “voting power,” which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such security, or “investment power,” which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of such securities as to which such person has an economic interest. Common shares that a person has the right to acquire within 60 days are deemed issued and outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding such rights, but are not deemed issued and outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person, except with respect to the percentage ownership of all directors and executive officers as a group.

 

(2) These holdings do not reflect common shares and restricted shares held through a voting trust, of which Mr. Uggla and certain members of his family are beneficiaries.

 

(3) Does not include 45,714 restricted shares granted to Mr. Gould in January 2015.

 

(4) Represents common shares held by GA Tango. See footnote (3) of the table included in “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transaction—A. Major shareholders.”

For arrangements for involving our employees in our capital, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—B. Compensation.”

 

78


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS

The following table and accompanying footnotes set forth information relating to the beneficial ownership of our common shares, by each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our issued and outstanding common shares. We have only one class of shares issued and outstanding, that being common shares, and all holders of our common shares have the same voting rights. The information provided in the table is based on information filed with the SEC and on information provided to us as of December 31, 2014.

Except as otherwise indicated, the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all common shares held by that person.

The percentage of common shares beneficially owned is computed on the basis of 207,726,982 common shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014. Solely for purposes of the following table and accompanying footnotes relating to beneficial ownership of our common shares, the number of common shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014 includes 25,219,470 common shares held by the EBT as further described in footnote (4) of the table below. Common shares that a person has the right to acquire within 60 days of December 31, 2014 are deemed issued and outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding such rights, but are not deemed issued and outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

As of December 31, 2014, 105,743,792 common shares, representing 50.90% of our issued and outstanding common shares, were held by 67 U.S. record holders. Since certain of such shares are held by nominees, the foregoing figures are not representative of the number of beneficial holders.

To our knowledge, we are not controlled directly or indirectly, by any other corporation, government or any other natural or legal person. We do not know of any arrangements which would result in a change in our control.

 

  Common shares
beneficially owned(1)
 
Name of beneficial owner Number   Percentage  

Esta Investments Pte Limited(2)

  21,173,310      10.19

General Atlantic Partners Tango, L.P.(3)

  23,275,970      11.20

JPMorgan Chase & Co.(4)

  11,669,246      5.62

Markit Group Holdings Limited Employee Benefit Trust(5)

  25,210,470      12.14

Canada Pension Plan Investment Board(6)

  10,420,000      5.02

 

* Indicates beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the total issued and outstanding common shares.

 

(1) The amounts and percentages of our common shares beneficially owned are reported on the basis of regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under the rules of the SEC, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares “voting power,” which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such security, or “investment power,” which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of such securities as to which such person has an economic interest. Common shares that a person has the right to acquire within 60 days are deemed issued and outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding such rights, but are not deemed issued and outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

79


Table of Contents
(2) Based on Schedule 13G filed on February 13, 2015, reflects 21,173,310 common shares held by Esta Investments Pte Limited (“Esta”). Esta is a wholly owned subsidiary of Tembusu Capital Pte. Ltd., which in turn is a wholly owned subsidiary of Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited (“Temasek”). Accordingly, as of December 31, 2014, each of Tembusu Capital Pte. Ltd. and Temasek may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by Esta. The address for each of Esta, Tembusu Capital Pte. Ltd. and Temasek is 60B Orchard Road, #06-18 Tower 2, The Atrium@Orchard, Singapore, 238891.

 

(3) Based on Schedule 13G filed on February 13, 2015, reflects 23,275,970 common shares held by General Atlantic Partners Tango, L.P. (“GA Tango”). The general partner of GA Tango is GAP (Bermuda) Limited (“GAP (Bermuda) Limited”). The limited partners of GA Tango are the following General Atlantic investment funds (the “GA Funds”): General Atlantic Partners (Bermuda) II, L.P. (“GAP Bermuda II”), GAP Coinvestments III, LLC (“GAPCO III”), GAP Coinvestments IV, LLC (“GAPCO IV”), GAP Coinvestments CDA, L.P. (“GAPCO CDA”) and GAPCO GmbH & Co. KG (“GAPCO KG”). The general partner of GAP Bermuda II is General Atlantic GenPar (Bermuda), L.P. (“GenPar Bermuda”) and the general partner of GenPar Bermuda is GAP (Bermuda) Limited. General Atlantic LLC (“GA LLC”) is the managing member of GAPCO III and GAPCO IV and the general partner of GAPCO CDA. GAPCO Management GmbH (“Management GmbH”) is the general partner of GAPCO KG. The Managing Directors of GA LLC are also the directors and voting shareholders of GAP (Bermuda) Limited. The Managing Directors of GA LLC make voting and investment decisions with respect to securities held by GAPCO KG and Management GmbH. As of February 13, 2015, there are 23 Managing Directors of GA LLC, including Mr. Ford, one of our directors. Each of the Managing Directors of GA LLC disclaims ownership of the common shares held by the GA Tango except to the extent he has a pecuniary interest therein. By virtue of the foregoing, GA Tango, GAP (Bermuda) Limited, GAP Bermuda II, GAPCO III, GAPCO IV, GAPCO CDA, GAPCO KG, GenPar Bermuda, Management GmbH, and GA LLC may be deemed to share voting power and the power to direct the disposition of the common shares that each owns of record. GA Tango, GAP (Bermuda) Limited, GenPar Bermuda, GAP Bermuda II, GAPCO III, GAPCO IV, GAPCO CDA, GAPCO KG, Management GmbH and GA LLC are a “group” within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and may be deemed to beneficially own the number of common shares held by GA Tango. The principal business address of GA Tango, GAP (Bermuda) Limited, GAP Bermuda II, GAPCO III, GAPCO IV, GAPCO CDA, GAPCO KG, GenPar Bermuda, Management GmbH, and GA LLC is c/o General Atlantic Service Company, LLC, 55 East 52nd Street, 32nd Floor, New York, New York 10055.

 

(4) Based on Schedule 13G filed on February 4, 2015, reflects 11,669,246 common shares held by JPMorgan Chase & Co. and its wholly owned subsidiaries JPMC Strategic Investments I Corporation, JPMC Strategic Investments II Corporation and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. The address for JPMorgan Chase & Co. is 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017.

 

(5) Based on Schedule 13G filed on February 18, 2015, Elian Employee Benefit Trustee Limited (“EEBTL”) is the trustee of the EBT and has the sole power to vote, direct the voting of, dispose of and direct the disposition of all the common shares held by EBT. The address for EEBTL is 44 Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey JE4 9WG, Channel Islands. Unless Markit directs otherwise, EEBTL may not vote any of the shares held by the EBT and is also generally obliged to forgo dividends.

 

(5) Based on Schedule 13D filed on June 26, 2014, the business address of the Canada Pension Plan Investment Board is One Queen Street East, Suite 2500, Toronto, ON M5C 2W5.

Since the formation of the Company on January 16, 2014, the only significant changes of which we have been notified in the percentage ownership of our shares by our major shareholders described above were that:

 

each of Esta Investments Pte Limited, General Atlantic Partners Tango, L.P., JPMorgan Chase & Co., and Markit Group Holdings Limited Employee Benefit Trust received their common shares at the completion of our corporate reorganisation in June 2014 in connection with our public offering, upon the cancellation of their ownership interests in Markit Group Holdings Limited and the reclassification of our voting and non-voting common shares into a single class of common shares;

 

JPMorgan Chase & Co. sold 5,000,740 common shares in our initial public offering in June 2014;

 

CPPIB purchased 10,420,000 common shares in our initial public offering in June 2014; and

 

80


Table of Contents
On February 4, 2015, JPMorgan Chase & Co. made a public filing that it held 11,669,246 common shares representing 6.4% of the class.

B. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Transactions with Related Parties

 

 

Customer relationships

Immediately prior to our initial public offering, certain of our shareholders were the beneficial owners of more than 10% of our common shares or had the right to designate one individual to serve on our Board of Directors under our Shareholders’ Agreement, or both, and certain affiliates of such shareholders are also our customers. Such shareholder customers included the following entities or their affiliates: Bank of America, Barclays, BNP Paribas, Citigroup, Deutsche Bank, Goldman Sachs, HSBC, J.P. Morgan, Morgan Stanley, RBS, UBS, Esta Investments Pte Limited, Credit Suisse and General Atlantic Partners Tango, L.P. (collectively, the “Former Related Party Customers”).

We received fees from the Former Related Party Customers from the sale of our products and services. In some cases, we may have received data or other information from the Former Related Party Customers, as well as from non-affiliated customers, that we used in providing our products and services. In exchange for that data and information, we may from time to time have offered a range of consideration including discounts, rebates or other incentives. Although we believe the terms of these various arrangements with the Former Related Party Customers were comparable to terms we could have obtained in arm’s-length dealings with unrelated third parties, they were often bespoke arrangements and there may not always have been a clear objective measure. We cannot assure anyone, therefore, that in all cases these arrangements were on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in dealings with unrelated third parties. Revenue (net of rebates) from the Former Related Party Customers totalled $203.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014.

Affiliates of certain of the Former Related Party Customers were also lenders under our revolving credit facility. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Affiliates of certain of the Former Related Party Customers were also underwriters of our initial public offering.

Upon the termination of our Shareholders’ Agreement at the pricing of our initial public offering and the consummation of our initial public offering in June 2014, the Former Related Party Customers no longer had a right to designate any individuals to serve on our Board of Directors.

Since our initial public offering, certain of our shareholders were the beneficial owners of more than 10% of our common shares or had the right to designate one individual to serve on our Board of Directors and certain affiliates of such shareholders are also our customers. Such shareholder customers included the following entities or their affiliates: Esta Investments Pte Limited and General Atlantic Partners Tango, L.P. (collectively, the “Current Related Parties”).

We receive fees from the Current Related Parties from the sale of our products and services. In some cases, we may receive data or other information from the Current Related Parties, as well as from non-affiliated customers, that we use in providing our products and services. In exchange for that data and information, we may from time to time offer a range of consideration including discounts, rebates or other incentives. Although we believe the terms of these various arrangements with the Current Related Parties are comparable to terms we could have obtained in arm’s-length dealings with unrelated third parties, they are often bespoke arrangements and there may not always be a clear objective measure. We cannot assure anyone, therefore, that in all cases these arrangements are on

 

81


Table of Contents

terms comparable to those that could be obtained in dealings with unrelated third parties. Revenue (net of rebates) from the Current Related Parties totalled $0.6 million for six months from July 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014.

Shareholders’ agreement

Markit Group Holdings Limited entered into a Shareholders’ Agreement, amended as of May 21, 2013, among us, certain members of our management team including, among others, our Chief Executive Officer and President (the “Management Investors”), the Former Related Party Customers and funds managed by Eton Park Capital Management, L.P. We refer to the Former Related Party Customers, other than Credit Suisse, General Atlantic and Temasek, herein as the “Bank Investors.”

Under the terms of the Shareholders’ Agreement, each of the Bank Investors, General Atlantic and Temasek was entitled to designate one individual to serve on our Board of Directors. In addition, the Management Shareholders were entitled to designate one individual to serve on our Board of Directors, and, if there were at any time seven or more Bank Investors, the Management Shareholders were entitled to designate one additional individual to serve on our Board of Directors. The Shareholders’ Agreement provided that our Board of Directors could at any time appoint up to three individuals to serve as independent directors.

Effective upon the commencement of trading of our common shares on NASDAQ, pursuant to the terms of the Shareholders’ Agreement, all the rights and obligations of the Shareholders’ Agreement terminated.

Registration rights agreement

On June 24, 2014, we entered into a registration rights and lock-up agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with our executive officers, the Former Related Party Customers, in their capacities as our shareholders, and with CPPIB. The agreement provides for the restrictions and rights set forth below. For purposes of this section only, the Former Related Party Customers, other than General Atlantic and Temasek, are referred to as the “Bank Shareholders,” and General Atlantic, Temasek and CPPIB are referred to as the “PE Shareholders.” The Bank Shareholders, PE Shareholders and our executive officers are collectively referred to in this section as the “Shareholders.”

Transfer restrictions

Without our written consent, the Bank Shareholders and PE Shareholders are not permitted to transfer any common shares they beneficially owned as of the closing of our initial public offering (the “Initial Ownership Common Shares”) except (i) to certain permitted transferees (which, as a condition of transfer, must agree to be bound by the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement), (ii) after the first anniversary of the closing of our initial public offering, in accordance with the registration rights provisions and the other transfer restrictions described below, or (iii) in the case of the Bank Shareholders, when the transfer restrictions cease to apply no later than the fifth anniversary of the closing of our initial public offering and, in the case of the PE Shareholders, when the transfer restrictions cease to apply no later than the fourth anniversary of the closing of our initial public offering. With respect to a Bank Shareholder, no more than 25% of such Bank Shareholder’s Initial Ownership Common Shares may be transferred pursuant to clause (ii) in each successive 12-month period beginning on the first anniversary of the closing of our initial public offering or any anniversary thereof. With respect to a PE Shareholder, no more than 33-1/3% of such PE Shareholder’s Initial Ownership Common Shares may be transferred pursuant to clause (ii) in each successive 12-month period beginning on the first anniversary of the closing of our initial public offering or any anniversary

 

82


Table of Contents

thereof. If, however, any Bank Shareholder or PE Shareholder does not transfer the maximum allowable number of Initial Ownership Common Shares in any 12-month period, such remaining number of Initial Ownership Common Shares will be available for transfer in the next subsequent 12-month period.

In addition, our Chief Executive Officer, Lance Uggla, has separately agreed with us to transfer restrictions on 3,000,000 common shares either held by him or to which he is a beneficiary, on terms substantially similar to the transfer restrictions applicable to the PE Shareholders.

Demand registration rights

Subject to the transfer restrictions described above, any two Shareholders that are either Bank Shareholders or PE Shareholders, or both will be entitled to request that we effect up to an aggregate of four demand registrations under the Registration Rights Agreement, but no more than one demand registration within (i) a period of 90 days after the effective date of any other demand registration statement or (ii) any successive 12-month period beginning on the first anniversary of the closing of this offering or any anniversary thereof. Within ten business days of our receiving a demand notice, we must give notice of such requested demand registration to the other Shareholders. Within five business days after the date of our notice, any of such other Shareholders may request that we also effect the registration of certain of their common shares that are eligible for registration. Any demand registration through the fourth anniversary of the closing of our initial public offering is required to meet an expected aggregate gross proceeds threshold of $100 million.

The demand registration rights are subject to certain customary conditions and limitations, including customary underwriter cutback rights and our ability to defer registration. If any Shareholders are cutback by the underwriters, they may either seek a waiver from us permitting them to sell any excluded common shares by any means available under the Securities Act or request that we effect a second demand registration, which would not be deemed one of the four available demand registrations. If, in connection with a second demand registration, any Shareholders are cutback by the underwriters, then such Shareholders may sell any excluded common shares by any means available under the Securities Act.

In addition, if, subsequent to the fourth anniversary of the closing of our initial public offering, any PE Shareholder owns 100% of the number of its Initial Ownership Common Shares and our Board of Directors includes a PE Shareholder director nominee, such PE Shareholder will be entitled to one additional demand registration (which each other PE Shareholder may join so long as it satisfies the same requirements as the requesting PE Shareholder). Such additional demand registration shall not be deemed one of the four available demand registrations. In addition, if, as of the fourth anniversary of the closing of our initial public offering, any Shareholder owns more than 5% of our issued and outstanding common shares, then such Shareholder will be entitled to one additional demand registration (which any other Shareholder may join so long as it satisfies the same requirements as the requesting Shareholder). Such additional demand registration shall not be deemed one of the four available demand registrations.

Shelf registration rights

Subject to the transfer restrictions described above, at any time after the first anniversary of the closing of our initial public offering, if we are eligible to use a shelf registration statement, then any two Shareholders that are either Bank Shareholders or PE Shareholders, or both will be entitled to request that we effect a shelf registration on similar terms as the demand registrations described above, except that offerings will be conducted as underwritten takedowns. Each underwritten takedown constitutes a demand registration for purposes of the four demand registrations we are obligated to effectuate subject to the additional demand rights described in the immediately preceding paragraph.

 

83


Table of Contents

The Registration Rights Agreement provides that we must pay all registration expenses (other than fees and expenses of the Shareholders, including counsel fees and any underwriting discounts and commissions) in connection with any effected demand registration or shelf registration. The Registration Rights Agreement contains customary indemnification and contribution provisions.

Underwriters in our initial public offering

Each of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, UBS Securities LLC, BNP Paribas Securities Corp. and RBS Securities Inc., who were underwriters of our initial public offering, is an affiliate of one of the Former Related Party Customers. The underwriters or their affiliates in our initial public offering have also performed commercial banking, investment banking, financing and advisory services for us from time to time for which they have received customary fees and reimbursement of expenses. In particular, affiliates of certain of the underwriters are lenders under our revolving credit facility. See note 28 of our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report for further information about our credit facility.

In addition, certain of our directors were, at the time of our initial public offering, employees of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, who were, as described above, Former Related Party Customers. Currently three of our directors, Messrs. Cass and Ford and Dr. Sung, are employees of, or advisors to, our Current Related Party Customers.

Indemnification agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements and our bye-laws require us to indemnify our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by law. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—B. Compensation.”

Procedures for Review of Transactions with Related Persons

 

 

We have adopted a set of written related person transaction policies designed to minimise potential conflicts of interest arising from any dealings we may have with our affiliates and to provide appropriate procedures for the disclosure, approval and resolution of any real or potential conflicts of interest which may exist from time to time. Such policies provide, among other things, that all related person transactions, including any loans between us and our affiliates, but excluding compensation arrangements and the purchase or sale of products or services in the ordinary course of business, require approval by our Nominating and Governance Committee, after considering all relevant facts and circumstances, including, without limitation, the commercial reasonableness of the terms, the benefit and perceived benefit, or lack thereof, to us, opportunity costs of alternative transactions, the materiality and character of the related party’s direct or indirect interest, and the actual or apparent conflict of interest of the related party, and after determining that the transaction is in, or not inconsistent with, our and our shareholders’ best interests. There have been no related party transactions since the adoption of related party transaction policy where such policy was not followed.

C. INTERESTS OF EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

Not applicable.

 

84


Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

A. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION

See “Item 18. Financial Statements.”

Legal Proceedings

 

 

We are party to regulatory investigations and legal proceedings with respect to credit default swaps, as described below. With respect to these ongoing matters, we are currently unable to determine the ultimate resolution of, or provide a reasonable estimate of the range of possible loss attributable to, these matters, and therefore we cannot predict the impact they may have on our results of operations, financial position or cash flow. Although we believe we have strong defences and we are defending these matters vigorously, we could in the future incur judgments or fines or enter into settlements of claims that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

In addition to the matters described below, in the ordinary course of our business, we are or may be from time to time involved in various legal proceedings, and we may receive routine requests for information from governmental agencies in connection with their regulatory or investigatory authority. We review such proceedings and requests for information and take appropriate action as necessary. We do not believe, however, based on currently available information, that the results of any of these proceedings or requests for information will have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

European Commission investigation

In April 2011, the Competition Directorate General of the European Commission (“EC”) opened an investigation of the credit default swaps business, with a primary focus on the activities of certain major international investment banks (the “Dealers”), the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) and Markit. During the course of the EC’s investigation, Markit responded to the EC’s various requests for information and met in person with the EC.

On July 1, 2013, the EC issued a Statement of Objections to Markit, ISDA and the Dealers, alleging that between 2006 and 2009, the Dealers acted collectively to prevent potential competitors from offering exchange-traded credit default swaps to protect the Dealers’ business as intermediaries in OTC trading of credit default swaps. The EC further alleged that, at the direction of the Dealers, Markit and ISDA denied essential inputs to proposed exchange initiatives and that Markit and ISDA acted as Dealer-controlled associations of undertakings. If the EC ultimately finds that Markit has violated European Union competition laws on this basis and the EC imposes fines on the company, Markit’s liability could be capped at 10% of the sum of the annual total worldwide revenue of each of the relevant Dealers. Depending on the EC findings, it is also possible that the fine could be limited to an amount not greater than 10% of the annual worldwide revenue of Markit.

The EC may also seek to require Markit to change how it offers products or services, including changes to existing contractual relationships and changes to future licensing arrangements.

The Statement of Objections is a preliminary finding and does not determine the final outcome of the EC proceedings. Markit responded to the EC’s preliminary findings both in writing and at an oral hearing, and Markit is defending itself vigorously.

Department of Justice investigation

In May 2009, the Antitrust Division of the U.S. Department of Justice (the “DOJ”) commenced an investigation seeking information regarding actions in credit default swaps by Markit and other

 

85


Table of Contents

participants, including the Dealers. From September 2009 through August 2012, the parties to the DOJ investigation, including certain Dealers and Markit, produced documents in response to DOJ requests for information and participated in depositions conducted by the DOJ. The matter remains pending with the DOJ. Markit has been fully cooperative, and will continue to cooperate, with the DOJ in connection with its investigation.

Class action lawsuits

Since May 2013, Markit has been named as a defendant with the Dealers and ISDA in a number of putative class action lawsuits filed in U.S. courts and arising out of allegations of violations of federal and state antitrust laws in connection with credit default swaps. The named plaintiffs in each case include pension funds, investment management funds and other buy-side firms who conduct business activities involving credit default swaps. All cases were filed either in the U.S. District Courts for the Northern District of Illinois or the Southern District of New York. On October 16, 2013, the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation transferred all cases to the Southern District of New York and on December 13, 2013, the court consolidated all such cases for pre-trial purposes.

The primary allegations by plaintiffs are that the defendants conspired to prevent competitors from offering execution and clearing services for exchange-traded credit default swaps and that the defendants conspired to fix and maintain credit default swap bid/ask spreads in the OTC market above the spreads that would have been realised with the development of exchange trading of credit default swaps. The substance of plaintiffs’ request for relief seeks a permanent injunction foreclosing defendants from continuing their alleged anticompetitive actions and trebled damages in an unspecified amount, plus interest, attorneys’ fees and costs of suit.

There can be no assurance as to the outcome of the EC investigation, the DOJ investigation, or the class action lawsuits, but they could have a material adverse effect on Markit’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Dividend Policy

 

 

We have not adopted a dividend policy with respect to future dividends, and we do not currently intend to pay cash dividends on our common shares. Any future determination related to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, business prospects and other factors our Board of Directors may deem relevant.

Additionally, we are subject to Bermuda legal constraints that may affect our ability to pay dividends on our common shares and make other payments. Under Bermuda law, a company may not declare or pay dividends if there are reasonable grounds for believing that: (i) the company is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or (ii) the realisable value of its assets would thereby be less than its liabilities.

Under our bye-laws, each common share is entitled to dividends when dividends are declared by our Board of Directors, subject to any preferred dividend right of the holders of any preference shares.

B. SIGNIFICANT CHANGES

A discussion of the significant changes in our business can be found under “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—A. Operating Results.”

 

86


Table of Contents

ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

A. OFFER AND LISTING DETAILS

Our common shares were approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, or NASDAQ, on June 19, 2014. Prior to this listing, no public market existed for our common shares. The table below shows the quoted high and low sales prices in U.S. dollars on the NASDAQ for our shares for the indicated periods.

 

     U.S. Dollar price
per common share
 
      High      Low  
Annual                

2014

     $27.45         $20.99   

Quarterly

                 

2014

                 

Fourth Quarter

     26.69         21.04   

Third Quarter

     27.20         23.08   

Second Quarter (from June 19)

     27.45         26.06   

Most Recent Six Months:

                 

2015

                 

February

     26.96         26.03   

January

     26.95         25.45   

2014

                 

December

     26.69         24.91   

November

     26.00         23.57   

October

     25.97         20.99   

September

     25.51         23.08   

B. PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Not applicable.

C. MARKETS

Our common shares are listed on the NASDAQ under the symbol “MRKT.”

D. SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

Not applicable.

E. DILUTION

Not applicable.

F. EXPENSES OF THE ISSUE

Not applicable.

 

87


Table of Contents

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A. SHARE CAPITAL

Not applicable.

B. MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

The following description of our share capital summarises certain provisions of our memorandum of association and our bye-laws. Such summaries do not purport to be complete and are subject to, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, all of the provisions of our memorandum of association and bye-laws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to this annual report. Prospective investors are urged to read the exhibits for a complete understanding of our memorandum of association and bye-laws.

General

 

 

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda. We are registered with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda under registration number 48610. We were incorporated on January 16, 2014 under the name Markit Ltd. Our registered office is located at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda.

The objects of our business are unrestricted, and the company has the capacity of a natural person. We can therefore undertake activities without restriction on our capacity.

Since our incorporation, other than an increase in our authorised share capital to 3,000,000,000 shares, there have been no material changes to our share capital, mergers, amalgamations or consolidations of us or any of our subsidiaries, no material changes in the mode of conducting our business, no material changes in the types of products produced or services rendered and no name changes. There have been no bankruptcy, receivership or similar proceedings with respect to us or our subsidiaries.

There have been no public takeover offers by third parties for our shares nor any public takeover offers by us for the shares of another company which have occurred during the last or current financial years.

Our common shares are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “MRKT.”

Settlement of our common shares takes place through The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) in accordance with its customary settlement procedures for equity securities registered through DTC’s book-entry transfer system. Each person beneficially owning common shares registered through DTC must rely on the procedures thereof and on institutions that have accounts therewith to exercise any rights of a holder of the common shares.

Share Capital

 

 

Our authorised share capital consists of issued common shares, par value $0.01 per share, and undesignated shares, par value $0.01 per share that our Board of Directors is authorised to designate from time to time as common shares or as preference shares.

As of December 31, 2014 there were 182,507,512 common shares issued and outstanding, including 1,309,322 issued and outstanding restricted shares, and excluding 41,023,615 common shares issuable upon exercise of options granted as of December 31, 2014 and 25,219,470 common shares held by the EBT. As of December 31, 2014, no preference shares were issued and outstanding. All of our issued and outstanding common shares are fully paid.

 

88


Table of Contents

Pursuant to our bye-laws, subject to the requirements of any stock exchange on which our shares are listed and to any resolution of the shareholders to the contrary, our Board of Directors is authorised to issue any of our authorised but unissued shares. There are no limitations on the right of non-Bermudians or non-residents of Bermuda to hold or vote our shares.

Common Shares

 

 

Holders of common shares have no pre-emptive, redemption, conversion or sinking fund rights. Holders of common shares are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of holders of common shares. Unless a different majority is required by law or by our bye-laws, resolutions to be approved by holders of common shares require approval by a simple majority of votes cast at a meeting

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common shares are entitled to share equally and ratably in our assets, if any, remaining after the payment of all of our debts and liabilities, subject to any liquidation preference on any issued and outstanding preference shares.

Preference Shares

 

 

Pursuant to Bermuda law and our bye-laws, our Board of Directors may, by resolution, establish one or more series of preference shares having such number of shares, designations, dividend rates, relative voting rights, conversion or exchange rights, redemption rights, liquidation rights and other relative participation, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions as may be fixed by our Board of Directors without any further shareholder approval. Such rights, preferences, powers and limitations, as may be established, could have the effect of discouraging an attempt to obtain control of the company.

Dividend Rights

 

 

Under Bermuda law, a company may not declare or pay dividends if there are reasonable grounds for believing that: (i) the company is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or (ii) that the realisable value of its assets would thereby be less than its liabilities. Under our bye-laws, each common share is entitled to dividends if, as and when dividends are declared by our Board of Directors, subject to any preferred dividend right of the holders of any preference shares.

Any cash dividends payable to holders of our common shares listed on NASDAQ will be paid to Computershare Inc., our paying agent in the United States for disbursement to those holders.

Variation of Rights

 

 

If at any time we have more than one class of shares, the rights attaching to any class, unless otherwise provided for by the terms of issue of the relevant class, may be varied either: (i) with the consent in writing of the holders of 75% of the issued shares of that class; or (ii) with the sanction of a resolution passed by a majority of the votes cast at a general meeting of the relevant class of shareholders at which a quorum consisting of at least two persons holding or representing one-third of the issued shares of the relevant class is present. Our bye-laws specify that the creation or issue of shares ranking equally with existing shares will not, unless expressly provided by the terms of issue of existing shares, vary the rights attached to existing shares. In addition, the creation or issue of preference shares ranking prior to common shares will not be deemed to vary the rights attached to common shares or, subject to the terms of any other class or series of preference shares, to vary the rights attached to any other class or series of preference shares.

 

89


Table of Contents

Transfer of Shares

 

 

Our Board of Directors may, in its absolute discretion and without assigning any reason, refuse to register the transfer of a share that it is not fully paid. Our Board of Directors may also refuse to recognise an instrument of transfer of a share unless it is accompanied by the relevant share certificate and such other evidence of the transferor’s right to make the transfer as our Board of Directors shall reasonably require. Subject to these restrictions, a holder of common shares may transfer the title to all or any of his common shares by completing a form of transfer in the form set out in our bye-laws (or as near thereto as circumstances admit) or in such other common form as our Board of Directors may accept. The instrument of transfer must be signed by the transferor and transferee, although in the case of a fully paid share our Board of Directors may accept the instrument signed only by the transferor.

Where our shares are listed or admitted to trading on any appointed stock exchange, such as NASDAQ, they will be transferred in accordance with the rules and regulations of such exchange.

Meetings of Shareholders

 

 

Under Bermuda law, a company is required to convene at least one general meeting of shareholders each calendar year (the “annual general meeting”). However, the shareholders may by resolution waive this requirement, either for a specific year or period of time, or indefinitely. When the requirement has been so waived, any shareholder may, on notice to the company, terminate the waiver, in which case an annual general meeting must be called. We have chosen not to waive the convening of an annual general meeting.

Bermuda law provides that a special general meeting of shareholders may be called by the board of directors of a company and must be called upon the request of shareholders holding not less than 10% of the paid-up capital of the company carrying the right to vote at general meetings. Bermuda law also requires that shareholders be given at least five days’ advance notice of a general meeting, but the accidental omission to give notice to any person does not invalidate the proceedings at a meeting. Our bye-laws provide that our Board of Directors may convene an annual general meeting and the chairman or a majority of our directors then in office may convene a special general meeting. Under our bye-laws, at least 14 days’ notice of an annual general meeting or 10 days’ notice of a special general meeting must be given to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting. This notice requirement is subject to the ability to hold such meetings on shorter notice if such notice is agreed: (i) in the case of an annual general meeting by all of the shareholders entitled to attend and vote at such meeting; or (ii) in the case of a special general meeting by a majority in number of the shareholders entitled to attend and vote at the meeting holding not less than 95% in nominal value of the shares entitled to vote at such meeting. Subject to the rules of NASDAQ, the quorum required for a general meeting of shareholders is two or more persons present in person at the start of the meeting and representing in person or by proxy in excess of 50% of all issued and outstanding common shares.

Access to Books and Records and Dissemination of Information

 

 

Members of the general public have a right to inspect the public documents of a company available at the office of the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda. These documents include the company’s memorandum of association, including its objects and powers, and certain alterations to the memorandum of association. The shareholders have the additional right to inspect the bye-laws of the company, minutes of general meetings and the company’s audited financial statements, which must be presented in the annual general meeting. The register of members of a company is also open to inspection by shareholders and by members of the general public without charge. The register of

 

90


Table of Contents

members is required to be open for inspection for not less than two hours in any business day (subject to the ability of a company to close the register of members for not more than thirty days in a year). A company is required to maintain its share register in Bermuda but may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act 1981 (the “Companies Act”), establish a branch register outside of Bermuda. A company is required to keep at its registered office a register of directors and officers that is open for inspection for not less than two hours in any business day by members of the public without charge. Bermuda law does not, however, provide a general right for shareholders to inspect or obtain copies of any other corporate records.

Election and Removal of Directors

 

 

Our bye-laws provide that our Board of Directors shall consist of five directors or such greater number as our Board of Directors may determine. Our Board of Directors is divided into three classes that are, as nearly as possible, of equal size. Each class of directors is elected for a three-year term of office, but the terms are staggered so that the term of only one class of directors expires at each annual general meeting. The initial terms of the Class I, Class II and Class III directors will expire in 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively. At each succeeding annual general meeting, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at the annual general meeting will be elected for a three-year term.

Any shareholder wishing to propose for election as a director someone who is not an existing director or is not proposed by our Board of Directors must give notice of the intention to propose the person for election. Where a Director is to be elected at an annual general meeting, that notice must be given not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days before the anniversary of the last annual general meeting prior to the giving of the notice or, in the event the annual general meeting is called for a date that is not less than 30 days before or after such anniversary the notice must be given not later than 10 days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the annual general meeting was posted to shareholders or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the annual general meeting was made. Where a Director is to be elected at a special general meeting, that notice must be given not later than seven days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the special general meeting was posted to shareholders or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the special general meeting was made.

A director may be removed, only with cause, by the shareholders, provided notice of the shareholders meeting convened to remove the director is given to the director. The notice must contain a statement of the intention to remove the director and a summary of the facts justifying the removal and must be served on the director not less than 14 days before the meeting. The director is entitled to attend the meeting and be heard on the motion for his removal.

Proceedings of Board of Directors

 

 

Our bye-laws provide that our business is to be managed and conducted by our Board of Directors. Bermuda law permits individual and corporate directors and there is no requirement in our bye-laws or Bermuda law that directors hold any of our shares. There is also no requirement in our bye-laws or Bermuda law that our directors must retire at a certain age.

The compensation of our directors is determined by our Board of Directors, and there is no requirement that a specified number or percentage of “independent” directors must approve any such determination. Our directors may also be paid all travel, hotel and other reasonable out-of-pocket expenses properly incurred by them in connection with our business or their duties as directors.

A director who discloses a direct or indirect interest in any contract or arrangement with us as required by Bermuda law is not entitled to vote in respect of any such contract or arrangement in which he or she is interested unless the chairman of the relevant meeting of our Board of Directors determines that such director is not disqualified from voting.

 

91


Table of Contents

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

 

Section 98 of the Companies Act provides generally that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability which by virtue of any rule of law would otherwise be imposed on them in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, except in cases where such liability arises from fraud or dishonesty of which such director, officer or auditor may be guilty in relation to the company. Section 98 further provides that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability incurred by them in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is awarded in their favour or in which they are acquitted or granted relief by the Supreme Court of Bermuda pursuant to Section 281 of the Companies Act.

Our bye-laws provide that we shall indemnify our officers and directors in respect of their actions and omissions, except in respect of their fraud or dishonesty, and that we shall advance funds to our officers and directors for expenses incurred in their defence upon receipt of an undertaking to repay the funds if any allegation of fraud or dishonesty is proved. Our bye-laws provide that the shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they might have, individually or in right of the company, against any of the company’s directors or officers for any act or failure to act in the performance of such director’s or officer’s duties, except in respect of any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer. Section 98A of the Companies Act permits us to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any officer or director in respect of any loss or liability attaching to him in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, whether or not we may otherwise indemnify such officer or director. We have purchased and maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability policy for such purpose.

Amendment of Memorandum of Association and Bye-laws

 

 

Bermuda law provides that the memorandum of association of a company may be amended by a resolution passed at a general meeting of shareholders. Our bye-laws provide that no bye-law shall be rescinded, altered or amended, and no new bye-law shall be made, unless it shall have been approved by a resolution of our Board of Directors and by a resolution of our shareholders including the affirmative vote of a majority of all votes entitled to be cast on the resolution. In the case of certain bye-laws, such as the bye-laws relating to election and removal of directors, approval of business combinations and amendment of bye-law provisions, the required resolutions must include the affirmative vote of at least 66-2/3% of our directors then in office and the affirmative vote of at least 66-2/3% of all votes entitled to be cast on the resolution.

Under Bermuda law, the holders of an aggregate of not less than 20% in par value of a company’s issued share capital or any class thereof have the right to apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda for an annulment of any amendment of the memorandum of association adopted by shareholders at any general meeting, other than an amendment that alters or reduces a company’s share capital as provided in the Companies Act. Where such an application is made, the amendment becomes effective only to the extent that it is confirmed by the Supreme Court of Bermuda. An application for an annulment of an amendment of the memorandum of association must be made within 21 days after the date on which the resolution altering the company’s memorandum of association is passed and may be made on behalf of persons entitled to make the application by one or more of their number as they may appoint in writing for the purpose. No application may be made by shareholders voting in favour of the amendment.

Amalgamations, Mergers and Business Combinations

 

 

The amalgamation or merger of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation (other than certain affiliated companies) requires the amalgamation or merger agreement to be approved by the company’s Board of Directors and by its shareholders. Unless the company’s bye-laws provide

 

92


Table of Contents

otherwise, the approval of 75% of the shareholders voting at such meeting is required to approve the amalgamation or merger agreement, and the quorum for such meeting must be two or more persons holding or representing more than one-third of the issued shares of the company. Our bye-laws provide that a merger or an amalgamation (other than with a wholly owned subsidiary) that has been approved by our Board of Directors must only be approved by a majority of the votes cast at a general meeting of the shareholders at which the quorum shall be two or more persons present in person and representing in person or by proxy in excess of 50% of all issued and outstanding common shares. Any merger or amalgamation or other business combination (as defined in our bye-laws) not approved by our Board of Directors must be approved by the holders of not less than 66-2/3% of all votes attaching to all shares then in issue entitling the holder to attend and vote on the resolution.

Under Bermuda law, in the event of an amalgamation or merger of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation, a shareholder of the Bermuda company who did not vote in favour of the amalgamation or merger and who is not satisfied that fair value has been offered for such shareholder’s shares may, within one month of notice of the shareholders meeting, apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda to appraise the fair value of those shares.

Our bye-laws contain provisions regarding “business combinations” with “interested shareholders.” Pursuant to our bye-laws, in addition to any other approval that may be required by applicable law, any business combination with an interested shareholder within a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested shareholder must be approved by our Board of Directors and authorised at an annual or special general meeting by the affirmative vote of at least 66-2/3% of the votes attaching to our issued and outstanding voting shares that are not owned by the interested shareholder, unless: (i) prior to the time that the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, our Board of Directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder; or (ii) upon the consummation of the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the interested shareholder owned shares of the company representing at least 85% of the votes attaching to our issued and outstanding voting shares at the time the transaction commenced. For purposes of these provisions, “business combinations” include mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and certain sales, leases, exchanges, mortgages, pledges, transfers and other dispositions of assets, issuances and transfers of shares and other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to an interested shareholder. An “interested shareholder” is a person that beneficially owns shares representing 15% or more of the votes attaching to our issued and outstanding voting shares and any person affiliated or associated with us that owned shares representing 15% or more of the votes attaching to our issued and outstanding voting shares at any time three years prior to the relevant time.

Shareholder Suits

 

 

Class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under Bermuda law. The Bermuda courts, however, would ordinarily be expected to permit a shareholder to commence an action in the name of a company to remedy a wrong to the company where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond the corporate power of the company or illegal, or would result in the violation of the company’s memorandum of association or bye-laws. Furthermore, consideration would be given by a Bermuda court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or, for instance, where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of the company’s shareholders than that which actually approved it.

When the affairs of a company are being conducted in a manner that is oppressive or prejudicial to the interests of some part of the shareholders, one or more shareholders may apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda, which may make such order as it sees fit, including an order regulating the conduct of the company’s affairs in the future or ordering the purchase of the shares of any shareholders by other shareholders or by the company.

 

93


Table of Contents

Our bye-laws contain a provision by virtue of which our shareholders waive any claim or right of action that they have, both individually and on our behalf, against any director or officer in relation to any action or failure to take action by such director or officer, except in respect of any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer.

Capitalisation of Profits and Reserves

 

 

Pursuant to our bye-laws, our Board of Directors may (i) capitalise any part of the amount of our share premium or other reserve accounts or any amount credited to our profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution by applying such sum in paying up unissued shares to be allotted as fully paid bonus shares pro rata (except in connection with the conversion of shares) to the shareholders; or (ii) capitalise any sum standing to the credit of a reserve account or sums otherwise available for dividend or distribution by paying up in full, partly paid or nil paid shares of those shareholders who would have been entitled to such sums if they were distributed by way of dividend or distribution.

Registrar or Transfer Agent

 

 

A register of holders of the common shares is maintained by Codan Services Limited in Bermuda, and a branch register is maintained in the United States by Computershare Trust Company, N.A., which serves as branch registrar and transfer agent.

Untraced Shareholders

 

 

Our bye-laws provide that our Board of Directors may forfeit any dividend or other monies payable in respect of any shares that remain unclaimed for six years from the date when such monies became due for payment. In addition, we are entitled to cease sending dividend warrants and cheques by post or otherwise to a shareholder if such instruments have been returned undelivered to, or left uncashed by, such shareholder on at least two consecutive occasions or, following one such occasion, reasonable enquires have failed to establish the shareholder’s new address. This entitlement ceases if the shareholder claims a dividend or cashes a dividend cheque or a warrant.

Certain Provisions of Bermuda Law

 

 

We have been designated by the Bermuda Monetary Authority as a non-resident for Bermuda exchange control purposes. This designation allows us to engage in transactions in currencies other than the Bermuda dollar, and there are no restrictions on our ability to transfer funds (other than funds denominated in Bermuda dollars) in and out of Bermuda or to pay dividends to U.S. residents who are holders of our common shares.

The Bermuda Monetary Authority has given its consent for the issue and free transferability of all of the common shares that were the subject of our initial public offering to and between residents and non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes, provided our shares remain listed on an appointed stock exchange, which includes NASDAQ. Approvals or permissions given by the Bermuda Monetary Authority do not constitute a guarantee by the Bermuda Monetary Authority as to our performance or our creditworthiness. Accordingly, in giving such consent or permissions, neither the Bermuda Monetary Authority nor the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda shall be liable for the financial soundness, performance or default of our business or for the correctness of any opinions or statements expressed in this annual report. Certain issues and transfers of common shares involving persons deemed resident in Bermuda for exchange control purposes require the specific consent of the Bermuda Monetary Authority.

 

94


Table of Contents

In accordance with Bermuda law, share certificates are only issued in the names of companies, partnerships or individuals. In the case of a shareholder acting in a special capacity (for example as a trustee), certificates may, at the request of the shareholder, record the capacity in which the shareholder is acting. Notwithstanding such recording of any special capacity, we are not bound to investigate or see to the execution of any such trust.

 

95


Table of Contents

Bermuda Company Considerations

Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum of association and bye-laws and by the corporate law of Bermuda. The provisions of the Companies Act, which applies to us, differ in certain material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. companies incorporated in the State of Delaware and their stockholders. The following is a summary of significant differences between the Companies Act (including modifications adopted pursuant to our bye-laws) and Bermuda common law applicable to us and our shareholders and the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law applicable to U.S. companies organised under the laws of Delaware and their stockholders.

 

Bermuda Delaware

Shareholder meetings

 

–    May be called by our Board of Directors and must be called upon the request of shareholders holding not less than 10% of the paid-up capital of the company carrying the right to vote at general meetings.

–    May be held at such time or place as designated in the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws, or if not so designated, as determined by the board of directors.

–    May be held in or outside Bermuda.

–    May be held in or outside of Delaware.

–    Notice:

–    Notice:

–    Shareholders must be given at least five days’ advance notice of a general meeting, but the unintentional failure to give notice to any person does not invalidate the proceedings at a meeting.

–    Written notice shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the meeting.

–    Notice of general meetings must specify the place, the day and hour of the meeting and in the case of special general meetings, the general nature of the business to be considered.

–    Whenever stockholders are required to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any.

 

   

Shareholder’s voting rights

 

–    Shareholders may act by written consent to elect directors. Shareholders may not act by written consent to remove a director or auditor.

–    With limited exceptions, stockholders may act by written consent to elect directors.

–    Generally, except as otherwise provided in the bye-laws, or the Companies Act, any action or resolution requiring approval of the shareholders may be passed by a simple majority of votes cast. Any person authorised to vote may authorise another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy.

 

–    Any person authorised to vote may authorise another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy.

 

96


Table of Contents
Bermuda Delaware

–    The voting rights of shareholders are regulated by the company’s bye-laws and, in certain circumstances, by the Companies Act. The bye-laws may specify the number to constitute a quorum and if the bye-laws permit, a general meeting of the shareholders of a company may be held with only one individual present if the requirement for a quorum is satisfied.

–    For stock corporations, the certificate of incorporation or bylaws may specify the number to constitute a quorum, but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one-third of shares entitled to vote at a meeting. In the absence of such specifications, a majority of shares entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum.

–    Our bye-laws provide that when a quorum is once present in general meeting it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any shareholders.

–    When a quorum is once present to organise a meeting, it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any stockholders.

–    The bye-laws may provide for cumulative voting, although our bye-laws do not.

–    The certificate of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting.

–    The amalgamation or merger of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation (other than certain affiliated companies) requires the amalgamation or merger agreement to be approved by the company’s board of directors and by its shareholders. Unless the company’s bye-laws provide otherwise, the approval of 75% of the shareholders voting at such meeting is required to approve the amalgamation or merger agreement, and the quorum for such meeting must be two or more persons holding or representing more than one-third of the issued shares of the company.

–    Any two or more corporations existing under the laws of the state may merge into a single corporation pursuant to a board resolution and upon the majority vote by stockholders of each constituent corporation at an annual or special meeting.

–    Every company may at any meeting of its board of directors sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of its property and assets as its board of directors deems expedient and in the best interests of the company to do so when authorised by a resolution adopted by the holders of a majority of issued and outstanding shares of a company entitled to vote.

–    Every corporation may at any meeting of the board of directors sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of its property and assets as its board deems expedient and for the best interests of the corporation when so authorised by a resolution adopted by the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock of a corporation entitled to vote.

–    Any company which is the wholly owned subsidiary of a holding company, or one or more companies which are wholly owned subsidiaries of the same holding company, may amalgamate or merge without the vote or consent of shareholders provided that the approval of our Board of Directors is obtained and that a director or officer of each such company signs a statutory solvency declaration in respect of the relevant company.

–    Any corporation owning at least 90% of the outstanding shares of each class of another corporation may merge the other corporation into itself and assume all of its obligations without the vote or consent of stockholders; however, in case the parent corporation is not the surviving corporation, the proposed merger shall be approved by a majority of the outstanding stock of the parent corporation entitled to vote at a duly called stockholder meeting.

 

 

97


Table of Contents
Bermuda Delaware

–    Any mortgage, charge or pledge of a company’s property and assets may be authorised without the consent of shareholders subject to any restrictions under the bye-laws.

–    Any mortgage or pledge of a corporation’s property and assets may be authorised without the vote or consent of stockholders, except to the extent that the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides.

 

   

Directors

 

–    The board of directors of a company must consist of at least one director.

–    The board of directors must consist of at least one member.

–    The number of directors is fixed by the bye-laws, and any changes to such number must be approved by the Board of Directors and/or the shareholders in accordance with the company’s bye-laws.

–    Number of board members shall be fixed by the bylaws, unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, in which case a change in the number shall be made only by amendment of the certificate of incorporation.

–    Removal:

–    Removal:

–    Under our bye-laws, any or all directors may be removed, with cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at a special meeting convened and held in accordance with the bye-laws for the purpose of such removal.

–    Any or all of the directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote unless the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides.

 

–    In the case of a classified board, stockholders may effect removal of any or all directors only for cause.

 

   

Duties of directors

 

–    The Companies Act authorises the directors of a company, subject to its bye-laws, to exercise all powers of the company except those that are required by the Companies Act or the company’s bye-laws to be exercised by the shareholders of the company. Our bye-laws provide that our business is to be managed and conducted by our Board of Directors. At common law, members of a board of directors owe a fiduciary duty to the company to act in good faith in their dealings with or on behalf of the company and exercise their powers and fulfil the duties of their office honestly. This duty includes the following essential elements:

 

–    a duty to act in good faith in the best interests of the company;

–    Under Delaware law, the business and affairs of a corporation are managed by or under the direction of its board of directors. In exercising their powers, directors are charged with a fiduciary duty of care to protect the interests of the corporation and a fiduciary duty of loyalty to act in the best interests of its stockholders. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to stockholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the

 

98


Table of Contents
Bermuda Delaware

 

–    a duty not to make a personal profit from opportunities that arise from the office of director;

 

–    a duty to avoid conflicts of interest; and

 

–    a duty to exercise powers for the purpose for which such powers were intended.

      corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its stockholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the stockholders generally.

–    The Companies Act imposes a duty on directors and officers of a Bermuda company:

 

–    to act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the company; and

 

–    to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances.

 

–    The Companies Act also imposes various duties on directors and officers of a company with respect to certain matters of management and administration of the company. Under Bermuda law, directors and officers generally owe fiduciary duties to the company itself, not to the company’s individual shareholders, creditors or any class thereof. Our shareholders may not have a direct cause of action against our directors.

 

–    In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, a director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

   

Takeovers

 

–    An acquiring party is generally able to acquire compulsorily the common shares of minority holders of a company in the following ways:

 

–    By a procedure under the Companies Act known as a “scheme of arrangement.” A scheme of arrangement could be effected by obtaining the agreement of the company and of holders of common shares, representing in the aggregate a majority in number and at least 75% in value of the common shareholders present and voting at a court ordered meeting held to consider the scheme of arrangement. The scheme of arrangement must then be sanctioned by the Bermuda Supreme Court. If a scheme of arrangement receives all necessary agreements and sanctions, upon the filing of the court order with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda, all holders of common shares could be compelled to sell their shares under the terms of the scheme of arrangement.

–    Delaware law provides that a parent corporation, by resolution of its board of directors and without any stockholder vote, may merge with any subsidiary of which it owns at least 90% of each class of its capital stock. Upon any such merger, and in the event the parent corporate does not own all of the stock of the subsidiary, dissenting stockholders of the subsidiary are entitled to certain appraisal rights.

 

–    Delaware law also provides, subject to certain exceptions, that if a person acquires 15% of voting stock of a company, the person is an “interested stockholder” and may not engage in “business combinations” with the company for a period of three years from the time the person acquired 15% or more of voting stock.

 

99


Table of Contents
Bermuda Delaware

–    By acquiring pursuant to a tender offer 90% of the shares or class of shares not already owned by, or by a nominee for, the acquiring party (the offeror), or any of its subsidiaries. If an offeror has, within four months after the making of an offer for all the shares or class of shares not owned by, or by a nominee for, the offeror, or any of its subsidiaries, obtained the approval of the holders of 90% or more of all the shares to which the offer relates, the offeror may, at any time within two months beginning with the date on which the approval was obtained, by notice compulsorily acquire the shares of any nontendering shareholder on the same terms as the original offer unless the Supreme Court of Bermuda (on application made within a one-month period from the date of the offeror’s notice of its intention to acquire such shares) orders otherwise.

 

–    Where the acquiring party or parties hold not less than 95% of the shares or a class of shares of the company, by acquiring, pursuant to a notice given to the remaining shareholders or class of shareholders, the shares of such remaining shareholders or class of shareholders. When this notice is given, the acquiring party is entitled and bound to acquire the shares of the remaining shareholders on the terms set out in the notice, unless a remaining shareholder, within one month of receiving such notice, applies to the Supreme Court of Bermuda for an appraisal of the value of their shares. This provision only applies where the acquiring party offers the same terms to all holders of shares whose shares are being acquired.

 

   

Dissenter’s rights of appraisal

 

–    A dissenting shareholder (that did not vote in favour of the amalgamation or merger) of a Bermuda exempted company is entitled to be paid the fair value of his or her shares in an amalgamation or merger.

–    With limited exceptions, appraisal rights shall be available for the shares of any class or series of stock of a corporation in a merger or consolidation.

 

–    The certificate of incorporation may provide that appraisal rights are available for shares as a result of an amendment to the certificate of incorporation, any merger or consolidation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets.

 

 

100


Table of Contents
Bermuda Delaware
   

Dissolution

 

–    Under Bermuda law, a solvent company may be wound up by way of a shareholders’ voluntary liquidation. Prior to the company entering liquidation, a majority of the directors shall each make a statutory declaration, which states that the directors have made a full enquiry into the affairs of the company and have formed the opinion that the company will be able to pay its debts within a period of 12 months of the commencement of the winding up and must file the statutory declaration with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda. The general meeting will be convened primarily for the purposes of passing a resolution that the company be wound up voluntarily and appointing a liquidator. The winding up of the company is deemed to commence at the time of the passing of the resolution.

–    Under Delaware law, a corporation may voluntarily dissolve (i) if a majority of the board of directors adopts a resolution to that effect and the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon vote for such dissolution; or (ii) if all stockholders entitled to vote thereon consent in writing to such dissolution.

   

Shareholder’s derivative actions

 

–    Class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under Bermuda law. Bermuda courts, however, would ordinarily be expected to permit a shareholder to commence an action in the name of a company to remedy a wrong to the company where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond the corporate power of the company or illegal, or would result in the violation of the company’s memorandum of association or bye-laws. Furthermore, consideration would be given by a Bermuda court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or, for instance, where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of the company’s shareholders than that which actually approved it.

 

–    In any derivative suit instituted by a stockholder of a corporation, it shall be averred in the complaint that the plaintiff was a stockholder of the corporation at the time of the transaction of which he complains or that such stockholder’s stock thereafter devolved upon such stockholder by operation of law.

 

101


Table of Contents

C. MATERIAL CONTRACTS

None.

D. EXCHANGE CONTROLS

Under Bermuda law, there are currently no restrictions on the export or import of capital, including foreign exchange controls or restrictions that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our common shares.

We have been designated by the Bermuda Monetary Authority as a non-resident for Bermuda exchange control purposes. This designation allows us to engage in transactions in currencies other than the Bermuda dollar, and there are no restrictions on our ability to transfer funds (other than funds denominated in Bermuda dollars) in and out of Bermuda or to pay dividends to U.S. residents who are holders of our common shares.

Under Bermuda law, “exempted” companies are companies formed for the purpose of conducting business outside Bermuda from a principal place of business in Bermuda. As an exempted company, we may not, without a licence or consent granted by the Minister of Finance, participate in certain business transactions, including transactions involving Bermuda landholding rights and the carrying on of business of any kind for which we are not licensed in Bermuda.

E. TAXATION

The following sets forth material Bermuda, U.K. and U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of our common shares. It is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof as of the date of this annual report, all of which are subject to change. This discussion does not address all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our common shares, such as the tax consequences under U.S. state, local and other tax laws.

Bermuda Tax Considerations

 

 

At the present time, there is no Bermuda income or profits tax, withholding tax, capital gains tax, capital transfer tax, estate duty or inheritance tax payable by us or by our shareholders in respect of our shares. We have obtained an assurance from the Minister of Finance of Bermuda under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966 that, in the event that any legislation is enacted in Bermuda imposing any tax computed on profits or income, or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, such tax shall not, until March 31, 2035, be applicable to us or to any of our operations or to our shares, debentures or other obligations except insofar as such tax applies to persons ordinarily resident in Bermuda or is payable by us in respect of real property owned or leased by us in Bermuda.

United Kingdom Taxation

 

 

General

The following is a description of the material U.K. tax consequences of an investment in our common shares. It is intended only as a general guide to the position under current United Kingdom tax law and what is understood to be the current published practice of HMRC and may not apply to certain classes of investors, such as dealers in securities, persons who acquire (or are deemed to acquire) their securities by reason of an office or employment, insurance companies and collective investment schemes. Rates of tax, thresholds and allowances are given for the U.K. tax year 2014-15, and may

 

102


Table of Contents

change for the tax year 2015-16. Any person who is in doubt as to his tax position is strongly recommended to consult his own professional tax adviser. To the extent this description applies to U.K. resident and, if individuals, domiciled shareholders, it applies only to those shareholders who beneficially hold their shares as an investment (unless expressly stated otherwise).

The Company

It is the intention of the directors to conduct the affairs of Markit Ltd. so that the central management and control of Markit Ltd. is exercised in the U.K. such that Markit Ltd. is treated as resident in the U.K. for U.K. tax purposes.

Taxation of dividends

Withholding tax

We will not be required to withhold U.K. tax at source on any dividends paid to shareholders in respect of our common shares.

U.K. resident shareholders

Individuals resident in the United Kingdom for taxation purposes are generally liable to income tax on the aggregate amount of any dividend received and a tax credit equal to one-ninth of the dividend received (the “gross dividend”). For example, on a dividend received of £90, the tax credit would be £10, and an individual would be liable to income tax on £100. The gross dividend will be part of the individual’s total income for U.K. income tax purposes and will be regarded as the top slice of that income. However, in calculating the individual’s liability to income tax in respect of the gross dividend, the tax credit (which equates to 10 percent of the gross dividend) is set off against the tax chargeable on the gross dividend.

U.K. resident individuals who are subject to income tax at the basic rate (currently 20 percent for taxable income up to £31,865), will be subject to tax on the gross dividend at the dividend ordinary rate of 10 percent. The tax credit will, in consequence, satisfy in full their liability to income tax on the gross dividend.

U.K. resident individuals who are subject to income tax at the higher rate (currently 40 percent) are subject to tax on the gross dividend at the dividend upper rate of 32.5 percent, to the extent that the gross dividend falls above the threshold (currently £31,865) for the higher rate of income tax but below the threshold (currently £150,000) for the additional rate of income tax (currently 45 percent), but are entitled to offset the 10 percent tax credit against such liability. For example, on a dividend received of £90 such a taxpayer would have to pay additional tax of £22.50 (representing 32.5 percent of the gross dividend less the 10 percent credit). This represents an effective tax rate of 25 percent of the cash dividend received.

U.K. resident individuals who are subject to income tax at the additional rate (currently 45 percent) are subject to tax on the gross dividend at the dividend additional rate of 37.5 percent to the extent that the gross dividend falls above the threshold (currently £150,000) for the additional rate of income tax, but are entitled to offset the 10 percent tax credit against such liability. For example, on a dividend received of £90 such a taxpayer would be required to account for income tax of £27.50 (being 37.5 percent of the gross dividend less the 10 percent tax credit). This represents an effective tax rate of 30.55 percent of the cash dividend received.

A U.K. resident shareholder who holds common shares in an individual savings account or personal equity plan will be exempt from income tax on dividends in respect of such shares but will not be able to claim payment from HMRC of the tax credit associated with the dividend.

 

103


Table of Contents

No repayment of the tax credit in respect of dividends paid by us can be claimed by a United Kingdom resident shareholder who is not liable to U.K. tax on dividends (such as pension funds and charities).

Subject to certain exceptions, including for traders in securities and insurance companies, dividends paid by us and received by a corporate shareholder resident in the United Kingdom for tax purposes should be able to rely on the provisions set out in Part 9A of the Corporation Tax Act 2009 which exempt certain classes of dividend from corporation tax. Each shareholder’s position will depend on its own individual circumstances, although it would normally be expected that the dividends paid by us would fall into an exempt class and will not be subject to corporation tax. Such shareholders will not be able to reclaim repayment of tax credits attaching to dividends.

Non-U.K. resident shareholders

Non-U.K. resident shareholders are not subject to tax (including withholding tax) in the United Kingdom on dividends received on our common shares unless they carry on a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency (or, in the case of a non-U.K. resident corporate shareholder, a permanent establishment) to which the common shares are attributable, and are therefore not generally entitled to payment of any part of the income tax credit, subject to the existence and terms of any applicable double tax convention between the U.K. and the jurisdiction in which such shareholder is resident.

Taxation of capital gains

U.K. resident shareholders

A disposal of common shares by an individual shareholder who is (at any time in the relevant United Kingdom tax year) resident in the United Kingdom for tax purposes, may give rise to a chargeable gain or an allowable loss for the purposes of United Kingdom taxation of chargeable gains, depending on the shareholder’s circumstances and subject to any allowable deductions and any available exemption or relief including the annual exempt amount (currently £11,000). Capital gains tax is charged on chargeable gains at a rate of either 18 percent or 28 percent depending on whether the individual is a basic rate taxpayer or a higher or additional rate taxpayer.

For shareholders within the charge to U.K. corporation tax on chargeable gains that do not qualify for the substantial shareholding exemption in respect of the common shares, indexation allowance should be available to reduce the amount of any chargeable gain realised on a disposal of common shares (but not to create or increase any loss).

Non-resident shareholders

A shareholder who is not resident in the United Kingdom for tax purposes will not be subject to U.K. taxation of capital gains on the disposal or deemed disposal of common shares unless they carry on a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency (or, in the case of a non-U.K. resident corporate shareholder, a permanent establishment) to which the common shares are attributable, in which case they will be subject to the same rules which apply to United Kingdom resident shareholders.

A shareholder who is an individual and who is temporarily resident for tax purposes outside the United Kingdom at the date of disposal of common shares may also be liable, on his return, to United Kingdom taxation of chargeable gains (subject to any available exemption or relief).

Stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax (“SDRT”)

The statements below summarise the current law and are intended as a general guide only to stamp duty and SDRT. Special rules apply to agreements made by broker dealers and market makers in the

 

104


Table of Contents

ordinary course of their business and to transfers, agreements to transfer or issues to certain categories of person (such as depositaries and clearance services) which may be liable to stamp duty or SDRT at a higher rate.

No stamp duty reserve tax will be payable on any agreement to transfer the common shares, provided that the common shares are not registered in a register kept in the United Kingdom. It is not intended that such a register will be kept in the United Kingdom. Further, no stamp duty will be payable on transfer of the common shares provided that (i) any instrument of transfer is not executed in the United Kingdom.; and (ii) such instrument of transfer does not relate to any property situated, or any matter or thing done or to be done, in the United Kingdom.

Inheritance tax

U.K. inheritance tax may be chargeable on the death of, or on a gift of common shares by, a U.K. domiciled shareholder. For inheritance tax purposes, a transfer of assets at less than full market value may be treated as a gift and particular rules apply to gifts where the donor reserves or retains some benefit. Special rules also apply to the trustees of settlements who hold common shares. Potential investors should consult an appropriate professional adviser if they make a gift or transfer at less than full market value or they intend to hold common shares through trust arrangements.

ISA

The common shares are eligible for inclusion in the stocks and shares component of an ISA, subject, where applicable, to the annual subscription limits for new investments into an ISA (for the tax year 2014/2015 this is £11,880 until June 30, 2014 then £15,000 from July 1, 2014). Sums received by a shareholder on a disposal of common shares will not count towards the shareholder’s annual limit, but a disposal of common shares held in an ISA will not serve to make available again any part of the annual subscription limit that has already been used by the shareholder in that tax year.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

 

 

The following is a description of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to the U.S. Holders described below of owning and disposing of common shares. It does not describe all tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular person’s decision to hold the common shares.

This discussion applies only to a U.S. Holder that holds common shares as capital assets for tax purposes. In addition, it does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant in light of the U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including alternative minimum tax consequences, the potential application of the provisions of the Code known as the Medicare contribution tax and tax consequences applicable to U.S. Holders subject to special rules, such as:

 

certain financial institutions;

 

dealers or traders in securities who use a mark-to-market method of tax accounting;

 

persons holding common shares as part of a hedging transaction, straddle, wash sale, conversion transaction or other integrated transaction or persons entering into a constructive sale with respect to the common shares;

 

persons whose functional currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar;

 

105


Table of Contents
entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

tax-exempt entities, including an “individual retirement account” or “Roth IRA”;

 

persons who acquired our common shares pursuant to the exercise of an employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

 

persons that own or are deemed to own ten percent or more of our voting shares; or

 

persons holding common shares in connection with a trade or business conducted outside of the United States.

If an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds common shares, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding common shares and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisers as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of the common shares.

This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions, final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations, all as of the date hereof, any of which is subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect.

A “U.S. Holder” is a holder who, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a beneficial owner of common shares and is:

 

a citizen or individual resident of the United States;

 

a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organised in or under the laws of the United States, any state therein or the District of Columbia; or

 

an estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.

U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers concerning the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of owning and disposing of common shares in their particular circumstances.

This discussion assumes that we are not, and will not become, a passive foreign investment company, as described below.

Taxation of distributions

Distributions paid on common shares, other than certain pro rata distributions of common shares, will be treated as dividends to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Because we do not maintain calculations of our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, it is expected that distributions generally will be reported to U.S. Holders as dividends. For so long as our common shares are listed on NASDAQ or we are eligible for benefits under the U.S.-U.K. income tax treaty, dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders will be eligible for taxation as “qualified dividend income” and therefore, subject to applicable limitations, will be taxable at rates not in excess of the long term capital gain rate applicable to such U.S. Holder. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the availability of the reduced tax rate on dividends in their particular circumstances. The amount of the dividend will generally be treated as foreign-source dividend income to U.S. Holders and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally available to U.S. corporations under the Code. Dividends will be included in a U.S. Holder’s income on the date of the U.S. Holder’s receipt of the dividend.

 

106


Table of Contents

Sale or other disposition of common shares

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, gain or loss realised on the sale or other disposition of common shares will be capital gain or loss, and will be long term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder held the common shares for more than one year. The amount of the gain or loss will equal the difference between the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the common shares disposed of and the amount realised on the disposition, in each case as determined in U.S. dollars. This gain or loss will generally be U.S.-source gain or loss for foreign tax credit purposes. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to various limitations.

Passive foreign investment company rules

We believe that we were not a “passive foreign investment company” (a “PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our 2014 taxable year. In general, a non-U.S. corporation is a PFIC for any taxable year if: (i) 75% or more of its gross income consists of passive income (such as dividends, interest, rents and royalties) or (ii) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of its assets consists of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. Because PFIC status depends on the composition of a company’s income and assets and the market value of its assets from time to time, there can be no assurance that we will not be a PFIC for any taxable year.

If we were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder held common shares (assuming such U.S. Holder has not made a timely mark-to-market election, as described below), gain recognised by a U.S. Holder on a sale or other disposition (including certain pledges) of the common shares would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the common shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and to any year before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, for that taxable year, and an interest charge would be imposed on the amount allocated to that taxable year. Further, to the extent that any distribution received by a U.S. Holder on its common shares exceeds 125% of the average of the annual distributions on the common shares received during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter, that distribution would be subject to taxation in the same manner as gain, described immediately above. A U.S. Holder can avoid certain of the adverse rules described above by making a mark-to-market election with respect to its common shares, provided that the common shares are “marketable.” Common shares will be marketable if they are “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange” or other market within the meaning of applicable Treasury regulations. If a U.S. Holder makes the mark-to-market election, it generally will recognise as ordinary income any excess of the fair market value of the common shares at the end of each taxable year over their adjusted tax basis, and will recognise an ordinary loss in respect of any excess of the adjusted tax basis of the common shares over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). If a U.S. Holder makes the election, the holder’s tax basis in the common shares will be adjusted to reflect the income or loss amounts recognised. Any gain recognised on the sale or other disposition of common shares in a year when the Company is a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as an ordinary loss (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election).

In addition, in order to avoid the application of the foregoing rules, a United States person that owns stock in a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes may make a “qualified electing fund” election (a “QEF Election”) with respect to such PFIC if the PFIC provides the information necessary for such election to be made. If a United States person makes a QEF Election with respect to a PFIC, the United States person will be currently taxable on its pro rata share of the PFIC’s ordinary earnings and net capital gain (at ordinary income and capital gain rates, respectively) for each taxable year that the entity is classified as a PFIC and will not be required to include such amounts in income when actually distributed by the PFIC. We do not intend to provide information necessary for U.S. Holders to make qualified electing fund elections.

 

107


Table of Contents

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder owned our shares, the U.S. Holder will generally be required to file IRS Form 8621 with their annual U.S. federal income tax returns, subject to certain exceptions.

Information reporting and backup withholding

Payments of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reporting, and may be subject to backup withholding, unless (i) the U.S. Holder is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (ii) in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. Holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle it to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

F. DIVIDENDS AND PAYING AGENTS

Not applicable.

G. STATEMENT BY EXPERTS

Not applicable.

H. DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. Accordingly, we are required to file reports and other information with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 20-F and reports on Form 6-K. You may inspect and copy reports and other information filed with the SEC at the Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov .

In addition, our website is located at www.markit.com, and our investor relations website is located at www.markit.com/company/investors. The following filings are available through our investor relations website as soon as we electronically file or furnish such material to the SEC:

 

our Annual Reports on Form 20-F;

 

Current Reports on Form 6-K; and

 

amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

All such postings and filings are available on our investor relations website free of charge. A copy of our annual report will be provided in print without charge upon written request to our Company Secretary at c/o Markit Legal Department, Markit Ltd., 4th Floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London, England EC2Y 9LY.

We use our investor relations website as a routine channel for distribution of important information, including news releases, analyst presentations, and financial information, as a means of disclosing material non-public information and for complying with our disclosure obligations under Regulation FD.

 

108


Table of Contents

Additionally, we provide notifications of news or announcements as part of our investor relations website. Investors and others can receive notifications of new information posted on our investor relations website in real time by signing up for email alerts. Accordingly, investors should monitor this portion of our website in addition to following press releases, SEC filings and public conference calls and webcasts. Further, charters for the committees of our Board of Directors and the Corporate Governance Guidelines and Code of Conduct can be found under the “Governance” section of our website. Our website and the information contained therein or connected thereto shall not be deemed to be incorporated into this Annual Report or in any other report or document we file with the SEC, and any references to our website are intended to be inactive textual references only.

I. SUBSIDIARY INFORMATION

Not applicable.

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

In addition to the risks inherent in our operations, we are exposed to a variety of financial risks, such as market risk (including foreign currency exchange, cash flow and fair value interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk, and further information can be found in Note 5 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

Not applicable.

 

109


Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

None.

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS

On June 24, 2014, in connection with our initial public offering, we amended and restated our bye-laws. A copy of our amended and restated bye-laws is being filed as Exhibit 1.2 to this annual report. See “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association.” In addition, on June 24, 2014, in connection with our initial public offering, we effected a 10-to-1 share split.

E. USE OF PROCEEDS

On June 24, 2014, we completed our initial public offering of our common shares, par value $0.01 per share, pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form F-1, as amended (File No. 333-195687), which became effective on June 18, 2014, and our corporate reorganisation pursuant to a scheme of arrangement under Part 26 of the English Companies Act 2006 that was approved by the High Court of Justice of England and Wales on June 17, 2014. Under the registration statement, we registered the offering and sale by certain selling shareholders of an aggregate of 61,493,206 common shares (which included the exercise of the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters). Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, UBS Securities LLC, BNP Paribas Securities Corp., Jefferies LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, RBS Securities Inc. and TD Securities (USA) LLC were joint book-running managers for the initial public offering. The common shares were sold by the selling shareholders in the initial public offering at a price of $24.00 per share less underwriting discounts and commissions of $0.96 per share for aggregate gross proceeds before expenses to the selling shareholders of $1,416,803,466.24. We did not receive any proceeds from the sale of common shares by the selling shareholders in the offering. We paid the offering expenses in connection with the initial public offering, which were approximately $12.1 million, and which included SEC registration fees, FINRA filing fees, NASDAQ listing fees and expenses, legal fees and expenses, printing expenses, transfer agent fees and expenses, accounting fees and expenses as well as other miscellaneous fees and expenses, but excluded the underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters agreed to reimburse us for a portion of our expenses in connection with the offering.

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

A. DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

As of the end of the period covered by this annual report, an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act was performed under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, respectively.

Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report, in providing a reasonable level of assurance that information we are required to disclose in

 

110


Table of Contents

reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarised, and reported within the time periods in SEC rules and forms, including providing a reasonable level of assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in such reports is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

B. MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROLS OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

This annual report on Form 20-F does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

C. ATTESTATION REPORT OF THE REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

This annual report on Form 20-F does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

D. CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

During the year ended December 31, 2014 there were no changes to our internal controls over financial reporting that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 16. [RESERVED]

ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Dinyar S. Devitre satisfies the “independence” requirements set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Our Board of Directors has also determined that Mr. Dinyar S. Devitre is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 16A of Form 20-F under the Exchange Act.

ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

Our Board of Directors has adopted a code of conduct and business ethics (the “Code of Conduct”), which covers a broad range of matters including the handling of conflicts of interest, compliance issues and other corporate policies such as insider trading and equal opportunity and non-discrimination standards, and applies to all our directors, officers and other employees. Any waiver of the Code of Conduct for directors or executive officers may be made only by our Board of Directors and will be promptly disclosed to our shareholders as required by applicable laws and NASDAQ rules. Amendments to the Code of Conduct must be approved by our Board of Directors and will be promptly disclosed (other than technical, administrative or non-substantive changes).

During 2014, no amendments were made to a provision of the Code of Conduct, and no waivers were explicitly or implicitly granted to any of our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer, in each case that would be required to be disclosed herein.

The Code of Conduct is publicly available under the “Governance” section of our investor relations website at http://www.markit.com/company/investors. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this annual report. A copy will be provided in print without charge upon written request to our Company Secretary at c/o Markit Legal Department, Markit Ltd., 4th Floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London, England EC2Y 9LY.

 

111


Table of Contents

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) acted as our independent auditor for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. The table below sets out the total amount billed to us by PwC, for services performed in the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, and breaks down these amounts by category of service:

 

  

2014

($ in

thousands)

 

2013

($ in

thousands)

 

Audit Fees

  2,254      1,649   

Audit-Related Fees

  1,027      723   

All Other Fees

  63      34   

Total

  3,344      2,406   

Audit fees

Audit fees in 2014 and 2013 were related to the audit of our consolidated and subsidiary financial statements and other audit or interim review services provided in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.

Audit-related fees

Audit-related fees are in 2014 and 2013 were related to professional services rendered in connection with our initial public offering.

All other fees

All other fees in 2014 and 2013 relate to services in connection with corporate compliance matters.

Pre-approval policies and procedures

The advance approval of our Audit and Risk Committee or members thereof, to whom approval authority has been delegated, is required for all audit and non-audit services provided by our auditors.

All services provided by our auditors are approved in advance by either our Audit and Risk Committee or members thereof, to whom authority has been delegated, in accordance with our Audit and Risk Committee’s pre-approval policy and procedure. No such services were approved pursuant to the procedures described in Rule 2-01(c)(7)(i)(C) of Regulation S-X, which waives the general requirement for pre-approval in certain circumstances.

ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not applicable.

ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

None.

ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

None.

 

112


Table of Contents

ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Our common shares are listed on NASDAQ. In order to list on NASDAQ, we are required to comply with certain of the NASDAQ Rules. As a foreign private issuer, we may follow our home country’s corporate governance practices in lieu of certain of the NASDAQ Rules. Our corporate governance practices differ in certain respects from those that U.S. companies must adopt in order to maintain a NASDAQ listing. A brief summary of those differences is provided as follows.

Independent directors

The HR and Compensation Committee and the Nominating and Governance Committee of our Board of Directors are not comprised entirely of independent directors.

Proxies and shareholder voting

Our bye-laws do not require us to solicit proxies or provide proxies for all meetings of shareholders.

Our bye-laws do not require shareholder approval for the issuance of shares (i) in connection with the acquisition of stock or assets of another company; (ii) when it would result in a change of control; (iii) when a share option or purchase plan is to be established or materially amended or other equity compensation arrangement made or materially amended, pursuant to which shares may be acquired by officers, directors, employees, or consultants; or (iv) in connection with a transaction (other than a public offering) involving the sale, issuance or potential issuance of shares at a price less than market value.

Other than the foregoing, there are no significant differences between the corporate governance practices of Markit Ltd. and those required of a U.S. domestic issuer under the NASDAQ Rules.

ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

 

113


Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

See “Item 18. Financial Statements.”

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited consolidated financial statements as required under Item 18 are attached hereto starting on page F-1 of this annual report.

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit

number

   Description of document
1.1    Certificate of Incorporation*
1.2    Memorandum of Association**
1.3    Bye-laws**
2.1    Form of certificate of common shares**
2.2    Director Nomination Agreement between Markit Ltd. and Canada Pension Plan Investment Board
2.3    Registration Rights Agreement among Markit Ltd. and the Shareholders party thereto
2.4    Transfer Restriction Letter Agreement among Markit Ltd., Lance Uggla and Pan Praewood
4.1    Amended and Restated 2004 Markit Additional Share Option Plan
4.2    Amended and Restated Markit 2006 Share Option Plan
4.3    Amended and Restated Markit 2006 Additional Share Option Plan
4.4    Amended and Restated Markit 2007 Share Option Plan
4.5    Amended and Restated Markit 2008 Share Option Plan (1/3 vesting)
4.6    Amended and Restated Markit 2008 Share Option Plan (1/5 vesting)
4.7    Amended and Restated Markit 2008 Additional Share Option Plan (1/3 vesting)
4.8    Amended and Restated Markit 2008 Additional Share Option Plan (1/5 vesting)
4.9    Amended and Restated Markit 2009 Additional Share Option Plan
4.10    Amended and Restated Markit 2009 Share Option Plan (1/3 vesting)
4.11    Amended and Restated Markit 2009 Share Option Plan (1/5 vesting)
4.12    Amended and Restated Markit 2010 Share Plan
4.13    Amended and Restated Markit 2010 Share Option Plan
4.14    Amended and Restated Markit 2010 Share Option Plan (1/3 vesting)
4.15    Amended and Restated Markit 2010 Share Option Plan (1/5 vesting)
4.16    Amended and Restated 2011 Markit Share Plan
4.17    Amended and Restated 2011 Markit Share Option Plan
4.18    Amended and Restated 2012 Markit Share Plan
4.19    Amended and Restated 2012 Markit Share Option Plan
4.20    Amended and Restated 2013 Markit Share Plan
4.21    Amended and Restated 2013 Markit Share Option Plan
4.22    Amended and Restated 2013 Markit Share Option Plan (mid-year awards April through December 2013)
4.23    Amended and Restated 2014 Markit Share Plan
4.24    Amended and Restated 2014 Markit Share Option Plan

 

114


Table of Contents

Exhibit

number

   Description of document
  4.25    Amended and Restated Markit Key Employee Incentive Program (KEIP)
  4.26    Markit Ltd. 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan
  4.27    Form of Restricted Share Agreement
  4.28    Form of Non-Qualified Share Option Agreement
  4.29    Form of Restricted Share Unit Agreement
  4.30    Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy
  4.31    Lease relating to premises on Level 3, Ropemaker Place†*
  4.32    Lease relating to premises on Level 4, Ropemaker Place†*
  4.33    Lease relating to premises on Level 5, Ropemaker Place†*
  4.34    Lease Deed relating to premises at Noida Green Boulevard†*
  4.35    Indenture of Lease relating to premises at 620 Eighth Avenue†*
  4.36    Office Lease relating to premises at Three Lincoln Centre†*
  4.37    Commercial Lease relating to premises at Central Avenue†*
  4.38    Office Lease Agreement relating to premises at Flatiron Parkway†*
  4.39    Deriv/SERV Support Agreement by and among DTCC Deriv/SERV LLC, The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation and MarkitSERV, LLC, dated as of April 2, 2013†*
  4.40    Amended and Restated Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement for Markit Group Holdings Limited, arranged by Barclays Bank plc, HSBC Bank plc, Royal Bank of Canada and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, with HSBC Bank acting as Agent, dated March 21, 2014*
  4.41    Supplemental Agreement to the Amended and Restated Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement for Markit Group Holdings Limited, arranged by Barclays Bank plc, HSBC Bank plc, Royal Bank of Canada and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, with HSBC Bank acting as Agent, dated June 13, 2014
  8.1    List of subsidiaries
12.1    Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Principal Executive Officer
12.2    Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Principal Financial Officer
13.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
13.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
15.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

 

* Incorporated by reference to our registration statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-198711), as amended, as filed on May 5, 2014.

 

** Incorporated by reference to our registration statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-198711), as amended, as filed on June 3, 2014.

 

Filed in redacted form subject to a Request for Confidential Treatment that was granted.

 

115


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.

 

Markit Ltd.
By: /s/ Jeffrey Gooch
Name: Jeffrey Gooch
Title: Chief Financial Officer

Date: March 10, 2015

 

116


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-2   
Consolidated Income Statement   F-3   
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income   F-4   
Consolidated Balance Sheet   F-5   
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity   F-6   
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows   F-8   
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements   F-9   

 

 

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Markit Ltd. (the “Company”)

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of change in equity and consolidated cash flow statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Markit Ltd. and its subsidiaries at 31 December 2014 and 31 December 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 2014 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

London, United Kingdom

10 March 2015

 

 

 

F-2


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

 

 

 

    Year ended    
December 31,    
2014    
  Year ended     
December 31,    
2013(1)   
  Year ended     
December 31,    
2012(1)   
 
        Notes       $’m       $’m       $’m      
Revenue 7   1,065.1          947.9          860.6       
Operating expenses 8   (569.2)         (515.1)         (454.0)      
Exceptional items 9   (84.9)         (60.6)         (40.3)      
Acquisition related items 10   12.4          1.4          (0.9)      
Amortisation – acquisition related 17   (57.9)         (50.1)         (46.2)      
Depreciation and amortisation – other 16,17   (100.1)         (86.0)         (66.7)      
Share based compensation and related items 11   (16.0)         (8.1)         (16.2)      
Other (losses)/gains – net 12   (6.0)         0.7          (11.6)      
   

 

 

 
Operating profit   243.4          230.1          224.7       
   

 

 

 
Finance costs – net 13   (16.9)         (19.4)         (28.9)      
Share of results from joint venture 20   (5.9)         -          -       
   

 

 

 
Profit before income tax   220.6          210.7          195.8       
   

 

 

 
Income tax expense 14   (56.5)         (63.7)         (42.7)      
   

 

 

 
Profit for the year   164.1          147.0          153.1       
   

 

 

 
Profit attributable to:
Owners of the parent   165.2          139.4          125.0       
Non-controlling interests   (1.1)         7.6          28.1       
   

 

 

 
  164.1          147.0          153.1       
   

 

 

 
    $       $       $      
Earnings per share, basic 15   0.92        0.80        0.70     
Earnings per share, diluted 15   0.90        0.79        0.69     
   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Restated to reflect the share split (see note 2).

There were no discontinued operations for any of the years presented.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-3


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

 

 

  Year ended  
December 31,  
2014  
  Year ended  
December 31,  
2013  
  Year ended  
December 31,  
2012  
 
  $’m     $’m     $’m    
Profit for the year   164.1        147.0        153.1     
Available for sale financial assets:

- Reclassification adjustment for sale of available for sale financial asset

  -        (1.8)       1.8     
Cash flow hedges:

- Fair value gains/(losses) arising during the year

  5.2        (12.1)       -     

- Transfers to Other (losses)/gains – net

  9.8        2.3        -     

- Deferred tax (charge)/credit

  (3.0)       2.0        -     
Currency translation differences   (42.4)       11.5        24.8     
  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year, net of tax

  (30.4)       1.9        26.6     
  

 

 

 
Total comprehensive income for the year   133.7        148.9        179.7     
  

 

 

 

Attributable to:

Owners of the parent

  134.8        140.8        151.6     

Non-controlling interests

  (1.1)       8.1        28.1     
  

 

 

 
Total comprehensive income for the year   133.7        148.9        179.7     
  

 

 

 

Items included in the statement above may all be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-4


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

 

 

 

      Notes       December 31,  
2014  
  December 31,  
2013  
 
  $’m     $’m    
Assets
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment   16      56.5        62.3     
Intangible assets   17      2,823.3        2,717.8     
Deferred income tax assets   29      4.2        5.3     
Derivative financial instruments   19      0.9        0.3     
Investment in joint venture   20      1.1        -     
     

 

 

 
Total non-current assets   2,886.0        2,785.7     
     

 

 

 
Current assets
Trade and other receivables   21      288.8        231.2     
Derivative financial instruments   19      7.1        0.9     
Current income tax receivables   0.4        3.6     
Cash and cash equivalents   22      117.7        75.3     
     

 

 

 
Total current assets   414.0        311.0     
     

 

 

 
     

 

 

 
Total assets   3,300.0        3,096.7     
     

 

 

 
Equity
Capital and reserves
Common shares   23      1.8        0.2     
Share premium   23      456.8        372.9     
Other reserves   26      (75.2)       19.5     
Retained earnings   25      1,850.6        1,663.3     
     

 

 

 
Equity attributable to owners of the parent   2,234.0        2,055.9     
Non-controlling interest   36.6        -     
     

 

 

 
Total equity   2,270.6        2,055.9     
     

 

 

 
Liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Borrowings   28      349.2        472.7     
Trade and other payables   27      143.1        29.6     
Derivative financial instruments   19      0.6        0.3     
Deferred income tax liabilities   29      30.2        37.4     
     

 

 

 
Total non-current liabilities   523.1        540.0     
     

 

 

 
Current liabilities
Borrowings   28      86.4        101.9     
Trade and other payables   27      203.7        198.6     
Deferred income   194.2        177.9     
Current income tax liabilities   19.7        14.3     
Derivative financial instruments   19      2.3        8.1     
     

 

 

 
Total current liabilities   506.3        500.8     
     

 

 

 
     

 

 

 
Total liabilities   1,029.4        1,040.8     
     

 

 

 
Total equity and liabilities   3,300.0        3,096.7     
     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

/s/ Lance Uggla

Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

 

 

F-5


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

 

 

  Equity attributable to holders of the Company          
  Notes   Share
capital
  Share
premium
  Other 
reserves 
  Retained
earnings
  Total    Non- 
controlling 
interest 
  Total
  equity 
 
      $’m   $’m   $’m    $’m   $’m    $’m    $’m   

Balance at January 1, 2014

  0.2      372.9      19.5       1,663.3      2,055.9            2,055.9    

Profit for the year

  -      -           165.2      165.2       (1.1)      164.1    

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of income tax

              -      -      (30.4)      -      (30.4)           (30.4)   
   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

  -      -      (30.4)      165.2      134.8       (1.1)      133.7    
   

 

 

 

Share based compensation

  -      -      -      20.7      20.7            20.7    

Tax on items recognised directly in equity

  -      -      21.7       1.4      23.1            23.1    

Acquisitions

  32      -      -      (73.0)      -      (73.0)      37.7       (35.3)   

Transfer between reserves

  1.6      11.4      (13.0)      -                  

New share capital

  -      72.5      -      -      72.5            72.5    
   

 

 

 

Total contributions by and distributions to owners

  1.6      83.9      (64.3)      22.1      43.3       37.7       81.0    
   

 

 

 
Balance at December 31, 2014   1.8      456.8      (75.2)      1,850.6      2,234.0       36.6       2,270.6    
   

 

 

 

 

  Equity attributable to holders of the Company          
  Notes Share
capital
  Share
premium
  Other
reserves
  Retained 
earnings 
  Total   Non- 
controlling 
interest 
  Total 
equity 
 
    $’m   $’m   $’m   $’m    $’m   $’m    $’m   

Balance at January 1, 2013

  0.2      297.0      16.3      1,423.0       1,736.5      193.2       1,929.7    

Profit for the year

              -      -      -      139.4       139.4      7.6       147.0    

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of income tax

  -      -      3.2      (1.8)      1.4      0.5       1.9    
   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

  -      -      3.2      137.6       140.8      8.1       148.9    
   

 

 

 

Share based compensation

  -      -      -      8.1       8.1           8.1    

Tax on items recognised directly in equity

  -      -      -      2.3       2.3           2.3    

New share capital

  -      75.9      -           75.9           75.9    
   

 

 

 

Total contributions by and distributions to owners of the parent

  -      75.9      -      10.4       86.3           86.3    
   

 

 

 

Tax arising on transactions with non-controlling interests

  -      -      -      69.4       69.4           69.4    

Elimination of non-controlling interest

  -      -      -      22.9       22.9      (201.3)      (178.4)   
   

 

 

 

Total changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries that do not result in a loss of control

  -      -      -      92.3       92.3      (201.3)      (109.0)   
   

 

 

 

Total transactions

  -      75.9      -      102.7       178.6      (201.3)      (22.7)   
   

 

 

 
Balance at December 31, 2013   0.2      372.9      19.5      1,663.3       2,055.9           2,055.9    
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-6


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (continued)

 

 

 

  Equity attributable to holders of the Company          
  Notes Share
capital
  Share
premium
  Other 
reserves 
  Retained 
earnings 
  Total    Non- 
controlling 
interest 
  Total 
equity 
 
    $’m   $’m   $’m    $’m    $’m    $’m    $’m   

Balance at January 1, 2012

  0.2      16.4      (13.4)      1,837.6       1,840.8       190.6       2,031.4    

Profit for the year

              -      -           125.0       125.0       28.1       153.1    

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of income tax

  -      -      24.8       1.8       26.6            26.6    
   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

  -      -      24.8       126.8       151.6       28.1       179.7    
   

 

 

 

Share based compensation

  -      -           16.2       16.2            16.2    

Dividends to non-controlling interests

  -      -                     (25.5)      (25.5)   

Deferred tax in relation to share options

  -      -           (8.7)      (8.7)           (8.7)   

Other reserve movements

  -      -           (3.7)      (3.7)           (3.7)   

Shares held in escrow

  -      -      13.0            13.0            13.0    

Transfer between reserves

  -      -      (8.1)      8.1                   

New share capital

  -      280.6                280.6            280.6    

Repurchase of shares

  -      -           (553.3)      (553.3)           (553.3)   
   

 

 

 

Total contributions by and distributions to owners

  -      280.6      4.9       (541.4)      (255.9)      (25.5)      (281.4)   
   

 

 

 
Balance at December 31, 2012   0.2      297.0      16.3       1,423.0       1,736.5       193.2       1,929.7    
   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-7


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

      Year ended 
December 31, 
2014 
  Year ended 
December 31, 
2013 
  Year ended 
December 31, 
2012 
 
      Notes       $’m    $’m    $’m   
Profit before income tax       220.6         210.7         195.8    

Adjustment for:

       

Amortisation – acquisition related

      57.9         50.1         46.2    

Depreciation and amortisation – other

      100.1         86.0         66.7    

Impairments

    9        39.8         53.5         8.9    

Profit on sale of available for sale financial assets

    9               (4.2)          

Loss on disposal of non-current assets

                    0.4    

Fair value losses/(gains) on derivative financial instruments

      0.2         (3.9)        1.5    

Fair value gains on contingent consideration

    10        (15.9)        (1.8)        (2.7)   

Share based compensation

    11        20.7         8.1         16.2    

Finance costs – net

    13        16.9         19.4         28.9   

Share of results from joint venture

    20        5.9                  

Foreign exchange losses and other non-cash charges in operating activities

      14.5         3.2         5.2    

Changes in working capital:

       

Increase in trade and other receivables

      (56.6)        (36.0)        (37.8)   

Increase in trade and other payables

      17.2         28.7         72.8   
   

 

 

 
Cash generated from operations       421.3         413.8         402.1    
   

 

 

 
Cash flows from operating activities        

Cash generated from operations

      421.3         413.8         402.1    

Interest paid

      (6.3)        (7.3)        (21.4)   

Income tax paid

      (45.1)        (66.7)        (40.1)   
   

 

 

 
Net cash generated from operating activities       369.9         339.8         340.6    
   

 

 

 
Cash flows from investing activities        

Disposal of subsidiaries, net of cash disposed

      (1.4)                 

Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

    32        (127.4)        (12.5)        (380.8)   

Settlement of contingent consideration

      (1.4)        (33.1)          

Proceeds on disposal of assets

      4.1                  

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

      (23.5)        (35.0)        (28.8)   

Proceeds from sale of available for sale financial assets

             5.2           

Purchases of intangible assets

      (101.4)        (95.5)        (70.2)   

Interest received

      0.1         0.3         0.2    
   

 

 

 
Net cash used in investing activities       (250.9)        (170.6)        (479.6)   
   

 

 

 
Cash flows from financing activities        

Proceeds from issuance of common shares

    23        72.3         57.4         43.1    

Other purchase of shares

                    (88.9)   

Share buy back

    28        (103.5)        (102.9)        (69.8)   

Transactions with non-controlling interest in subsidiaries

             (178.4)          

Proceeds from borrowings

    28        100.0         177.0         240.5    

Repayments of borrowings

    28        (140.0)        (157.0)          

Prepaid facility fees

    28        (4.1)                 

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

                    (25.5)   
   

 

 

 
Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities       (75.3)        (203.9)        99.4    
   

 

 

 
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents       43.7         (34.7)        (39.6)   
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year       75.3         110.2         148.3    
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents       43.7         (34.7)        (39.6)   
Exchange (losses)/gains on cash and cash equivalents       (1.3)        (0.2)        1.5    
   

 

 

 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year     22        117.7         75.3         110.2    
   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-8


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

1.

General information

Markit Ltd. (the “Company”) is an exempted company incorporated in Bermuda. The Company’s principal executive offices are located at 4th Floor, Ropemaker Place, 25 Ropemaker Street, London, England EC2Y 9LY. The Company maintains a registered office in Bermuda at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda. The consolidated financial information (hereafter “financial information”) comprises the results of the Company and its subsidiaries (hereafter the “Group”).

The Group sells financial information services to provide price transparency and to reduce risk and improve operational efficiency in the financial markets. The Group has operations around the world and sells mainly within the United Kingdom, the United States of America and Europe. The Group acquired a number of businesses in the two years ended December 31, 2014 as disclosed in note 32.

The principal activities of the Group consist of:

 

 

Collection, processing and redistribution of market prices for credit derivatives, cash credit instruments, loans to and from financial institutions, as well as providing other credit data;

 

Provision of valuations for over the counter (“OTC”) derivative instruments including equity derivatives, foreign exchange derivatives, interest rate derivatives, credit derivatives and commodities derivatives to financial institutions;

 

Provision of dividend forecasting as well as index constituents information services to financial institutions;

 

Provision of a trade processing platform for OTC derivatives focusing on capture, International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) confirmations and life cycle events for financial institutions;

 

Provision of portfolio risk management software and services to syndicated loan market participants;

 

Provision of design, development and hosting of customer websites, reports and tools for the financial services industry;

 

Provision of risk management solutions for the financial markets, specialising in the provision of software to calculate market and credit risk exposures;

 

Provision of post-trade connectivity, workflow and straight through processing for the foreign exchange market;

 

Provision of data and analysis covering the global securities finance markets;

 

Provision of enterprise data management software;

 

Provision of portfolio management software; and

 

Provision of tax compliance and reporting services.

The financial statements were authorised for issue by the Company’s Board of Directors on March 5, 2015.

The Company became the parent of the Group as a result of reorganisation transactions which were completed prior to the initial public offering of the shares of the Company as described in further detail below. The Company historically conducted its business through Markit Group Holdings Limited (“MGHL”).

The financial period represents the financial year ended December 31, 2014, with the prior periods representing the financial years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

 

 

 

F-9


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

2.

Corporate reorganisation and initial public offering

On June 18, 2014, the Company completed a corporate reorganisation pursuant to a scheme of arrangement under Part 26 of the United Kingdom Companies Act 2006 approved by the High Court of Justice of England and Wales and by the Group’s shareholders, whereby the entire share capital of MGHL was cancelled and extinguished and MGHL became a wholly and directly owned subsidiary of the Company, a newly formed company. Existing shareholders of MGHL became shareholders of the Company with their rights and interests in MGHL substantially replicated in the common shares they were issued in the Company. Markit Ltd. became the ultimate parent company of the Group.

The Company was formed by a comprehensive legal restructuring, whereby all controlling interests in MGHL assets were transferred to Markit Ltd. and which resulted in a $1.6m reclassification from share premium to share capital (see note 23). As the Group has been formed through a reorganisation of entities under common control, these financial statements have been prepared using the predecessor basis. Accordingly, the financial statements, including corresponding amounts, have been presented as if the transfers of controlling interests in the subsidiaries had occurred at the beginning of the earliest year presented, or, if later, on the date of acquisition of the subsidiary by the transferring entities under common control. The assets and liabilities of the transferred subsidiaries were recorded in these financial statements at the carrying amount in the transferring entities’ financial statements.

On June 24, 2014, the Company completed an initial public offering (“IPO”) of its common shares, which resulted in the sale of common shares held by certain of its shareholders at a price of $24.00 per share. The Company received no proceeds from the sale of common shares by the shareholders.

On June 24, 2014, in connection with the completion of the Company’s IPO, all the Company’s share classes were reclassified into a single class of common shares with the same economic and voting rights and a share split at a ratio of 10:1 was completed.

 

3.

Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”), and the International Financial Reporting Standards Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”) interpretations, collectively “IFRSs”. The consolidated financial statements have also been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified to include the fair value of certain financial instruments in accordance with IFRS.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements are disclosed in note 6.

Out-of-period adjustments

The consolidated financial statements for the financial year ended December 31, 2014 include certain out-of-period adjustments which are not considered material to the prior year financial statements.

 

 

 

F-10


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

These adjustments result in a net credit to the income statement of $9.2m for the year and are detailed as follows:

 

 

A credit of $5.0m related to deferred income tax liabilities associated with the prior year acquisition of Non-controlling interests (see note 33). A deferred income tax liability of $63.7m has been recognised through equity in regard to this (see note 29).

 

A credit of $11.7m related to deferred income tax assets associated with a prior year acquisition.

 

A charge of $7.5m related to deferred income tax liabilities associated with prior year capitalised development costs.

Balance sheet reclassification

The balance sheet presentation has been revised to reflect offsetting deferred tax assets against deferred tax liabilities within the same tax jurisdiction of $103.2m. These revisions had no impact upon total equity or the income statement. The Company has determined that the revisions are immaterial to the previously reported financial statements.

 

4.

Accounting policies

 

4.1

Consolidation

(a) Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities) over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity.

Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases.

The Group applies the acquisition method to account for business combinations. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair value of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquiree and the fair value of any equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. The Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis.

Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred (see note 10).

If the business combination is achieved in stages, at the acquisition date for which control is obtained, the fair value of the Group’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured to fair value with any resulting gain or loss recorded in the consolidated income statement.

 

 

 

F-11


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the Group is recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration are recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Goodwill is initially measured as the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the fair value of non-controlling interest over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

Inter-company transactions, balances, income and expenses on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Gains and losses resulting from inter-company transactions that are recognised in assets are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

(b) Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries without change of control

Transactions with non-controlling interests that do not result in loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions — that is, as transactions with the owners in their capacity as owners. The difference between fair value of any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests are also recorded in equity.

(c) Joint arrangements

The Group has applied IFRS 11 to all joint arrangements for the year ended December 31, 2014. Under IFRS 11 investments in joint arrangements are classified as either joint operations or joint ventures depending on the contractual rights and obligations of each investor. The nature of the Group’s joint arrangement has been assessed and determined it to be a joint venture. Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method.

Under the equity method of accounting, interests in joint ventures are initially recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognise the Group’s share of the post-acquisition profits and losses and movements in other comprehensive income. When the Group’s share of losses in the joint venture equals or exceeds its interests in the joint venture, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the joint venture.

Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the joint venture. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of the joint venture have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

4.2 Foreign currency translation

(a) Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the “functional currency”). The consolidated financial statements are presented in US Dollars ($), which is the Group’s presentation currency.

 

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

The exchange rates used for the translation of the income statement and the balance sheet are as follows:

 

  2014   2013   2012  

STERLING

Income statement

  1.6477      1.5642      1.5852   

Balance sheet

  1.5593      1.6563      1.6255   

EURO

Income statement

  1.3290      1.3283      1.2860   

Balance sheet

  1.2101      1.3280      1.3184   

(b) Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or valuation where items are re-measured. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the income statement. Foreign exchange gains and losses that relate to borrowings and cash and cash equivalents are presented in the consolidated income statement within “Finance costs – net”. All other foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the consolidated income statement within “Other (losses)/gains – net”.

Changes in the fair value of monetary securities denominated in foreign currency classified as available for sale are analysed between translation differences resulting from changes in the amortised cost of the security and other changes in the carrying amount of the security. Translation differences related to changes in amortised cost are recognised in the consolidated income statement, and other changes in carrying amount are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Translation differences on non-monetary financial assets and liabilities such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss are recognised in the consolidated income statement as part of the fair value gain or loss. Translation differences on non-monetary financial assets, such as equities classified as available for sale, are included in other comprehensive income.

(c) Group companies

The results and financial position of all the Group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyper-inflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:

(i) assets and liabilities for each balance sheet presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet;

(ii) income and expenses for each income statement are translated at average exchange rates (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the rate on the dates of the transactions); and

 

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

(iii) all resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. Exchange differences arising are recognised in equity.

4.3 Property, plant and equipment

All property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less depreciation.

Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to bring the asset to its working condition for its intended use.

Depreciation on other assets is calculated using the straight line method to allocate their cost to their residual values over their estimated useful lives, as follows:

 

Leasehold improvements

- Over the period of the lease or 5 years

Computer equipment

-

3 years

Fixtures, fittings and equipment

- 4 years

Other

- 4 years

Assets under construction

-

Not depreciated

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period.

4.4 Intangible assets

(a) Goodwill

Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and represents the excess of the consideration transferred over the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the net identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree and the fair value of the non-controlling interest in the acquiree.

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to cash generating units (“CGUs”), or groups of CGUs, that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Each unit or group of units to which the goodwill is allocated represents the lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. Goodwill is monitored at the level of individual CGUs or groups of CGUs.

 

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Goodwill impairment reviews are undertaken annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential impairment. The carrying value of the CGU is compared to the recoverable amount, which is the higher of the value in use and the fair value less costs to sell. Any impairment is first allocated to goodwill. All goodwill impairment is recognised immediately as expense and not reversed subsequently.

(b) Technology, licences, customer relationships and trademarks

Technology, licences, customer relationships and trademarks comprise intellectual property, and software licences and customer relationships acquired separately or in business combinations.

Separately acquired trademarks, technology and licences are shown at historical cost.

Technology, licences, customer relationships and trademarks acquired in a business combination are recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. Technology, licences, customer relationships and trademarks have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation. Customer relationships acquired through business combinations are evaluated on a case by case basis, evaluating the terms of contracts such as fixed fee arrangements or flexible contracts with revenues based on transactions and volume, to determine the useful lives of each relevant asset. Amortisation is calculated using the straight line method to allocate the cost of licences over their estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Customer relationships

-         9 – 18 years

Software licences and technology

-         2 – 12 years

Trademarks

-         10 –20 years

Other intangible assets

-         3 – 20 years

(c) Development costs

Development costs that are directly attributable to the design and testing of software products used internally and for providing services to customers are recognised as intangible assets once the project has progressed beyond the research phase and to that of application development. Intangible assets are recognised when the following criteria are met:

 

 

it is technically feasible to complete the software product so that it will be available for use;

 

management intends to complete the software product and use or sell it;

 

there is an ability to use or sell the software product;

 

it can be demonstrated how the software product will generate probable future economic benefits;

 

adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the software product are available; and

 

the expenditure attributable to the software product during its development can be reliably measured.

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Costs associated with maintaining computer software programmes are recognised as an expense as incurred. Other development expenditures that do not meet these criteria are recognised as an expense as incurred. Development costs previously recognised as an expense are not recognised as an asset in a subsequent period.

Directly attributable costs that are capitalised as part of a software product include the software development employee costs, and an appropriate portion of relevant overheads and the costs of external subcontractors.

Software development costs recognised as assets are amortised over their estimated useful lives, which is three years.

4.5 Impairment of non-financial assets

Assets that have an indefinite useful life – for example, goodwill or intangible assets not ready to use – are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

4.6 Financial assets

4.6.1 Classification

The Group classifies its financial assets in the following categories: at fair value through profit or loss (which includes derivatives held for trading), loans and receivables, and available for sale. The classification depends on the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired. Management determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition.

(a) Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss include all derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments. The Group has no other financial assets held for trading.

Assets in this category are classified as current assets if expected to be settled within 12 months; otherwise, they are classified as non-current.

(b) Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are included in current assets, except for maturities greater than 12 months after the end of the reporting period. These are classified as non-current assets. The Group’s loans and receivables comprise “trade and other receivables” and “cash and cash equivalents” in the balance sheet (see notes 4.10 and 4.11).

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

(c) Available for sale financial assets

Available for sale financial assets are non-derivatives that are either designated in this category or not classified in any of the other categories. They are included in non-current assets unless the investment matures or the Group intends to dispose of it within 12 months of the end of the reporting period.

4.6.2 Recognition and measurement

Regular purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on the trade date — the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Investments are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs for all financial assets not carried at fair value through profit or loss. Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the investments have expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership. Available for sale financial assets and derivatives held for trading are subsequently carried at fair value. Loans and receivables are subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Changes in the fair value of monetary and non-monetary securities classified as available for sale are recognised in other comprehensive income.

When securities classified as available for sale are sold or impaired, the accumulated fair value adjustments recognised in equity are included in the consolidated income statement.

Dividends on available for sale equity instruments are recognised in the consolidated income statement as part of other income when the Group’s right to receive payments is established.

4.7 Offsetting financial instruments

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the consolidated balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legally enforceable right must not be contingent on future events and must be enforceable in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency and bankruptcy of the company or counterparty.

4.8 Impairment of financial assets

a) Loans and receivables

The Group assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired and impairment losses are incurred only if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a “loss event”) and that loss event (or events) has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated.

Evidence of impairment may include indications that the debtors or a group of debtors is experiencing significant financial difficulty, default or delinquency in interest or principal payments, the probability

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

that they will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganisation, and where observable data indicate that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows, such as changes in arrears or economic conditions that correlate with defaults.

The amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced and the amount of the loss is recognised in the consolidated income statement. If a loan or held-to-maturity investment has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current effective interest rate determined under the contract. As a practical expedient, the Group may measure impairment on the basis of an instrument’s fair value using an observable market price.

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the reversal of the previously recognised impairment loss is recognised in the consolidated income statement.

b) Assets classified as available for sale

The Group assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets classified as available for sale is impaired. In the case of equity investments classified as available for sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is also evidence that the assets are impaired. If any such evidence exists for available for sale financial assets, the cumulative loss — measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognised in the consolidated income statement — is removed from equity and recognised in the consolidated income statement. Impairment losses recognised in the consolidated income statement on equity instruments are not reversed through the consolidated income statement.

4.9 Derivative financial instruments

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured at their fair value.

Derivatives are classified as a current or non-current asset or liability. The accounting policy for derivatives designated as hedging instruments is set out in note 4.23. The gain or loss on the revaluation of other derivatives is recognised immediately in the consolidated income statement within “Other (losses)/gains – net”.

The fair values of derivative instruments are disclosed in note 19.

4.10 Trade receivables

Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business and are classified within current assets as collection is expected in one year or less.

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment.

4.11 Cash and cash equivalents

In the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents includes cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks, other short term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less and bank overdrafts. In the consolidated balance sheet, bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings in current liabilities.

4.12 Share capital

Common shares are classified as equity.

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new common shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Where any Group company issues share capital which is held in escrow to settle future potential contingent consideration on past acquisitions the nominal value is deducted from equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders until the shares are cancelled or reissued.

Where such common shares are subsequently reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs and the related income tax effects, is included in equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders.

4.13 Compound financial instruments

Compound financial instruments issued by the Company comprise convertible loan notes that can be converted to share capital at the option of the holder, and the number of shares to be issued does not vary with changes in their fair value.

The liability component of a compound financial instrument is recognised initially at the fair value of a similar liability that does not have an equity conversion option. The equity component is recognised initially at the difference between the fair value of the compound financial instrument as a whole and the fair value of the liability component. Any directly attributable transaction costs are allocated to the liability and equity components in proportion to their initial carrying amounts.

Subsequent to initial recognition, the liability component of a compound financial instrument is measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The equity component of a compound financial instrument is not re-measured subsequent to initial recognition.

4.14 Trade payables

Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers. Accounts payable are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less.

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

4.15 Borrowings

Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently carried at amortised cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognised in the consolidated income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.

Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are recognised as transaction costs of the loan to the extent that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. In this case, the fee is deferred until the draw-down occurs. To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down, the fee is capitalised as a pre-payment for liquidity services and amortised over the period of the facility to which it relates.

The share buy-back liability arising on the repurchase of shares during the year is carried at amortised cost and the redemption value is recognised in the consolidated income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method (see note 28).

4.16 Current and deferred income tax

The tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the consolidated income statement, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date in the countries where the Company and its subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income. The Group periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred income tax is recognised, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, deferred tax liabilities are not recognised if they arise from the initial recognition of goodwill; deferred income tax is not accounted for if it arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised.

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, except for deferred income tax liabilities where the timing of the reversal of temporary differences is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

4.17 Employee benefits

The Group recognises a liability and an expense for bonuses, based on a formula that takes into consideration the profit attributable to the Company’s shareholders after certain adjustments. The Group recognises a provision where contractually obliged or where there is a past practice that has created a constructive obligation.

4.18 Share based payments and related items

The Group operates a number of equity-settled, share based compensation plans, under which the entity receives services from employees as consideration for equity instruments (options and restricted shares) of the Company. The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of the options is recognised as an expense over the vesting period. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the options granted.

The fair value of the options or restricted shares granted is determined using trinomial option pricing models, which take into account the exercise price of the option, the current share price, the dividend expected on the shares, the risk free interest rate, the expected volatility of the share price over the life of the option and other relevant factors.

Non-market vesting conditions are taken into account by adjusting the number of shares or share options included in the measurement of the cost of employee services so that ultimately, the amount recognised in the consolidated income statement reflects the number of vested shares or share options.

At each balance sheet date, the entity revises its estimate of the number of options that are expected to vest. It recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the consolidated income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

The liability for social security costs on employee equity instruments is calculated with reference to options and restricted shares to the extent that they have vested at the balance sheet date, taking account of expected employee attrition, and the location of the employees holding the options and restricted shares.

The timing of the recognition of the liability reflects the fact that post-IPO the Company has communicated to employees that it would bear the social security costs associated with exercising options and restricted shares.

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

The liability is classified on a cash settled basis and consequently is recorded at fair value at each reporting date, it is therefore sensitive to fluctuations in the share price as well as other inputs to the fair value calculation model. The liability is therefore subject to review at each reporting date.

4.19 Revenue recognition

The Group’s revenue is mainly derived from selling financial data and providing pre- and post-trade processing technology services. The Group also provides financial data web solutions development and maintenance services and sells software licences and related services for risk management, enterprise data management, and pricing and financial analytics. Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable and when the following general revenue recognition principles are met: the amount of revenue can be reliably measured, the receipt of economic benefits are probable, costs incurred or to be incurred can be measured reliably and where relevant, the risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the buyer.

In addition to the general principles outlined above, the following specific policies are applied:

a) Financial data, pre- and post-trade processing services and development and maintenance of web solutions services

Customers are invoiced on either a subscription or volume usage basis.

For subscription invoiced arrangements, revenue is recognised over the period of the subscription on a straight line basis and once the general revenue recognition principles have been met. Subscription revenues are invoiced in advance, often on an annual or quarterly basis. Where payments are received from customers in advance, the amounts are recorded as deferred income and released when the services are rendered.

For volume usage arrangements, revenue is recognised in line with the usage in the period and when the general revenue recognition principles are met. Customers are invoiced on a monthly basis to reflect actual usage. Where amounts are invoiced in arrears, revenue is accrued accordingly.

Revenue generated from the sale of third-party financial data products or services is recorded net of costs when the Group is acting as an agent between the customer and the vendor and recorded gross when the Group is considered the principal in the transaction.

b) Software

The Group licenses its software on term licences in multiple element transactions with related support services and at times, professional services. The elements of the transactions are considered to be separately identifiable if the product or service has standalone value to the customer. The amount allocated to each component is based on their relative fair value to the arrangement as a whole or based on the difference between the total arrangement value and the fair value of the undelivered component. Fair values are determined based on prices regularly charged for a component when sold separately, or, when a component is not sold separately, based on internal estimates supported by internal costing and pricing information.

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

The Group determines that delivery of software licences occurs upon electronic shipment of the licence key to the end user and when all the other general principles have been met.

Support services consist of software maintenance support. The Group renders software maintenance support services over the contract period, which typically ranges from 3 to 7 years.

Professional services constitute installation and do not generally involve significant production, modification or customisation of the related software. Revenue is recognised as the services are performed. Occasionally, when customisation is requested by a customer, revenue is recognised for software and customisation services together using the percentage-of-completion method based on contract costs incurred to date as a percentage of total estimated contract costs required to complete the development work. The Group assess the recoverability of these contracts on an ongoing basis.

Support services are recognised upon customer acceptance and when all the other general principles have been met.

4.20 Leases

Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to the consolidated income statement on a straight line basis over the period of the lease.

The Group leases certain property, plant and equipment and certain intangible assets. Leases where the Group has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases. Finance leases are capitalised at the lease’s commencement at the lower of the fair value of the leased asset and the present value of the minimum lease payments.

Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance charges. The corresponding rental obligations, net of finance costs, are included in other long term payables. The interest element of the finance cost is charged to the income statement over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. The property, plant and equipment and certain intangible assets acquired under finance leases are depreciated or amortised over the shorter of the useful life of the asset and the lease term.

Operating lease incentives are accounted for as a reduction of the rental expense and spread on a straight line basis over the term of the lease.

4.21 Dividend distribution

Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the consolidated financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved.

4.22 Exceptional items

Exceptional items are disclosed separately in the consolidated financial statements where it is necessary to do so to provide further understanding of the financial performance of the Group. They are items of income or expense that have been shown separately due to the significance of their nature, size or incidence of occurrence.

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

In determining whether an event or transaction is exceptional, management considers quantitative as well as qualitative factors such as the frequency or predictability of occurrence. This is consistent with the way that financial performance is measured by management and reported to the Company’s Board of Directors and assists in providing a meaningful analysis of the trading results of the Group.

4.23 Hedge Accounting

The Group hedge accounts for certain of its forward foreign exchange contracts under the provisions of IAS 39, “Financial instruments: Recognition and measurement”. Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the contract date and are subsequently measured at their fair value at each balance sheet date. The method of recognising the resulting fair value gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument and the nature of the item being hedged.

At the inception of a hedging transaction, the Group documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and hedged item together with its risk management objective and the strategy underlying the proposed transaction. The Group also documents its assessment, both at the inception of the hedging relationship and subsequently on an ongoing basis, of the effectiveness of the hedge in offsetting movements in the cash flows of the hedged items.

Where the hedging relationship is classified as a cash flow hedge, to the extent the hedge is effective, changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument arising from the hedged risk are recognised directly in equity rather than in the income statement. When the hedged item is recognised in the financial statements, the accumulated gains and losses recognised in other comprehensive income are either recycled to the income statement, or if the hedged item results in a non-financial asset, are recognised as adjustments to its initial carrying amount.

During the period, all of the Group’s cash flow hedges were highly effective and there is therefore no ineffective portion recognised in profit or loss.

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the income statement. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the income statement within “Other (losses)/gains – net”.

The full fair value of hedging derivatives is classified as current when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is less than 12 months.

4.24 Changes in accounting policy and disclosures

New and amended standards adopted by the Group

The following standards have been adopted by the Group for the first time for the financial year beginning on or after January 1, 2014:

 

Amendment to IAS 32, “Financial instruments: Presentation” on offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities. This amendment clarifies that the right of set-off must not be contingent on a

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

 

future event. It must also be legally enforceable for all counterparties in the normal course of business, as well as in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy. The amendment also considers settlement mechanisms. The amendment did not have a significant effect on the Group financial statements.

 

 

Amendment to IAS 39, “Financial instruments: Recognition and measurement” on the novation of derivatives and the continuation of hedge accounting. This amendment considers legislative changes to “over-the-counter” derivatives and the establishment of central counterparties. Under IAS 39 novation of derivatives to central counterparties would result in discontinuance of hedge accounting. The amendment provides relief from discontinuing hedge accounting when novation of a hedging instrument meets specified criteria. The amendment did not have a significant effect on the Group financial statements.

New standards and interpretations not yet adopted

A number of new standards and amendments to standards and interpretations are effective for annual periods beginning after January 1, 2014, and have not been applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements. None of these are expected to have a significant effect on the consolidated financial statements of the Group, except the following set out below:

 

 

IFRS 9, “Financial instruments”, addresses the classification, measurement and recognition of financial assets and financial liabilities. The complete version of IFRS 9 was issued in July 2014. It replaces the guidance in IAS 39 that relates to the classification and measurement of financial instruments. IFRS 9 retains but simplifies the mixed measurement model and establishes three primary measurement categories for financial assets: amortised cost, fair value through other comprehensive income (“OCI”) and fair value through profit or loss. The basis of classification depends on the entity’s business model and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial asset. Investments in equity instruments are required to be measured at fair value through profit or loss with the irrevocable option at inception to present changes in fair value in OCI not recycling. There is now a new expected credit losses model that replaces the incurred loss impairment model used in IAS 39.

 

 

For financial liabilities there were no changes to classification and measurement except for the recognition of changes in own credit risk in other comprehensive income, for liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss. IFRS 9 relaxes the requirements for hedge effectiveness by replacing the bright line hedge effectiveness tests. It requires an economic relationship between the hedged item and hedging instrument and for the “hedged ratio” to be the same as the one management actually use for risk management purposes. Contemporaneous documentation is still required but is different to that currently prepared under IAS 39. The standard is effective for accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2015. The Group is yet to assess IFRS 9’s full impact.

 

 

IFRS 15, “Revenue from contracts with customers” deals with revenue recognition and establishes principles for reporting useful information to users of financial statements about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an entity’s contracts with customers. Revenue is recognised when a customer obtains control of a good or service and thus has the ability to direct the use and obtain the benefits from the good or service. The standard

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

 

replaces IAS 18 “Revenue” and IAS 11 “Construction contracts” and related interpretations. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2017. The Group is assessing the impact of IFRS 15.

There are no other IFRSs or IFRIC interpretations that are not yet effective that would be expected to have a material impact on the Group.

 

5.

Financial risk management

5.1 Financial risk factors

The Group’s operations expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risks (including foreign exchange risk, market price risk and cash flow and fair value interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.

The Group has procedures in place that seek to limit the adverse effects on the financial performance and stability of the Group by monitoring relevant indicators.

The Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge the economic impact of certain risk exposures.

Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (“Group Treasury”) under policies approved by the Chief Financial Officer and governed by the Treasury Oversight Committee (“TOC”). Group Treasury identifies, evaluates and with the approval of the Chief Financial Officer hedges the identified financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units.

Group Treasury provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as written policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, use of derivative financial instruments and non-derivative financial instruments and investment of excess liquidity which are presented to the Chief Financial Officer for approval before their implementation.

(a) Market risk

(i) Foreign exchange risk

The Group’s principal currency risk is translation risk. Translation risk or exposure arises from the fact that the financial records of certain Group subsidiaries are maintained in local currency. The Group’s US Dollar-denominated consolidated financial statements can be affected by changes in the relative value of those local currencies against the US Dollar.

In addition, the Group is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the US Dollar, Pound Sterling, Euro, Indian Rupee, Singapore Dollar and Canadian Dollar. These exposures arise from transactions in currencies other than the functional currency of the entities. Foreign exchange risk arises from the future settlement of recognised assets and liabilities denominated in a currency that is not the entities’ functional currency.

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

The approved foreign exchange risk policy is to hedge Pound Sterling, Euro, Indian Rupee, Singapore Dollar and Canadian Dollar exchange rate risk at a Group level using a mixture of forward foreign exchange contracts and plain vanilla derivative contracts.

For Pound Sterling and Euro foreign exchange risk management, the policy is to hedge a proportion of exposure to forecast consolidated Sterling and Euro revenue on a rolling 15-month basis. For Canadian Dollar, Indian Rupee and Singapore Dollar foreign exchange risk management the policy is to hedge 100% of consolidated operating expenditure exposure for 15 months starting from January 1 following the annual budget process.

In addition, other foreign exchange exposures relating to significant cash flows, such as the Group’s annual bonus payment, are hedged when the magnitude and the probability of them occurring is deemed significant.

The Group has certain investments in foreign operations, whose net assets are exposed to foreign currency translation risk. Currency exposure arising from the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations is not hedged as the Group has no current intentions to reduce its investments in any overseas entities.

At December 31, 2014, if the Euro had weakened/strengthened by 10% against the US Dollar with all other variables held constant, operating profit for the year would have been $2.4m higher/lower (2013: $1.6m, 2012: $10.5m). The impact on equity would have been $4.8m higher/lower (2013: $5.5m, 2012: $5.6m) due to the translation of net assets of overseas entities.

At December 31, 2014, if the Pound Sterling had weakened/strengthened by 10% against the US Dollar with all other variables held constant, operating profit for the year would have been $5.7m higher/lower (2013: $8.2m, 2012: $7.4m). The impact on equity would have been $17.2m higher/lower (2013: $1.6m, 2012: $0.7m) due to the translation of net assets of overseas entities.

Changes to exchange rate fluctuations in respect of other currencies would not significantly impact the Group’s results.

(ii) Market price risk

The Group is not exposed to significant market price risk as it holds no listed investments, and has no investment trading activity.

(iii) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk

The Group’s interest rate risk arises from long term borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk which is partially offset by cash held at variable rates. Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk (see note 28).

As at December 31, 2014 the Group held borrowings with a floating rate of interest totalling $228.0m (2013: $268.0m, 2012: $240.5m). If interest rates on floating rate borrowings had been 100 basis points higher/lower with all other variables held constant, post-tax profit for the year would have been $3.7m lower/higher (2013: $3.2m, 2012: $2.8m).

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2014 the Group held no borrowings (2013: $nil, 2012: $nil) with a fixed rate of interest.

Any future potential interest rate risk exposure as a result of new long term borrowings will be assessed for the impact of a shift in interest rates over the expected term of the borrowings and if considered material a potential exposure to interest rate movement will be hedged using the appropriate financial instruments approved by the Chief Financial Officer.

(b) Credit risk

The Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to trade and other receivables and cash and cash equivalents. The directors believe that such risk is limited, as the Group’s customer base primarily consists of large financial institutions. The amount of exposure to any individual counterparty is actively monitored and assessed by management.

Credit risk is managed on a Group basis. Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, deposits with banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to customers, including outstanding receivables and committed transactions. For banks and financial institutions, only government-backed institutions or independently rated parties with a minimum short term investment grade rating of “A1” are accepted as investment counterparties. At December 31, 2014 cash and cash equivalents were held with eight (2013: three, 2012: two) independent financial institutions. For customers, the Group assesses the credit quality of the customer, taking into account its financial position, past experience and other factors. Individual risk limits are set based on internal ratings in accordance with limits approved by the Management Committee.

The credit quality of financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired can be assessed by reference to external credit ratings (if available) or to historical information about counterparty default rates. As at December 31, 2014, 49% (2013: 52%, 2012: 53%) of the Group’s counterparty risk is with larger institutions which have an external credit rating of investment grade or better. The remaining counterparties are closely monitored and have strict trading limits. Of these counterparties 78% (2013: 78%, 2012: 80%) are with customers with whom the Group has a trading relationship for more than 12 months and with no significant history of default. The credit quality of financial assets in the comparative periods was not significantly different from the current period.

(c) Liquidity risk

The Group’s management reviews liquidity issues on an ongoing basis and the Group actively maintains a mixture of long term and short term debt finance at competitive interest rates that is designed to ensure the Group has sufficient available funds for operations. On-going business is cash flow generative and excess liquidity when not being used to reduce debt is invested short term at competitive yields with approved investment grade institutions.

Cash flow forecasting is performed monthly by the operating entities of the Group and aggregated by Group Treasury on a rolling 12 month basis. Group Treasury monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity requirements to ensure it has sufficient cash to meet operational needs while maintaining sufficient headroom on its undrawn committed borrowing facilities at all times so that the Group does not breach borrowing limits or covenants (where applicable) on any of its borrowing facilities. Such

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

forecasting takes into consideration the Group’s debt financing plans, covenant compliance, compliance with internal balance sheet ratio targets and, if applicable, external regulatory or legal requirements.

Surplus cash held by the operating entities over and above the balance required for working capital management are transferred to Markit Group Limited, the Group’s internal bank managed by Group Treasury. Group Treasury invests surplus cash in interest bearing current accounts, time deposits and money market deposits choosing appropriate maturities or sufficient liquidity to provide sufficient headroom as determined by the above-mentioned forecasts. At the reporting date, the Group held short term deposits and cash of $117.7m (2013: $75.3m; 2012: $110.2m) that are expected to readily generate cash for managing liquidity risk.

The table below analyses the Group’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows, except for derivatives for which fair values are disclosed:

 

  Less than 6
months
 

Between 6

months and

1 year

  Between 1
and 5 years
 
  $’m   $’m   $’m  
As at December 31, 2014

Borrowings

  43.9      43.9      359.7   

Derivative financial instruments

  1.8      0.5      0.6   

Trade and other payables

  203.7      -      143.1   

 

  Less than 6
months
  Between 6
months and
1 year
 

Between 1

and 5 years

 
  $’m   $’m   $’m  
As at December 31, 2013

Borrowings

  51.5      51.5      487.5   

Derivative financial instruments

  3.9      4.2      0.3   

Trade and other payables

  194.6      4.0      29.6   

The Group does not anticipate any significant liquidity risks to arise from the repayments scheduled above.

5.2 Capital management

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders, and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group returns capital to shareholders, issues new shares or sells assets to reduce debt.

Consistent with others in the industry, the Group monitors capital on the basis of the gearing ratio. This ratio is calculated as net debt divided by total capital. Net debt is calculated as total borrowings

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

(including “current and non-current borrowings” as shown in the consolidated balance sheet) less “cash and cash equivalents”. Total capital is calculated as “equity” as shown in the consolidated balance sheet plus net debt.

The gearing ratio as at December 31, 2014 was 12% (2013: 20%, 2012: 22%).

The Group considered that the gearing ratio is appropriate to the current requirements of the Group.

5.3 Fair value estimation

Except for foreign currency derivatives and contingent consideration in respect of past acquisitions, the Group holds no financial instruments carried at fair value. The Group uses the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of these financial instruments:

 

 

Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1);

 

 

Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (level 2); or

 

 

Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs) (level 3).

Foreign currency derivatives are valued using quoted prices in an active market for identical assets or liabilities (level 1). The fair value of the contingent consideration is based on the Group’s estimates (level 3), the inputs for which are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs). The movement in contingent consideration is shown in note 5.4.

The table below presents the Group’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value at December 31, 2014:

 

  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  
Assets $’m   $’m   $’m   $’m  

Derivatives used for hedging

  8.0      -      -      8.0   
  

 

 

 
  8.0      -      -      8.0   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities

Contingent consideration

  -      -      50.7      50.7   

Derivatives used for hedging

  2.9      -      -      2.9   
  

 

 

 
  2.9      -      50.7      53.6   
  

 

 

 

The table below presents the Group’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value at December 31, 2013:

 

  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  
Assets $’m   $’m   $’m   $’m  

Derivatives used for hedging

  1.2      -      -      1.2   
  

 

 

 
  1.2      -      -      1.2   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities

Contingent consideration

  -      -      33.6      33.6   

Derivatives used for hedging

  8.4      -      -      8.4   
  

 

 

 
  8.4      -      33.6      42.0   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

5.4 Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (level 3)

 

  Year ended 
December 31, 
2014 
  Year ended 
December 31, 
2013 
 
  $’m    $’m   

Balance at January 1

  33.6       72.1    

Contingent consideration:

Recognised on acquisition of thinkFolio

  2.8         

Recognised on acquisition of CTI

  32.5         

Fair value gains on contingent consideration – recognised within acquisition related items

  (15.9)      (1.8)   

Unwind of discount – recognised within finance costs – net

  1.3       1.0    

Settlement

  (3.6)      (37.7)   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31

  50.7       33.6    
  

 

 

 

The Group had liabilities measured using significant unobservable inputs as at December 31, 2014 of $50.7m (December 31, 2013: $33.6m) following the acquisitions of:

 

 

CTI – As at December 31, 2014, (see note 32) the Group held liabilities that comprise contingent consideration of $32.9m. Contingent consideration is payable based on future revenue performance of the business to December 31, 2016 for which the full potential payout has been recognised.

 

 

thinkFolio – Contingent consideration of $2.8m was recognised on the acquisition of thinkFolio Limited and its subsidiaries (“thinkFolio”) on January 13, 2014. Contingent consideration may be payable subject to the existing customer base of the company at acquisition being maintained until June 30, 2015 (see note 32). The carrying value of this contingent consideration is nil.

 

 

LoanSERV – Contingent consideration is $11.7m (December 31, 2013: $12.5m) which is payable based on future revenue, of which a 5% change in forecast revenue would cause an increase of $0.6m in contingent consideration. As a result, there is not expected to be any significant change in the estimate based on a change in key assumptions.

 

 

Securities Hub – Contingent consideration relating to the 2009 acquisition is $6.1m (December 31, 2013: $21.1m) and reflects future discounts against an annual subscription to the Securities Hub service together with a capped revenue share agreement payable as new customers are signed up to the service.

The Group’s policy is to recognise transfers into and transfers out of fair value hierarchy levels as of the date of the event or change in circumstances that caused the transfer. There have been no transfers between levels in the year.

There were no changes in valuation techniques during the year.

 

6.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are addressed below.

(a) Business combinations

The Group is highly acquisitive and accordingly there are a number specific areas in which the Group relies on estimates and is required to exercise judgement. Specifically these include:

(i) Valuation of contingent consideration

Contingent consideration is based on performance metrics of the acquired businesses, including revenue and EBITDA. The best estimate of the amount payable is assessed at the time of acquisition. The fair value of the liability is then reassessed at each reporting date to reflect current forecasts and estimates. Determining the fair value requires estimates of the future performance metrics of the businesses acquired. See note 5.3 for further detail.

(ii) Valuation of intangible assets on acquisition

The identification and valuation of separable intangible assets acquired as part of the business combination requires judgement and the use of estimates to determine the expected future cash flows from the separately identified intangible assets (see note 4.4).

(iii) Goodwill impairment testing

The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment. The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based on value-in-use calculations. These calculations require the use of estimates as described in note 17. The impact of changes in assumptions used in testing for impairment of goodwill is disclosed in note 17.

(b) Internally developed intangibles

The Group has applied its judgement in determining which development projects meet the criteria for capitalisation in IAS 38 “Intangible Assets” (see note 4.4) and the point at which capitalisation should commence on those development projects. The carrying value of development costs capitalised is disclosed in note 17, as “Internally developed intangibles”.

The Group has applied its judgement in determining and reviewing the useful economic lives of these assets on a regular basis. The basis of these estimates includes the timing of technological obsolescence, competitive pressures, historical experience and internal business plans for the software. Future results could be affected if management’s current assessment of its software projects differs from actual performance.

(c) Revenue recognition

As described in note 4.19, the Company exercises judgement in determining whether the components of multiple element transactions are identifiable products or services that have standalone value to the

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

customer. In this determination, management considers the transaction from the customer’s perspective and among other factors; management assesses whether the service or good is sold separately by the Company in the normal course of business or whether the customer could purchase the service or good separately.

The Company also uses estimates and exercises judgement in its determination of the fair value of each component in a multiple element transaction in order to allocate the arrangement value to the components. As evidence of the component’s fair value, management looks to the price regularly charged for the component when sold separately, or when a component is not sold separately, management looks to internal estimates supported by internal costing and pricing information.

(d) Income taxes

The Company calculates an income tax provision in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. However, actual amounts of income tax expense only become final upon filing and acceptance of the tax return by the relevant authorities, which occurs subsequent to the issuance of the financial statements. Additionally, estimation of income taxes includes evaluating the recoverability of deferred tax assets based on an assessment of the ability to use the underlying future tax deductions before they expire against future taxable income. The assessment is based upon existing tax laws and estimates of future taxable income. To the extent estimates differ from the final tax return, earnings would be affected in a subsequent period.

The Company’s 2014 effective income tax rate on earnings from continuing operations was 25.6% (2013: 30.2%, 2012: 21.8%). A 1% increase in the effective income tax rate would have increased 2014 income tax expense by approximately $2.2m (2013: $2.1m, 2012: $2.0m).

 

7.

Operating segments

The Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) is the Group’s chief operating decision-maker. Management has determined the operating segments based on the information received by the CEO for the purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance.

The CEO considers the performance of the business primarily from the perspective of groups of similar products.

The CEO assesses the performance of the operating segments based on Adjusted EBITDA, a measure of earnings before income taxes, net finance costs, depreciation and amortisation on fixed assets and intangible assets (including acquisition related intangible assets), acquisition related items, exceptional items, share based compensation, net other gains or losses including share of Adjusted EBITDA attributable to joint ventures and excluding Adjusted EBITDA attributable to non-controlling interests.

This measure excludes the effects of charges or income from the operating segments such as restructuring costs, legal expenses and goodwill impairments when those items result from an isolated event. The measure also excludes the effects of equity-settled share based payments and foreign exchange gains / losses.

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Finance costs are not allocated to segments as this type of activity is driven by Group Treasury which manages the financing position of the Group.

Central costs are allocated to segments based on various metrics, including revenue and headcount, reflecting the nature of the costs incurred.

The Group’s operating segments are as follows:

Information: The Group’s Information division provides enriched content comprising pricing and reference data, indices, valuation and trading services across multiple asset classes and geographies through both direct and third-party distribution channels. The Group’s Information segment products and services are used for independent valuations, research, trading, and liquidity and risk assessments. These products and services help the Group’s customers price instruments, comply with relevant regulatory reporting and risk management requirements, and analyse financial markets.

Processing: The Group’s Processing division offers trade processing solutions globally for OTC derivatives, foreign exchange and syndicated loans. The Group’s trade processing and connectivity services enable buy-side and sell-side firms to confirm transactions rapidly, which increases efficiency by optimising post-trade workflow, reducing risk and complying with reporting regulations. The Group believes it is the largest provider of end-to-end multi-asset OTC derivatives trade processing services.

Solutions: The Group’s Solutions division provides configurable enterprise software platforms, managed services and hosted custom web solutions. The Group’s offerings help its customers capture, organise, process, display and analyse information, manage risk and meet regulatory requirements.

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

 

Year ended
December 31,

2014

 

Year ended
December 31,

2013

 

Year ended
December 31,

2012

 
             
  $’m      $’m      $’m     
Revenue

- Information

  486.5         459.6         431.3      

- Processing

  284.9         265.3         238.8      

- Solutions

  293.7         223.0         190.5      
  

 

 

 

Total

              1,065.1         947.9         860.6      
  

 

 

 
Adjusted EBITDA(1)

- Information

  239.2         217.2         214.5      

- Processing

  156.6         138.1         124.5      

- Solutions

  93.1         77.5         67.6      

- Non-controlling interest

  (0.7)        (11.5)        (48.4)     
  

 

 

 

Total Adjusted EBITDA(1)

  488.2         421.3         358.2      

Reconciliation to the consolidated income statement:

- Exceptional items

  (84.9)        (60.6)        (40.3)     

- Acquisition related items

  12.4         1.4         (0.9)     

- Amortisation – acquisition related

  (57.9)        (50.1)        (46.2)     

- Depreciation and amortisation – other

  (100.1)        (86.0)        (66.7)     

- Share based compensation and related items

  (16.0)        (8.1)        (16.2)     

- Other (losses)/gains – net

  (6.0)        0.7         (11.6)     

- Finance costs – net

  (16.9)        (19.4)        (28.9)     

- Non-controlling interest

  0.7         11.5         48.4      

- Share of results from joint venture not attributable to Adjusted EBITDA

  1.1         -         -      
  

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

  220.6         210.7         195.8      
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Adjusted EBITDA is defined as profit for the period from continuing operations before income taxes, net finance costs, depreciation and amortisation on fixed assets and intangible assets (including acquisition related intangible assets), acquisition related items, exceptional items, share based compensation and related items, net other gains or losses, including Adjusted EBIDTA attributable to joint ventures and excluding Adjusted EBIDTA attributable to non-controlling interests.

Geographical

 

Year ended  
December 31,  

2014  

  Year ended
December 31,
2013
  Year ended
December 31,
2012
 
  $’m     $’m     $’m    

Revenue – by geography

- United States of America

  530.3        473.4        414.2     

- European Union

  420.0        382.1        371.5     

- Other

  114.8        92.4        74.9     
  

 

 

 
          1,065.1        947.9        860.6     
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

 

Balance at  

December 31,  
2014  

  Balance at  
December 31,  
2013  
 
  $’m     $’m    

Non-current assets – by geography

- United States of America

  1,080.8        996.4     

- European Union

  1,766.6        1,714.9     

- Other

  34.4        69.1     
  

 

 

 
  2,881.8        2,780.4     
  

 

 

 

Deferred income tax assets

  4.2        5.3     
  

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

          2,886.0        2,785.7     
  

 

 

 

No individual customer accounts for more than 10% of Group revenue.

 

8.

Operating expenses

 

  Year ended  
December 31,  
2014  
  Year ended  
December 31,  
2013  
  Year ended  
December 31,  
2012  
 
  $’m     $’m     $’m    

Personnel costs

  350.4        307.3        272.1     

Operating lease payments

  16.8        15.5        14.4     

Technology costs

  89.5        86.2        79.6     

Subcontractors and professional fees

  44.0        40.1        39.6     

Other expenses

  68.5        66.0        48.3     
  

 

 

 

Operating expenses

              569.2        515.1        454.0     
  

 

 

 

The operating expenses above exclude exceptional items (see note 9), acquisition related items (see note 10), share based compensation and related items (see note 11), other (losses)/gains – net (see note 12), depreciation on property, plant and equipment (see note 16) and amortisation of intangible assets (see note 17).

 

9.

Exceptional items

 

  Year ended  
December 31,  
2014  
  Year ended  
December 31,  
2013  
  Year ended  
December 31,  
2012  
 
  $’m     $’m     $’m    
Exceptional items:

- Legal advisory costs

  5.6        6.3        6.4     

- Impairments

  39.8        53.5        8.9     

- Profit on sale of available for sale financial asset

  -        (4.2)       -     

- Platform migration

  -        -        21.4     

- IFRS conversion costs

  -        -        1.8     

- Restructuring costs

  -        -        1.8     

- Indirect taxes

  -        5.0        -     

- IPO preparation and execution costs

  12.1        -        -     

- Accelerated share based compensation charges

  7.3        -        -     

- Recognition of liability for social security costs on employee equity instruments

  20.1        -        -     
  

 

 

 

Exceptional items

              84.9        60.6        40.3     
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Exceptional items are considered by management to constitute items that are significant either because of their size, nature or incidence of occurrence, and are presented on the face of the income statement. The separate reporting of exceptional items is set out below to provide an understanding of the Group’s underlying performance.

Legal advisory costs are associated with ongoing antitrust investigations by both the US Department of Justice and the European Commission and the associated consolidated class action lawsuit relating to the credit derivatives and related markets. These costs have been classified as exceptional due to the complexity and individual nature of these related cases along with the size of the costs being incurred. These costs represent an industry wide issue and are consequently not considered part of the Group’s normal course of business.

For the year ended December 31, 2014:

 

 

A $31.9m impairment of goodwill was taken in relation to Markit Analytics, within our Solutions segment, as developments in the regulatory and business environment have resulted in weaker than anticipated growth.

 

A $7.9m impairment charge relating primarily to other intangible assets at Credit Centre, within our Processing segment, was recorded following a decision to wind down the business due to the market not evolving as expected.

 

IPO preparation and execution costs consisted of legal and professional fees associated with the Company’s initial public offering. These costs are one-off in nature and not considered part of the Group’s normal course of business.

 

The completion of the IPO resulted in a non-recurring acceleration of vesting for options granted prior to August 2013. The accelerated share based compensation charge reflects the impact of the IPO process.

 

During the second quarter of 2014, the Group recognised a liability for social security costs on employee equity instruments as the Group agreed to meet these obligations on behalf of employees. This has been classified as an exceptional item due to the one-off nature and size of the initial recognition.

For the year ended December 31, 2013:

 

 

A $12.7m impairment of all goodwill in relation to BOAT, within our Information segment and servicing a MiFID compliant trade reporting platform, was taken following the decision to close the business.

 

An impairment charge of $20.2m was recognised in relation to Markit Hub within our Information segment and providing a centralised interface for managing research content. Taking account of a reduced commercial outlook for this product, management fully impaired goodwill of $18.4m and other intangibles assets of $1.8m.

 

An impairment charge of $20.0m was recognised in relation to On Demand reflecting local cost pressures associated with operating at this asset’s location, reducing expectations for improvements in profit margins. On Demand provides web design, development and hosting services in the Solutions operating segment.

 

Profit on the sale of available for sale financial asset related to the gain realised on the sale of an investment, which due to its size and one-off occurrence was classified as exceptional.

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

 

Indirect taxes represent the anticipated cost in connection with the settlement of a one time indirect tax exposure.

For the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

 

An $8.9m impairment of all goodwill in relation to the Data Analytics & Research CGU.

 

Platform migration costs of $21.4m relate to significant one-off costs incurred in migrating customers of ClearPar, Storm and LoanSERV to an integrated platform enabling loan settlement and transaction processing.

 

IFRS conversion costs of $1.8m relate to audit, advisory and tax fees associated with the conversion of the Group’s 2011 financial statements as the Group transitioned from UK GAAP as of January 1, 2009.

 

Restructuring costs of $1.8m comprise costs associated with a review of the Group’s global cost structure including an employee reduction programme completed in 2011, together with premises exit costs following a global property review. The breadth and size of these specific reviews mean they have been classified as exceptional.

 

10.

Acquisition related items

Acquisition costs primarily relate to legal and tax advisory costs attributable to completed acquisitions.

 

  Year ended  
December 31,  
2014  
  Year ended  
December 31,  
2013  
  Year ended  
December 31,  
2012  
 
  $’m     $’m     $’m    
Acquisition related:

- Acquisition costs

  3.5        0.4        3.6     

- Fair value gains on contingent consideration

  (15.9)       (1.8)       (2.7)    
  

 

 

 

Acquisition related items

  (12.4)       (1.4)       0.9     
  

 

 

 

A $15.9m credit has been recognised primarily relating to the acquisitions of Securities Hub ($13.5m credit) and thinkFolio ($2.8m credit) to adjust the carrying value of contingent consideration. This reflects a lower fair value associated with the run rate of acquired contracts for thinkFolio, and the future discounts provided by Securities Hub as part of the deal structure.

 

11.

Share based compensation and related items

 

  Year ended  
December 31,  
2014  
  Year ended  
December 31,  
2013  
  Year ended  
December 31,  
2012  
 
  $’m     $’m     $’m    

Share based compensation

  13.4        8.1        16.2     

Change in fair value of liability of social security costs on employee equity instruments

  2.6        -        -     
  

 

 

 

Share based compensation and related items

  16.0        8.1        16.2     
  

 

 

 

In addition to the above, as a result of the IPO, a further $7.3m charge has been included as an exceptional item (note 9) in relation to a non-recurring acceleration of vesting for options granted prior to August 2013, and a charge of $20.1m was recognised within exceptional items (note 9) upon initial recognition of the liability for social security costs on employee equity instruments.

 

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

12.

Other (losses)/gains – net

 

  Year ended  
December 31,  
2014  
  Year ended  
December 31,  
2013  
  Year ended  
December 31,  
2012  
 
  $’m     $’m     $’m    

Foreign exchange forward contracts:

- Held for trading (see note 19)

  (7.3)       (3.9)       1.5     

Net foreign exchange losses

  13.3        3.2        10.1     
  

 

 

 

Other losses/(gains) – net

  6.0        (0.7)       11.6     
  

 

 

 

The Group holds forward exchange contracts to economically hedge the foreign exchange risk of certain future payables and receivables.

 

13.

Finance costs – net

 

  Year ended  
December 31,  
2014  
  Year ended  
December 31,  
2013  
  Year ended  
December 31,  
2012  
 
  $’m     $’m     $’m    

Finance costs:

- Interest on bank borrowings

  5.4        6.5        5.1     

- Interest on convertible loan notes

  -        -        5.2     

- Unwind of discount

  10.5        12.4        9.3     

- Facility fee amortisation

  0.6        -        -     

- Other

  0.6        0.8        9.5     
  

 

 

 
  17.1        19.7        29.1     
  

 

 

 

Finance income:

- Interest income on short term bank deposits

  (0.2)       (0.3)       (0.2)    
  

 

 

 
  (0.2)       (0.3)       (0.2)    
  

 

 

 

Finance costs – net

  16.9        19.4        28.9     
  

 

 

 

 

14.

Income tax expense

 

  Year ended  
December 31,  
2014  
  Year ended  
December 31,  
2013  
  Year ended  
December 31,  
2012  
 
  $’m     $’m     $’m    

Current tax:

- Current tax on profits for the year

  67.8        78.1        50.8     

- Adjustments in respect of prior years

  (11.2)       (2.7)       (2.0)    
  

 

 

 

Total current tax

  56.6        75.4        48.8     
  

 

 

 

Deferred tax:

- Origination and reversal of temporary differences

  9.2        (1.1)       (4.6)    

- Impact of change in tax rate

  0.9        (5.0)       (1.6)    

- Adjustments in respect of prior years

  (10.2)       (5.6)       0.1     
  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax

  (0.1)       (11.7)       (6.1)    
  

 

 

 

Income tax expense

  56.5        63.7        42.7     
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

The tax on the Group’s profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the standard tax rate applicable to profits of the Company as follows:

 

  Year ended  
December 31,  
2014  
  Year ended  
December 31,  
2013  
  Year ended  
December 31,  
2012  
 
  $’m     $’m     $’m    

Profit before income tax

  220.6         210.7         195.8      

Tax using the corporate rate of 21.5% (2013: 23.25%; 2012: 24.5%)

  47.5         49.0         48.0      

Tax effect of non-deductible items and exempt income

  15.0         9.0         (13.2)     

Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions

  11.4         19.0         8.9      

Adjustments in respect of prior years

  (21.4)        (8.3)        (1.9)     

Deferred tax not recognised

  3.0         -          2.5      

Effect of change in tax rates on deferred tax balances

  1.0         (5.0)        (1.6)     
  

 

 

 

Total

  56.5         63.7         42.7      
  

 

 

 

The UK corporation tax rate changed from 23% to 21% from April 1, 2014. Accordingly the Group’s profits for 2014 are taxed at a blended rate of 21.5%. The reductions in the UK corporation tax rate to 20% from April 1, 2015 were substantively enacted on July 2, 2013 and have been reflected in the calculation of deferred tax at the year end.

The income tax charged/(credited) directly to equity during the year is as follows:

 

  Year ended  
December 31,  
2014  
  Year ended  
December 31,  
2013  
  Year ended  
December 31,  
2012  
 
  $’m     $’m     $’m    

Current tax recognised on share based compensation

  (9.3)       (2.7)       -     

Deferred tax recognised on share based compensation

  (55.8)       0.4        8.7     

Current tax recognised on acquisition of non-controlling interests

  4.5        (4.5)       -     

Deferred tax recognised on acquisition of non-controlling interests

  59.2        (64.9)       -     

Deferred tax recognised on redemption liability (see note 32)

  (21.7)       -        -     

Deferred tax recognised on derivative financial instruments

  3.0        (2.0)       -     
 

 

 

 

Total tax recognised directly in equity

  (20.1)       (73.7)       8.7     
 

 

 

 

The weighted estimated average annual tax rate used for the year ended December 31, 2014 is 25.6% (2013: 30.2%, 2012: 21.8%). Income tax expense in the year contains out-of-period adjustments as per note 3.

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

15.

Earnings per share

Earnings per share, basic is calculated by dividing the net income attributable to owners of the Company by the weighted average number of common shares issued and outstanding during the year. As set out in note 2, during the year, the Company completed a corporate reorganisation, a reclassification of its share classes and a share split at a ratio of 10:1. Following these transactions, historical financial information has been restated to the corresponding weighted number of shares to reflect the share split.

 

    Year ended  
December 31,  
2014  
  Year ended  
December 31,  
2013(1)  
  Year ended  
December 31,  
2012(1)  
 

Profit attributable to owners of the Company

$’m   165.2        139.4        125.0     

Weighted average number of common shares issued and outstanding, basic

  179,183,880        173,875,980        177,716,240     
   

 

 

 
Earnings per share, basic $’s   0.92        0.80        0.70     
   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Restated to reflect the share split (see note 2).

Earnings per share, diluted is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of common shares issued and outstanding to assume conversion of all dilutive potential common shares. The Company has two categories of dilutive potential common shares that adjust the weighted average shares, namely options and restricted shares. A calculation is done to determine the number of common shares that could have been acquired at fair value (determined as the average market share price of the Company’s issued and outstanding common shares for the year) based on the monetary value of the subscription rights attached to the options and restricted shares. The number of common shares calculated above is compared with the number of common shares that would have been issued and outstanding assuming the exercise of options and the vesting of restricted shares.

 

    Year ended  
December 31,  
2014  
  Year ended  
December 31,  
2013(1)  
  Year ended  
December 31,  
2012(1)  
 

Profit attributable to owners of the Company

$’m   165.2      139.4      125.0   

Weighted average number of common shares issued and outstanding, basic

  179,183,880        173,875,980      177,716,240   
   

 

 

 

Adjustments for:

Share based payments

  -  Options

  4,307,360        1,032,090      1,315,770   

  -  Restricted shares

  976,300        642,690      988,110   
   

 

 

 

Weighted number of common shares issued and outstanding, diluted

  184,467,540        175,550,760      180,020,120   
   

 

 

 
Earnings per share, diluted $’s   0.90        0.79      0.69   
   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Restated to reflect the share split (see note 2).

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

16.

Property, plant and equipment

 

  Leasehold   
     improvements   
  Computer   
 equipment   
  Fixtures,   
 fittings and   
equipment   
  Assets   
under   
construction   
            Total     
  $’m      $’m      $’m      $’m      $’m     
COST

Balance at January 1, 2014

  36.5         99.2         15.0         2.2         152.9      

Acquisitions

  -         0.2         0.1         -         0.3      

Additions

  0.1         19.6         0.8         2.5         23.0      

Transfer

  2.4         0.5         0.9         (3.8)        -      

Disposals

  -         (2.3)        -         -         (2.3)     

Effect of movements in exchange rates

  (0.2)        (3.7)        (0.4)        (0.1)        (4.4)     
 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

  38.8         113.5         16.4         0.8         169.5      
 

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2013

  31.1         75.2         12.1         2.6         121.0      

Additions

  1.2         23.5         0.9         9.4         35.0      

Transfer

  7.1         0.5         2.2         (9.8)        -      

Disposals

  (2.6)        (0.9)        (0.2)        -         (3.7)     

Effect of movements in exchange rates

  (0.3)        0.9         -         -         0.6      
 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  36.5         99.2         15.0         2.2         152.9      
 

 

 

 

ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION

Balance at January 1, 2014

  9.3         71.1         10.2         -         90.6      

Depreciation for the year

  4.7         18.5         2.7         -         25.9      

Impairment

  -         1.2         -         -         1.2      

Disposals

  -         (1.2)        -         -         (1.2)     

Effect of movements in exchange rates

  (0.2)        (3.1)        (0.2)        -         (3.5)     
 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

  13.8         86.5         12.7         -         113.0      
 

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2013

  7.8         55.7         7.7         -         71.2      

Depreciation for the year

  4.0         15.6         2.6         -         22.2      

Disposals

  (2.6)        (0.9)        (0.2)        -         (3.7)     

Effect of movements in exchange rates

  0.1         0.7         0.1         -         0.9      
 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  9.3         71.1         10.2         -         90.6      
 

 

 

 
NET BOOK VALUE

At December 31, 2013

  27.2         28.1         4.8         2.2         62.3      
 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2014

  25.0         27.0         3.7         0.8         56.5      
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

17.

Intangible assets

 

   Goodwill     

Acquired   

intangibles -   
Customer   
relationships   

 

Acquired   

 intangibles   

 - Other   

  Internally   
developed   
 intangibles   
  Other   
intangible   
assets   
         Total     
COST $’m      $’m      $’m      $’m      $’m      $’m     

Balance at December 31, 2013

  2,220.0         464.0         148.8         257.3         132.4         3,222.5      

Acquisitions

  134.2         38.4         39.0         1.8         0.1         213.5      

Additions

  -         -         -         90.7         15.0         105.7      

Disposals

  -         -         -         (9.2)        (48.1)        (57.3)     

Effects of movements in exchange rates

  (22.3)        (10.4)        (4.0)        (6.4)        (1.5)        (44.6)     
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

  2,331.9         492.0         183.8         334.2         97.9         3,439.8      
  

 

 

 

ACCUMULATED AMORTISATION AND IMPAIRMENT

Balance at December 31, 2013

  88.7         111.4         56.6         140.7         107.3         504.7      

Amortisation

  -         39.6         18.3         64.4         10.7         133.0      

Disposals

  -         -         -         (5.1)        (47.4)        (52.5)     
Impairments   31.9         -         -         0.2         6.5         38.6      

Effects of movements in exchange rates

  -         (2.4)        (1.0)        (2.7)        (1.2)        (7.3)     
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

  120.6         148.6         73.9         197.5         75.9         616.5      
  

 

 

 

NET BOOK VALUE

At December 31, 2013

  2,131.3         352.6         92.2         116.6         25.1         2,717.8      
  

 

 

 

At December 31, 2014

  2,211.3         343.4         109.9         136.7         22.0         2,823.3      
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

   Goodwill     

Acquired   

intangibles -   
Customer   
relationships   

 

Acquired   

 intangibles   

 - Other   

  Internally   
developed   
 intangibles   
  Other   
intangible   
assets   
         Total     
COST $’m      $’m      $’m      $’m      $’m      $’m     

Balance at December 31, 2012

  2,210.6         452.2         144.8         175.5         111.8         3,094.9      

Additions

  -         -         -         80.3         20.2         100.5      

Acquisitions

  3.2         9.1         1.7         -         -         14.0      
Disposals   -         -         -         (0.8)        (0.1)        (0.9)     

Effects of movements in exchange rates

  6.2         2.7         2.3         2.3         0.5         14.0      
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  2,220.0         464.0         148.8         257.3         132.4         3,222.5      
  

 

 

 
ACCUMULATED AMORTISATION AND IMPAIRMENT

Balance at December 31, 2012

  37.7         73.6         41.3         85.8         96.0         334.4      

Amortisation

  -         35.1         15.0         53.8         10.0         113.9      

Impairments

  51.1         1.8         -         0.4         0.2         53.5      
Disposals   -         -         -         (0.8)         (0.1)        (0.9)     

Effect of movements in exchange rates

  (0.1)        0.9         0.3         1.5         1.2         3.8      
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  88.7         111.4         56.6         140.7         107.3         504.7      
  

 

 

 

NET BOOK VALUE

At December 31, 2012

  2,172.9         378.6         103.5         89.7         15.8         2,760.5      
  

 

 

 

At December 31, 2013

  2,131.3         352.6         92.2         116.6         25.1         2,717.8      
  

 

 

 

Impairment tests for goodwill

The Group reviews the business performance based on cash generating units (“CGUs”) or groups of CGUs which are based on product types. Goodwill is monitored by the Group at the level of individual CGUs or groups of CGUs.

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Goodwill considered significant in comparison to the Group’s total carrying amount of such assets has been allocated to CGUs or groups of CGUs as follows:

 

CGU group Segment

31  

    December  
2013  

      Additions       Impairment     Foreign  
    Exchange  
 

31  

    December  
2014  

 
    $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m    

Core Information

Information   1,041.8        -         -         -         1,041.8     

Indices

Information   113.2        -         -         -         113.2     

EDM

Solutions   147.9        -         -         (8.7)        139.2     

MarkitClear

Processing   82.4        -         -         -         82.4     

MarkitSERV

Processing   140.6        -         -         (0.7)        139.9     

On Demand

Solutions   84.3        -         -         -         84.3     

Risk Analytics

Solutions   31.9        -         (31.9)        -         -     

Core Solutions

Solutions   4.8        -         -         -         4.8     

WSO Solutions

Solutions   215.0        -         -         -         215.0     

Securities Finance

Information   171.6        -         -         (10.1)        161.5     

thinkFolio

Solutions   -         57.8        -         (2.8)        55.0     

CTI

Solutions   -         76.4        -         -         76.4     

Other

Various   97.8        -         -         -         97.8     
   

 

 

 

Total

  2,131.3        134.2        (31.9)        (22.3)        2,211.3     
   

 

 

 
CGU group Segment

31  

    December  
2012  

      Additions       Impairment     Foreign  
    Exchange  
 

31  

    December  
2013  

 
    $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m     $’m    

Core Information

Information   1,041.8        -         -         -         1,041.8     

Indices

Information   113.2        -         -         -         113.2     

EDM

Solutions   145.1        -         -         2.8         147.9     

MarkitClear

Processing   82.4        -         -         -         82.4     

MarkitSERV

Processing   140.4        -         -         0.2         140.6     

On Demand

Solutions   104.3        -         (20.0)        -         84.3     

Risk Analytics

Solutions   31.9        -         -         -         31.9     

Core Solutions

Solutions   4.8        -         -         -         4.8     

WSO Solutions

Solutions   215.0        -         -         -         215.0     

Securities Finance

Information   168.3        -         -         3.3         171.6     

Other

Various   125.7        3.2         (31.1)        -         97.8     
   

 

 

 

Total

  2,172.9        3.2         (51.1)        6.3         2,131.3     
   

 

 

 

The recoverable amount of all CGUs has been determined based on value-in-use calculations.

 

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

These calculations use pre-tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a five-year period. Cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using the estimated growth rates stated below. The growth rate does not exceed the long term average growth rate for similar business in which the CGU operates.

Management determined budgeted margin based on past performance and its expectations of market development.

The key assumptions used for value-in-use calculations are as follows:

 

    2014   2013  
CGU group Segment     Discount  
rate  
      Perpetual  
        growth  
rate  
      Discount  
rate  
  Perpetual  
        growth  
rate  
 

Core Information

Information   10%        Up to 2.5%        11%        Up to 2.5%     

Indices

Information   11%        2.5%        12%        2.5%     

EDM

Solutions   11%        2.5%        13%        2.5%     

MarkitClear

Processing   12%        2.5%        14%        2.5%     

MarkitSERV

Processing   12%        2.5%        12%        2.5%     

On Demand

Solutions   12%        2.5%        13%        2.5%     

Risk Analytics

Solutions   11%        2.5%        12%        2.5%     

Core Solutions

Solutions   12%        2.5%        11%        2.5%     

WSO Solutions

Solutions   10%        2.5%        12%        2.5%     

Securities Finance

Information   10%        2.5%        11%        2.5%     

thinkFolio

Solutions   11%        2.5%        -        -     

CTI

Solutions   14%        2.5%        -        -     

Other

Various   11%        Up to 2.5%        13%        Up to 2.5%     

The perpetual growth rates used are consistent with economic reports. The discount rates used are pre-tax and reflect specific risks relating to the relevant CGU.

Certain goodwill balances have been apportioned across multiple CGUs, specifically the acquisitions of Markit Group Limited in Core Information and WSO in 2008. This reflects the allocation of identified CGUs acquired in these transactions to different segments. The allocation of goodwill has been made based upon forecast cash flows at the date of acquisition. The goodwill recognised upon the acquisition of Markit Group Limited was $1,046.6m, which has been allocated across the following CGUs: Core Information ($1,041.8m) and Core Solutions ($4.8m). The goodwill recognised upon the acquisition of WSO was $267.5m, which has been allocated to the following CGUs: WSO Solutions ($215.0m) and Other ($52.5m).

Impairment charge arising in 2014

Following the year-end impairment review a goodwill impairment charge of $31.9m was recognised in the Risk Analytics CGU as developments in the regulatory and business environment have resulted in weaker than anticipated growth. This adjustment fully impaired goodwill relating to this CGU.

 

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Impairment charge arising in 2013

An impairment charge was recognised in the BOAT CGU disclosed above in “Other” (included in the Information operating segment and servicing a MiFID compliant trade reporting platform). Following the decision to close the business, management have concluded that the carrying value of goodwill of $12.7m is fully impaired.

An impairment charge of $20.2m was recognised in the Markit Hub CGU disclosed above in “Other” (included in the Information operating segment and providing a centralised interface for managing research content). Taking account of a reduced commercial outlook for this product, management has concluded that the carrying value of goodwill of $18.4m and of other intangibles assets of $1.8m is fully impaired.

An impairment charge of $20.0m was recognised in the On Demand CGU group to write down carrying value to its value in use. This reflects higher costs being incurred in developing and delivering solutions to clients due to local cost pressures associated with operating at this asset’s location, which has reduced expectations for improvements in profit margins. A 1% increase in the discount rate would have the effect of increasing the impairment recorded by $12.6m. On Demand provides web design, development and hosting services in the Solutions operating segment.

Impairment review

The principle assumption underlying the value in use calculations is considered to be pre-tax cash flows. Given this, sensitivity analysis has been performed to calculate the reduction in pre-tax cash flows which would eliminate the headroom. This analysis identified:

 

 

In On Demand, the recoverable amount calculated based on value in use exceeded carrying value by 28%. A reduction in forecast pre-tax cash flows of 9% would eliminate the remaining headroom.

 

In MarkitSERV, the recoverable amount calculated based on value in use exceeded carrying value by 47%. A reduction in forecast pre-tax cash flows of 13% would eliminate the remaining headroom.

 

In Securities Finance, the recoverable amount calculated based on value in use exceeded carrying value by 44%. A reduction in forecast pre-tax cash flows of 22% would eliminate the remaining headroom.

Based on sensitivity analysis of the other assumptions of the value in use calculations for these CGUs no other reasonably possible change in assumption would cause the carrying value of the CGU to exceed its recoverable amount. Across the remaining CGUs there is no factor which is considered reasonably possible that would lead to an excess of carrying value over recoverable amount.

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

18.

Financial instruments by category

 

Balance at December 31, 2014                
 

Loans and

receivables

  Assets at fair
value through
profit and loss
  Available for
sale
      Total    
  $’m   $’m   $’m   $’m    

Assets as per balance sheet

Derivative financial instruments

  -      8.0      -      8.0     

Trade and other receivables excluding prepayments

  198.6      -      -      198.6     

Cash and cash equivalents

  117.7      -      -      117.7     
  

 

 

 
  316.3      8.0      -      324.3     
  

 

 

 
      Liabilities at fair
value through
profit and loss
  Other financial
liabilities at
amortised
cost
      Total    
      $’m   $’m   $’m    

Liabilities as per balance sheet

Borrowings

  -      435.6      435.6     

Derivative financial instruments

  2.9      -      2.9     

Trade and other payables excluding non-financial liabilities

  50.7      296.1      346.8     
     

 

 

 
  53.6      731.7      785.3     
     

 

 

 
Balance at December 31, 2013                
  Loans and
receivables
  Assets at fair
value through
profit and loss
  Available for
sale
      Total    
  $’m   $’m   $’m   $’m    
Assets as per balance sheet

Derivative financial instruments

  -      1.2      -      1.2   

Trade and other receivables excluding prepayments

  156.7      -      -      156.7   

Cash and cash equivalents

  75.3      -      -      75.3   
  

 

 

 
  232.0      1.2      -      233.2   
  

 

 

 
      Liabilities at fair
value through
profit and loss
  Other financial
liabilities at
amortised
cost
  Total  
      $’m   $’m   $’m  

Liabilities as per balance sheet

Borrowings

  -      574.6      574.6   

Derivative financial instruments

  8.4      -      8.4   

Trade and other payables excluding non-financial liabilities

  33.6      194.6      228.2   
     

 

 

 
  42.0      769.2      811.2   
     

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

The following financial assets are subject to offsetting:

 

 

Gross
amounts of
recognised
financial
assets

 

Gross
amounts of
recognised
financial
assets
set-off in
the
balance
sheet

 

Net
amounts
of
financial
assets
presented
in the
balance
sheet

 

Related amounts not
set off in the balance
sheet

 

     
  Financial
instruments
  Cash
collateral
received
  Net
amount
 
  $’m   $’m   $’m   $’m   $’m   $’m  

Trade receivables

At December 31, 2014

  190.2      (3.0)      187.2      -      -      187.2   

At December 31, 2013

  153.0      (3.6)      149.4      -      -      149.4   

The following financial liabilities are subject to offsetting:

 

 

Gross
amounts of
recognised
financial
liabilities

 

Gross
amounts of
recognised
financial
liabilities
set-off in
the
balance
sheet

 

Net
amounts
of
financial
liabilities
presented
in the
balance
sheet

 

Related amounts not
set off in the balance
sheet

 

     
  Financial
instruments
  Cash
collateral
received
  Net
amount
 
  $’m   $’m   $’m   $’m   $’m   $’m  

Trade payables

At December 31, 2014

  (12.7)      3.0      (9.7)      -      -      (9.7)   

At December 31, 2013

  (13.0)      3.6      (9.4)      -      -      (9.4)   

 

19.

Derivative financial instruments

 

     December 31,
2014
     December 31,
2013
 
     $’m      $’m  
Assets      
Forward foreign exchange contracts      8.0         1.2   
Less: non-current portion      (0.9)         (0.3)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
Current portion   7.1      0.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31,
2014
     December 31,
2013
 
     $’m      $’m  
Liabilities      
Forward foreign exchange contracts      2.9         8.4   
Less: non-current portion      (0.6)         (0.3)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
Current portion   2.3      8.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-49


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Trading derivatives are classified as an asset or liability. The movement in fair value which is recognised in the consolidated income statement amounts to a gain of $7.3m (2013: gain of $3.9m) (see note 12).

The notional principal amounts of the outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts were:

 

     Balance at 
December 31, 
2014 
     Balance at 
December 31, 
2013 
 
     $’m       $’m   
Currency      
Pound Sterling (sold forward)      (117.3)         (130.5)   
Euro (sold forward)      (23.3)         (27.1)   
Indian Rupee bought forward      23.5          18.7    
Singapore Dollar bought forward      18.9          16.3    
Canadian Dollar bought forward      7.2          12.1    

 

20.

Investment in joint venture

 

     $’m   
Balance at date of investment      7.0    
- Share of loss      (5.9)   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

  1.1     
  

 

 

 

The joint venture listed below has share capital consisting solely of ordinary shares, which is held directly by the Group.

Nature of investment in joint venture

Investment in joint venture represents the Group’s 50% ownership in Markit Genpact KYC Services Limited, a company registered in England and Wales. The Group has a 53.3% share of results of the joint venture. The Group has equity accounted for the joint venture as control is considered to be joint.

Markit Genpact KYC Services Limited provides a service that standardises and centralises the collection and management of know-your-customer data for financial institutions in order to streamline client onboarding.

Markit Genpact KYC Services Limited is a private company and there is no quoted market price available for its shares. There are no commitments or contingent liabilities relating to the Group’s interest in the joint venture.

Summarised financial information for joint ventures

Set out below are the summarised financial information for Markit Genpact KYC Services Limited.

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Summarised balance sheet

 

  December 31, 
2014 
 
  $’m   

Non-current deferred tax asset

  2.2    
  

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

  2.2    
  

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables

  13.1    
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

  13.1    
  

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

  (13.2)   
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

  (13.2)   
  

 

 

 

Net assets

  2.1    
  

 

 

 

Group share of joint venture net assets

  1.1    
  

 

 

 

Summarised statement of comprehensive income

 

  Year ended
December 31,
2014 
 
  $’m   

Operating expenses

  (13.2)   
  

 

 

 

Operating loss before income tax

  (13.2)   
  

 

 

 

Income tax credit

  2.2    
  

 

 

 

Loss for the year

  (11.0)   
  

 

 

 

Group share of joint venture results

  (5.9)   
  

 

 

 

 

21.

Trade and other receivables

 

  Balance at 
December 31, 
2014 
  Balance at 
December 31, 
2013 
 
  $’m    $’m   

Trade receivables

  187.2       149.4    

Less: provision for impairment of trade receivables

  (5.0)      (4.0)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade receivables – net

  182.2       145.4    

Prepayments and accrued income

  90.2       74.5    

Other receivables

  16.4       11.3    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  288.8       231.2    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2014 the fair value of trade and other receivables is not materially different from their book values.

 

 

 

F-51


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2014, trade receivables of $89.8m (2013: $57.8m) were past due but not impaired. These relate to a number of independent customers for whom there is no recent history of default. The ageing analysis of these trade receivables is as follows:

 

  Balance at
December 31,
2014
  Balance at
December 31,
2013
 
  $’m   $’m  

0 - 30 days

  33.0      30.1   

31 - 60 days

  17.5      11.0   

61 - 90 days

  11.3      7.1   

Greater than 90 days

  28.0      9.6   
  

 

 

 
  89.8      57.8   

Receivables not past due

  92.4      87.6   
  

 

 

 

Total trade receivables – net

  182.2      145.4   
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2014, trade receivables of $5.0m (2013: $4.0m) were impaired and fully provided. The individually impaired receivables mainly relate to individual small counterparties.

The carrying amounts of the Group’s trade and other receivables are denominated in the following currencies:

 

  Balance at
December 31,
2014
  Balance at
December 31,
2013
 
  $’m   $’m  

US Dollar

  212.3      154.2   

Pound Sterling

  62.9      58.8   

Euro

  9.6      15.1   

Other

  4.0      3.1   
  

 

 

 

Total

  288.8      231.2   
  

 

 

 

Movements on the Group provision for impairment of trade receivables are as follows:

 

  Year ended 
December 31, 
2014 
  Year ended 
December 31, 
2013 
 
  $’m    $’m   

At January 31

  4.0       2.1    

Amounts provided

  1.3       2.3    

Utilised

  (0.3)      (0.2)   

Released unutilised

       (0.2)   
  

 

 

 

December 31

  5.0       4.0    
  

 

 

 

The creation and release of provision for impaired receivables have been included in “operating expenses” in the consolidated income statement.

 

 

 

F-52


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Amounts charged to the allowance account are generally written off, when there is no expectation of recovering additional cash.

The other classes within trade and other receivables do not contain impaired assets. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of receivable mentioned above. The Group does not hold any collateral as security.

The maximum credit exposure to trade and other receivables is the carrying value.

 

22.

Cash and cash equivalents

 

  Balance at
December 31,
2014
  Balance at
December 31,
2013
 
  $’m   $’m  

Cash at bank and on hand

  62.7      43.5   

Short term bank deposits

  55.0      31.8   
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents (excluding bank overdrafts)

  117.7      75.3   
  

 

 

 

 

23.

Share capital and premium

As set out in note 2, during the second quarter of 2014, the Company completed a corporate reorganisation pursuant to a scheme of arrangement, whereby the entire share capital of MGHL was cancelled and extinguished and MGHL became a wholly and directly owned subsidiary of the Company. Existing shareholders of MGHL became shareholders of the Company with their rights and interests in MGHL substantially replicated in the common shares they were issued in the Company. Markit Ltd. became the ultimate parent company of the Group. Upon the completion of the corporate reorganisation, the historical consolidated financial statements of MGHL became the historical consolidated financial statements of Markit Ltd. Following the corporate reorganisation and upon completion of the IPO, all the Company’s share classes were reclassified into a single class of common shares, with a par value of $0.01 per share and the same economic and voting rights, and a share split at a ratio of 10:1 was completed where 160,692,876 common shares were issued.

 

 

 

F-53


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Where the number of shares are shown below before giving effect to the share split, they are designated with an asterisk (*).

 

Issued and fully paid Number of
shares
  Share
capital
  Share 
premium 
  Total  
      $’m   $’m    $’m  
                 

Balance at December 31, 2013*

  17,683,602       0.2      372.9       373.1     

Options exercised and restricted shares awarded in Markit Group Holdings Limited*

  113,726       -      2.5       2.5     

Issue of shares held in escrow*

  57,436       -      13.0       13.0     

Corporate reorganisation

  —       1.6      (1.6)      -     

Share split

  160,692,876       -           -     

Options exercised and restricted shares awarded in Markit Ltd.

  3,959,872       -      70.0       70.0     
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

    182,507,512       1.8      456.8       458.6     
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012*

  17,111,500       0.2      297.0       297.2     

Options exercised and restricted shares awarded in Markit Group Holdings Limited*

  572,102       -      75.9       75.9     
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013*

  17,683,602       0.2      372.9       373.1     
  

 

 

 

 

Issued and fully paid Balance at
December 31,
2014
  Balance at
December 31,
2013*
 

Number of shares

Common shares of $0.01 each

  182,507,512      17,683,602   
  

 

 

 

Nominal value of shares

  $      $   

Common shares of $0.01 each

  1,825,075      176,836   
  

 

 

 

During the year, a further 113,726 shares (pre share split) and 3,959,872 shares (post share split) were issued for cash (2013: 554,083 pre share split for cash and the settlement of interest free promissory notes) (see note 25). The nominal value of these shares was $50,971 (2013: $5,541) and the consideration received was $72.3m (2013: $71.5m). In addition, 57,436 pre share split (2013: 18,019 pre share split) ordinary shares were issued in respect of shares held in escrow relating to the purchase of EDM in 2012 (see note 24). The nominal value of these shares was $574 (2013: $180). The fair value of these shares was $13.0m (2013: $4.4m).

 

 

 

F-54


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

24.

Share based compensation

The Company operates share schemes for employees throughout the Group. All current schemes were adopted by the Company in connection with the reorganisation (see note 2). The current schemes are shown below and 2013 is restated to reflect the share split (see note 2):

 

Description Year of
grant
 

Exercise

price

($)

  Exercise
period
 

2014

No. of
options

 

2013  

No. of  
options  

 

2004 Additional option plan

  2004      1.54      2006 to 2015      34,200      62,500     

2004 Additional option plan

  2004      3.56      2006 to 2015      41,640      41,640     

2006 Share option plan

  2006      5.18      2007 to 2016      -      70,000     

2006 Share option plan – Communicator

  2006      0.90      2007 to 2016      65,590      90,120     

2006 Share option plan – Communicator

  2006      1.41      2007 to 2016      -      5,620     

2006 MarketXS Share option plan

  2006      7.43      2007 to 2016      -      7,000     

2007 Markit Share option plan

  2007      7.51      2008 to 2016      -      32,000     

2007 Markit Share option plan

  2007      8.20      2008 to 2016      -      93,080     

2008 Markit Share option plan

  2008      8.20      2009 to 2017      59,380      59,380     

2008 Markit Share option plan

  2008      12.83      2009 to 2017      2,674,900      2,856,760     

2008 Additional Share option plan (SwapsWire)

  2008      12.83      2009 to 2018      401,460      506,010     

2008 Additional Share option plan (FCS)

  2008      14.90      2009 to 2015      481,700      641,250     

2009 Markit Share option plan (mid-year allocations for 2008)

  2008      14.90      2009 to 2015      872,400      1,222,400     

2009 Markit Share option plan

  2009      15.89      2010 to 2015      2,590,756      3,738,250     

2009 Option plan MarkitSERV

  2009      15.89      2010 to 2016      209,610      359,850     

2010 Markit Share option plan

  2010      16.54      2010 to 2017      1,559,070      2,068,750     

2010 Option plan MarkitSERV

  2010      16.54      2010 to 2017      174,830      231,780     

2010 Option plan WSOD

  2010      16.54      2010 to 2017      617,400      831,890     

2011 Option plan QUIC

  2011      20.31      2011 to 2017      407,600      677,800     

2011 Markit option plan

  2011      20.31      2011 to 2017      5,331,909      7,820,220     

2011 option plan MarkitSERV

  2011      20.31      2011 to 2017      327,690      432,190     

2012 Markit option plan 3 year vesting

  2012      22.57      2012 to 2015      355,790      816,490     

2012 Markit option plan 5 year vesting

  2012      22.57      2012 to 2017      5,885,900      8,233,240     

2013 Markit option plan 3 year vesting

  2013      24.46      2014 to 2017      217,860      1,426,990     

2013 Markit option plan 5 year vesting

  2013      24.46      2014 to 2020      3,178,720      4,763,620     

2013 Markit mid-year option plan 5 year vesting

  2013      26.70      2014 to 2020      3,046,000      2,554,000     

Key Employee Incentive Programme

  2013      26.70      2016 to 2020      25,160,000      25,910,000     

2008 3 year KEIP extensions

  2008      12.84      2016 to 2019      22,030      -     

2009 3 year KEIP extensions

  2009      15.90      2016 to 2019      663,860      -     

2010 5 year KEIP extensions

  2010      16.54      2016 to 2019      14,000      -     

2011 3 year KEIP extensions

  2011      20.31      2016 to 2019      1,635,760      -     

2012 3 year KEIP extensions

  2012      22.57      2016 to 2019      1,254,890      -     

2012 5 year KEIP extensions

  2012      22.57      2016 to 2019      354,430      -     

2013 3 year KEIP extensions

  2013      24.46      2016 to 2019      2,231,260      -     

2014 5 year vesting

  2014      25.00      2015 to 2021      600,000      -     

2014 5 year vesting

  2014      26.70      2015 to 2021      4,512,980      -     

2014 5 year Cliff vesting

  2014      26.70      2019 to 2021      500,000      -     

2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

2014 5 year vesting

  2014      26.70      2017 to 2021      500,000      -     

2014 5 year vesting

  2014      21.96      2015 to 2021      200,000      -     
           

 

 

 

Total share option plans

  66,183,615      65,552,830     
           

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-55


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Description Year of
grant
  Vesting
period

2014  

No. of  

Shares  

 

2013  

No. of  
Shares  

 
               

2010 restricted share plan – 5 year plan

  2010    2010 to 2015   62,660      126,980     

2011 restricted share plan – 3 year plan

  2011    2012 to 2014   -      121,380     

2011 restricted share plan – 5 year plan

  2011    2012 to 2016   13,350      19,990     

2012 restricted share plan – 3 year plan

  2012        2013 to 2015   111,380              222,750     

2013 restricted share plan – 3 year plan

  2013    2014 to 2016   189,200      283,800     

2014 restricted share plan – 3 year plan

  2014    2015 to 2017   932,732      -     
       

 

 

 

Total restricted share plans

          1,309,322      774,900     
       

 

 

 

2004 Markit additional option plan

This plan was approved on November 22, 2004 and the options are granted to certain employees. The options are granted over Markit Ltd. common shares. The 2004 Additional Plan issued various grants over Markit Ltd. common shares. These grants have various exercise prices and are exercisable in 36 equal tranches. The options will lapse on December 31, 2015.

2006 Markit share option plan

This plan was approved on January 25, 2006 and the options are granted to certain employees. The options are granted over Markit Ltd. common shares. The options were granted at various dates and with various exercise prices. The options are exercisable annually in three equal parts. Initially the options were to lapse on December 31, 2009 but the exercise period has been extended to December 31, 2016.

2006 Markit share option plan – Communicator

Following the acquisition of Communicator, this plan was approved on April 26, 2006 and the options are granted to certain Communicator employees only. The options were granted over Markit Ltd. common shares. The options were granted on May 11, 2006 with various exercise prices. The majority of the options were exercisable immediately on the date of grant and lapse at various dates.

2006 MarketXS share option plan

Following the acquisition of MarketXS, this plan was approved on August 1, 2006 and the options are granted to certain MarketXS employees only. The options are granted over Markit Ltd. common shares. The exercise price at the date of grant was $7.43 and the options are exercisable in three equal tranches annually. Initially the options were to lapse on December 31, 2009 but the exercise period has been extended to December 31, 2016.

2007 Markit share option plan

This plan was approved on December 5, 2006 and the options are granted to certain employees. The options are granted over Markit Ltd. common shares. The options were granted at various dates and with various exercise prices. The options are exercisable annually in three equal tranches and lapse in December 31, 2016.

 

 

 

F-56


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

2008 Markit share option plan

This plan was approved on November 28, 2007. The options are granted over Markit Ltd. common shares. The options were granted at various dates and with various exercise prices. The options are exercisable annually in three equal tranches. The options will lapse on December 31, 2017.

2008 Markit additional share option plan (SwapsWire)

Following the acquisition of SwapsWire, this plan was approved on February 20, 2008. The options are granted over Markit Ltd. common shares. The exercise price at the date of grant is $1.28. The options are exercisable annually in three equal tranches. The options will lapse on the 10th anniversary of the date of grant. The date of grant is May 1, 2008.

2008 Markit additional share option plan (FCS)

Following the acquisition of FCS, this plan was approved on June 25, 2008. The options are granted over Markit Ltd. common shares. The exercise price at the date of grant is $14.90. The options are exercisable annually in five equal tranches. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary of the date of grant. The date of grant is September 1, 2008.

2009 Markit share option plan (mid-year allocations for 2008)

This plan was approved on December 8, 2008. The options are granted over Markit Ltd. common shares. The exercise price at the date of grant is $14.90. The options are exercisable annually in three or five equal tranches. The vesting periods are three years and five years depending on grant. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant. The dates of grant of the options are varied due to new joiners in mid-2008.

2009 Markit share option plan

This plan was approved on December 8, 2008. The options are granted over Markit Ltd. common shares. The options were granted at various dates and with various exercise prices. The options are exercisable annually in three or five equal tranches. The vesting periods are three years and five years depending on grant. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant.

2009 Markit share option plan (MarkitSERV)

This plan was approved in 2009. The options are granted over Markit Ltd. common shares. The exercise price at the date of grant is $15.89. The options are exercisable annually in five equal tranches and the vesting period is five years. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant. The date of grant of the options is October 1, 2009. For employees of MarkitSERV, in the event they leave MarkitSERV for DTCC Deriv/SERV LLC or its subsidiaries their vested options will continue subject to the terms of the plan and rules.

2010 Markit share option plan

This plan was approved in 2010. The options are granted in respect of Markit Ltd. common shares. The options were granted at various dates and the exercise price at the date of grant is $16.54. The options are exercisable annually in three or five equal tranches. The vesting periods are three years or five years depending on grant. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant.

 

 

 

F-57


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

2010 Markit share option plan (MarkitSERV)

The allocation was approved in 2010 and the plan rules are part of the 2010 Share Option Plan. The options are granted in respect of Markit Ltd. common shares. The exercise price at the date of grant is $16.54. The options are exercisable annually in three or five equal tranches. The vesting periods are three years or five years depending on grant. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant. For employees of MarkitSERV, in the event they leave MarkitSERV for DTCC Deriv/SERV LLC or its subsidiaries their vested options will continue subject to the terms of the plan and rules.

2010 Markit share option plan (WSOD)

Following the acquisition of WSOD, the allocation was approved in 2010 and granted in July 2010. The options are granted in respect of Markit Ltd. common shares. The exercise price at the date of grant is $16.54. The options are exercisable annually in five equal tranches and the vesting period is five years. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant.

2011 Markit share option plan (QUIC)

The options are granted in respect of Markit Ltd. common shares. The exercise price at the date of grant is $20.31. The options are exercisable annually in five equal tranches. The vesting period is five years. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant.

2011 Markit share option plan

This plan was approved in 2011. The options are granted in respect of Markit Ltd. common shares. The options were granted at various dates and the exercise price at the date of grant is $20.31. The options are exercisable annually in three or five equal tranches. The vesting periods are three years or five years depending on the terms of the grant. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant.

2011 Markit share option plan (MarkitSERV)

The allocation was approved in 2011 and the plan rules are part of the 2011 Share Option Plan. The options are granted in respect of Markit Ltd. common shares. The exercise price at the date of grant is $20.31. The options are exercisable annually in five equal tranches. The vesting period is five years. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant. For employees of MarkitSERV, in the event they leave MarkitSERV for DTCC Deriv/SERV LLC or its subsidiaries their vested options will continue subject to the terms of the plan and rules.

2012 Markit share option plan

This plan was approved in 2012. The options are granted in respect of Markit Ltd. common shares. The options were granted at various dates and the exercise price at the date of grant is $22.57. The options are exercisable annually in three or five equal tranches. The vesting periods are three years or five years depending on the terms of the grant. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant.

 

 

 

F-58


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

2013 Markit share option plan

This plan was approved in 2013. The options are granted in respect of Markit Ltd. common shares. The options were granted at various dates and the exercise price at the date of grant is $24.46. The options are exercisable annually in three or five equal tranches. The vesting periods are three years or five years depending on the terms of the grant. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant.

2013 Markit mid-year option plan

This plan was approved in 2013. The options are granted in respect of Markit Ltd. common shares. The options were granted at various dates and the exercise price at the date of grant is $26.70. The options become exercisable annually in five equal tranches. This vesting period lasts five years from the effective date of the option. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary of the effective date of the option.

Key Employee Incentive Programme

The programme was approved in 2013. Options in respect of Markit Ltd. common shares were granted on August 19, 2013 with an exercise price of $26.70. The options have a seven year life and vest in three equal tranches on the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the Company’s IPO which was completed on June 24, 2014. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant.

Key Employee Incentive Programme extensions

In conjunction with the Company’s IPO a number of options within existing schemes had their vesting terms amended. These options now vest in one tranche on the second anniversary of the date of the Company’s IPO.

2014 Markit option plan

This plan was approved in 2014. The options are granted in respect of Markit Ltd. common shares. The options were granted at various dates and the exercise price at the date of grant is $26.70. The options are exercisable annually in five equal tranches. The vesting period is five years. The options will lapse on the seventh anniversary from the date of grant.

2010 Restricted common shares

The restricted shares plan was approved in 2010 and granted to designated employees on March, 25 2010. The restricted shares are subject to vesting periods of three years or five years depending on grant. The restricted shares will become unrestricted Markit Ltd. common shares in three or five equal tranches annually on January 1.

2011 Restricted common shares

The restricted shares plan was approved in 2010 and granted to designated employees on June 13, 2011. The restricted shares are subject to vesting periods of three years or five years depending on grant. The restricted shares will become unrestricted Markit Ltd. common shares in three or five equal tranches annually on January 1.

 

 

 

F-59


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

2012 Restricted common shares

The restricted shares plan was approved in 2012 and granted to designated employees on May 15, 2012. The restricted shares are subject to vesting periods of three years. The restricted shares will become unrestricted Markit Ltd. common shares in three tranches annually on January 1.

2013 Restricted common shares

The restricted shares plan was approved in 2013. Shares were granted to designated employees on March 21, 2013 and on June 10, 2013. The restricted shares are subject to vesting periods of three years. The restricted shares will become unrestricted Markit Ltd. common shares in three tranches annually on each anniversary of the date of grant.

2014 Restricted common shares

The restricted shares plan was approved in 2014. Shares were granted to designated employees on January 1, 2014. The restricted shares are subject to vesting periods of three years. The restricted shares will become unrestricted Markit Ltd. common shares in three tranches annually on each anniversary of the date of grant.

2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

At the completion of the Company’s IPO in June 2014, the Company’s Board of Directors and shareholders approved a new 2014 equity incentive award plan (the “2014 Equity Plan”) under which the Company has the discretion to grant a broad range of equity-based awards to the Group’s employees (including our officers), consultants, non-employee directors, and employees of certain affiliates of the Group. Under the 2014 Equity Plan, 6,220,000 of the Company’s common shares are reserved for issuance pursuant to a variety of share based compensation awards (“Awards”), including non-qualified share options, incentive share options, share appreciation rights, restricted share awards, restricted share unit awards, deferred share awards, dividend equivalent awards, share payment awards and performance awards. The aggregate share reserve specified above will be increased on January 1 of each year commencing in 2015 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2024, in an amount equal to the lesser of: (x) 2.5% of the total number of Company’s common shares issued and outstanding on a fully diluted basis as of December 31 of the immediately preceding calendar year and (y) such number of common shares determined by the Company’s Board of Directors.

In 2014, the Company granted options under the 2014 Equity Plan.

 

 

 

F-60


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Calculation of the fair value of share based payments

The number and weighted average exercise prices of share options are as follows:

 

  Year ended December 31, 2014   Year ended December 31, 2013    
         
  Weighted average
exercise price
  Number of
options
  Weighted average
exercise price
  Number of  
options  
 
  $       $      

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

  22.68      65,552,830      18.01      37,340,160     

Granted during the year

  26.44      7,595,410      26.29      35,564,910     

Forfeited during the year

  24.68      (2,820,383)      22.39      (2,401,070)     

Exercised during the year

  17.49      (4,144,242)      13.51      (4,951,170)     
  

 

 

 

Outstanding at the end of the year

  23.36      66,183,615      22.68      65,552,830     
  

 

 

 

Exercisable at the end of the year

  26,179,841      16,697,170     
  

 

 

 

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise of share options was $24.65 (2013: $19.58).

The options outstanding at the year end have an exercise price in the range of $0.90 to $26.70 (2013: $0.90 to $26.70) and a weighted average contractual life of 4.5 years (2013: 4.4 years).

The number of restricted shares is as follows:

 

  Year ended
December 31,
2014
  Year ended
December 31,
2013
 
         
  Number of
shares
  Number of
shares
 

Issued and outstanding at the beginning of the year

  774,900      1,375,140   

Granted during the year

  965,352      291,980   

Vested during the year

  (413,310)      (892,220)   

Forfeited during the year

  (17,620)        
  

 

 

 

Issued and outstanding at the end of the year

  1,309,322      774,900   
  

 

 

 

The restricted shares issued and outstanding at the year end have a weighted average contractual life of 0.80 years (2013: 1.39 years).

The other options were valued using the Monte Carlo option pricing model. There are no market or non-market performance conditions attached to any of the option schemes other than the Key Employee Incentive Programme, and as such, no performance conditions were included in the fair value calculations. The fair value of the common shares has been determined by an independent valuation consultant. Consistent assumptions have been used for annual share price volatility at 25% (2013: 25%), dividends expected on shares at 0% (2013: 0%) and employee exercise multiple at two times (2013: two times) across all schemes. Employee exit rate has been assumed at 15% on options and 10% on restricted shares (2013: 15% on options and 0% on restricted shares).

At the time of the valuation the Company’s shares were not quoted, therefore the expected volatility parameter was assessed based on the volatilities of certain quoted companies that were considered to offer some degree of comparability to the Company. These volatilities were assessed based on a

 

 

 

F-61


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

measurement period of the past 10 years. The fair value of the Company’s shares were valued using a combination of price-earnings multiple based on comparable company multiples, a discounted cash flow valuation reflecting anticipated Group performance and with reference to recent equity transactions.

The remaining assumptions used in the calculations are as follows:

 

Options            
Grant date Appraisal
value at
date of
grant
  Risk free
rate(1)
  Exercise
price of
option
 
  $   %   $  

01/10/2013

  11.53      2.05      26.70   

01/01/2014

  11.25      2.45      26.70   

01/01/2014

  11.25      2.24      26.70   

19/05/2014

  13.72      2.13      25.00   

Restricted shares

 

Grant date Appraisal
value at
date of
grant
  Risk
free
rate(1)
 
  $   %  

01/01/2014 (1 year vesting)

  11.25      0.11   

01/01/2014 (2 year vesting)

  11.25      0.38   

01/01/2014 (3 year vesting)

  11.25      0.76   

30/04/2014 (3 year vesting)

  13.72      0.87   

 

(1)

Risk free rate is based on the yield of U.S. Government bonds for a period consistent with the life of the equity instrument.

 

25.

Retained earnings

 

  Note   Year ended 
December 31, 
2014 
  Year ended 
December 31, 
2013 
 
      $’m    $’m   

Balance at January 1

  1,663.3       1,423.0    

Profit for the year

  165.2       139.4    

Share based compensation

  11      20.7       8.1    

Deferred tax in relation to share options

  14      55.8       (0.4)   

Current tax in relation to share options

  14      9.3       2.7    

Current tax on acquisition of non-controlling interests

  14      (4.5)      4.5    

Deferred tax on acquisition of non-controlling interests

  14      (59.2)      64.9    

Revaluation of available for sale assets

       2.4    

Reclassification relating to available for sale asset disposal

  9           (4.2)   

Elimination of non-controlling interests

       22.9    
     

 

 

 

Balance at December 31

  1,850.6       1,663.3    
     

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-62


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

26.

Other reserves

 

  Hedging  
reserve  
  Translation  
reserve  
  Other  
reserves  
  Total     
      $’m     $’m     $’m    

Balance at January 1, 2014

  (7.8)       14.3        13.0        19.5      

Transfer to share premium

  -        -        (13.0)       (13.0)     

Recognition of redemption liability (see note 32)

  -        -        (73.0)       (73.0)     

Deferred tax on redemption liability (see note 32)

  -        -        21.7        21.7      

Currency translation differences

  -        (42.4)       -        (42.4)     

Cash flow hedges:

- fair value losses arising during the year

  5.2        -        -        5.2      

- transfers to Other (losses)/gains – net

  9.8        -        -        9.8      

- deferred tax charge

  (3.0)       -        -        (3.0)     
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

  4.2        (28.1)       (51.3)       (75.2)     
  

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2013

  -        3.3        13.0        16.3      

Currency translation differences

  -        11.0        -        11.0      

Cash flow hedges:

- fair value losses arising during the year

  (12.1)       -        -        (12.1)     

- transfers to Other (losses)/gains – net

  2.3        -        -        2.3      

- deferred tax credit

  2.0        -        -        2.0      
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  (7.8)       14.3        13.0        19.5      
  

 

 

 

The hedging reserve represents the movement in the fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts (see note 4.23).

As a part of our 2012 acquisition of Cadis Software Limited, 57,436 shares were held in escrow not issued. These were held within other reserves and were issued during the year ended December 31, 2014 upon satisfaction of certain restrictions agreed on the purchase of the business (see note 23).

 

27.

Trade and other payables

 

  Balance at
December 31,
2014
  Balance at
December 31,
2013
 
  $’m   $’m  

Non-current

Contingent consideration

  47.5      29.6   

Other payables

  74.1      —     

Liability for social security costs on employee equity instruments

  21.5      —     
  

 

 

 
  143.1      29.6   
  

 

 

 

Current

Trade payables

  9.7      9.4   

Social security and other taxes

  13.7      10.3   

Other payables

  38.2      38.9   

Contingent consideration

  3.2      4.0   

Accrued expenses – other

  138.9      136.0   
  

 

 

 
  203.7      198.6   
  

 

 

 

Total trade and other payables

  346.8      228.2   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-63


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2014 the fair value of trade and other payables is not materially different from their book values.

Contingent consideration is based on performance metrics of the businesses (Level 3 as per note 5.3), including revenue and EBITDA. At the time of acquisition the best estimate of the amount payable is assessed. The fair value of the liability is then reassessed and updated at each reporting date to reflect the current forecasts and estimates.

Other payables (current) principally relates to deferred income for landlord contributions and rent free periods.

Other payables (non-current) principally relate to the CTI redemption liability (note 32).

 

28.

Borrowings

 

  Balance at  
December 31,  
2014  
  Balance at   
December 31,   
2013   
 
  $’m     $’m     

Non-current

Bank borrowings

  224.5        268.0      

Share buyback

  124.7        204.7      
  

 

 

 
  349.2        472.7      
  

 

 

 

Current

Share buyback

  86.4        101.9      
  

 

 

 
  86.4        101.9      
  

 

 

 

Total borrowings

  435.6        574.6      
  

 

 

 
  2014        
Reconciliation of movement in borrowings $’m        

Balance at January 1, 2014

  574.6     

Proceeds from bank borrowings

  100.0     

Repayments of bank borrowings

  (140.0)    

Capitalised facility fees

  (4.1)    

Repayments of other borrowings

  (103.5)    

Unwind of discount

  8.6     
  

 

 

    

Balance at December 31, 2014

  435.6     
  

 

 

    

The fair value of the non-current borrowings are not significantly different to the carrying value. Bank borrowings are at floating interest rates and, for the share buyback, commercial rates of borrowing have not changed during the year.

All borrowings are denominated in US Dollars.

 

a)

Bank borrowings

On March 21, 2014, the Group increased its multi-revolving club facility agreement to $1,050m from $800m and extended the term to March 2019. The facility carries interest at a margin of between 0.75% and 1.75% over LIBOR and a commitment fee at 35% of margin on any undrawn balance. No significant changes have otherwise occurred to the terms of the borrowing.

 

 

 

F-64


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

The bank borrowings had an annual equivalent average interest rate for the year ended December 31, 2014 of 1.0% (year ended December 31, 2013: 1.5%).

 

b)

Share buyback

In August 2012, the Group purchased 2,193,948 MGHL shares (pre-share split) for a consideration of $495.1m. The consideration is payable in quarterly instalments through to May 2017. The carrying value of the liability at December 31, 2014 amounted to $211.1m (December 31, 2013: $306.6m). The carrying value is calculated using cash flows discounted at a rate based on an average borrowing rate of 3.1%.

 

29.

Deferred income tax

The analysis of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities is as follows:

 

  Balance at 
December 31, 
2014 
  Balance at 
December 31, 
2013 
 
  $’m    $’m   

Deferred tax assets:

Deferred tax assets

  4.2       5.3    

Deferred tax liabilities:

Deferred tax liabilities

  (30.2)      (37.4)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities – net

  (26.0)      (32.1)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Materially all deferred tax balances are non-current. The movement in deferred income tax assets and liabilities during the year, without taking into consideration the offsetting of balances within the same tax jurisdiction, is as follows:

 

Gross deferred
tax assets –

2014

January 1   Acquired in
business
combination
  Recognised 
in income 
  Recognised 
in equity 
  Transfers   Foreign
Exchange
 

December  

31  

 

Goodwill

    81.1        21.7        (10.8)        4.5         -        -        96.5     

Tax losses

    8.1        -        0.2                -        -        8.3     

Share based compensation

    2.8        -        6.3         55.8         -        -        64.9     

Intangibles

    4.3        -        (1.0)               -        -        3.3     

Other short term timing differences

    12.2        -        9.5         (3.0)        -        -        18.7     
 

 

 

 

Total

    108.5        21.7        4.2         57.3         -        -        191.7     
 

 

 

 

 

Gross deferred
tax assets –
2013
January 1   Acquired in
business
combination
  Recognised 
in income 
  Recognised 
in equity 
  Transfers   Foreign
Exchange
 

December  

31  

 

Goodwill

    13.6        3.0        (0.8)        64.9         -        0.4        81.1     

Tax losses

    5.4        -        2.7                -        -        8.1     

Share based compensation

    3.7        -        (0.5)        (0.4)        -        -        2.8     

Intangibles

    6.5        -        (2.2)               -        -        4.3     

Other short term timing differences

    6.2        -        4.0         2.0         -        -        12.2     
 

 

 

 

Total

    35.4        3.0        3.2         66.5         -        0.4        108.5     
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-65


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Gross deferred
tax liabilities –
2014
January 1   Acquired in
business
combination
  Recognised 
in income 
  Recognised
in equity
  Transfers   Foreign
Exchange
  December
31
 

Intangibles

    (84.8)        (9.1)        24.4         (63.7)        -        -        (133.2)   

Goodwill

    (25.1)               (11.1)        -        -        -        (36.2)   

Development costs

    (26.7)               (13.6)        -        -        -        (40.3)   

Other short term timing differences

    (4.0)               (4.0)        -        -        -        (8.0)   
 

 

 

 

Total

    (140.6)        (9.1)        (4.3)        (63.7)        -        -        (217.7)   
 

 

 

 

 

Gross deferred
tax liabilities –
2013
January 1    Acquired in 
business 
combination 
  Recognised 
in income 
  Recognised
in equity
  Transfers   Foreign
Exchange
  December
31
 

Intangibles

    (94.6)        (4.5)        14.4         -        -        (0.1)        (84.8)   

Goodwill

    (20.2)               (5.0)        -        -        0.1         (25.1)   

Development costs

    (23.3)               (3.4)        -        -               (26.7)   

Other short term timing differences

    (6.4)               2.4         -        -               (4.0)   
 

 

 

 

Total

    (144.5)        (4.5)        8.4         -        -               (140.6)   
 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets are recognised for tax loss carry-forwards to the extent that the realisation of the related tax benefit through future taxable profits is probable. The Group did not recognise deferred tax assets of $14.2m (2013: $10.4m) in respect of losses amounting to $50.6m (2013: $37.8m) that can be carried forward against future taxable income. None of the losses will expire within the next 10 years.

At the balance sheet date the aggregate amount of the temporary differences for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised was $0.4m (2013: $24.9m). These unrecognised deferred tax liabilities relate to undistributed profits from overseas entities which would give rise to a tax liability if they were to be distributed. No liability has been recognised in respect of these differences because the Group is in a position to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and the Group considers that it is probable that such differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future as the expectation is for these undistributed profits to be permanently reinvested.

 

30.

Contingencies

The Group has contingent liabilities in respect of legal claims arising in the ordinary course of business. The Group is currently subject to a number of antitrust and competition-related claims and investigations, including investigations by the Antitrust Division of the U.S. Department of Justice (the “DoJ”) and the Competition Directorate of the European Commission (the “EC”) as well as class action lawsuits in the United States. These investigations and lawsuits involve multiple parties and complex claims that are subject to substantial uncertainties and unspecified penalties or damages. The Company reviews these matters in consultation with internal and external legal counsel to make a determination on a case-by-case basis whether a loss from each of these matters is probable, possible or remote.

The Group considers it remote that a liability will arise from the antitrust investigations by the DoJ. Whilst it is possible that remedies that may be sought by the DoJ may include changes in business

 

 

 

F-66


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

practice or structure that could have an indirect financial impact on the Group, it is not expected that any such remedy would involve direct financial liability. The Group considers it possible that liabilities will arise from the EC investigation and the class action lawsuits in the United States. It is not considered practicable to estimate the financial effect of either the EC investigation, which remains ongoing, or the class actions, which are at an early stage.

Given this, the Group has recorded no provision for any of the three incidents of investigations or lawsuits described above.

The Group considers that it is remote that any material liabilities will arise from any other contingent liabilities.

 

31.

Commitments

(a) Capital commitments

The Group has no significant capital expenditure contracted for at the end of each reporting year but not yet incurred.

(b) Operating lease commitments

The Group leases various equipment and intangible assets under non-cancellable operating lease agreements. The lease terms are no longer than 15 years, and the majority of lease agreements are renewable at the end of the lease period at market rate. The lease expenditure charged to the income statement during the year is disclosed in note 8. The future aggregate minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

 

 

Balance at December 31,

 

 
 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 
  Land and
Buildings
  Other   Land and
Buildings
  Other  
  $’m   $’m   $’m   $’m  

No later than 1 year

  18.8      3.5      17.8      3.0   

Later than 1 year but no later than 5 years

  49.9      0.1      57.2      0.5   

Later than 5 years

  50.2      -      61.9      -   
  

 

 

 
  118.9      3.6      136.9      3.5   
  

 

 

 

The total minimum sublease payments expected to be received under non-cancellable subleases at December 31, 2014 is $5.3m (2013: $6.7m).

 

32.

Business Combinations

On January 13, 2014, the Group acquired 100% of the issued share capital of thinkFolio, a portfolio management software company, which will expand the Group’s footprint as a software solutions provider to front office professionals.

Consideration comprised cash of £55.0m ($90.1m) and up to £1.7m ($2.8m) of contingent consideration dependent on future performance (see note 5.3). A further £5.8m ($9.5m) has been paid

 

 

 

F-67


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

into escrow and is contingent on future performance and employment with the Group. This amount has been treated as remuneration and will be charged to the income statement over the performance period from acquisition to June 30, 2015. The amount payable is also variable dependent on the level of customer retention maintained in the business over the performance period and is currently valued at nil. Transaction costs of $1.4m have been classified as acquisition related items (see note 10).

The thinkFolio group contributed a profit of $1.5m to the Group’s operating profit and revenues of $16.4m. Had thinkFolio been consolidated from January 1, 2014 the contributed results would not be materially different to those for the year to date.

On July 1, 2014, the Group acquired a controlling stake of the issued share capital of Compliance Technologies International LLP (“CTI”), a provider of software that automates the certification of tax domicile, validation of withholding tax status and calculation of withholding tax to help firms streamline compliance with anti-money laundering and know-your-customer regulations. Consideration comprises cash of $42.3m and contingent consideration with fair value on acquisition of up to $32.5m dependent on future performance (see note 5.3). Further to this, $0.1m has been paid relating to working capital adjustments. Transaction costs of $1.8m have been classified as acquisition related items (see note 10). CTI is fully consolidated into the Group from date of acquisition, with a non-controlling interest recognised in the balance sheet for the proportion of net assets not owned by the Group.

The Group also took out back to back call and put options over the shares held by non-controlling interests. The carrying value of completion is recognised as a redemption liability of $73.0m within other payables and is related to the carrying value of the shares held by non-controlling interests. This will be settled against non-controlling interests within reserves at the point the risks and rewards associated with those shares fall within the Group.

The CTI group, before deducting amounts attributable to non-controlling interest, contributed a loss of $2.0m to the Group’s operating profit and revenues of $6.9m. Had CTI been consolidated from January 1, 2014 the combined group results would not be materially different to those for the year to date.

 

 

 

F-68


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Details of net assets acquired and intangible assets related to the acquisitions in the year are as follows:

 

  thinkFolio    CTI    Total     
  $’m    $’m    $’m     
Consideration at date of acquisition
Cash   90.1       42.3       132.4      
Fair value of contingent consideration   2.8       32.5       35.3      
Working capital adjustment        0.1       0.1      
  

 

 

 
Total consideration   92.9       74.9       167.8      
  

 

 

 
Recognised amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed
Intangible assets   43.4       35.9       79.3      
Property, plant and equipment   0.1       0.2       0.3      
Trade receivables   0.9       4.0       4.9      
Other receivables   0.8            0.8      
Cash and cash equivalents   4.2       1.0       5.2      
Trade and other payables   (5.2)      (4.9)      (10.1)     
Deferred tax liabilities   (9.1)           (9.1)     
  

 

 

 
Total identifiable net assets   35.1       36.2       71.3      
Goodwill   57.8       76.4       134.2      
Non-controlling interest        (37.7)      (37.7)     
  

 

 

 
Total   92.9       74.9       167.8      
  

 

 

 

Goodwill arising on acquisition of thinkFolio is not expected to be deductible for income tax purposes and rises predominantly from synergies with the Group’s existing enterprise data management business and expansion of client reach from selling new products to the Group’s existing customer base. Goodwill arising on acquisition of CTI arises predominantly from expansion beyond the existing customer base and our share of goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

Acquisitions in 2013

On July 1, 2013, the Group acquired Global Corporate Actions Validation Service (“GCA”), a business operated by the Depository Trust and Clearing Corporation, for $12.5m. GCA is a provider of high quality, validated corporate actions data for multiple asset classes and expands the breadth and depth of the Group’s corporate actions offering.

The revenue included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income since July 1, 2013 contributed by GCA was $5.5m and the loss for the year was $0.5m.

The revenue and profit or loss had GCA been consolidated from January 1, 2013 has not been disclosed; the business purchase did not have separately identifiable pre-acquisition revenues and profits.

 

 

 

F-69


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Details of net assets acquired and goodwill related to the acquisition in the year are as follows:

 

Year ended December 31, 2013 Total     
  $’m     
Consideration at date of acquisition
Cash   12.5      
  

 

 

 
Total consideration   12.5      
  

 

 

 
Recognised amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed
Intangible assets   10.8      
Deferred tax assets   3.0      
Deferred tax liabilities   (4.5)     
  

 

 

 
Total identifiable net assets   9.3      
Goodwill   3.2      
  

 

 

 
Total   12.5      
  

 

 

 

Goodwill arising on acquisition of GCA arises predominantly from synergies with the Group’s technology and staff.

 

33.

Transactions with owners of non-controlling interests

On April 2, 2013, the Company acquired the remaining 50% of the membership interest of MarkitSERV LLC. The Group now holds 100% of the equity share capital of MarkitSERV LLC.

 

34.

Related party transactions

(a) Key management compensation

Key management comprises all directors (executive and non-executive) and key Group executives. The compensation paid or payable to key management in respect of qualifying services is shown below:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
2014
     Year ended  
December 31,  
2013  
 
     $’m      $’m    

Salary and other short term employee benefits

     7.2         6.3     

Share based compensation

     5.6         3.3     
  

 

 

 
                12.2      9.6     
  

 

 

 

No key management personnel have exercised options (2013: Two, 543,860) during the year with a fair value of nil (2013: $0.7m). Key management were awarded 443,700 restricted shares (2013: 291,980) and 149,800 options (2013: 8,894,770) during the year.

There were no other material transactions or balances between the Group and its key management personnel or members of their close family.

 

 

 

F-70


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

(b) Transactions with joint venture

 

  Year ended
December 31,
2014
 
Provision of services to joint venture (Markit Genpact KYC Services Limited): $’m  

- Design and technology services

  3.6   

- Support service charges

  2.2   
  

 

 

 

Total

  5.8   
  

 

 

 

Services have been provided to the joint venture on normal commercial terms and conditions. As of December 31, 2014, the Group owed Markit Genpact KYC Services Limited $1.1m.

 

35.

Principal subsidiaries

The Company has investments in the following subsidiary undertakings, which principally affected the profits or net assets of the Group, as follows:

 

Entity name Holding   Country of incorporation and operation

Markit Group Holdings Limited*

  100%    England & Wales

Markit Group Limited

  100%    England & Wales

Markit Indices Limited

  100%    England & Wales

Markit Economics Limited

  100%    England & Wales

Markit Valuations Limited

  100%    England & Wales

Markit Equities Limited

  100%    England & Wales

Markit Group (UK) Limited

  100%    England & Wales

Markit Securities Finance Analytics Consulting Limited

  100%    England & Wales

Markit Securities Finance Analytics Limited

  100%    England & Wales

Markit EDM Limited

  100%    England & Wales

Markit EDM Hub Limited

  100%    England & Wales

Markit on Demand Incorporated

  100%    USA

Markit North America Incorporated

  100%    USA

Markit WSO Corporation

  100%    USA

Markit Securities Finance Analytics Incorporated

  100%    USA

Markit Analytics Incorporated

  100%    Canada

MarkitSERV Limited

  100%    England & Wales

MarkitSERV FX Limited

  100%    England & Wales

MarkitSERV LLC

  100%    USA

thinkFolio Limited

  100%    England & Wales

Compliance Technologies International LLC

  52.8%    USA

 

* Held directly by Markit Ltd.

 

 

 

F-71


Table of Contents

MARKIT LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

35.

Principal subsidiaries (continued)

 

Entity name Principal activity
Markit Group Limited Providing a range of data and financial services to the financial market
Markit Indices Limited Providing credit derivative, fixed income and foreign exchange index services
Markit Economics Limited Providing global macro-economic indicators
Markit Valuations Limited Providing valuation services to the OTC derivatives markets
Markit Equities Limited Providing dividends forecasting services to the financial markets
Markit Group (UK) Limited Providing trade compression services for the credit derivative markets
Markit Securities Finance Analytics Consulting Limited Providing advice and organising forums for institutions in the securities finance industry
Markit Securities Finance Analytics Limited Providing data, analysis and insight on the short selling securities finance market
Markit EDM Limited Providing enterprise data management software
Markit EDM Hub Limited Providing business to business e-document exchange with suppliers and customers
Markit on Demand Incorporated Providing design, development and hosting of custom websites, reports and tools for the financial services industry
Markit North America Incorporated Providing data, pricing and valuations services across the financial services industry, including pricing services and electronic trade processing and settlement services for the loan market
Markit WSO Corporation Providing portfolio risk management software and services to syndicated loan market participants
Markit Securities Finance Analytics Incorporated Providing data, analysis and insight on the short selling securities finance market
Markit Analytics Incorporated Providing risk management solutions for the financial services industry
MarkitSERV Limited Providing an electronic trade confirmation network for the OTC derivative markets
MarkitSERV FX Limited Providing post-trade connectivity, workflow and STP for the foreign exchange market
MarkitSERV LLC Providing an electronic trade confirmation network for the OTC derivatives market
thinkFolio Limited Providing portfolio management software

Compliance Technologies International LLC

Providing tax compliance and reporting services

All subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-72

Exhibit 2.2

JUNE 18, 2014

MARKIT LTD.

CANADA PENSION PLAN INVESTMENT BOARD

 

 

 

 

DIRECTOR NOMINATION AGREEMENT

 

 

 

 

 

LOGO

Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP

65 Fleet Street


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE    PAGE  
1.   

INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS

     2   
2.   

NOMINATION OF DIRECTOR APPOINTMENT

     4   
3.   

TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT

     5   
4.   

NOTICES

     6   
5.   

AMENDMENT; WAIVER

     6   
6.   

FURTHER ASSURANCES

     6   
7.   

ASSIGNMENT

     7   
8.   

THIRD PARTIES

     7   
9.   

GOVERNING LAW

     7   
10.   

JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     7   
11.   

SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE

     7   
12.   

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

     8   
13.   

SEVERABILITY

     8   
14.   

TABLE OF CONTENTS, HEADINGS AND CAPTIONS

     8   
15.   

GRANT OF CONSENT

     8   
16.   

COUNTERPARTS

     8   
17.   

EFFECTIVENESS

     8   
18.   

NO RECOURSE

     8   

 

Page 1


THIS AGREEMENT is made on June 18, 2014

B ETWEEN :

 

(1) MARKIT LTD. , a company incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda with registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda (the Company ); and

 

(2) CANADA PENSION PLAN INVESTMENT BOARD , a federal crown corporation incorporated pursuant to the Canada Pension Plan Investment Board Act 1997 (Canada), of One Queen Street East, Suite 2500, Toronto, Ontario M5C 2W5, Canada ( CPPIB ).

W HEREAS :

(A) It is intended that CPPIB shall acquire an interest in the Company at the closing of the IPO (as defined below) (the Investment ).

(B) The Company and CPPIB agree that CPPIB shall have the right to nominate for appointment or election to the Board, and the Company shall be obliged to put forward for election, a CPPIB Director Nominee in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

I T IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1. I NTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS

1.1 In this Agreement unless the context requires otherwise the following words and expressions shall have the meanings respectively set out opposite them:

Affiliate has the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and in effect on the date of this Agreement;

AGM means the annual general meeting of the Company;

Constitutional Documents means the memorandum of association and bye-laws of the Company from time to time;

Board means the board of Directors of the Company from time to time;

Business Day means any day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are generally open in Toronto, London and New York for business;

Chairman means the chairman of the Board;

Company Group means the Company and each of its subsidiaries from time to time;

Control (including its correlative meanings, Controlled by and under common Control with ) means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise) of a Person;

CPPIB Minimum Investment means an Investment in the amount of US$250,000,000;

 

Page 2


CPPIB Director Nominee means a Non-Executive Director nominated for appointment or election by CPPIB in accordance with this Agreement;

Director means a director of the Company;

Executive Director means a Director who is also an employee of the Company;

Nominating and Governance Committee means the nominating and governance committee established by the Board;

Governmental Authority means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administration functions of or pertaining to government;

IPO means the initial public offering of the Shares and listing on the Nasdaq Global (or Global Select) Market;

Law means any statute, law, regulation, ordinance, rule, injunction, order, decree, governmental approval, directive, requirement, or other governmental restriction or any similar form of decision of, or determination by, or any interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing by, any Governmental Authority;

Proxy Statement means the management proxy circular, proxy statement or similar document distributed to shareholders of the Company in connection with Company shareholder meetings;

Non-Executive Director means any Director who is not an Executive Director;

Person means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organisation, or other form of business organisation, whether or not regarded as a legal entity under applicable Law, or any Governmental Authority or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof;

Purchased Shares means the Shares acquired by CPPIB pursuant to the Investment;

Shareholder means a holder for the time being of Shares;

Shares means common shares each of $0.01 par value of the Company; and

subsidiary means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which: (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, representatives or trustees thereof is at the time owned or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the total voting power of Shares (or equivalent ownership interest) of the limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity is at the time owned or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability

 

Page 3


company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or Control the managing member, managing director or other governing body or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

1.2 Clause headings and the table of contents are inserted for ease of reference only and shall not in any way affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

1.3 References to Clauses are to be construed as references to the Clauses of this Agreement.

1.4 References to any other document or any provision thereof shall be construed as references thereto as it is in force for the time being and as amended or supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof or, as the case may be, with the agreement of the relevant parties or the consent of a specified party.

1.5 Words importing the plural shall include the singular and vice versa and words importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine and vice versa and words denoting persons shall include companies.

1.6 References to any Law or provision of any Law include any Law or statutory provision of any Law which amends, extends, consolidates or replaces the same, or which has been amended, extended, consolidated or replaced by the same, and shall include any orders, regulations, instruments or other subordinate legislation made under the relevant Law or provision of any Law.

 

2. N OMINATION OF D IRECTOR

2.1 Conditional upon the CPPIB having acquired Shares in the Investment with a value at the time of the acquisition of at least the CPPIB Minimum Investment, for so long as CPPIB (together with its respective Affiliates) owns Shares equal to 100% of the number of Purchased Shares, CPPIB will be entitled to nominate for appointment or as a candidate for election to the Board one CPPIB Director Nominee and to nominate another person for appointment or election in that person’s place should that person’s office be vacated.

2.2 CPPIB shall consult with the Nominating and Governance Committee to select a mutually agreeable CPPIB Director Nominee to be nominated by the Nominating and Governance Committee for appointment or election to the Board (such agreement by the Nominating and Governance Committee not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to support the nomination of the CPPIB Director Nominee by the Nominating and Governance Committee. CPPIB agrees that it shall use its reasonable best efforts to select a CPPIB Director Nominee that is neither a citizen nor a resident of the United States. In the event that CPPIB’s initial CPPIB Director Nominee is not acceptable to the Nominating and Governance Committee (acting reasonably), CPPIB shall have the right to propose additional CPPIB Director Nominee(s) until a candidate is mutually agreed between CPPIB and the Nominating and Governance Committee. For the avoidance of doubt, the Nominating and Governance Committee, in considering any CPPIB Director Nominee, shall have the discretion to consider all relevant factors in evaluating such

 

Page 4


nominee, including, but not limited to, the current composition of the Board, the areas of expertise represented or needed on the Board and the preference for geographic or other diversity of the Board.

2.3 Following mutual agreement of the CPPIB Director Nominee, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to put forward such CPPIB Director Nominee for election at the next applicable AGM or take such other steps as are required to have such CPPIB Director Nominee elected or appointed to the Board. If applicable, the Company shall include the CPPIB Director Nominee in the list of nominees for election in each Proxy Statement following CPPIB’s nomination of such CPPIB Director Nominee in accordance with this Clause 2 and take the same or equivalent steps to support the election of such CPPIB Director Nominee as the Company takes to support all other nominee Non-Executive Directors. Upon the closing of the Investment, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to have the initial CPPIB Director Nominee appointed by the Board as soon as possible to act as Director in Class III of the Board, filling a vacancy in such Class by an increase in the size of the Board.

2.4 If the office of a CPPIB Director Nominee is vacated or he is not re-elected as a CPPIB Director Nominee, CPPIB will be entitled, by giving written notice to the Company, to nominate a replacement CPPIB Director Nominee for appointment or as a candidate for election.

2.5 Unless CPPIB gives written notice to the Company that it does not wish the CPPIB Director Nominee it has appointed to be nominated for re-election at the time that such CPPIB Director Nominee is required to seek re-election pursuant to the Constitutional Documents, the Company shall (subject to the other provisions of this Agreement) use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that the CPPIB Director Nominee is recommended as a candidate for re-election.

2.6 In the event that CPPIB (together with its Affiliates) ceases to own Shares equal to 100% of the number of Purchased Shares, the CPPIB Director Nominee shall offer to resign from the Board. The Board shall, in its sole discretion, decide to accept or decline such resignation (for the avoidance of doubt, the CPPIB Director Nominee shall not be precluded from resigning from the Board in accordance with the Constitutional Documents and applicable law, and the CPPIB Director Nominee shall be subject to removal from the Board in accordance with the Constitutional Documents or applicable law).

2.7 Any nomination for appointment or election of a CPPIB Director Nominee by CPPIB under this Clause 2 shall be by notice in writing delivered to the Company Secretary of the Company and signed on behalf of CPPIB by an authorised signatory.

2.8 CPPIB shall be responsible for the remuneration and expenses owed to the CPPIB Director Nominee in respect of his services rendered to the Board.

 

3. T ERMINATION OF THE A GREEMENT

3.1 This Agreement (other than Clauses 1, 2.6 and Clauses 4 to 18 (inclusive) which shall remain in force) shall terminate, and save in respect of any prior breach or any such specified provisions, no party hereto shall have any rights or obligations hereunder, upon the earlier of:

 

(a) such time as CPPIB is no longer entitled to nominate a CPPIB Director Nominee pursuant to Clause 2.1; and

 

(b) upon the delivery of a written notice by CPPIB to the Company requesting that this Agreement terminate.

 

Page 5


4. N OTICES

Any notice provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either personally delivered, or mailed first class mail (postage prepaid) or sent by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) to the Company at the address set forth below and to CPPIB at the address set forth below, or at such address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Notices will be deemed to have been given hereunder when sent by facsimile (receipt confirmed), delivered personally, five days after deposit in the U.S. mail and one day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier service.

 

If to the Company: Markit Ltd.
c/o Markit North America, Inc.
620 Eighth Avenue, 35th Floor, New York, NY 10018

 

Attention: Adam Kansler, Chief Administrative Officer and General Counsel
If to CPPIB: Canada Pension Plan Investment Board
One Queen Street East, Suite 2500, Toronto, Ontario M5C 2W5, Canada
Attention: Scott Lawrence (VP, Head of Relationship Investments) and John Butler (SVP, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary)

 

5. A MENDMENT ; W AIVER

This Agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified only by a written instrument executed by the Company and CPPIB. Neither the failure nor delay on the part of any party hereto to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any other right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.

 

6. F URTHER A SSURANCES

The parties hereto will sign such further documents, cause such meetings to be held, resolutions passed, exercise their votes and do and perform and cause to be done such further acts and things necessary, proper or advisable in order to give full effect to this Agreement and every provision hereof. To the fullest extent permitted by Law, the Company shall not directly or indirectly take any action that is intended to, or would reasonably be expected to result in, CPPIB being deprived of the rights contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Page 6


7. A SSIGNMENT

This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding on the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement may not be assigned without the express prior written consent of the other parties hereto, and any attempted assignment, without such consents, will be null and void, provided, however , that CPPIB shall be entitled to assign its rights hereunder to any of its wholly-owned Affiliates without such prior written consent so long as CPPIB also transfers Shares to any such Affiliate equal to 100% of the number of Purchased Shares.

 

8. T HIRD P ARTIES

This Agreement does not create any rights, claims or benefits inuring to any Person that is not a party hereto nor create or establish any third party beneficiary hereto.

 

9. G OVERNING L AW

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

10. J URISDICTION ; W AIVER OF J URY T RIAL

In any judicial proceeding involving any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, each of the parties unconditionally accepts the jurisdiction and venue of the State of New York sitting in New York County, and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, and each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts and agrees that any such action, litigation or proceeding may be brought in any such New York state court or, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, in such federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action, litigation or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law. In any such judicial proceeding, the parties agree that in addition to any method for the service of process permitted or required by such courts, to the fullest extent permitted by law, service of process may be made by delivery provided pursuant to the directions in Clause 4. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING INVOLVING ANY DISPUTE, CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

11. S PECIFIC P ERFORMANCE

Each party hereto acknowledges and agrees that in the event of any breach of this Agreement by any of them, the other parties hereto would be irreparably harmed and could not be made whole by monetary damages. Each party accordingly agrees to waive the defence in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate and that the parties, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at Law or in equity, shall be entitled to specific performance of this Agreement without the posting of bond.

 

Page 7


12. E NTIRE A GREEMENT

This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. There are no agreements, representations, warranties, covenants or understandings with respect to the subject matter hereof or thereof other than those expressly set forth herein and therein. This Agreement supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

 

13. S EVERABILITY

If any provision of this Agreement, or the application of such provision to any Person or circumstance or in any jurisdiction, shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, (i) the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby, and each other provision hereof shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law, (ii) as to such Person or circumstance or in such jurisdiction such provision shall be reformed to be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law and (iii) the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances or in other jurisdictions shall not be affected thereby.

 

14. T ABLE OF C ONTENTS , H EADINGS AND C APTIONS

The table of contents, headings, subheadings and captions contained in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only, and in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this Agreement or the intent of any provision hereof.

 

15. G RANT OF C ONSENT

Any vote, consent or approval of CPPIB hereunder shall be deemed to be given with respect to such entity if such vote, consent or approval is given by members of such entity having a pecuniary interest in a majority of the Shares over which all members of such entity then have a pecuniary interest.

 

16. C OUNTERPARTS

This Agreement and any amendment hereto may be signed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one Agreement (or amendment, as applicable).

 

17. E FFECTIVENESS

This Agreement shall become effective upon the date of the closing of the Investment. For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement shall be of no force or effect if CPPIB does not acquire Shares in the Investment with a value at the time of the acquisition of at least the CPPIB Minimum Investment.

 

18. N O R ECOURSE

This Agreement may only be enforced against, and any claims or cause of action that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to this Agreement, or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement may only be made against the entities that are expressly identified as parties hereto and no past, present or future Affiliate, director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, manager, partner, stockholder, agent, attorney or representative of any party hereto shall have any liability for any obligations or liabilities of the parties to this Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Page 8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above written.

 

EXECUTED by )

/s/    Lance Uggla        

for and on behalf of MARKIT LTD. ) Director
)
) Name: Lance Uggla

 

Page 9


EXECUTED by
for and on behalf of CANADA PENSION PLAN INVESTMENT BOARD
By:

/s/ Eric M. Wetlaufer

Name: Eric M. Wetlaufer
Title: Senior Vice President and Head of Public Market Investments
By:

/s/ R. Scott Lawrence

Name: R. Scott Lawrence
Title: Vice President and Head of Relationship Investments

 

Page 10

Exhibit 2.3

EXECUTION VERSION

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

dated as of

June 24, 2014

among

MARKIT LTD.

and

THE SHAREHOLDERS PARTY HERETO


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

          P AGE  

ARTICLE 1

D EFINITIONS

  
Section 1.01.   

Definitions

     1   
Section 1.02.   

Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions

     5   

ARTICLE 2

R ESTRICTIONS ON T RANSFER

  
Section 2.01.   

General Restrictions on Transfer

     6   
Section 2.02.   

Legends

     6   
Section 2.03.   

Permitted Transferees

     7   
Section 2.04.   

Restrictions on Transfers by the Shareholders

     7   
Section 2.05.   

Notice of Transfers

     9   

ARTICLE 3

R EGISTRATION R IGHTS

  
Section 3.01.   

Demand Registration

     9   
Section 3.02.   

Shelf Registration

     12   
Section 3.03.   

Final Shelf Registration

     15   
Section 3.04.   

Lock-up Agreements

     16   
Section 3.05.   

Registration Procedures

     16   
Section 3.06.   

Indemnification by the Company

     20   
Section 3.07.   

Indemnification by Participating Shareholders

     21   
Section 3.08.   

Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings

     22   
Section 3.09.   

Contribution

     22   
Section 3.10.   

Participation in Public Offering

     23   
Section 3.11.   

No Transfer of Registration Rights

     23   

ARTICLE 4

M ISCELLANEOUS

  
Section 4.01.   

Binding Effect; Assignability; Benefit

     24   
Section 4.02.   

Notices

     24   
Section 4.03.   

Amendments and Waivers

     25   
Section 4.04.   

Governing Law

     25   
Section 4.05.   

Jurisdiction

     25   
Section 4.06.   

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     26   
Section 4.07.   

Specific Enforcement

     26   
Section 4.08.   

Counterparts; Effectiveness

     26   
Section 4.09.   

Entire Agreement

     26   


          P AGE  
Section 4.10.   

Severability

     26   
Section 4.11.   

Confidentiality

     27   
Exhibit A   

Joinder Agreement

  
Exhibit B   

Notice Information for Shareholders

  

 

ii


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT dated as of June 24, 2014 (the “ Agreement ”) among Markit Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company (the “ Company ”), and the Shareholders party hereto as listed on the signature pages, including any Permitted Transferees (collectively, the “ Shareholders ” and individually, a “ Shareholder ”).

In consideration of the mutual promises made herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

D EFINITIONS

Section 1.01. Definitions . (a) As used herein, the following terms have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person; provided that no securityholder of the Company shall be deemed an Affiliate of any other securityholder solely by reason of any investment in the Company. For the purpose of this definition, the term “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlling ”, “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Aggregate Ownership ” means, with respect to any Shareholder, the total amount of Common Shares “beneficially owned” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act without reference to clause (d)(1) of such Rule) (without duplication) by such Shareholder as of the date of such calculation, calculated on a Fully-Diluted basis.

Bank Shareholders ” means the following Shareholders, including any Affiliates of such Shareholders who “beneficially own” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) Common Shares, and any Permitted Transferees: Banc of America Strategic Ventures, Inc., ML IBK Positions, Inc., ML UK Capital Holdings, Bank of America NA, Merrill Lynch International, Banc of America Strategic Investments Corporation, Barclays Bank plc, BNP PUK Holding Limited, BNP Paribas Arbitrage S.N.C., Citigroup Financial Products, Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Limited, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse NEXT Investors LLC, DB UK Holdings Limited, DBR Investments Co. Limited, Deutsche Bank AG (London Branch), Goldman Sachs International, The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., HSBC Bank plc, LabMorgan Corporation,


LabMorgan Investment Corporation, Morgan Stanley Fixed Income Ventures Inc., Morgan Stanley, Morgan Stanley UK Group, RBS AA Holdings (UK) Limited, and UBS AG.

Business Day ” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City or London are authorized by law to close.

Common Shares ” means the common shares, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company and any shares into which such Common Shares may thereafter be converted or changed.

CPPIB ” means the Canada Pension Plan Investment Board.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (formerly, the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.) and any successor thereto.

Fully-Diluted ” means, with respect to the Common Shares, all issued and outstanding Common Shares and all Common Shares issuable in respect of securities convertible into or exchangeable for such Common Shares, all stock appreciation rights, options, warrants and other rights to purchase or subscribe for such Common Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such Common Shares; provided that, if any of the foregoing stock appreciation rights, options, warrants or other rights to purchase or subscribe for such Common Shares are subject to vesting, the Common Shares subject to vesting shall be included in the definition of “Fully-Diluted” only upon and to the extent of such vesting.

Initial Ownership ” means, with respect to any Shareholder, the Aggregate Ownership of Common Shares by such Shareholder immediately after the IPO Closing Date, or, in the case of any Person that shall become a party to this Agreement on a later date, as of such later date, in each case taking into account any share split, share dividend, bonus share issue, reverse share split or similar event. For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any Shareholder (other than CPPIB), Initial Ownership (a) shall give effect to, and therefore shall not include, any Common Shares sold by such Shareholder in the IPO and (b) shall not include any Common Shares purchased by such Shareholder or any Affiliate thereof as an underwriter in the IPO or purchased by such Shareholder or any Affiliate thereof in an open market transaction following consummation of the IPO. With respect to CPPIB, Initial Ownership shall give effect to and shall include any Common Shares purchased by CPPIB in the IPO, but shall not include any Common Shares purchased by CPPIB in open market transactions or otherwise following consummation of the IPO.

IPO ” means the initial public offering of Common Shares.

 

2


“IPO Closing Date” means the closing date of the IPO.

“Lock-Up and Compulsory Transfer Deeds” means the Lock-Up and Compulsory Transfer Deeds dated as of the respective date of execution between the Company and any Bank Shareholder or an Affiliate of any Bank Shareholder.

“PE Shareholders” means the following Shareholders, including any Affiliates of such Shareholders who “beneficially own” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) Common Shares, and any Permitted Transferees: General Atlantic Partners Tango, L.P., Esta Investments Pte Limited and CPPIB.

“Permitted Transferee” means, in the case of any Shareholder, (A) any other Shareholder, (B) any Affiliate of such Shareholder, (C) a trust that is for the exclusive benefit of such Shareholder or its Permitted Transferees under (B) above, or (D) subject to the Company’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld), a transferee to which Initial Ownership Common Shares are Transferred pursuant to Section 2.04(g)(ii).

“Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, trust or other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

“Public Offering” means an underwritten public offering of Registrable Securities of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar or successor form.

“Registrable Securities” means, at any time, any Initial Ownership Common Shares “beneficially owned” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) by the Shareholders and, in the case of the PE Shareholders, shall also include any Common Shares purchased by the PE Shareholders in open market transactions or otherwise following consummation of the IPO and “beneficially owned” by the PE Shareholders, in either case until (i) such Common Shares have been resold pursuant to a registration statement covering such Common Shares, or (ii) such Common Shares are otherwise Transferred with the consent of the Company and as to which the Company has delivered, or has caused any transfer agent to deliver, a new certificate in book-entry form or other evidence of ownership for such Common Shares not bearing the legend required pursuant to this Agreement and such Common Shares may be resold without subsequent registration under the Securities Act.

“Registration Expenses” means any and all expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with any registration of securities, including all (i) registration and filing fees, and all other fees and expenses payable in connection with the listing of securities on any securities exchange or automated

 

3


interdealer quotation system, (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with any securities or “blue sky” laws (including reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with “blue sky” qualifications of the securities registered), (iii) expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, mailing and delivery of any registration statements, prospectuses and other documents in connection therewith and any amendments or supplements thereto, (iv) security engraving and printing expenses, (v) internal expenses of the Company (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (vi) reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and customary fees and expenses for independent certified public accountants retained by the Company (including the expenses relating to any comfort letters or costs associated with the delivery by independent certified public accountants of any comfort letters requested pursuant to Section 3.05(h)), (vii) reasonable fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in connection with such registration, (viii) reasonable fees and expenses in connection with any review by FINRA of the underwriting arrangements or other terms of the offering, and all reasonable fees and expenses of any qualified independent underwriter, including the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of any counsel thereto, (ix) costs of printing and producing any agreements among underwriters, underwriting agreements, any “blue sky” or legal investment memoranda and any selling agreements and other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of the Registrable Securities, (x) transfer agents’ and registrars’ fees and expenses and the fees and expenses of any other agent or trustee appointed in connection with such offering, and (xi) expenses relating to any analyst or investor presentations or any “road shows” undertaken in connection with the registration, marketing or selling of the Registrable Securities. For the avoidance of doubt, Registration Expenses shall not include any fees and out-of-pocket expenses of the Shareholders (or the agents who manage their accounts), including, but not limited to, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Shareholders, and shall not include any underwriting fees, discounts and commissions attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities.

“Restriction Termination Date” means the first anniversary of the IPO Closing Date.

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 (or any successor or similar provisions) under the Securities Act.

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Shelf Registration” means a registration under a Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (or any successor or similar rule).

 

4


“Transfer” means, with respect to any Common Shares, (i) when used as a verb, to sell, assign, dispose of, exchange, pledge, mortgage, encumber, hypothecate or otherwise transfer, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such Common Shares, whether directly or indirectly, or agree or commit to do any of the foregoing and (ii) when used as a noun, a direct or indirect sale, assignment, disposition, exchange, pledge, mortgage, encumbrance, hypothecation or other transfer, in whole or in part, of any of the economic consequences of ownership of such Common Shares or any agreement or commitment to do any of the foregoing.

(b) Each of the following terms is defined in the Section set forth opposite such term:

 

Term

  

Section

Agreement    Preamble
Company    Preamble
Damages    3.06
Demand Notice    3.01
Demand Registration    3.01
e-mail    4.02
Indemnified Party    3.08
Indemnifying Party    3.08
Initial Requesting Shareholders    3.01
Initial Shelf Requesting Shareholders    3.02
Inspectors    3.05
Lock-Up Period    3.04
Maximum Offering Size    3.01
Notice    4.02
Proceeds Threshold    3.01
Records    3.05
Requesting Shareholders    3.01
Shareholder    Preamble
Shelf Requesting Shareholders    3.02
Underwritten Takedown    3.02

Section 1.02. Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions . The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The captions herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof. References to Articles, Sections and Exhibits are to Articles, Sections and Exhibits of this Agreement unless otherwise specified. All Exhibits annexed hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein. Any capitalized term used in any Exhibit but not otherwise defined therein shall have the meaning as defined in this Agreement. Any singular term in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the

 

5


plural, and any plural term the singular. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”, whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of like import. “Writing”, “written” and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form. References to any agreement or contract are to that agreement or contract as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof. References to any Person include the successors and permitted assigns of that Person. References from or through any date mean, unless otherwise specified, from and including or through and including, respectively.

ARTICLE 2

R ESTRICTIONS ON T RANSFER

Section 2.01. General Restrictions on Transfer . (a) Each Bank Shareholder and PE Shareholder agrees that it shall not Transfer any Initial Ownership Common Shares (or solicit any offers in respect of any Transfer of any Initial Ownership Common Shares), except in compliance with the Securities Act, any other applicable securities or “blue sky” laws, and the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(b) Any attempt by any Bank Shareholder or PE Shareholder to Transfer any Initial Ownership Common Shares not in compliance with this Agreement shall be null and void, and the Company shall not, and shall cause any transfer agent not to, give any effect in the Company’s register of members or branch register to such attempted Transfer.

Section 2.02. Legends . (a) In addition to any other legend that may be required, each certificate (whether in book-entry form or otherwise) for Initial Ownership Common Shares issued to any Bank Shareholder or PE Shareholder shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY NON-U.S. OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, MORTGAGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH. THIS SECURITY IS ALSO SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AS SET FORTH IN THE REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 24, 2014, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST FROM MARKIT LTD. OR ANY SUCCESSOR THERETO;

 

6


provided, however, that each certificate for CPPIB’s Initial Ownership Common Shares purchased by CPPIB in the IPO shall not include the first sentence and the words “ALSO” and “ADDITIONAL” in the second sentence of the legend required by this Section 2.02(a) endorsed thereon.

(b) If any Initial Ownership Common Shares shall cease to be Registrable Securities under clause (i) of the definition thereof, the Company, upon the written request of the holder thereof, shall cause any transfer agent to issue in book-entry form to such holder a new certificate evidencing such Initial Ownership Common Shares without the first sentence and the words “ALSO” and “ADDITIONAL” in the second sentence of the legend required by Section 2.02(a) endorsed thereon.

(c) If any Initial Ownership Common Shares cease to be subject to any and all restrictions on Transfer set forth in this Agreement, the Company, upon the written request of the holder thereof, shall cause any transfer agent to issue in book-entry form to such holder a new certificate evidencing such Initial Ownership Common Shares without the second sentence of the legend required by Section 2.02(a) endorsed thereon.

Section 2.03. Permitted Transferees . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any Bank Shareholder or PE Shareholder may at any time Transfer any or all of its Initial Ownership Common Shares to one or more of its Permitted Transferees without the consent of the Company or any other Shareholder or group of Shareholders so long as (a) such Permitted Transferee shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement by executing a joinder substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto and (b) the Transfer to such Permitted Transferee is in compliance with the Securities Act and any other applicable securities or “blue sky” laws.

Section 2.04. Restrictions on Transfers by the Shareholders . (a) Without the written consent of the Company, no Bank Shareholder or PE Shareholder shall Transfer any of its Initial Ownership Common Shares, except (i) to one or more of its Permitted Transferees in accordance with Section 2.03, (ii) after the Restriction Termination Date, in an offering or sale in connection with the exercise of its rights under, and in accordance with, Article 3 and in accordance with this Section 2.04 or (iii) in accordance with clause (e), (f) or (g) of this Section 2.04.

(b) With respect to a Bank Shareholder, the number of Initial Ownership Common Shares Transferred by such Bank Shareholder pursuant to Section 2.04(a)(ii) in each successive 12-month period beginning on the Restriction Termination Date or any anniversary thereof shall not exceed 25% of such Bank Shareholder’s Initial Ownership Common Shares.

 

7


(c) With respect to a PE Shareholder, the number of Initial Ownership Common Shares Transferred by such PE Shareholder pursuant to Section 2.04(a)(ii) in each successive 12-month period beginning on the Restriction Termination Date or any anniversary thereof shall not exceed 331/3% of such PE Shareholder’s Initial Ownership Common Shares.

(d) If any Bank Shareholder or PE Shareholder does not Transfer in an offering or sale the maximum allowable number of Initial Ownership Common Shares under Section 2.04(b) or (c), respectively, in any successive 12-month period beginning on the Restriction Termination Date or any anniversary thereof, any such remaining number of Initial Ownership Common Shares for such period shall be carried over to the next subsequent 12-month period and available for Transfer in an offering or sale in connection with the exercise of such Bank Shareholder’s or PE Shareholder’s rights under, and in accordance with, Article 3 and otherwise in accordance with this Section 2.04.

(e) In the case of the Bank Shareholders, any Initial Ownership Common Shares held after any Demand Registration effected in accordance with Article 3 subsequent to the fourth anniversary of the IPO Closing Date, and, in any case, any Initial Ownership Common Shares held on the fifth anniversary of the IPO Closing Date, shall cease to be subject to any restrictions on Transfer set forth in Section 2.04(a)(ii), subject to compliance with the Securities Act and any other applicable securities or “blue sky” laws.

(f) In the case of the PE Shareholders, any Initial Ownership Common Shares held after any Demand Registration effected in accordance with Article 3 subsequent to the third anniversary of the IPO Closing Date, and, in any case, any Initial Ownership Common Shares held on the fourth anniversary of the IPO Closing Date, shall cease to be subject to any restrictions on Transfer set forth in Section 2.04(a)(ii), subject to compliance with the Securities Act and any other applicable securities or “blue sky” laws.

(g) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the restrictions described in this Agreement shall not apply to any Transfer of Initial Ownership Common Shares that (i) is required by law or a governmental authority or (ii) any Shareholder determines in good faith, based on the advice of legal counsel (which advice may be from internal or external counsel and may be oral or written), would subject it or its Affiliates to material adverse legal, regulatory or compliance consequences as a result of continued ownership of such Initial Ownership Common Shares, provided that in the case of any Transfer pursuant to clause (i) or (ii), such Shareholder shall Transfer no more than the minimum number of Initial Ownership Common Shares as are reasonably necessary to satisfy such legal or governmental authority requirement or to avoid such material adverse consequences; and provided further that, in the case of Transfers contemplated by clause (ii) above, the transferee shall be subject to the Company’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) and such

 

8


transferee of such Initial Ownership Common Shares shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement by executing a joinder substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.

Section 2.05. Notice of Transfers. Each Bank Shareholder and PE Shareholder shall give the Company prompt written notice of any transactions in the Initial Ownership Common Shares in reliance on Section 2.03 or 2.04.

ARTICLE 3

R EGISTRATION R IGHTS

Section 3.01. Demand Registration . (a) If the Company shall receive at any time after the Restriction Termination Date a request from two (2) or more Shareholders that are either Bank Shareholders or PE Shareholders, or both (in either case, the “ Initial Requesting Shareholders ”) that the Company effect the registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of such Initial Requesting Shareholders’ Registrable Securities, and specifying the intended method of disposition thereof, then the Company shall give notice (a “ Demand Notice ”) of such requested registration (each such request shall be referred to herein as a “ Demand Registration ”) to the other Shareholders, which notice shall be given not later than ten (10) Business Days following receipt by the Company of the Demand Notice. Such other Shareholders may, upon notice received by the Company no later than five Business Days after the date of the notice of a Demand Registration, request that the Company also effect the registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of such other Shareholders’ Registrable Securities (such other requesting Shareholders, together with the Initial Requesting Shareholders, shall be referred to herein as the “ Requesting Shareholders ”). Thereafter, subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 2.04 and Section 3.01(f), the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities for which the Requesting Shareholders have requested registration under this Section 3.01 to the extent necessary to permit the disposition of the Registrable Securities so to be registered (in accordance with the intended methods thereof as aforesaid); provided that the Company shall be permitted to effect the registration under the Securities Act of any securities other than Registrable Securities (including for the benefit of any other Persons not party to this Agreement) as part of any Demand Registration; provided further that the Company shall not be obligated to effect a Demand Registration (i) unless the aggregate gross proceeds (before the deduction of any discounts or commissions) expected to be received from the sale of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Demand Registration equals or exceeds $100,000,000 (the “ Proceeds Threshold ”), provided the Proceeds Threshold shall only apply through the fourth anniversary of the IPO Closing Date, and (ii) until after the Restriction Termination Date.

 

9


(b) If any Registrable Securities for which the Requesting Shareholders have requested registration under Section 3.01(a) are excluded from such Demand Registration in accordance with the restrictions set forth in Section 3.01(f), then such Requesting Shareholders may either (i) request that the Company grant a written waiver to permit such Requesting Shareholders to Transfer such excluded Registrable Securities by any means available, subject to compliance with the Securities Act and any other applicable securities or “blue sky” laws or (ii) request that the Company effect a second Demand Registration under the Securities Act to permit the disposition of such excluded Registrable Securities in a Public Offering. Thereafter, subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 2.04 and, in the case of clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, Section 3.01(f), the Company shall either (A) in its sole discretion, grant the waiver request of the Requesting Shareholders, or (B) use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities for which the Requesting Shareholders have requested registration under Section 3.01(b)(ii) to the extent necessary to permit the disposition of the Registrable Securities so to be registered. If any Registrable Securities for which the Requesting Shareholders have requested registration under Section 3.01(b)(ii) are excluded from such second Demand Registration in accordance with the restrictions set forth in Section 3.01(f), then such Requesting Shareholders may, subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 2.04, Transfer such excluded Registrable Securities by any means available, subject to compliance with the Securities Act and any other applicable securities or “blue sky” laws. In no event shall the Company be required to effect (A) more than one Demand Registration within each successive 12-month period beginning on the Restriction Termination Date or any anniversary thereof except as provided in Section 3.01(b)(ii), (B) a Demand Registration within a period of 90 days after the effective date of any other registration statement relating to any Demand Registration or (C) any Demand Registration if, at the time of such request, four or more Demand Registrations (excluding (x) any Demand Registrations pursuant to Section 3.01(b)(ii) or 3.02(a)(ii)(B)(2), and (y) any Demand Registrations effected (in the Company’s sole discretion) other than the one Demand Registration required pursuant to this Section 3.01(b) within each successive 12-month period beginning on the Restriction Termination Date or any anniversary thereof) have previously been effected. Notwithstanding the foregoing limit of four Demand Registrations, if, subsequent to the fourth anniversary of the IPO Closing Date, (A) any PE Shareholder owns Common Shares equal to 100% of the number of such PE Shareholder’s Initial Ownership Common Shares and (B) the Company’s board of directors includes a member nominated by such PE Shareholder, then such PE Shareholder shall be entitled to one additional Demand Registration otherwise in accordance with the terms of Section 3.01 (provided that the Demand Notice required by Section 3.01(a) need only be sent by the Company to any other PE Shareholder that satisfies the same demand requirements as the requesting PE Shareholder), which shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining whether the limit of four Demand Registrations have been effected. In addition, if,

 

10


as of the fourth anniversary of the IPO Closing Date, any Shareholder owns more than 5% of the Company’s issued and outstanding Common Shares, then such Shareholder shall be entitled to one additional Demand Registration otherwise in accordance with the terms of Section 3.01 (provided that the Demand Notice required by Section 3.01(a) need only be sent by the Company to any other Shareholder that satisfies the same demand requirements as the requesting Shareholder), which shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining whether the limit of four Demand Registrations have been effected.

(c) At any time prior to the effective date of the registration statement relating to a Demand Registration request pursuant to Section 3.01(a) or Section 3.01(b)(ii), a Shareholder may withdraw from the related registration by providing written notice to the Company. If sufficient Registrable Securities are so withdrawn such that the number of Registrable Securities to be included in such Demand Registration do not meet the applicable threshold(s) required for such Demand Registration pursuant to Section 3.01(a), the Company may cease all efforts to effect such Demand Registration upon such withdrawal and, upon the Company ceasing all efforts to effect registration, such Demand Registration shall be deemed revoked. Notwithstanding clause (e) below, a request, so revoked, shall be considered to be a Demand Registration unless (i) such revocation arose out of the fault of the Company, (ii) at the time of such withdrawal, the Shareholders shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from the condition, business or prospects of the Company at the time of the related registration request and have promptly withdrawn the request after learning of such information, or (iii) the Requesting Shareholders reimburse the Company for all Registration Expenses (other than the expenses set forth under clause (v) of the definition thereof) incurred prior to the receipt of such revocation, pro rata among such Requesting Shareholders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities of each such Requesting Shareholder that were to be included in the revoked Demand Registration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a requested registration does not meet the Proceeds Threshold, such requested registration shall not be deemed a Demand Registration or a withdrawn registration and shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the number of Demand Registrations that have been effected.

(d) The Company shall be liable for and pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any Demand Registration that is effected or, in the case of any Demand Registration that is not effected, where (i) the failure of such Demand Registration to be effected arose out of the fault of the Company or (ii) the Requesting Shareholders do not elect to pay Registration Expenses in accordance with clause (iii) of the last sentence of Section 3.01(c). For the avoidance of doubt, the Requesting Shareholders shall be liable for and pay all Registration Expenses (other than the expenses set forth under clause (v) of the definition thereof) in any other circumstance in connection with any Demand Registration, and, in all circumstances in connection with any Demand Registration, shall be

 

11


liable for and pay all fees and out-of-pocket expenses of the Requesting Shareholders (or the agents who manage their accounts), including, but not limited to, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Requesting Shareholders and any underwriting fees, discounts and commissions attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities.

(e) A Demand Registration shall not be deemed to have occurred unless the registration statement relating thereto (A) has become effective under the Securities Act and (B) has remained effective for a period of at least 30 days (or such shorter period in which all Registrable Securities of the Requesting Shareholders included in such registration have actually been sold thereunder).

(f) If a Demand Registration involves a Public Offering and the managing underwriter advises the Company and the Requesting Shareholders that, in its view, the number of shares of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration (including any securities that the Company proposes to be included that are not Registrable Securities) exceeds the largest number of shares that can be sold without having an adverse effect on such offering, including the price at which such shares can be sold (the “ Maximum Offering Size ”), the Company shall include in such registration, in the priority listed below, up to the Maximum Offering Size:

(i) first, all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by all Requesting Shareholders (allocated, if necessary for the offering not to exceed the Maximum Offering Size, pro rata among such Shareholders on the basis of the relative number of Registrable Securities held by each such Shareholder); and

(ii) second, any securities proposed to be registered by the Company (including for the benefit of any other Persons not party to this Agreement, with such priorities among them as the Company shall determine in its sole discretion).

(g) Upon notice to the Requesting Shareholders, the Company may postpone effecting a registration pursuant to this Section 3.01 on two occasions during any period of twelve consecutive months for a time period specified in the notice but not exceeding 120 days in the aggregate in any period of twelve consecutive months (which period may not be extended or renewed), if (i) the Company determines that effecting the registration could materially and adversely affect an offering of securities of the Company or (ii) the Company is in possession of material non-public information the disclosure of which during the period specified in such notice the Company reasonably believes would not be in the best interests of the Company.

Section 3.02 . Shelf Registration. (a) (i) At any time after the Restriction Termination Date, if the Company is eligible to use Form F-3 or Form S-3, then

 

12


any two (2) or more Shareholders that are either Bank Shareholders or PE Shareholders, or both (in either case, the “ Initial Shelf Requesting Shareholders ”) may request the Company to effect a Shelf Registration of some or all of the Registrable Securities held by such Initial Shelf Requesting Shareholders. The Company shall give notice of such requested Shelf Registration to the other Shareholders, which notice shall be given not later than ten (10) Business Days following receipt by the Company of the request from the Initial Shelf Requesting Shareholders. Such other Shareholders may, upon notice received by the Company no later than five Business Days after the date of the notice of a Shelf Registration, request that the Company also effect a registration of some or all of the Registrable Securities held by such other Shareholders (such other requesting Shareholders, together with the Initial Shelf Requesting Shareholders, shall be referred to herein as the “ Shelf Requesting Shareholders ”). The Company shall only be required to effectuate one Public Offering from such Shelf Registration (an “ Underwritten Takedown ”) within each successive 12-month period beginning on the Restriction Termination Date or any anniversary thereof, with a minimum period of 90 days between each such Public Offering, and each such offering shall be deemed a Demand Registration for purposes of the Company’s obligation to effect no more than four Demand Registrations in the aggregate as set forth in Section 3.01(b), subject to the additional demand rights as of or following the fourth anniversary of the IPO Closing Date as set forth in such section. For the avoidance of doubt, Registrable Securities registered by the Shelf Requesting Shareholders pursuant to a Shelf Registration may only be offered or sold pursuant to an Underwritten Takedown or otherwise pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.02(a)(ii) (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, any Registrable Securities registered as part of a Shelf Registration under Section 3.03 hereof).

(ii) (A) Notwithstanding Section 3.02(a)(i), if any Registrable Securities for which the Shelf Requesting Shareholders have requested a Shelf Registration are excluded from an Underwritten Takedown in accordance with the restrictions set forth in Section 3.01(f), then such Shelf Requesting Shareholders may either (1) request that the Company grant a written waiver to permit such Shelf Requesting Shareholders to Transfer such excluded Registrable Securities by any means available, subject to compliance with the Securities Act and any other applicable securities or “blue sky” laws or (2) request that the Company effect a second Underwritten Takedown to permit the disposition of such excluded Registrable Securities in a Public Offering. (B) Subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 2.04 and, in the case of Section 3.02(a)(ii)(A)(2), subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 3.01(f), the Company shall either (1) in its sole discretion, grant the waiver request of the Shelf Requesting Shareholders, or (2) use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the Underwritten Takedown of all Registrable Securities for which the Shelf Requesting Shareholders have requested such Underwritten Takedown under Section 3.02(a)(ii)(A)(2) to the extent necessary to permit the disposition of such excluded Registrable Securities in a Public Offering. (C) If any Registrable

 

13


Securities for which the Shelf Requesting Shareholders have requested an Underwritten Takedown under Section 3.02(a)(ii)(A)(2) are excluded from such second Underwritten Takedown in accordance with the restrictions set forth in Section 3.01(f), then such Shelf Requesting Shareholders may, subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 2.04, Transfer such excluded Registrable Securities by any means available, subject to compliance with the Securities Act and any other applicable securities or “blue sky” laws.

(iii) The provisions of Section 3.01 shall apply mutatis mutandis to each Underwritten Takedown, with references to “filing of the registration statement” or “effective date” being deemed references to filing of a prospectus or supplement for such offering and references to “registration” being deemed references to the offering; provided that Requesting Shareholders shall only include Shareholders whose Registrable Securities are included in such Shelf Registration or may be included therein without the need for an amendment to such Shelf Registration (other than an automatically effective amendment). So long as the Shelf Registration is effective, no Shareholder may request any Demand Registration pursuant to Section 3.01 with respect to Registrable Securities that are registered on such Shelf Registration but instead shall have the right to request an Underwritten Takedown as set forth above.

(b) If the Company shall receive a request from Shelf Requesting Shareholders that the Company effect a Shelf Registration, then the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities for which the Shelf Requesting Shareholders have requested registration under this Section 3.02 to the extent necessary to permit the registration of the Registrable Securities so to be registered on such Shelf Registration; provided that the Company shall be permitted to effect the registration under the Securities Act of any securities other than Registrable Securities (including for the benefit of any other Persons not party to this Agreement) as part of any Shelf Registration.

(c) At any time prior to the effective date of the registration statement relating to a Shelf Registration request pursuant to Section 3.02(a), a Shareholder may withdraw from the related registration by providing written notice to the Company. If sufficient Registrable Securities are so withdrawn such that the number of Registrable Securities to be included in such Shelf Registration do not meet the applicable threshold(s) required for such Shelf Registration pursuant to Section 3.02(a), the Company may cease all efforts to effect such Shelf Registration upon such withdrawal and, upon the Company ceasing all efforts to effect registration, such Demand Registration shall be deemed revoked. A request, so revoked, shall be considered to be a Demand Registration unless (i) such revocation arose out of the fault of the Company, (ii) at the time of such withdrawal, the Shareholders shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from the condition, business or prospects of the Company at the time of the related registration request and

 

14


have promptly withdrawn the request after learning of such information or (iii) the Shelf Requesting Shareholders reimburse the Company for all Registration Expenses (other than the expenses set forth under clause (v) of the definition thereof) incurred prior to the receipt of such revocation, pro rata among such Shelf Requesting Shareholders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities of each such Shelf Requesting Shareholder that were to be included in the revoked Shelf Registration.

(d) The Company shall be liable for and pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any Shelf Registration that is effected or, in the case of any Shelf Registration that is not effected, where the failure of such Shelf Registration to be effected arose out of the fault of the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, the Shelf Requesting Shareholders shall be liable for and pay all Registration Expenses (other than the expenses set forth under clause (v) of the definition thereof) in any other circumstance in connection with any Shelf Registration, and, in all circumstances in connection with any Shelf Registration, shall be liable for and pay all fees and out-of-pocket expenses of the Shelf Requesting Shareholders (or the agents who manage their accounts), including, but not limited to, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Shelf Requesting Shareholders and any underwriting fees, discounts and commissions attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to an Underwritten Takedown.

(e) Upon notice to the Shelf Requesting Shareholders, the Company may postpone effecting a Shelf Registration pursuant to this Section 3.02 or delay any Underwritten Takedown pursuant to such Shelf Registration, as the case may be, on two occasions during any period of twelve consecutive months for a time period specified in the notice but not exceeding 120 days in the aggregate in any period of twelve consecutive months (which period may not be extended or renewed), if (i) the Company determines that effecting the Shelf Registration or any Underwritten Takedown, as the case may be, could materially and adversely affect an offering of securities of the Company, or (ii) the Company is in possession of material non-public information the disclosure of which during the period specified in such notice the Company reasonably believes would not be in the best interests of the Company.

Section 3.03 . Final Shelf Registration . If, subsequent to the fourth anniversary of the IPO Closing Date, (i) all Demand Registrations available to the Shareholders under Sections 3.01 and 3.02 have been effected, (ii) any Shareholder’s Initial Ownership Common Shares are not freely saleable in accordance with Rule 144 (without any volume or manner of sale limitations), (iii) such Shareholder owns Common Shares equal to 100% of the number of such Shareholder’s Initial Ownership Common Shares, and (iv) such Shareholder has no contractual right and at no time during the preceding 90 days has had any contractual right to nominate any candidate for appointment or election to the Company’s board of directors, then, as of such date, such Shareholder shall be entitled to request the Company to effect a Shelf Registration of all of such

 

15


Shareholder’s Registrable Securities otherwise in accordance with the terms of Section 3.02, provided, however , that (w) the Company shall only be required to give notice of such requested Shelf Registration to any Shareholder that, as of the date of such notice, owns Common Shares equal to 100% of the number of such Shareholder’s Initial Ownership Common Shares, (x) only those Shareholders that satisfy each of the requirements of clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this Section 3.03 shall be permitted to request that the Company also effect a Shelf Registration of all of such Shareholder’s Registrable Securities, (y) no Shareholder included in the Shelf Registration under this Section 3.03 shall be entitled to request an Underwritten Takedown, and (z) the Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration to become and remain effective for a period of not less than 120 days (or such shorter period in which all of the Registrable Securities of the Shelf Requesting Shareholders included in such registration statement shall have actually been sold thereunder or cease to be Registrable Securities).

Section 3.04. Lock-up Agreements. If any registration of Registrable Securities shall be effected in connection with a Public Offering after the Restriction Termination Date or any registration of securities to be issued by the Company shall be effected in connection with an underwritten public offering, each Shareholder agrees not to effect any public sale or distribution, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144, of any Initial Ownership Common Shares (except as part of such public offering) during the period beginning 14 days prior to the effective date of the applicable registration statement or, in the case of an Underwritten Takedown, 14 days prior to launch of the offering or such later date when the Shareholder receives notice thereof until the earlier of (i) such time as the Company and the lead managing underwriter(s) shall agree and (ii) 90 days following the effective date of the applicable registration statement or, in the case of a Shelf Registration, 90 days following the pricing of the offering, in each case as may be extended for purposes of compliance with NASD Rule 2711(f)(4), or any successor rule thereto (such period, the “ Lock-Up Period ” for the applicable registration statement). The Company agrees that any lock-up agreement executed for the benefit of the underwriters of any such public offering shall supersede the lock-up agreement contained in this Section 3.04, but only with respect to each Shareholder that executes such underwriter lock-up agreement and only in connection with that particular public offering.

Section 3.05. Registration Procedures . Whenever Shareholders request that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to Section 3.01, or the Company prepares a Shelf Registration pursuant to Section 3.02 or Section 3.03, subject to the provisions of such Sections, the Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, and, in connection with any such request:

(a) The Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the SEC within 120 days of such request, or such later date as necessary to comply with applicable law, a registration statement on any form for which the Company then qualifies or that counsel for the Company shall deem appropriate and which form shall be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities to be registered thereunder in accordance with the intended method of distribution thereof, and use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such filed registration statement to become and remain effective for a period of not less than 30 days, or in the case of a Shelf Registration, three years (or such shorter period in which all of the Registrable Securities of the Requesting Shareholders or the Shelf Requesting Shareholders, as the case may be, included in such registration statement shall have actually been sold thereunder or cease to be Registrable Securities).

 

16


(b) In connection with sending a Demand Notice, the Company shall furnish to each participating Shareholder and each underwriter, if any, of the Registrable Securities covered by a registration statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto (other than any report filed pursuant to the Exchange Act that is incorporated by reference therein), copies of such registration statement, prospectus, amendment or supplement in the form as proposed to be filed, and thereafter the Company shall furnish to such Shareholder and underwriter, if any, such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (excluding exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein unless specifically requested), the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus) and any other prospectus filed under Rule 424 or Rule 430A, Rule 430B or Rule 430C under the Securities Act as such Shareholder or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Shareholder.

(c) After the filing of the registration statement, the Company shall (i) cause the related prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement, and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, (ii) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Shareholders thereof set forth in such registration statement or supplement to such prospectus, (iii) promptly notify each Shareholder holding Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement of any stop order issued or threatened by the SEC or any state securities commission and take all commercially reasonable actions to prevent the entry of such stop order or to remove it if entered and (iv) promptly notify each such Shareholder when any stop order issued by the SEC or any state securities commission has been lifted.

(d) The Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by such registration

 

17


statement under such other securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as any Shareholder holding such Registrable Securities reasonably (in light of such Shareholder’s intended plan of distribution) requests; provided that the Company shall not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 3.05(d), (B) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (C) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction.

(e) The Company shall as promptly as practicable notify each Shareholder holding such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the occurrence of an event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and as promptly as practicable prepare and make available to each such Shareholder and file with the SEC any such supplement or amendment.

(f) The Requesting Shareholders or Shelf Requesting Shareholders, as applicable, shall have the right to request that any registration be effected as an underwritten offering as the method of disposition, and the Company shall comply with such request. In addition, the Company may determine to effect any registration as an underwritten offering, except any registration effected pursuant to Section 3.03. The Company shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to select the underwriter or underwriters in connection with any Public Offering resulting from any exercise of a Demand Registration (including any Underwritten Takedown). In connection with any Public Offering, the Company shall enter into customary agreements (including an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take such all other actions as are reasonably required in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in any such Public Offering, including, if necessary in the judgment of Company counsel, the engagement of a “qualified independent underwriter” in connection with the qualification of the underwriting arrangements with FINRA.

(g) Upon execution of confidentiality agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company (which the Company agrees to negotiate in good faith), the Company shall, in connection with a Public Offering, make available for inspection by any Shareholder and any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to a registration statement being filed by the Company pursuant to this Section 3.05 and any attorney, accountant or other professional, the retention of which is reasonable under the circumstances, retained by any such Shareholder or underwriter (collectively, the “ Inspectors ”), all financial and other records and pertinent corporate documents of the Company (collectively, the “ Records ”) as shall be reasonably necessary to enable any of the Inspectors to

 

18


exercise its due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any Inspectors in connection with such registration statement. Records that the Company determines, in good faith, to be confidential and that it notifies the Inspectors are confidential shall not be disclosed by the Inspectors unless (i) the disclosure of such Records is necessary to avoid or correct a material misstatement or omission in such registration statement or (ii) the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction. Each Shareholder agrees that information obtained by it as a result of such inspections shall be deemed confidential and shall not be used by it or its Affiliates as the basis for any market transactions in the Common Shares unless and until such information is made generally available to the public. Each Shareholder further agrees that, upon learning that disclosure of such Records is sought in a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall give notice to the Company and allow the Company, at its expense, to undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure of the Records deemed confidential.

(h) In connection with any Public Offering, the Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to furnish to each underwriter, if any, a signed counterpart, addressed to such underwriter, of (i) an opinion or opinions of counsel to the Company and (ii) a comfort letter or comfort letters from the Company’s independent public accountants, each in customary form and covering such matters of the kind customarily covered by opinions or comfort letters, as the case may be, as the managing underwriter(s) of such Public Offering shall reasonably request;

(i) The Company shall otherwise use all commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement or such other document covering a period of 12 months, beginning within three months after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement satisfies the requirements of Rule 158 under the Securities Act.

(j) The Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to list all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement on any securities exchange or quotation system on which any of the Common Shares are then listed or traded.

(k) The Company may require each Shareholder promptly to furnish in writing to the Company such information regarding the distribution of the Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request and such other information as may be legally required in connection with such registration. In connection with a Shelf Registration, any Shareholder that does not provide such information within five Business Days of a request by the Company may have its Registrable Securities excluded from such Shelf Registration.

 

19


(l) The Company shall cooperate with each seller of Registrable Securities and each underwriter participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA.

(m) Each Shareholder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3.05(e), such Shareholder shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Shareholder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 3.05(e), and, if so directed by the Company, such Shareholder shall deliver to the Company all copies, other than any permanent file copies then in such Shareholder’s possession, of the most recent prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice. If the Company shall give such notice, the Company shall extend the period during which such registration statement shall be maintained effective (including the period referred to in Section 3.05(a)) by the number of days in the period from and including the date of the giving of notice pursuant to Section 3.05(e) to the date when the Company shall make available to such Shareholder a prospectus supplemented or amended to conform with the requirements of Section 3.05(e).

(n) Each Shareholder agrees that, in connection with any offering pursuant to this Agreement, it will not prepare or use or refer to, any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act) without the prior written authorization of the Company, and will not distribute any written materials in connection with the offer or sale of the Registrable Securities pursuant to any registration statement hereunder other than the prospectus and any such free writing prospectus so authorized.

Section 3.06. Indemnification by the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Shareholder holding Registrable Securities covered by a registration statement, its Affiliates, and all officers, directors and employees of the Shareholder and its Affiliates, and each Person, if any, who controls such Shareholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable and documented expenses of investigation and reasonable and documented attorneys’ fees and expenses) (collectively, “ Damages ”) caused by or relating to any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement or prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary prospectus, or caused by or relating to any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such Damages are caused by or related to any such untrue statement or omission or alleged

 

20


untrue statement or omission so made based upon information furnished in writing to the Company by such Shareholder or on such Shareholder’s behalf expressly for use therein; provided that such exception shall not apply if such Shareholder has updated and corrected such information in writing in the event that such previously provided information is not true and correct no less than two Business Days prior to the Company’s use of such information in any registration statement or prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any preliminary prospectus. The Company also agrees to indemnify any underwriters of the Registrable Securities, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Shareholders provided in this Section 3.06.

Section 3.07. Indemnification by Participating Shareholders . (a) Each Shareholder holding Registrable Securities included in any registration statement agrees, severally but not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers, directors and agents and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity from the Company to such Shareholder provided in Section 3.06, but only with respect to information furnished in writing by such Shareholder or on such Shareholder’s behalf expressly for use in any registration statement or prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any preliminary prospectus; provided that this Section 3.07 shall not apply if such Shareholder updates and corrects such information in writing in the event that such previously provided information is not true and correct no less than two Business Days prior to the Company’s use of such information in any registration statement or prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any preliminary prospectus. Each Shareholder holding Registrable Securities included in any registration statement also agrees to indemnify and hold harmless underwriters of the Registrable Securities, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Company provided in this Section 3.07.

(b) As a condition to including Registrable Securities in any registration statement filed in accordance with Article 3, the Company may require that it shall have received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to it from any underwriter to indemnify and hold it harmless to the extent customarily provided by underwriters with respect to similar securities.

(c) No Shareholder shall be liable under this Section 3.07 for any Damages in excess of the net proceeds realized by such Shareholder in the sale of Registrable Securities of such Shareholder to which such Damages relate.

 

21


Section 3.08. Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings . If any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be brought or asserted against any Person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 3.06 or 3.07, such Person (an “ Indemnified Party ”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) in writing and the Indemnifying Party shall assume the defense thereof, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party, and shall assume the payment of all reasonable and documented fees and expenses; provided that the failure of any Indemnified Party so to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations hereunder except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced by such failure to notify. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party unless (i) the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel, or (ii) in the reasonable judgment of such Indemnified Party, representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to one local counsel per jurisdiction) at any time for all such Indemnified Parties, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In the case of any such separate firm for the Indemnified Parties, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Indemnified Parties. The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent, or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Party shall indemnify and hold harmless such Indemnified Parties from and against any loss or liability (to the extent stated above) by reason of such settlement or judgment. Without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, no Indemnifying Party shall effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such proceeding.

Section 3.09. Contribution . (a) If the indemnification provided for in Section 3.06 or 3.07 is unavailable to the Indemnified Parties in respect of any Damages, then each Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying the Indemnified Parties, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Damages, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party in connection with the actions, statements or omissions that resulted in such Damages as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue

 

22


statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission of a material fact, has been taken or made by, or relates to information supplied by, such Indemnifying Party or Indemnified Party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action, statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of any Damages shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, any reasonable attorneys’ or other reasonable fees or expenses incurred by such party in connection with any proceeding to the extent such party would have been indemnified for such fees or expenses if the indemnification provided for in Section 3.06 or 3.07 was available to such party in accordance with its terms.

(b) The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 3.09 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to in Section 3.09(a). Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.09, no Shareholder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such Shareholder in the sale of Registrable Securities of such Shareholder exceeds the amount of any Damages that such Shareholder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission, except in the case of fraud by such Shareholder. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Each Shareholder’s obligation to contribute pursuant to this Section 3.09 is several in the proportion that the proceeds of the offering received by such Shareholder bears to the total proceeds of the offering received by all such Shareholders and not joint.

Section 3.10. Participation in Public Offering . No Shareholder may participate in any Public Offering hereunder unless such Shareholder (a) agrees to sell such Shareholder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Company and the managing underwriter(s) and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements and the provisions of this Agreement in respect of registration rights.

Section 3.11. No Transfer of Registration Rights . None of the rights of Shareholders under this Article 3 shall be assignable by any Shareholder to any Person acquiring Common Shares in any Public Offering. Any such assignments in violation of this Section 3.11 shall be null and void.

 

23


ARTICLE 4

M ISCELLANEOUS

Section 4.01. Binding Effect; Assignability; Benefit. (a) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by any party hereto pursuant to any Transfer of Registrable Securities or otherwise, except that each Shareholder may assign rights hereunder to any Permitted Transferee of such Shareholder acquiring Common Shares pursuant to Section 2.03. Any such Permitted Transferee shall (unless already bound hereby) execute and deliver to the Company a joinder substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and shall thenceforth be a “ Shareholder .”

(c) Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any Person other than the parties hereto, and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

Section 4.02. Notices . All notices, requests and other communications (each, a “ Notice ”) to any party shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person, mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or sent by facsimile transmission or electronic mail (“ e-mail ”) transmission so long as read receipt of such e-mail is requested and received,

if to the Company, in care of:

 

Markit North America, Inc.
620 Eighth Avenue, 35th Floor
New York, New York 10018
Attention: Adam J. Kansler
Chief Administrative Officer and General Counsel
E-mail: adam.kansler@markit.com

with a copy to:

 

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Attention: Richard D. Truesdell, Jr.
Facsimile No.: (212) 701-5674
E-mail: richard.truesdell@davispolk.com

 

24


if to any Shareholder, at the address for such Shareholder set forth in Exhibit B hereto or otherwise provided to the Company as set forth below.

Any Notice shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. in the place of receipt and such day is a Business Day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, such Notice shall be deemed not to have been received until the next succeeding Business Day in the place of receipt. Any Person that becomes a Shareholder after the date hereof shall provide its address, fax number and e-mail address to the Company on the joinder.

Section 4.03. Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions of this Agreement may not be given without the written consent of the Company and holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities; provided , however, that in no event shall the obligations of any holder of Registrable Securities be increased or the rights of any Shareholder be adversely affected (without similarly increasing or adversely affecting the rights of all Shareholders), except upon the written consent of such holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of holders of Registrable Securities whose securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other holders of Registrable Securities may be given by holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold by such holders pursuant to such Registration Statement.

Section 4.04. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws rules of such state.

Section 4.05. Jurisdiction . The parties hereby agree that any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be brought in any state or federal court in The City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, so long as one of such courts shall have subject matter jurisdiction over such suit, action or proceeding, and that any cause of action arising out of this Agreement shall be deemed to have arisen from a transaction of business in the State of New York, and each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the

 

25


jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party as provided in Section 4.02 shall be deemed effective service of process on such party.

Section 4.06. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 4.07. Specific Enforcement . Each party hereto acknowledges that the remedies at law of the other parties for a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement would be inadequate and, in recognition of this fact, any party to this Agreement, without posting any bond or furnishing other security, and in addition to all other remedies that may be available, shall be entitled to obtain equitable relief in the form of specific performance, a temporary restraining order, a temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy that may then be available.

Section 4.08. Counterparts; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed (including by facsimile or other electronic image scan transmission) with counterpart signature pages or in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which shall, taken together, be considered one and the same agreement, it being understood that each party need not sign the same counterpart. This Agreement shall become effective when each party hereto shall have executed and delivered this Agreement. Until and unless each party has executed and delivered this Agreement, this Agreement shall have no effect and no party shall have any right or obligation hereunder.

Section 4.09. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, both oral and written, among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided that this Agreement shall have no effect on and shall not supersede the Lock-Up and Compulsory Transfer Deeds.

Section 4.10. Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such a determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner so that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

 

26


Section 4.11. Confidentiality . Each Shareholder agrees that any notice received pursuant to this Agreement, including any notice of a proposed underwritten public offering or postponement of an offering or effecting of a registration, is confidential information and that any trading in securities of the Company following receipt of such information may only be done in compliance with all applicable securities laws.

 

27


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

Markit Ltd.
By:

/s/ Lance Uggla

Name: Lance Uggla
Title:


Banc of America Strategic Ventures, Inc.
By:

/s/ Shea Wallon

Name: Shea Wallon
Title: Managing Director
ML IBK Positions, Inc.
By:

/s/ Shea Wallon

Name: Shea Wallon
Title: Managing Director
ML UK Capital Holdings
By:

/s/ Trevor Martin

Name: Trevor Martin
Title: Director
Bank of America NA
By:

/s/ Shea Wallon

Name: Shea Wallon
Title: Managing Director
Merrill Lynch International
By:

/s/ Adam Battersby

Name: Adam Battersby
Title: Officer
Banc of America Strategic Investments Corporation
By:

/s/ Shea Wallon

Name: Shea Wallon
Title: Managing Director


Barclays Bank plc
By:

/s/ Andrew Challis

Name: Andrew Challis
Title: Managing Director, Head of Rates E-Distribution and Markets Strategic Investments
BNP PUK Holding Limited
By:

/s/ N. E. Brick

Name: N. E. Brick
Title: Director
By:

/s/ C. M. Penney

Name: C. M. Penney
Title:
BNP Paribas Arbitrage S.N.C.
By:

/s/ Philippe Maillard

Name: Philippe Maillard
Title: Chief Operating Officer
Citigroup Financial Products, Inc.
By:

/s/ William Hartnett

Name: William Hartnett
Title: Managing Director
Citigroup Global Markets Limited
By:

/s/ Brian H. Hellmann

Name: Brian H. Hellmann
Title: Managing Director
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
By:

/s/ William Hartnett

Name: Wiliam Hartnett
Title: Managing Director


Credit Suisse NEXT Investors LLC
By:

/s/ Kenneth J. Lohsen

Name: Kenneth J. Lohsen
Title: Chief Operating Officer and Controller
DB UK Holdings Limited
By:

/s/ Andrew Murray

Name: Andrew Murray
Title: Director
By:

/s/ Adam Rutherford

Name: Adam Rutherford
Title: Secretary
DBR Investments Co. Limited
By:

/s/ Eric Kong

Name: Eric Kong
Title: Vice President
By:

/s/ Rob Corcoran

Name: Rob Corcoran
Title: Associate
Deutsche Bank AG (London Branch)
By:

/s/ Andrew Murray

Name: Andrew Murray
Title: Director
By:

/s/ Manisha Ramchurn

Name: Manisha Ramchurn
Title: Legal Council
Goldman Sachs International
By:

/s/ Paul Christensen

Name: Paul Christensen
Title: Managing Director


The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
By:

/s/ Darren Cohen

Name: Darren Cohen
Title: Attorney-in-Fact


HSBC Bank plc
By:

/s/ Samir Assaf

Name: Samir Assaf
Title: CEO, Global Banking and Markets
LabMorgan Corporation
By:

/s/ Luis Valdich

Name: Luis Valdich
Title: President
LabMorgan Investment Corporation
By:

/s/ Luis Valdich

Name: Luis Valdich
Title: Executive Director & Treasurer
Morgan Stanley Fixed Income Ventures Inc.
By:

/s/ Dexter Senft

Name: Dexter Senft
Title:
Morgan Stanley
By:

/s/ James Rosenthal

Name: James Rosenthal
Title:
Morgan Stanley UK Group
By:

/s/ Stephen Souchon

Name: /s/ Stephen Souchon
Title: Director


RBS AA Holdings (UK) Limited
By:

/s/ JRFJ Fox

Name: JRFJ Fox
Title: Director
UBS AG
By:

/s/ Philip Olesen

Name: Philip Olesen
Title: Managing Director
By:

/s/ James Fuqua

Name: James Fuqua
Title: Managing Director
General Atlantic Partners Tango, L.P.
By:

/s/ Thomas J. Murphy

Name: Thomas J. Murphy
Title: Vice President
Esta Investments Pte Limited
By:

/s/ Rohit Sipahimalani

Name: Rohit Sipahimalani
Title: Authorized Signatory
Canada Pension Plan Investment Board
By:

/s/ Eric M. Wetlaufer

Name: Eric M. Wetlaufer
Title: Senior Vice-President and Head of Public Market Investments
By:

/s/ R. Scott Lawrence

Name: R. Scott Lawrence
Title: Vice-President and Head of Relationship Investments


Lance Uggla

/s/ Lance Uggla

Kevin Gould

/s/ Kevin Gould

Jeff Gooch

/s/ Jeff Gooch

Adam Kansler

/s/ Adam Kansler

Shane Akeroyd

/s/ Shane Akeroyd

Stephen Wolff

/s/ Stephen Wolff

 

Pan Praewood 1
By:

/s/ Janique Thiry

Name: Janique Thiry
Title: Head of Unquoted Investments
By:

/s/ Stephen Christmann

Name: Stephen Christmann
Title: Manager Unquoted Investments


EXHIBIT A

JOINDER TO REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder Agreement ”) is made as of the date written below by the undersigned (the “ Joining Party ”) in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 24, 2014 (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”) among Markit Ltd. and the Shareholders party thereto. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Registration Rights Agreement.

The Joining Party hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Joinder Agreement, the Joining Party shall be deemed to be a party to the Registration Rights Agreement as of the date hereof as a Permitted Transferee of a Shareholder thereto, and shall have all of the rights and obligations of a “Shareholder” and a “Permitted Transferee” thereunder as if it had executed the Registration Rights Agreement. The Joining Party hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Registration Rights Agreement (including, without limitation, Article 2 thereof).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date written below.

Date:                  ,         

 

[NAME OF JOINING PARTY]
By:

 

Name:
Title:
Address for Notices:
[Address]
[Fax Number]
[E-mail address]

Exhibit 2.4

June 24, 2014

Markit Ltd.

4th Floor, Ropemaker Place,

25 Ropemaker Street

London, England EC2Y 9LY

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Each of the undersigned understands that certain underwriters propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement with Markit Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company (the “ Company ”), and certain selling shareholders of the Company, providing for the initial public offering (the “ IPO ”) by the several underwriters of common shares, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “ Common Shares ”). Each of the undersigned further understands that in connection with the IPO certain existing shareholders (the “ Existing Investors ”) and the Canada Pension Plan Investment Board (“ CPPIB ” and, together with the Existing Investors, the “ Investors ”) shall enter into a Registration Rights Agreement (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”) with the Company, to be dated as of the closing of the IPO (the “ IPO Closing Date ”), pursuant to which the Investors shall agree to certain transfer restrictions on their Common Shares. Each of the undersigned hereby agrees as follows:

1. Definitions. As used herein, the following terms not otherwise defined above have the following meanings:

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Immediate Family ” means any relationship by blood, marriage, domestic partnership or adoption no more remote than first cousin, and shall include any former spouse.

Initial Ownership ” means 3,000,000 Common Shares (representing approximately one half of the aggregate Common Shares owned collectively by the undersigned immediately after the IPO Closing Date, taking into account the 10-for-1 share split of the Common Shares effected in connection with the IPO).

Permitted Transferee ” means (A) a member of the Immediate Family of the undersigned, (B) a beneficiary of the undersigned’s Common Shares who is entitled to receive the Common Shares as a result of the operation of law, contract or estate or intestate succession, (C) any trust or other like entity for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or a member of the Immediate Family of the undersigned, or (D) a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the undersigned or a member of the Immediate Family of the undersigned are the direct or indirect legal and beneficial owners of all the outstanding equity securities or similar interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.


Registrable Securities ” means, at any time, any Initial Ownership Common Shares “beneficially owned” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) by the undersigned, until (i) such Common Shares have been resold pursuant to a registration statement covering such Common Shares, or (ii) such Common Shares are otherwise Transferred with the consent of the Company and as to which the Company has delivered, or has caused any transfer agent to deliver, a new certificate in book-entry form or other evidence of ownership for such Common Shares not bearing the legend required pursuant to this letter agreement and such Common Shares may be resold without subsequent registration under the Securities Act.

Restriction Termination Date ” means the first anniversary of the IPO Closing Date.

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Transfer ” means, with respect to any Common Shares, (i) when used as a verb, to sell, assign, dispose of, exchange, pledge, mortgage, encumber, hypothecate or otherwise transfer, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such Common Shares, whether directly or indirectly, or agree or commit to do any of the foregoing and (ii) when used as a noun, a direct or indirect sale, assignment, disposition, exchange, pledge, mortgage, encumbrance, hypothecation or other transfer, in whole or in part, of any of the economic consequences of ownership of such Common Shares or any agreement or commitment to do any of the foregoing, in each case not including such shares being placed into a bond as a part of financial planning matters.

2. General Restrictions on Transfer. Each of the undersigned agrees that he or it shall not Transfer any Initial Ownership Common Shares (or solicit any offers in respect of any Transfer of any Initial Ownership Common Shares), except in compliance with the Securities Act, any other applicable securities or “blue sky” laws, and the terms and conditions of this letter agreement. Any attempt by the undersigned to Transfer any Initial Ownership Common Shares not in compliance with this letter agreement shall be null and void, and the Company shall not, and shall cause any transfer agent not to, give any effect in the Company’s register of members or branch register to such attempted Transfer.

3. Legends. (a) In addition to any other legend that may be required, each certificate (whether in book-entry form or otherwise) for Initial Ownership Common Shares issued to the undersigned shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY NON-U.S. OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY

 

2


NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, MORTGAGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH. THIS SECURITY IS ALSO SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AS SET FORTH IN THE LETTER AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 24, 2014, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST FROM MARKIT LTD. OR ANY SUCCESSOR THERETO.

(b) If any Initial Ownership Common Shares shall cease to be Registrable Securities under clause (i) of the definition thereof, the Company, upon the written request of the undersigned, shall cause any transfer agent to issue in book-entry form to the undersigned a new certificate evidencing such Initial Ownership Common Shares without the first sentence and the words “ALSO” and “ADDITIONAL” in the second sentence of the legend required by Section 3(a) endorsed thereon.

(c) If any Initial Ownership Common Shares cease to be subject to any and all restrictions on Transfer set forth in this letter agreement, the Company, upon the written request of the undersigned, shall cause any transfer agent to issue in book-entry form to the undersigned a new certificate evidencing such Initial Ownership Common Shares without the second sentence of the legend required by Section 3(a) endorsed thereon.

4. Permitted Transferees . Notwithstanding anything in this letter agreement to the contrary, each of the undersigned may at any time Transfer any or all of his or its Initial Ownership Common Shares to one or more Permitted Transferees without the consent of the Company so long as (a) such Permitted Transferee shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this letter agreement and (b) the Transfer to such Permitted Transferee is in compliance with the Securities Act and any other applicable securities or “blue sky” laws.

5. Restrictions on Transfers by the Undersigned . (a) Without the written consent of the Company, each of the undersigned shall not Transfer any of his or its Initial Ownership Common Shares, except (i) to one or more Permitted Transferees in accordance with Section 4, (ii) after the Restriction Termination Date, in an offering or sale in connection with the exercise of his or its rights under, and in accordance with, Article 3 of the Registration Rights Agreement and in accordance with this Section 5 or (iii) in accordance with clause (d) or (e) of this Section 5.

(b) The number of Initial Ownership Common Shares Transferred by the undersigned pursuant to Section 5(a)(ii) in each successive 12-month period beginning on the Restriction Termination Date or any anniversary thereof shall not exceed 331/3% of the undersigned’s Initial Ownership Common Shares.

 

3


(c) If the undersigned does not Transfer in an offering or sale the maximum allowable number of Initial Ownership Common Shares under Section 5(b) in any successive 12-month period beginning on the Restriction Termination Date or any anniversary thereof, any such remaining number of Initial Ownership Common Shares for such period shall be carried over to the next subsequent 12-month period and available for Transfer in an offering or sale in connection with the exercise of the undersigned’s rights under, and in accordance with, Article 3 of the Registration Rights Agreement and otherwise in accordance with this Section 5.

(d) Any Initial Ownership Common Shares held by the undersigned after any registration effected in accordance with Article 3 of the Registration Rights Agreement subsequent to the third anniversary of the IPO Closing Date, and, in any case, any Initial Ownership Common Shares held by the undersigned on the fourth anniversary of the IPO Closing Date, shall cease to be subject to any restrictions on Transfer set forth in Section 5(a)(ii), subject to compliance with the Securities Act and any other applicable securities or “blue sky” laws.

(e) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the restrictions described in this letter agreement shall not apply to any Transfer of Initial Ownership Common Shares that is required by law or a governmental authority, provided that in the case of any such Transfer the undersigned shall Transfer no more than the minimum number of Initial Ownership Common Shares as are reasonably necessary to satisfy such legal or governmental authority requirement.

6. Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this letter agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions of this letter agreement may not be given without the written consent of the Company and each of the undersigned.

7. Effectiveness . This letter agreement shall become effective upon the IPO Closing Date. For the avoidance of doubt, this letter agreement shall be of no force or effect if the Registration Rights Agreement is not executed and effective upon the IPO Closing Date.

 

4


Very truly yours,

/s/ Lance Uggla

Lance Uggla
Pan Praewood 1
By:

/s/ Janique Thiry

Name: Janique Thiry

Title:

Head of Unquoted Investments
By:

/s/ Stephan Christmann

Name: Stephan Christmann
Title: Manager Unquoted Investments

 

Acknowledged and agreed.
Markit Ltd.
By:

/s/ Jeff Gooch

Name: Jeff Gooch
Title: CFO

Exhibit 4.1

Rules of the Markit 2004 Additional Share Option Plan

MARKIT LTD.

Rules approved by the Board of Markit Group Limited in 2004 and by the shareholders

Assumed and adopted by Markit Group Holdings Limited in 2007

Assumed and adopted by Markit Ltd. on 18 June 2014

Amended and Restated on 4 December 2014


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE    PAGE  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     1   
2.  

COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AND TITLE

     4   
3.  

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     4   
4.  

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     5   
5.  

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     5   
6.  

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     5   
7.  

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     7   
8.  

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     8   
9.  

SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

     9   
10.  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     10   
11.  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     11   
12.  

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     12   
13.  

TERMINATION

     12   
14.  

TERM

     12   
15.  

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     12   
16.  

GOVERNING LAW

     13   

SCHEDULE 1 DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

     14   

APPENDIX 1

     16   

 

i


RULES OF THE MARKIT 2004

ADDITIONAL SHARE OPTION PLAN

RECITALS

 

(A) The Plan was originally approved by the board of Markit Group Limited and adopted in 2004 (the “ Original Plan ”).

 

(B) The Original Plan and the options outstanding thereunder were subsequently assumed by Markit Group Holdings Limited in 2007.

 

(C) Following a court approved scheme of arrangement and the insertion of Markit Ltd. as the ultimate holding company of the Markit group on 18 June 2014, the Original Plan and the options outstanding thereunder were assumed by Markit Ltd.

 

(D) Pursuant to Rule 11.1 of the Original Plan, the Board has resolved to amend and restate the Rules in their entirety as set out below.

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 In the Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person (other than an individual), any other person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person; and with respect to an individual means any person that such individual has transferred all or part of its shares in accordance with the Bye-laws;

Bad Leaver ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.3;

Board ” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

Bye-laws” means the bye-laws of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “ Bye-law ” shall be construed accordingly;

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

Commencement Date ” means the date on which the Original Plan was approved by the board of Markit Group Limited, being in 2004, subject to the approval of the Plan by the shareholders of such company within 12 months before or after such board approval;

Company ” means Markit Ltd., an exempted company incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda with its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda;

Date of Grant ” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

 

1


Departing Employee ” means:

 

  (a) any individual that is a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies and:

 

  (i) who, for any reason, ceases to be a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) the business of the company of which he is a director or employee is sold by the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (b) any individual:

 

  (i) who is a director or an employee of an Affiliate company, and such Affiliate company is sold by the Company and, in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its then remaining Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) whose services are otherwise provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and whose services cease to be provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies;

Dismissal ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.3(a)(i);

“Drag Along Notice” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

“Eligible Participant” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

“Exercise Price” means the price per Plan Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

“Fair Value” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 3 of Schedule 1;

“Good Leaver” means a Departing Employee that is not a Bad Leaver;

“Incentive Stock Option” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

“Initiating Shareholders” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

“Listing” means the listing of the Ordinary Shares on the NASDAQ stock market, as of 18 June 2014;

“Member of the Group” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

“Non-Initiating Shareholders” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

 

2


“Non-Qualified Stock Option” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

“Option” means a right to acquire Plan Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

“Option Tax Liability” means an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions or any other amounts which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group;

“Ordinary Shares” means the common shares of US$0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

“Original Plan” has the meaning given to it in Recital (A);

“Parent” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

“Participant” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

“Plan” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

Plan Share ” means a fully paid Ordinary Share issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan;

“Qualifying Proposed Sale” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

“Rules” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

“Seller(s)” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1;

“Subsidiary” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

“Subsisting Option” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

“Ten Percent Shareholder” means a person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent;

“Termination” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.3(a)(i);

“Vesting Schedule” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, the vesting schedule attached to the Rules as Appendix 1 or such other vesting schedule determined by the Board; and

 

3


“Voluntary Resignation” means, in respect of a director or employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates, the voluntary resignation of that director or employee (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any of its Affiliates) in circumstances other than where the Company or any of its Affiliates of the Company would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such director or employee.

 

1.2 Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Schedule forms a part of the Plan.

 

1.3 The provisions of Rules 7.2(a) and 7.2(b) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AND TITLE

 

2.1 The Plan commenced on the Commencement Date and shall continue to be known as The Markit 2004 Additional Share Option Plan.

 

2.2 The Rules are hereby amended and restated in their entirety.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Plan Shares subject to the Rules including the Vesting Schedule and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. A single deed of grant may be executed in favour of any number of Participants. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with a certificate as evidence of the grant of an Option.

 

3.3 The aggregate number of Plan Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under the Plan shall not exceed 648,387 Plan Shares (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Rule 8.1 of the Plan). If any Option granted under the Plan expires, terminates or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of Plan Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

3.4 The Board shall have authority to determine whether an Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option, provided that an Eligible Participant who is a director is not eligible to be granted an Incentive Stock Option; and, provided, further, that only Eligible Participants who are employees of the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

4


4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant, provided that the Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Value of a Plan Share on the Date of Grant; and provided, further, that if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Exercise Price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Value of a Plan Share on the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1 Subject to Rule 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

6.2 A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) the tenth anniversary of its Date of Grant;

 

  (b) the fifth anniversary of its Date of Grant with respect to an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder;

 

  (c) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (d) the date upon which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (e) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant in the circumstances contemplated by paragraph 3 of the Vesting Schedule; or

 

  (f) three months from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule and immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule on such date; and

 

  (g) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rules 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

5


6.3 A person is a “ Bad Leaver ” if:

 

  (a) the reason for the person having become a Departing Employee is as a result of:

 

  (i) his dismissal or the termination of the Departing Employee’s service contract (or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) in circumstances which, for any reason, justify (or which, if the Departing Employee were an employee of the Company or any such Subsidiary, would so justify) his summary dismissal or summary termination (without, for the avoidance of doubt, notice or payment in lieu of notice being required):

 

  (A) under the Departing Employee’s service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided; or

 

  (B) if such Departing Employee is employed in the United Kingdom, at common law,

(respectively, a “ Dismissal ” and a “ Termination ”);

 

  (ii) the services of the Departing Employee (whether provided in accordance with the terms of a service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) being or becoming no longer available to the Company and/or any such Subsidiary in breach (other than by breach by the Company or any such Subsidiary) of such service contract or other arrangements; or

 

  (iii) his Voluntary Resignation (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary of the Company) where circumstances exist in which the Company or any Subsidiary would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such Departing Employee; or

 

  (b) the Participant is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company whose employment relationship with the Company or such Affiliate is governed by the laws of the United States and/or any state therein:

 

  (i)

in the case where there is no employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant on the date of issue of Plan Shares (or where there is such an agreement but it does not define “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import)), then for the purposes of the Rules,

 

6


  “Bad Leaver” shall mean (a) such employee’s dismissal or termination that is occasioned by the Company or such Affiliate as a result of (i) insubordination, dishonesty, fraud, incompetence, moral turpitude or wilful misconduct of the Participant, (ii) the Participant’s refusal to perform his or her duties or responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity, or (iii) materially unsatisfactory performance of the Participant’s duties for the Company or such Affiliate, in each case as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, or (b) an employee’s voluntary resignation where circumstances exist in which the Company or such Affiliate would have been entitled to dismiss the Participant as a “Bad Leaver” in accordance with this Rule 6.3(b)(i); or

 

  (ii) in the case where there is an employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant that defines “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) on the date of grant, then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) as defined under such agreement, provided, however, that with regard to any agreement under which the definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) only applies on occurrence of a change in control, such definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) shall not apply until a change in control actually takes place and then only with regard to a termination thereafter.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an Option certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Plan Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b); and

 

  (d)

in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Plan Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along

 

7


  Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Schedule 1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised.

 

7.2 The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall be conditional upon:

 

  (a) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability; and

 

  (b) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Plan Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability.

 

7.3 Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Plan Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Plan Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4 Plan Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Ordinary Shares then already in issue except that they and any Plan Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.5 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Plan Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1 In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Plan Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Plan Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Plan Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8


8.2 No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Plan Shares below the nominal value of a Plan Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Plan Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any Option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1 In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 ) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company or the day the offer should have been made pursuant to paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with paragraph 2 of Schedule 1) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to paragraph 1.2 of Schedule 1 or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1, the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of Rule 9.1(a)); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of 9.1(b)).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders and shall be bound to transfer their Plan Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9


9.3 If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 99 of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company under Part VII of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5 If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6 Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from 18 June 2014, the effective date of the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the initial public offering of the Ordinary Shares undertaken in connection with the Listing.

 

9.7 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages; and

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10


10.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Bye-laws with respect to the terms of the Plan Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group.

 

11.3 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant participating company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service: and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11


11.4 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Ordinary Shares.

 

11.8 If any Option certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Plan Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to the Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants.

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of the date the Plan is adopted or the date of shareholder approval, but Options granted prior to such tenth anniversary may extend beyond that date.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Plan Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition,

 

12


  if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of the Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend the Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

The Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of the Plan, their Option(s) and any Plan Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

13


SCHEDULE 1

DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

 

1. Drag Along

 

1.1 If the holders of more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue (“ Initiating Shareholders ”) propose to sell in a bona fide, arm’s-length transaction a number of Ordinary Shares in the Company representing more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue to a third party at Fair Value (in accordance with paragraph 3 of this Schedule 1 ) representing a value of the Company equal to or exceeding US$50 million (a “ Qualifying Proposed Sale ”), such Initiating Shareholders shall, subject to the conditions contained in paragraphs 1.2 and 1.3 of this Schedule 1, have the right to require all of the Participants (the “ Non-Initiating Shareholders ”) to transfer all of their Ordinary Shares (or, in respect of any Participants, any Plan Shares to which he will become entitled on exercise by him of any Subsisting Options pursuant to the Rules) to the proposed transferee within five business days (or such later date as may be specified in the notice) of receiving a notice in writing signed by or on behalf of the Initiating Shareholders (the “ Drag Along Notice ”). On service of the Drag Along Notice each Non-Initiating Shareholder shall (i) consent to, vote in favour of and raise no objections against such Qualifying Proposed Sale (including exercising any rights of appraisal, dissenters rights or similar rights), (ii) take all necessary and desirable actions in their capacities as shareholders of the Company in connection with the consummation of such Qualifying Proposed Sale, and (iii) agree to sell all of their Ordinary Shares on the same terms and conditions as the Initiating Shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the value of the total consideration payable pursuant to a Drag Along Notice to any Non-Initiating Shareholder who is, or whose direct or indirect holding company is, at the date such Shareholder becomes a member of the Company, subject to the Listing Rules made by the Financial Services Authority pursuant to Part VI of the U.K. Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, shall in any event not exceed £2 million.

 

1.2 The Initiating Shareholders shall at the same time as serving the Drag Along Notice, deliver a copy of the Drag Along Notice to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

1.3 The Drag Along Notice shall be accompanied by copies of all documents required to be executed by the Non-Initiating Shareholders to give effect to the transfer and the transfer shall be subject to the condition that, upon consummation of the Qualifying Proposed Sale, each shareholder will receive the same form and proportion of consideration with respect to his or its Ordinary Shares (such consideration to be distributed in accordance with the provisions of the Bye-laws), or if any shareholder is given a choice as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, all shareholders will be given the same choice.

 

1.4 If a Non-Initiating Shareholder defaults in transferring its Ordinary Shares pursuant to this paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1, such Non-Initiating Shareholder shall be deemed to have authorised the Company as his or its agent to execute a transfer of that Non-Initiating Shareholder’s Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee.

 

14


2. Tag Along

 

2.1 If the effect of any transfer of Ordinary Shares would result in there being a Qualifying Proposed Sale, the holder or holders of such Ordinary Shares (the “ Seller(s) ”) shall not complete such Qualifying Proposed Sale unless it or they ensure(s) that the purchaser offers to buy from the other shareholders all the Ordinary Shares held by them and from the Participants, any Ordinary Shares they would hold if they were to exercise their Subsisting Option(s) under the Plan pursuant to the Rules, in either case at the same price per share (whether the consideration is cash or newly issued ordinary shares in the proposed purchaser’s share capital) as apply to the purchase of the Ordinary Shares of the Seller(s) and on no other terms than the terms agreed with the Seller(s) (save in respect of any terms requisite to enable the other shareholders or Participants to enjoy the benefit of the rights granted to them under this paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1). The offer shall:

 

  2.1.1 be irrevocable and unconditional (except for any conditions which apply to the proposed transfer of the shares of the Seller(s) and as set out in paragraph 2.2 of this Schedule 1);

 

  2.1.2 be open for acceptance during a period of not less than fifteen (15) business days after receipt of such offer; and

 

  2.1.3 specify that completion shall be effected at the office of the Company by delivery of the duly executed instruments of transfer in respect of the relevant Ordinary Shares accompanied by share certificates in respect thereof against a bankers’ draft in respect of the purchase price thereof and together with any stamp duty payable thereon.

 

2.2 If the offer is accepted, the sale shall be conditional upon completion of the Seller(s)’ sale to the third party purchaser and shall be completed at the same time as that sale which may not occur after the day ten (10) business days after the fifteen (15) business day period referred to in paragraph 2.1.2 of this Schedule 1 and the date of which shall be stated in the offer provided always that the proceeds of such sale shall be distributed in accordance with the Bye-laws.

 

2.3 No offer shall be required pursuant to paragraph 2 of this Schedule 1 if a Drag Along Notice has been served under paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1.

 

2.4 The Seller(s) shall procure that the proposed purchaser shall provide a copy of the offer(s) referred to in paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1 to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

3. Valuation of Shares

For the purposes of the Plan “ Fair Value ” of an Ordinary Share shall mean the fair value of the relevant share at the applicable time of determination, as determined by the Board in good faith. The determination of Fair Value by the Board shall be conclusive and binding on all parties.

 

15


APPENDIX 1

VESTING SCHEDULE

 

1. Subject to 2 and 3 below and provided the Participant has not become a Departing Employee, an Option shall vest in accordance with one of the following Vesting Conditions determined by the Board in its absolute discretion on the Date of Grant:

Vesting Condition 1

The Option shall vest as to 1/36 of the total number of Plan Shares subject to the Option on the first day of each calendar month, commencing in the month following the month in which the Date of Grant takes place.

Vesting Condition 2

The Option shall vest as to:

 

  (a) 50% of the total number of Plan Shares subject to the Option on the Date of Grant; and

 

  (b) as to the remaining 50% of such Plan Shares, on the first day of the calendar month falling eight months after of the Date of Grant.

Vesting Condition 3

The Option shall vest over all or such number of Plan Shares subject to the Option and on such date or dates and generally in such manner as may be determined by the Board.

 

2. If a Participant who is an employee becomes a Departing Employee prior to the final vesting date (as determined in paragraph 1 above) in circumstances in which he is a Good Leaver, other than by reason of his Voluntary Resignation, his Option shall vest as to an additional number of Plan Shares calculated in accordance with the following formula or if lower, the number of Plan Shares which remain unvested, but shall otherwise cease to vest:

 

NS x

( A+X )

less NV
NM

Where:

 

  NS is the number of Plan Shares under Option;

 

  A is the number of full months between 1 January 2005 and the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee;

 

16


  X 6;

 

  NM is the number of full months between the period beginning on 1 January 2005 and ending on the final date on which the Option would have vested in accordance with paragraph 1 above; and

 

  NV is the number of Plan Shares subject to the Subsisting Option which has already vested on the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee.

 

3. If a Participant who is a consultant (and not an employee) ceases to be a consultant (that is he ceases to provide services to the Company) and the reason for the Participant having ceased to be a consultant is as a result of either (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of his consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement or (ii) the Participant voluntarily terminates such agreement or gives notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant, any unvested portion of the Participant’s Option shall immediately lapse.

 

4. In the event that the number of vested shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share, the number of Plan Shares so vested shall be rounded downwards to the nearest whole number of Plan Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Plan Share.

 

17

Exhibit 4.2

Rules of the Markit 2006 Share Option Plan

MARKIT LTD.

Rules approved by the Board of Markit Group Limited on 25 January 2006

and by the shareholders

Assumed and adopted by Markit Group Holdings Limited in 2007

Assumed and adopted by Markit Ltd. on 18 June 2014

Amended and Restated on 4 December 2014


CONTENTS

 

Clause    Page  

1.

 

DEFINITIONS

     1   

2.

 

COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AND TITLE

     4   

3.

 

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     4   

4.

 

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     5   

5.

 

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     5   

6.

 

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     5   

7.

 

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     8   

8.

 

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     9   

9.

 

SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

     10   

10.

 

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     11   

11.

 

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     12   

12.

 

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     13   

13.

 

TERMINATION

     13   

14.

 

TERM

     13   

15.

 

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     13   

16.

 

GOVERNING LAW

     14   

SCHEDULE 1 DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

     15   

APPENDIX A VESTING SCHEDULE

     18   

 

i


RULES OF THE MARKIT 2006

SHARE OPTION PLAN

RECITALS

 

(A) The Plan was originally approved by the board of Markit Group Limited and adopted on 25 January 2006 (the “ Original Plan ”). The Original Plan and the options outstanding thereunder were subsequently assumed by Markit Group Holdings Limited in 2007.

 

(B) Following a court approved scheme of arrangement and the insertion of Markit Ltd. as the ultimate holding company of the Markit group on 18 June 2014, the Original Plan and the options outstanding thereunder were assumed by Markit Ltd.

 

(C) Pursuant to Rule 11.1 of the Original Plan, the Board has resolved to amend and restate the Rules in their entirety as set out below.

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1. In the Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person (other than an individual), any other person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person; and with respect to an individual means any person that such individual has transferred all or part of its shares in accordance with the Bye-laws;

Bad Leaver ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.3;

Board ” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

Bye-laws ” means the bye-laws of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “ Bye-law ” shall be construed accordingly;

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

Commencement Date ” means the date on which the Original Plan was approved by the board of Markit Group Limited, being 25 January 2006, subject to the approval of the Plan by the shareholders of such company within 12 months before or after such board approval;

 

1


Company ” means Markit Ltd., an exempted company incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda with its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda;

Date of Grant ” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

Departing Employee ” means:

 

  (a) any individual that is a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies and:

 

  (i) who, for any reason, ceases to be a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) the business of the company of which he is a director or employee is sold by the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (b) any individual:

 

  (i) who is a director or an employee of an Affiliate company, and such Affiliate company is sold by the Company and, in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its then remaining Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) whose services are otherwise provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and whose services cease to be provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies;

Dismissal ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.3(a)(i);

Drag Along Notice ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Eligible Participant ” means any employee (including a director) of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

Exercise Price ” means the price per Plan Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

Fair Value ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 3 of Schedule 1;

Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

 

2


Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Listing ” means the listing of the Ordinary Shares on the NASDAQ stock market, as of 18 June 2014;

Member of the Group ” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

Non-Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

Option ” means a right to acquire Plan Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

Option Tax Liability ” means an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions or any other amounts which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group;

Ordinary Shares ” means the common shares of US$0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

Original Plan ” has the meaning given to it in Recital (A);

Parent ” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

Participant ” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

Plan ” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

Plan Share ” means a fully paid Ordinary Share issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan;

Qualifying Proposed Sale ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Rules ” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

Seller(s) ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1;

 

3


Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

Subsisting Option ” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

Ten Percent Shareholder ” means a person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent;

Termination ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.3(a)(i);

Vesting Schedule ” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, the vesting schedule attached to the Rules as Appendix A or such other vesting schedule determined by the Board; and

Voluntary Resignation ” means, in respect of a director or employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates, the voluntary resignation of that director or employee (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any of its Affiliates) in circumstances other than where the Company or any of its Affiliates of the Company would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such director or employee.

 

1.2. Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Schedule forms a part of the Plan.

 

1.3. The provisions of Rules 7.2(b) and 7.2(c) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AND TITLE

 

2.1. The Plan commenced on the Commencement Date and shall continue to be known as The Markit 2006 Share Option Plan.

 

2.2. The Rules are hereby amended and restated in their entirety.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1. The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Plan Shares subject to the Rules including the Vesting Schedule and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

4


3.2. No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. A single deed of grant may be executed in favour of any number of Participants. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with a certificate as evidence of the grant of an Option.

 

3.3. The aggregate number of Plan Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under the Plan shall not exceed 325,606 Plan Shares (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Rule 8.1 of the Plan). If any Option granted under the Plan expires, terminates or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of Plan Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

3.4. The Board shall have authority to determine whether an Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option, provided that an Eligible Participant who is a director is not eligible to be granted an Incentive Stock Option; and, provided, further that only Eligible Participants who are employees of the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1. The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant, provided that the Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Value of a Plan Share on the Date of Grant; and provided, further, that if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Exercise Price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Value of a Plan Share on the Date of Grant.

 

4.2. The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1. Subject to Rule 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

5


6.2. A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) 31 December 2014;

 

  (b) the fifth anniversary of its Date of Grant with respect to an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder;

 

  (c) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (d) the date upon which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (e) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant in the circumstances contemplated by paragraph 3 of the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (f) three months from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule and immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule on such date; and

 

  (g) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rules 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

6.3. A person is a “ Bad Leaver ” if:

 

  (a) the reason for the person having become a Departing Employee is as a result of:

 

  (i) his dismissal or the termination of the Departing Employee’s service contract (or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) in circumstances which, for any reason, justify (or which, if the Departing Employee were an employee of the Company or any such Subsidiary, would so justify) his summary dismissal or summary termination (without, for the avoidance of doubt, notice or payment in lieu of notice being required):

 

  (A) under the Departing Employee’s service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided; or

 

  (B) if such Departing Employee is employed in the United Kingdom, at common law,

(respectively, a “ Dismissal ” and a “ Termination ”); or

 

6


  (ii) the services of the Departing Employee (whether provided in accordance with the terms of a service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) being or becoming no longer available to the Company and/or any such Subsidiary in breach (other than by breach by the Company or any such Subsidiary) of such service contract or other arrangements; or

 

  (iii) his Voluntary Resignation (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary of the Company) where circumstances exist in which the Company or any Subsidiary would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such Departing Employee; or

 

  (b) the Participant is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company whose employment relationship with the Company or such Affiliate is governed by the laws of the United States and/or any state therein:

 

  (i) in the case where there is no employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant on the date of issue of Plan Shares (or where there is such an agreement but it does not define “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import)), then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean (a) such employee’s dismissal or termination that is occasioned by the Company or such Affiliate as a result of (i) insubordination, dishonesty, fraud, incompetence, moral turpitude or wilful misconduct of the Participant, (ii) the Participant’s refusal to perform his or her duties or responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity, or (iii) materially unsatisfactory performance of the Participant’s duties for the Company or such Affiliate, in each case as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, or (b) an employee’s voluntary resignation where circumstances exist in which the Company or such Affiliate would have been entitled to dismiss the Participant as a “Bad Leaver” in accordance with this Rule 6.3(b)(i); or

 

  (ii)

in the case where there is an employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant that defines “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) on the date of grant, then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) as defined under such agreement, provided, however, that with regard to any agreement under which the definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver”

 

7


  (or words of like import) only applies on occurrence of a change in control, such definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) shall not apply until a change in control actually takes place and then only with regard to a termination thereafter.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1. Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an Option certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Plan Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b); and

 

  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Plan Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Schedule 1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised.

 

7.2. The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Option having vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability; and

 

  (c)

payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by

 

8


  the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Plan Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability.

 

  (d) [Intentionally deleted].

 

7.3. Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Plan Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Plan Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4. Plan Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Ordinary Shares then already in issue except that they and any Plan Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.5. The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Plan Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1. In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Plan Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Plan Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Plan Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2. No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Plan Shares below the nominal value of a Plan Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Plan Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3. The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any Option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

9


9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1. In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company or the day the offer should have been made pursuant to paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with paragraph 2 of Schedule 1) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2. Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to paragraph 1.2 of Schedule 1 or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1, the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of Rule 9.1(a)); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of Rule 9.1(b)).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders and shall be bound to transfer their Plan Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3. If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 99 of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4.

If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Part VII of the Bermuda Companies Act

 

10


  1981, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5. If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6. Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from 18 June 2014, the effective date of the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the initial public offering of the Ordinary Shares undertaken in connection with the Listing.

 

9.7. The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1. The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2. Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages; and

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3. No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4.

No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any

 

11


  diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1. The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Bye-laws with respect to the terms of the Plan Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group.

 

11.3. Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant participating company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service; and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4. The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

12


11.5. The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6. The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7. The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Ordinary Shares.

 

11.8. If any Option certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9. In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Plan Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to the Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after 31 December 2009.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Plan Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of the Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock

 

13


Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend the Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

The Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of the Plan, their Option(s) and any Plan Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

14


SCHEDULE 1

DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

 

1. Drag Along

 

1.1. If the holders of more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue (“ Initiating Shareholders ”) propose to sell in a bona fide, arm’s-length transaction a number of Ordinary Shares in the Company representing more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue to a third party at Fair Value (in accordance with paragraph 3 of this Schedule 1) representing a value of the Company equal to or exceeding US$50 million (a “ Qualifying Proposed Sale ”), such Initiating Shareholders shall, subject to the conditions contained in paragraphs 1.2 and 1.3 of this Schedule 1, have the right to require all of the Participants (the “ Non-Initiating Shareholders ”) to transfer all of their Ordinary Shares (or, in respect of any Participants, any Plan Shares to which he will become entitled on exercise by him of any Subsisting Options pursuant to the Rules) to the proposed transferee within five business days (or such later date as may be specified in the notice) of receiving a notice in writing signed by or on behalf of the Initiating Shareholders (the “ Drag Along Notice ”). On service of the Drag Along Notice each Non-Initiating Shareholder shall (i) consent to, vote in favour of and raise no objections against such Qualifying Proposed Sale (including exercising any rights of appraisal, dissenters rights or similar rights), (ii) take all necessary and desirable actions in their capacities as shareholders of the Company in connection with the consummation of such Qualifying Proposed Sale, and (iii) agree to sell all of their Ordinary Shares on the same terms and conditions as the Initiating Shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the value of the total consideration payable pursuant to a Drag Along Notice to any Non-Initiating Shareholder who is, or whose direct or indirect holding company is, at the date such Shareholder becomes a member of the Company, subject to the Listing Rules made by the Financial Services Authority pursuant to Part VI of the U.K. Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, shall in any event not exceed £2 million.

 

1.2. The Initiating Shareholders shall at the same time as serving the Drag Along Notice, deliver a copy of the Drag Along Notice to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

1.3. The Drag Along Notice shall be accompanied by copies of all documents required to be executed by the Non-Initiating Shareholders to give effect to the transfer and the transfer shall be subject to the condition that, upon consummation of the Qualifying Proposed Sale, each shareholder will receive the same form and proportion of consideration with respect to his or its Ordinary Shares (such consideration to be distributed in accordance with the provisions of the Bye-laws), or if any shareholder is given a choice as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, all shareholders will be given the same choice.

 

1.4. If a Non-Initiating Shareholder defaults in transferring its Ordinary Shares pursuant to this paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1, such Non-Initiating Shareholder shall be deemed to have authorised the Company as his or its agent to execute a transfer of that Non-Initiating Shareholder’s Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee.

 

15


2. Tag Along

 

2.1. If the effect of any transfer of Ordinary Shares would result in there being a Qualifying Proposed Sale, the holder or holders of such Ordinary Shares (the “ Seller(s) ”) shall not complete such Qualifying Proposed Sale unless it or they ensure(s) that the purchaser offers to buy from the other shareholders all the Ordinary Shares held by them and from the Participants, any Ordinary Shares they would hold if they were to exercise their Subsisting Option(s) under the Plan pursuant to the Rules, in either case at the same price per share (whether the consideration is cash or newly issued ordinary shares in the proposed purchaser’s share capital) as apply to the purchase of the Ordinary Shares of the Seller(s) and on no other terms than the terms agreed with the Seller(s) (save in respect of any terms requisite to enable the other shareholders or Participants to enjoy the benefit of the rights granted to them under this paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1). The offer shall:

 

  2.1.1. be irrevocable and unconditional (except for any conditions which apply to the proposed transfer of the shares of the Seller(s) and as set out in paragraph 2.2 of this Schedule 1);

 

  2.1.2. be open for acceptance during a period of not less than fifteen (15) business days after receipt of such offer; and

 

  2.1.3. specify that completion shall be effected at the office of the Company by delivery of the duly executed instruments of transfer in respect of the relevant Ordinary Shares accompanied by share certificates in respect thereof against a bankers’ draft in respect of the purchase price thereof and together with any stamp duty payable thereon.

 

2.2. If the offer is accepted, the sale shall be conditional upon completion of the Seller(s)’ sale to the third party purchaser and shall be completed at the same time as that sale which may not occur after the day ten (10) business days after the fifteen (15) business day period referred to in paragraph 2.1.2 of this Schedule 1 and the date of which shall be stated in the offer provided always that the proceeds of such sale shall be distributed in accordance with the Bye-laws.

 

2.3. No offer shall be required pursuant to paragraph 2 of this Schedule 1 if a Drag Along Notice has been served under paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1.

 

2.4. The Seller(s) shall procure that the proposed purchaser shall provide a copy of the offer(s) referred to in paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1 to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

16


3. Valuation of Shares

For the purposes of the Plan the “ Fair Value ” of an Ordinary Share shall mean the fair value of the relevant share at the applicable time of determination, as determined by the Board in good faith. The determination of Fair Value by the Board shall be conclusive and binding on all parties.

 

17


APPENDIX A

VESTING SCHEDULE

 

1. Subject to 2 and 3 below and provided the Participant has not become a Departing Employee, an Option shall vest in accordance with the following Vesting Condition determined by the Board in its absolute discretion on the Date of Grant:

The Option shall vest as to 1/3 of the total number of Options on each anniversary of the date of grant, commencing on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

2. If a Participant who is a consultant (and not an employee) ceases to be a consultant (that is he ceases to provide services to the Company) and the reason for the Participant having ceased to be a consultant is as a result of either (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of his consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement or (ii) the Participant voluntarily terminates such agreement or gives notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant, any unvested portion of the Participant’s Option shall immediately lapse.

 

3. In the event that the number of vested shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share, the number of Plan Shares so vested shall be rounded downwards to the nearest whole number of Plan Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Plan Share.

 

18

Exhibit 4.3

Rules of the Markit 2006 Additional Share

Option Plan

MARKIT LTD.

Rules approved by the Board of Markit Group Limited on 26 April 2006 and by the

shareholders

Assumed and adopted by Markit Group Holdings Limited in 2007

Assumed and adopted by Markit Ltd. on 18 June 2014

Amended and Restated on 4 December 2014


CONTENTS

 

Clause    Page  

1.

 

DEFINITIONS

     1   

2.

 

COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AND TITLE

     4   

3.

 

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     4   

4.

 

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     5   

5.

 

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     5   

6.

 

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     5   

7.

 

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     7   

8.

 

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     8   

9.

 

SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

     9   

10.

 

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     10   

11.

 

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     11   

12.

 

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     12   

13.

 

TERMINATION

     12   

14.

 

TERM

     12   

15.

 

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     12   

16.

 

GOVERNING LAW

     12   

SCHEDULE 1 DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

     13   

APPENDIX A VESTING SCHEDULE

     15   

APPENDIX B POWER OF ATTORNEY

     16   

 

i


RULES OF THE MARKIT 2006

ADDITIONAL SHARE OPTION PLAN

RECITALS

 

(A) The Plan was originally approved by the board of Markit Group Limited and adopted on 26 April 2006 (the “ Original Plan ”). The Original Plan and the options outstanding thereunder were subsequently assumed by Markit Group Holdings Limited in 2007.

 

(B) Following a court approved scheme of arrangement and the insertion of Markit Ltd. as the ultimate holding company of the Markit group on 18 June 2014, the Original Plan and the options outstanding thereunder were assumed by Markit Ltd.

 

(C) Pursuant to Rule 11.1 of the Original Plan, the Board has resolved to amend and restate the Rules in their entirety as set out below.

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 In the Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person (other than an individual), any other person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person; and with respect to an individual means any person that such individual has transferred all or part of its shares in accordance with the Bye-laws;

Bad Leaver ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.3;

Board ” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

Bye-laws ” means the bye-laws of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “ Bye-law ” shall be construed accordingly;

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

Commencement Date ” means the date on which the Original Plan was approved by the board of Markit Group Limited, being 26 April 2006, subject to the approval of the Plan by the shareholders of such company within 12 months before or after such board approval;

Company ” means Markit Ltd., an exempted company incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda with its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda;

Date of Grant ” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

 

1


Departing Employee ” means:

 

  (a) any individual that is a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies and:

 

  (i) who, for any reason, ceases to be a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) the business of the company of which he is a director or employee is sold by the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (b) any individual:

 

  (i) who is a director or an employee of an Affiliate company, and such Affiliate company is sold by the Company and, in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its then remaining Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) whose services are otherwise provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and whose services cease to be provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies;

Dismissal ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.3(a)(i);

Drag Along Notice ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Eligible Participant ” means any employee (including a director) of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

Exercise Price ” means the price per Plan Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

Fair Value ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 3 of Schedule 1;

Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Listing ” means the listing of the Ordinary Shares on the NASDAQ stock market, as of 18 June 2014;

Member of the Group ” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

Non-Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

 

2


Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

Option ” means a right to acquire Plan Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

Option Tax Liability ” means an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions or any other amounts which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group;

Ordinary Shares ” means the common shares of US$0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

Original Plan ” has the meaning given to it in Recital (A);

Parent ” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

Participant ” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

Plan ” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

Plan Share ” means a fully paid Ordinary Share issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan;

Qualifying Proposed Sale ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Rules ” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

Seller(s) ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1;

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

Subsisting Option ” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

Ten Percent Shareholder ” means a person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent;

Termination ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.3(a)(i);

Vesting Schedule ” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, the vesting schedule attached to the Rules as Appendix A or such other vesting schedule determined by the Board; and

Voluntary Resignation ” means, in respect of a director or employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates, the voluntary resignation of that director or employee (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the

 

3


Company and/or any of its Affiliates) in circumstances other than where the Company or any of its Affiliates would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such director or employee.

 

1.2 Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Schedule forms a part of the Plan.

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AND TITLE

 

2.1 The Plan commenced on the Commencement Date and shall continue to be known as The Markit 2006 Additional Share Option Plan.

 

2.2 The Rules are hereby amended and restated in their entirety.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may grant Options to an Eligible Participant to acquire Plan Shares subject to (i) the Company having received from each such Eligible Participant a fully signed and dated original of the power of attorney in the form attached to the Rules as Appendix B hereto and (ii) the Rules including, the Vesting Schedule and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 The Board, from time to time, also may substitute or assume outstanding awards granted by another company, whether in connection with an acquisition of such other company or otherwise, by either (a) granting an Option under the Plan in substitution of such other company’s award, or (b) assuming such award as if it had been granted under the Plan if the terms of such assumed award could be applied to an Option granted under the Plan. Such substitution or assumption shall be permissible if the holder of the substituted or assumed award would have been eligible to be granted an Option under the Plan if the other company had applied the rules of the Plan to such grant. In the event the Board authorizes the Company to assume an award granted by another company, the terms and conditions of such award shall remain unchanged (except that the exercise price and the number and nature of Plan Shares issuable upon exercise of any such option will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code). In the event the Board elects to grant a new Option rather than assuming an existing option, such new Option may be granted with a similarly adjusted Exercise Price.

 

3.3 No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. A single deed of grant may be executed in favour of any number of Participants. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with a certificate as evidence of the grant of an Option.

 

4


3.4 The aggregate number of Plan Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under the Plan shall not exceed 300,000 Plan Shares (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Rule 8.1 of the Plan). If any Option granted under the Plan expires, terminates or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of Plan Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

3.5 The Board shall have authority to determine whether an Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option, provided that an Eligible Participant who is a director is not eligible to be granted an Incentive Stock Option; and, provided, further, only Eligible Participants who are employees of the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 Save as otherwise determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant, the Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Value of a Plan Share on the Date of Grant; and provided, further, that if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Exercise Price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Value of a Plan Share on the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1 Subject to Rule 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

6.2 A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) the fifth anniversary of its Date of Grant with respect to an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, or as otherwise may be decided by the Board;

 

  (b) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (c) the date upon which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (d)

three months from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance

 

5


  with the Vesting Schedule and immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule on such date; and

 

  (e) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rules 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

6.3 A person is a “ Bad Leaver ” if:

 

  (a) the reason for the person having become a Departing Employee is as a result of:

 

  (i) his dismissal or the termination of the Departing Employee’s service contract (or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) in circumstances which, for any reason, justify (or which, if the Departing Employee were an employee of the Company or any such Subsidiary, would so justify) his summary dismissal or summary termination (without, for the avoidance of doubt, notice or payment in lieu of notice being required):

 

  (A) under the Departing Employee’s service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided; or

 

  (B) if such Departing Employee is employed in the United Kingdom, at common law,

(respectively, a “ Dismissal ” and a “ Termination ”); or

 

  (ii) the services of the Departing Employee (whether provided in accordance with the terms of a service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) being or becoming no longer available to the Company and/or any such Subsidiary in breach (other than by breach by the Company or any such Subsidiary) of such service contract or other arrangements; or

 

  (iii) his Voluntary Resignation (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary of the Company) where circumstances exist in which the Company or any Subsidiary would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such Departing Employee; or

 

  (b) the Participant is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company whose employment relationship with the Company or such Affiliate is governed by the laws of the United States and/or any state therein:

 

  (i)

in the case where there is no employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant on the date of issue of Plan Shares (or where there is such an agreement but it does not define “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import)), then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean (a) such employee’s dismissal or termination that is

 

6


  occasioned by the Company or such Affiliate as a result of (i) insubordination, dishonesty, fraud, incompetence, moral turpitude or wilful misconduct of the Participant, (ii) the Participant’s refusal to perform his or her duties or responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity, or (iii) materially unsatisfactory performance of the Participant’s duties for the Company or such Affiliate, in each case as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, or (b) an employee’s voluntary resignation where circumstances exist in which the Company or such Affiliate would have been entitled to dismiss the Participant as a “Bad Leaver” in accordance with this Rule 6.3(b)(i); or

 

  (ii) in the case where there is an employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant that defines “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) on the date of grant, then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) as defined under such agreement, provided, however, that with regard to any agreement under which the definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) only applies on occurrence of a change in control, such definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) shall not apply until a change in control actually takes place and then only with regard to a termination thereafter.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an Option certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Plan Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b); and

 

  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Plan Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Schedule 1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised.

 

7


7.2 The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall be conditional upon:

 

  (a) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability; and

 

  (b) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Plan Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability.

 

  (c) [Intentionally deleted].

 

7.3 Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Plan Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Plan Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4 Plan Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Ordinary Shares then already in issue except that they and any Plan Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.5 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Plan Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1 In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Plan Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Plan Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Plan Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2 No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Plan Shares below the nominal value of a Plan Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Plan Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any Option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

8


9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1 In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company or the day the offer should have been made pursuant to paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with paragraph 2 of Schedule 1) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to paragraph 1.2 of Schedule 1 or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1, the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of 9.1(a)); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of 9.1(b)).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders and shall be bound to transfer their Plan Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3 If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 99 of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Part VII of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9


9.5 If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6 Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from 18 June 2014, the effective date of the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the initial public offering of the Ordinary Shares undertaken in connection with the Listing.

 

9.7 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages;

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

10


11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Bye-laws with respect to the terms of the Plan Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group.

 

11.3 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant participating company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service: and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Ordinary Shares.

 

11.8 If any Option certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Plan Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

11


12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to the Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants.

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after 31 December 2009.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Plan Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of the Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend the Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

The Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of the Plan, their Option(s) and any Plan Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

12


SCHEDULE 1

DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

 

1. Drag Along

 

1.1. If the holders of more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue (“ Initiating Shareholders ”) propose to sell in a bona fide, arm’s-length transaction a number of Ordinary Shares in the Company representing more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue to a third party at Fair Value (in accordance with paragraph 3 of this Schedule 1) representing a value of the Company equal to or exceeding US$50 million (a “ Qualifying Proposed Sale ”), such Initiating Shareholders shall, subject to the conditions contained in paragraphs 1.2 and 1.3 of this Schedule 1, have the right to require all of the Participants (the “ Non-Initiating Shareholders ”) to transfer all of their Ordinary Shares (or, in respect of any Participants, any Plan Shares to which he will become entitled on exercise by him of any Subsisting Options pursuant to the Rules) to the proposed transferee within five business days (or such later date as may be specified in the notice) of receiving a notice in writing signed by or on behalf of the Initiating Shareholders (the “ Drag Along Notice ”). On service of the Drag Along Notice each Non-Initiating Shareholder shall (i) consent to, vote in favour of and raise no objections against such Qualifying Proposed Sale (including exercising any rights of appraisal, dissenters rights or similar rights), (ii) take all necessary and desirable actions in their capacities as shareholders of the Company in connection with the consummation of such Qualifying Proposed Sale, and (iii) agree to sell all of their Ordinary Shares on the same terms and conditions as the Initiating Shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the value of the total consideration payable pursuant to a Drag Along Notice to any Non-Initiating Shareholder who is, or whose direct or indirect holding company is, at the date such Shareholder becomes a member of the Company, subject to the Listing Rules made by the Financial Services Authority pursuant to Part VI of the U.K. Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, shall in any event not exceed £2 million.

 

1.2. The Initiating Shareholders shall at the same time as serving the Drag Along Notice, deliver a copy of the Drag Along Notice to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

1.3. The Drag Along Notice shall be accompanied by copies of all documents required to be executed by the Non-Initiating Shareholders to give effect to the transfer and the transfer shall be subject to the condition that, upon consummation of the Qualifying Proposed Sale, each shareholder will receive the same form and proportion of consideration with respect to his or its Ordinary Shares (such consideration to be distributed in accordance with the provisions of the Bye-laws), or if any shareholder is given a choice as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, all shareholders will be given the same choice.

 

1.4. If a Non-Initiating Shareholder defaults in transferring its Ordinary Shares pursuant to this paragraph 1, such Non-Initiating Shareholder shall be deemed to have authorised the Company as his or its agent to execute a transfer of that Non-Initiating Shareholder’s Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee.

 

13


2. Tag Along

 

2.1. If the effect of any transfer of Ordinary Shares would result in there being a Qualifying Proposed Sale, the holder or holders of such Ordinary Shares (the “ Seller(s) ”) shall not complete such Qualifying Proposed Sale unless it or they ensure(s) that the purchaser offers to buy from the other shareholders all the Ordinary Shares held by them and from the Participants, any Ordinary Shares they would hold if they were to exercise their Subsisting Option(s) under the Plan pursuant to the Rules, in either case at the same price per share (whether the consideration is cash or newly issued ordinary shares in the proposed purchaser’s share capital) as apply to the purchase of the Ordinary Shares of the Seller(s) and on no other terms than the terms agreed with the Seller(s) (save in respect of any terms requisite to enable the other shareholders or Participants to enjoy the benefit of the rights granted to them under this paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1). The offer shall:

 

  2.1.1. be irrevocable and unconditional (except for any conditions which apply to the proposed transfer of the shares of the Seller(s) and as set out in paragraph 2.2 of this Schedule 1);

 

  2.1.2. be open for acceptance during a period of not less than fifteen (15) business days after receipt of such offer; and

 

  2.1.3. specify that completion shall be effected at the office of the Company by delivery of the duly executed instruments of transfer in respect of the relevant Ordinary Shares accompanied by share certificates in respect thereof against a bankers’ draft in respect of the purchase price thereof and together with any stamp duty payable thereon.

 

2.2. If the offer is accepted, the sale shall be conditional upon completion of the Seller(s)’ sale to the third party purchaser and shall be completed at the same time as that sale which may not occur after the day ten (10) business days after the fifteen (15) business day period referred to in paragraph 2.1.2 of this Schedule 1 and the date of which shall be stated in the offer provided always that the proceeds of such sale shall be distributed in accordance with the Bye-laws.

 

2.3. No offer shall be required pursuant to paragraph 2 of this Schedule 1 if a Drag Along Notice has been served under paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1.

 

2.4. The Seller(s) shall procure that the proposed purchaser shall provide a copy of the offer(s) referred to in paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1 to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

3. Valuation of Shares

For the purposes of the Plan “ Fair Value ” of an Ordinary Share shall mean the fair value of the relevant share at the applicable time of determination, as determined by the Board in good faith. The determination of Fair Value by the Board shall be conclusive and binding on all parties.

 

14


APPENDIX A

VESTING SCHEDULE

 

1. Provided the Participant has not become a Departing Employee, an Option shall vest in accordance with one of the following Vesting Conditions determined by the Board in its absolute discretion on the Date of Grant:

Vesting Condition 1

The Option shall vest as to 1/3 of the total number of Plan Shares subject to the Option on the first day of each year beginning on the anniversary of the date on which the Option is granted.

Vesting Condition 2

The Option shall vest over all or such number of Plan Shares subject to the Option and on such date or dates and generally in such manner as may be determined by the Board.

 

2. In the event that the number of vested shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share, the number of Plan Shares so vested shall be rounded downwards to the nearest whole number of Plan Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Plan Share.

 

15


APPENDIX B

POWER OF ATTORNEY

WHEREAS the Principal (as defined below) has been granted an option (the “ Option ”) to acquire common shares of US$0.01 each (the “ Plan Shares ”) in the capital of Markit Group Holdings Limited (the “ Company ”) subject to the terms of the Markit 2006 Additional Share Option Plan (the “ Plan ”), and terms and expressions used in this power of attorney shall have the same meaning as those defined in the rules of the Plan and/or the Bye-Laws.

BY THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY made on the date set out below, the undersigned (the “ Principal ”) hereby appoints with effect from the Effective Date (as defined below) any director or the company secretary of the Company (each an “ Attorney ”) whose registered address is Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda as his attorney in the Principal’s name or otherwise and on his behalf and in connection with a Relevant Sale (as defined below) hereby:

AUTHORITY

1.

 

  a. authorises and directs the Attorney to exercise the Option on his behalf to acquire the maximum number of Plan Shares attainable under the Option within the period during which the Option remains exercisable in accordance with Rule 9.1 of the Plan;

 

  b. in the case of a Qualifying Proposed Sale pursuant to paragraph 1 of Schedule 1, authorises and directs the Attorney to procure the transfer on his behalf of the Plan Shares acquired on exercise of the Option to the third party purchaser and to do all things necessary to effect such transfer including the execution of any necessary documents on his behalf;

 

  c. in the case of a Qualifying Proposed Sale under paragraph 2 of Schedule 1, authorises and directs the Attorney to accept the offer made by the third party purchaser on his behalf in respect of the Plan Shares to be acquired on exercise of the Option and to procure the transfer on his behalf of such Plan Shares to the third party purchaser and to do all things necessary to effect acceptance of the offer and such transfer, including the execution of any necessary documents on his behalf;

 

  d. authorises and directs that all sale proceeds (the “ Sale Proceeds ”) received in respect of the sale of the Plan Shares in accordance with (b) or (c) above be paid to the Company or such other person as the Attorney shall see fit to be held by such person as the Principal’s agent and that the Sale Proceeds shall be paid to the Principal as soon as is reasonably practicable following deduction of the amounts specified in (e) and (f) below;

 

  e. authorises and directs the Attorney to procure that the aggregate Exercise Price payable in respect of the exercise of his Option is deducted from the Sale Proceeds, which the Principal hereby irrevocably undertakes to pay; and

 

16


  f. authorises and directs the Attorney to procure that the Option Tax Liability as defined in the Plan (if any) which arises in respect of the exercise of his Option is deducted from the Sale Proceeds; and

 

  g. authorises and directs the Attorney to take any steps or do anything which the Attorney in its absolute discretion considers desirable in connection with the exercise of the Option or the implementation and/or execution of documents relating thereto in connection with, and conditional on completion of the Relevant Sale.

This power of attorney shall become effective immediately upon the date (the “ Effective Date ”) on which the Company receives either a Drag Along Notice pursuant to paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1, as the case may be, provided in each case the proposed sale (the “ Relevant Sale ”) in respect of which such Drag Along Notice or copy of the offer(s) is received is to be for a cash consideration only. This power of attorney shall expire to the extent that any Option is exercised by the Principal or the extent that the Option lapses or expires in accordance with the terms of the Plan and in any event shall expire on 31 December 2010. The Principal undertakes to ratify and confirm whatever the Attorney does or purports to do in good faith in the exercise of any power conferred by this power of attorney.

The Principal declares that a person who deals with the Attorney and the Company in good faith may accept a written statement signed by any director or the company secretary of the Company to the effect that this power of attorney has not been revoked as conclusive evidence of that fact.

The Principal undertakes to indemnify the Attorney fully against all claims, losses, costs, expenses, damages or liability which it sustains or incurs as a result of any action taken by it in good faith pursuant to this power of attorney (including any cost incurred in enforcing this indemnity).

This power of attorney (and any dispute, controversy, proceedings or claim of whatever nature arising out of or in any way relating to this agreement or its formation or any act performed or claimed to be performed under it) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

In witness whereof this power of attorney has been executed as a deed on the date set out below.

 

Signed and delivered as a deed by:
Signature:

 

First name:
Last name:
Address:
Date:

 

in the presence of:
Signature:

 

Name:
Occupation:
Address:

 

17

Exhibit 4.4

RULES OF THE MARKIT 2007 SHARE OPTION PLAN

MARKIT LTD.

Rules approved by the Board of Markit Group Limited on 5 December 2006

and by the shareholders

Assumed and adopted by Markit Group Holdings Limited in 2007

Assumed and Adopted by Markit Ltd. on 18 June 2014

Amended and Restated on 4 December 2014


CONTENTS

 

Clause    Page  

1.

 

DEFINITIONS

     1   

2.

 

COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE

     4   

3.

 

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     4   

4.

 

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     5   

5.

 

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     5   

6.

 

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     5   

7.

 

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     8   

8.

 

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     9   

9.

 

SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

     10   

10.

 

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     11   

11.

 

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     12   

12.

 

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     13   

13.

 

TERMINATION

     13   

14.

 

TERM

     13   

15.

 

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     13   

16.

 

GOVERNING LAW

     14   

SCHEDULE 1 DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

     15   

APPENDIX A VESTING SCHEDULE

     18   

 

i


RULES OF THE MARKIT 2007

SHARE OPTION PLAN

RECITALS

 

(A) The Plan was originally approved by the board of Markit Group Limited and adopted on 5 December 2006 (the “ Original Plan ”). The Original Plan and the options outstanding thereunder were subsequently assumed by Markit Group Holdings Limited in 2007.

 

(B) Following a court approved scheme of arrangement and the insertion of Markit Ltd. as the ultimate holding company of the Markit group on 18 June 2014 the Original Plan and the options outstanding thereunder were assumed by Markit Ltd.

 

(C) Pursuant to Rule 11.1 of the Original Plan, the Board has resolved to amend and restate the Rules in their entirety as set out below.

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1. In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person (other than an individual), any other person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person; and with respect to an individual means any person that such individual has transferred all or part of its shares in accordance with the Bye-laws;

Bad Leaver ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.3;

Board ” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

Bye-laws ” means the bye-laws of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “ Bye-law ” shall be construed accordingly;

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

Commencement Date ” means the date on which the Original Plan was approved by the board of Markit Group Limited, being 5 December 2006, subject to the approval of the Original Plan by the shareholders of such company within 12 months before or after such board approval;

 

1


Company ” means Markit Ltd., an exempted company incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda with its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda;

Date of Grant ” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

Departing Employee ” means:

 

  (a) any individual that is a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies and:

 

  (i) who, for any reason, ceases to be a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) the business of the company of which he is a director or employee is sold by the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (b) any individual:

 

  (i) who is a director or an employee of an Affiliate company, and such Affiliate company is sold by the Company and, in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its then remaining Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) whose services are otherwise provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and whose services cease to be provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies;

Dismissal ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.3(a)(i);

Drag Along Notice ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Eligible Participant ” means any employee (including a director) of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

Exercise Price ” means the price per Plan Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

Fair Value has the meaning given to it in paragraph 3 of Schedule 1;

Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

 

2


Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Listing ” means the listing of the Ordinary Shares on the NASDAQ stock market, as of 18 June 2014;

Member of the Group ” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

Non-Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

Option ” means a right to acquire Plan Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

Option Tax Liability ” means an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions or any other amounts which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group;

Ordinary Shares ” means the common shares of US$0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

Original Plan ” has the meaning given to it in Recital (A);

Parent ” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

Participant ” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

Plan ” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

Plan Share ” means a fully paid Ordinary Share issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan ;

Qualifying Proposed Sale ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Rules ” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

Seller(s) ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1;

 

3


Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

Subsisting Option ” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

Ten Percent Shareholder ” means a person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent;

Termination ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.3(a)(i);

Vesting Schedule ” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, the vesting schedule attached to the Rules as Appendix A or such other vesting schedule determined by the Board; and

Voluntary Resignation ” means, in respect of a director or employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates, the voluntary resignation of that director or employee (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any of its Affiliates) in circumstances other than where the Company or any of its Affiliates would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such director or employee.

 

1.2. Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Schedule forms a part of the Plan.

 

1.3. The provisions of Rules 7.2(b) and 7.2(c) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE

The Plan commenced on the Commencement Date and shall continue to be known as The Markit 2007 Share Option Plan. The Rules are hereby amended and restated in their entirety.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1. The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Plan Shares subject to the Rules including the Vesting Schedule and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

4


3.2. No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. A single deed of grant may be executed in favour of any number of Participants. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with a certificate as evidence of the grant of an Option.

 

3.3. The aggregate number of Plan Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under the Plan shall not exceed 303,278 Plan Shares (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Rule 8.1 of the Plan). If any Option granted under the Plan expires, terminates or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of Plan Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

3.4. The Board shall have authority to determine whether an Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option, provided that an Eligible Participant who is a director is not eligible to be granted an Incentive Stock Option; and, provided, further, that only Eligible Participants who are employees of the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1. The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant, provided that the Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Value of a Plan Share on the Date of Grant; and provided, further, that if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Exercise Price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Value of a Plan Share on the Date of Grant.

 

4.2. The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1. Subject to Rule 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

5


6.2. A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) 31 December 2014;

 

  (b) the fifth anniversary of its Date of Grant with respect to an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder;

 

  (c) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (d) the date upon which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (e) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant in the circumstances contemplated by paragraph 3 of the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (f) three months from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule and immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule on such date; and

 

  (g) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rules 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

6.3. A person is a “ Bad Leaver ” if:

 

  (a) the reason for the person having become a Departing Employee is as a result of:

 

  (i) his dismissal or the termination of the Departing Employee’s service contract (or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) in circumstances which, for any reason, justify (or which, if the Departing Employee were an employee of the Company or any such Subsidiary, would so justify) his summary dismissal or summary termination (without, for the avoidance of doubt, notice or payment in lieu of notice being required):

 

  (A) under the Departing Employee’s service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided; or

 

  (B) if such Departing Employee is employed in the United Kingdom, at common law,

(respectively, a “ Dismissal ” and a “ Termination ”); or

 

6


  (ii) the services of the Departing Employee (whether provided in accordance with the terms of a service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) being or becoming no longer available to the Company and/or any such Subsidiary in breach (other than by breach by the Company or any such Subsidiary) of such service contract or other arrangements; or

 

  (iii) his Voluntary Resignation (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary of the Company) where circumstances exist in which the Company or any Subsidiary would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such Departing Employee; or

 

  (b) the Participant is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company whose employment relationship with the Company or such Affiliate is governed by the laws of the United States and/or any state therein:

 

  (i) in the case where there is no employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant on the date of issue of Plan Shares (or where there is such an agreement but it does not define “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import)), then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean (a) such employee’s dismissal or termination that is occasioned by the Company or such Affiliate as a result of (i) insubordination, dishonesty, fraud, incompetence, moral turpitude or wilful misconduct of the Participant, (ii) the Participant’s refusal to perform his or her duties or responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity, or (iii) materially unsatisfactory performance of the Participant’s duties for the Company or such Affiliate, in each case as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, or (b) an employee’s voluntary resignation where circumstances exist in which the Company or such Affiliate would have been entitled to dismiss the Participant as a “Bad Leaver” in accordance with this Rule 6.3(b)(i); or

 

  (ii)

in the case where there is an employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant that defines “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) on the date of grant, then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) as defined under such agreement, provided, however, that with regard to any agreement under which the definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver”

 

7


  (or words of like import) only applies on occurrence of a change in control, such definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) shall not apply until a change in control actually takes place and then only with regard to a termination thereafter.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1. Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an Option certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Plan Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b); and

 

  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Plan Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Schedule 1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised.

 

7.2. The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Option having vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability; and

 

  (c)

payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by

 

8


  the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Plan Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability.

 

  (d) [Intentionally deleted] .

 

7.3. Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Plan Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Plan Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4. Plan Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Ordinary Shares then already in issue except that they and any Plan Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.5. The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Plan Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1. In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Plan Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Plan Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Plan Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2. No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Plan Shares below the nominal value of a Plan Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Plan Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3. The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any Option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

9


9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1. In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company or the day the offer should have been made pursuant to paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with paragraph 2 of Schedule 1) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2. Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to paragraph 1.2 of Schedule 1 or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1, the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of Rule 9.1(a)); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of Rule 9.1(b)).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders and shall be bound to transfer their Plan Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3. If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 99 of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan ) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

10


9.4. If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Part VII of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5. If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6. Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from 18 June 2014, the effective date of the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the initial public offering of the Ordinary Shares undertaken in connection with the Listing.

 

9.7. The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1. The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2. Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages;

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3. No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

11


10.4. No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1. The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Bye-laws with respect to the terms of the Plan Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group.

 

11.3. Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant participating company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service; and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4. The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

12


11.5. The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6. The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7. The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Ordinary Shares.

 

11.8. If any Option certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9. In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Plan Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to the Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after 31 December 2011.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Plan Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of

 

13


exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of the Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend the Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

The Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of the Plan, their Option(s) and any Plan Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

14


SCHEDULE 1

DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

 

1. Drag Along

 

1.1. If the holders of more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue (“ Initiating Shareholders ”) propose to sell in a bona fide, arm’s-length transaction a number of Ordinary Shares in the Company representing more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue to a third party at Fair Value (in accordance with paragraph 3 of this Schedule 1) representing a value of the Company equal to or exceeding US$50 million (a “ Qualifying Proposed Sale ”), such Initiating Shareholders shall, subject to the conditions contained in paragraphs 1.2 and 1.3 of this Schedule 1, have the right to require all of the Participants (the “ Non-Initiating Shareholders ”) to transfer all of their Ordinary Shares (or, in respect of any Participants, any Plan Shares to which he will become entitled on exercise by him of any Subsisting Options pursuant to the Rules) to the proposed transferee within five business days (or such later date as may be specified in the notice) of receiving a notice in writing signed by or on behalf of the Initiating Shareholders (the “ Drag Along Notice ”). On service of the Drag Along Notice each Non-Initiating Shareholder shall (i) consent to, vote in favour of and raise no objections against such Qualifying Proposed Sale (including exercising any rights of appraisal, dissenters rights or similar rights), (ii) take all necessary and desirable actions in their capacities as shareholders of the Company in connection with the consummation of such Qualifying Proposed Sale, and (iii) agree to sell all of their Ordinary Shares on the same terms and conditions as the Initiating Shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the value of the total consideration payable pursuant to a Drag Along Notice to any Non-Initiating Shareholder who is, or whose direct or indirect holding company is, at the date such Shareholder becomes a member of the Company, subject to the Listing Rules made by the Financial Services Authority pursuant to Part VI of the U.K. Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, shall in any event not exceed £2 million.

 

1.2. The Initiating Shareholders shall at the same time as serving the Drag Along Notice, deliver a copy of the Drag Along Notice to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

1.3. The Drag Along Notice shall be accompanied by copies of all documents required to be executed by the Non-Initiating Shareholders to give effect to the transfer and the transfer shall be subject to the condition that, upon consummation of the Qualifying Proposed Sale, each shareholder will receive the same form and proportion of consideration with respect to his or its Ordinary Shares (such consideration to be distributed in accordance with the provisions of the Bye-laws), or if any shareholder is given a choice as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, all shareholders will be given the same choice.

 

15


1.4. If a Non-Initiating Shareholder defaults in transferring its Ordinary Shares pursuant to this paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1, such Non-Initiating Shareholder shall be deemed to have authorised the Company as his or its agent to execute a transfer of that Non-Initiating Shareholder’s Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee.

 

2. Tag Along

 

2.1. If the effect of any transfer of Ordinary Shares would result in there being a Qualifying Proposed Sale, the holder or holders of such Ordinary Shares (the “Seller(s)”) shall not complete such Qualifying Proposed Sale unless it or they ensure(s) that the purchaser offers to buy from the other shareholders all the Ordinary Shares held by them and from the Participants, any Ordinary Shares they would hold if they were to exercise their Subsisting Option(s) under the Plan pursuant to the Rules, in either case at the same price per share (whether the consideration is cash or newly issued ordinary shares in the proposed purchaser’s share capital) as apply to the purchase of the Ordinary Shares of the Seller(s) and on no other terms than the terms agreed with the Seller(s) (save in respect of any terms requisite to enable the other shareholders or Participants to enjoy the benefit of the rights granted to them under this paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1). The offer shall:

 

  2.1.1. be irrevocable and unconditional (except for any conditions which apply to the proposed transfer of the shares of the Seller(s) and as set out in paragraph 2.2 of this Schedule 1);

 

  2.1.2. be open for acceptance during a period of not less than fifteen (15) business days after receipt of such offer; and

 

  2.1.3. specify that completion shall be effected at the office of the Company by delivery of the duly executed instruments of transfer in respect of the relevant Ordinary Shares accompanied by share certificates in respect thereof against a bankers’ draft in respect of the purchase price thereof and together with any stamp duty payable thereon.

 

2.2. If the offer is accepted, the sale shall be conditional upon completion of the Seller(s)’ sale to the third party purchaser and shall be completed at the same time as that sale which may not occur after the day ten (10) business days after the fifteen (15) business day period referred to in paragraph 2.1.2 of this Schedule 1 and the date of which shall be stated in the offer provided always that the proceeds of such sale shall be distributed in accordance with the Bye-laws.

 

2.3. No offer shall be required pursuant to paragraph 2 of this Schedule 1 if a Drag Along Notice has been served under paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1.

 

2.4. The Seller(s) shall procure that the proposed purchaser shall provide a copy of the offer(s) referred to in paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1 to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

16


3. Valuation of Shares

For the purposes of the Plan “ Fair Value ” of an Ordinary Share shall mean the fair value of the relevant share at the applicable time of determination, as determined by the Board in good faith. The determination of Fair Value by the Board shall be conclusive and binding on all parties.

 

17


APPENDIX A

VESTING SCHEDULE

 

1. Subject to 2 and 3 below and provided the Participant has not become a Departing Employee, an Option shall vest in accordance with the following Vesting Condition determined by the Board in its absolute discretion on the Date of Grant:

The Option shall vest as to 1/3 of the total number of Options on each anniversary of the Date of Grant, commencing on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

2. If a Participant who is a consultant (and not an employee) ceases to be a consultant (that is he ceases to provide services to the Company) and the reason for the Participant having ceased to be a consultant is as a result of either (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of his consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement or (ii) the Participant voluntarily terminates such agreement or gives notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant, any unvested portion of the Participant’s Option shall immediately lapse.

 

3. In the event that the number of vested shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share, the number of Plan Shares so vested shall be rounded downwards to the nearest whole number of Plan Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Plan Share.

 

18

Exhibit 4.5

RULES OF THE MARKIT 2008 SHARE OPTION PLAN

MARKIT LTD.

Rules approved by the Board of Markit Group Holdings Limited on 28 November

2007 and by the shareholders

Assumed and Adopted by Markit Ltd. on 18 June 2014

Amended and Restated on 4 December 2014


CONTENTS

 

Clause    Page  

1.

 

DEFINITIONS

     1   

2.

 

COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE

     4   

3.

 

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     4   

4.

 

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     5   

5.

 

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     5   

6.

 

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     5   

7.

 

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     7   

8.

 

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     9   

9.

 

SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

     9   

10.

 

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     10   

11.

 

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     11   

12.

 

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     12   

13.

 

TERMINATION

     12   

14.

 

TERM

     12   

15.

 

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     13   

16.

 

GOVERNING LAW

     13   

SCHEDULE 1 DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

     14   

APPENDIX A VESTING SCHEDULE

     16   

 

i


RULES OF THE MARKIT 2008

SHARE OPTION PLAN

RECITALS

 

(A) The Plan was originally approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited and adopted on 28 November 2007 (the “ Original Plan ”).

 

(B) Following a court approved scheme of arrangement and the insertion of Markit Ltd. as the ultimate holding company of the Markit group on 18 June 2014, the Original Plan and the options outstanding thereunder were assumed by Markit Ltd.

 

(C) Pursuant to Rule 11.1 of the Original Plan, the Board has resolved to amend and restate the Rules in their entirety as set out below.

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 In the Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person (other than an individual), any other person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person; and with respect to an individual means any person that such individual has transferred all or part of its shares in accordance with the Bye-laws;

Bad Leaver ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.3;

Board ” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

Bye-laws ” means the bye-laws of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “ Bye-law ” shall be construed accordingly;

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

Commencement Date ” means the date on which the Original Plan was approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited, being 28 November 2007, subject to the approval of the Original Plan by the shareholders of such company within 12 months before or after such board approval;

Company ” means Markit Ltd., an exempted company incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda with its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda;

Date of Grant ” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

 

1


Departing Employee ” means:

 

  (a) any individual that is a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies and:

 

  (i) who, for any reason, ceases to be a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) the business of the company of which he is a director or employee is sold by the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (b) any individual:

 

  (i) who is a director or an employee of an Affiliate company, and such Affiliate company is sold by the Company and, in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its then remaining Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) whose services are otherwise provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and whose services cease to be provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies;

Dismissal ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.3(a)(i);

Drag Along Notice ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Eligible Participant ” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

Employer’s NICs ” means secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

Exercise Price ” means the price per Plan Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

Fair Value ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 3 of Schedule 1;

HMRC ” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Listing ” means the listing of the Ordinary Shares on the NASDAQ stock market, as of 18 June 2014;

Member of the Group ” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

 

2


Non-Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

Option ” means a right to acquire Plan Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

Option Tax Liability ” means an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an agreement or election under Rule 7.2(e)) or any other amounts which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group;

Ordinary Shares ” means the common shares of US$0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

Original Plan ” has the meaning given to it in Recital (A);

Parent ” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

Participant ” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

Plan ” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

Plan Share ” means a fully paid Ordinary Share issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan;

Qualifying Proposed Sale ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Rules ” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

Seller(s) ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1;

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

Subsisting Option ” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

Ten Percent Shareholder ” means a person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent;

Termination ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.3(a)(i);

 

3


Vesting Schedule ” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, the vesting schedule attached to the Rules as Appendix A hereto or such other vesting schedule determined by the Board; and

Voluntary Resignation ” means, in respect of a director or employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates, the voluntary resignation of that director or employee (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any of its Affiliates) in circumstances other than where the Company or any of its Affiliates would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such director or employee.

 

1.2 Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Schedule forms a part of the Plan.

 

1.3 The provisions of Rules 7.2(b) and 7.2(c) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE

The Plan commenced on the Commencement Date and shall continue to be known as The Markit 2008 Share Option Plan. The Rules are hereby amended and restated in their entirety.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Plan Shares subject to the Rules including the Vesting Schedule and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. A single deed of grant may be executed in favour of any number of Participants. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with a certificate as evidence of the grant of an Option.

 

3.3 If any Option granted under the Plan expires, terminates or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of Plan Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

3.4 The Board shall have authority to determine whether an Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option, provided that an Eligible Participant who is a director is not eligible to be granted an Incentive Stock Option; and, provided, further, that only Eligible Participants who are employees of the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

4


4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant, provided that the Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Value of a Plan Share on the Date of Grant; and provided, further, that if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Exercise Price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Value of a Plan Share on the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1 Subject to Rules 7 and 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

6.2 A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) 31 December 2017;

 

  (b) the tenth anniversary of its Date of Grant with respect to an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder;

 

  (c) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (d) the date upon which the Participant (who is not a consultant) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (e) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant in the circumstances contemplated by paragraph 2 of the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (f) three months from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule and immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule on such date; and

 

  (g) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rules 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

5


6.3 A person is a “ Bad Leaver ” if:

 

  (a) the reason for the person having become a Departing Employee is as a result of:

 

  (i) his dismissal or the termination of the Departing Employee’s service contract (or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) in circumstances which, for any reason, justify (or which, if the Departing Employee were an employee of the Company or any such Subsidiary, would so justify) his summary dismissal or summary termination (without, for the avoidance of doubt, notice or payment in lieu of notice being required):

 

  (A) under the Departing Employee’s service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided; or

 

  (B) if such Departing Employee is employed in the United Kingdom, at common law,

(respectively, a “ Dismissal ” and a “ Termination ”); or

 

  (ii) the services of the Departing Employee (whether provided in accordance with the terms of a service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) being or becoming no longer available to the Company and/or any such Subsidiary in breach (other than by breach by the Company or any such Subsidiary) of such service contract or other arrangements; or

 

  (iii) his Voluntary Resignation (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary of the Company) where circumstances exist in which the Company or any Subsidiary would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such Departing Employee; or

 

  (b) the Participant is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company whose employment relationship with the Company or such Affiliate is governed by the laws of the United States and/or any state therein:

 

  (i)

in the case where there is no employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant on the date of issue of Plan Shares (or where there is such an agreement but it does not define “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import)), then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean (a) such employee’s dismissal or termination that is occasioned by the Company or such Affiliate as a result of (i) insubordination, dishonesty, fraud, incompetence, moral turpitude or wilful misconduct of the Participant, (ii) the Participant’s refusal to perform his or her duties or responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity, or (iii) materially unsatisfactory performance of the Participant’s duties for the Company or such Affiliate, in each case as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, or (b) an employee’s

 

6


  voluntary resignation where circumstances exist in which the Company or such Affiliate would have been entitled to dismiss the Participant as a “Bad Leaver” in accordance with this Rule 6.3(b)(i); or

 

  (ii) in the case where there is an employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant that defines “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) on the date of grant, then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) as defined under such agreement, provided, however, that with regard to any agreement under which the definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) only applies on occurrence of a change in control, such definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) shall not apply until a change in control actually takes place and then only with regard to a termination thereafter.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an Option certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct, to include, but not to be limited to, an undertaking to pay) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Plan Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b).

 

  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Plan Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Schedule 1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised.

 

7.2 The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Option having vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule;

 

7


  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (c) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Plan Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability; and

 

  (d) [Intentionally deleted] ;

 

  (e) either of the following conditions being satisfied within one month of the date on which the notice of exercise of that Option was lodged in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) where any Member of the Group would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise:

 

  (i) the Participant entering into an agreement with the Company, in such form as determined by the Board, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; or

 

  (ii) the Participant entering into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (iii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and:

 

  (A) in the event that either condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which that condition is satisfied; or

 

  (B) in the event that neither condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 7.1 shall not be effective; or

 

  (C) in the event that the Board (including a sub-committee of the Board) waives the requirement for either condition to be satisfied, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date of the waiver.

 

7.3 Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Plan Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Plan Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

8


7.4 Plan Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Ordinary Shares then already in issue except that they and any Plan Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.5 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Plan Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1 In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Plan Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Plan Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Plan Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2 No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Plan Shares below the nominal value of a Plan Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Plan Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any Option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1 In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company or the day the offer should have been made pursuant to paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with paragraph 2 of Schedule 1) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9


9.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to paragraph 1.2 of Schedule 1 or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1, the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of Rule 9.1(a)); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of Rule 9.1(b)).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders and shall be bound to transfer their Plan Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3 If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 99 of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Part VII of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5 If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6 Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from 18 June 2014, the effective date of the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the initial public offering of the Ordinary Shares undertaken in connection with the Listing.

 

9.7 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10


10.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages;

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Bye-laws with respect to the terms of the Plan Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group.

 

11


11.3 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant participating company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service; and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Ordinary Shares.

 

11.8 If any Option certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Plan Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to the Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after 31 December 2012.

 

12


15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Plan Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of the Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend the Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

The Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of the Plan, their Option(s) and any Plan Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

13


SCHEDULE 1

DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

 

1. Drag Along

 

1.1 If the holders of more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue (“ Initiating Shareholders ”) propose to sell in a bona fide, arm’s-length transaction a number of Ordinary Shares in the Company representing more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue to a third party at Fair Value (in accordance with paragraph 3 of this Schedule 1) representing a value of the Company equal to or exceeding US$50 million (a “ Qualifying Proposed Sale ”), such Initiating Shareholders shall, subject to the conditions contained in paragraphs 1.2 and 1.3 of this Schedule 1, have the right to require all of the Participants (the “ Non-Initiating Shareholders ”) to transfer all of their Ordinary Shares (or, in respect of any Participants, any Plan Shares to which he will become entitled on exercise by him of any Subsisting Options pursuant to the Rules) to the proposed transferee within five business days (or such later date as may be specified in the notice) of receiving a notice in writing signed by or on behalf of the Initiating Shareholders (the “ Drag Along Notice ”). On service of the Drag Along Notice each Non-Initiating Shareholder shall (i) consent to, vote in favour of and raise no objections against such Qualifying Proposed Sale (including exercising any rights of appraisal, dissenters rights or similar rights), (ii) take all necessary and desirable actions in their capacities as shareholders of the Company in connection with the consummation of such Qualifying Proposed Sale, and (iii) agree to sell all of their Ordinary Shares on the same terms and conditions as the Initiating Shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the value of the total consideration payable pursuant to a Drag Along Notice to any Non-Initiating Shareholder who is, or whose direct or indirect holding company is, at the date such Shareholder becomes a member of the Company, subject to the Listing Rules made by the Financial Services Authority pursuant to Part VI of the U.K. Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, shall in any event not exceed £2 million.

 

1.2 The Initiating Shareholders shall at the same time as serving the Drag Along Notice, deliver a copy of the Drag Along Notice to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

1.3 The Drag Along Notice shall be accompanied by copies of all documents required to be executed by the Non-Initiating Shareholders to give effect to the transfer and the transfer shall be subject to the condition that, upon consummation of the Qualifying Proposed Sale, each shareholder will receive the same form and proportion of consideration with respect to his or its Ordinary Shares (such consideration to be distributed in accordance with the provisions of the Bye-laws), or if any shareholder is given a choice as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, all shareholders will be given the same choice.

 

1.4 If a Non-Initiating Shareholder defaults in transferring its Ordinary Shares pursuant to this paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1, such Non-Initiating Shareholder shall be deemed to have authorised the Company as his or its agent to execute a transfer of that Non-Initiating Shareholder’s Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee.

 

14


2. Tag Along

 

2.1 If the effect of any transfer of Ordinary Shares would result in there being a Qualifying Proposed Sale, the holder or holders of such Ordinary Shares (the “ Seller(s) ”) shall not complete such Qualifying Proposed Sale unless it or they ensure(s) that the purchaser offers to buy from the other shareholders all the Ordinary Shares held by them and from the Participants, any Ordinary Shares they would hold if they were to exercise their Subsisting Option(s) under the Plan pursuant to the Rules, in either case at the same price per share (whether the consideration is cash or newly issued ordinary shares in the proposed purchaser’s share capital) as apply to the purchase of the Ordinary Shares of the Seller(s) and on no other terms than the terms agreed with the Seller(s) (save in respect of any terms requisite to enable the other shareholders or Participants to enjoy the benefit of the rights granted to them under this paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1). The offer shall:

 

  2.1.1 be irrevocable and unconditional (except for any conditions which apply to the proposed transfer of the shares of the Seller(s) and as set out in paragraph 2.2 of this Schedule 1);

 

  2.1.2 be open for acceptance during a period of not less than fifteen (15) business days after receipt of such offer; and

 

  2.1.3 specify that completion shall be effected at the office of the Company by delivery of the duly executed instruments of transfer in respect of the relevant Ordinary Shares accompanied by share certificates in respect thereof against a bankers’ draft in respect of the purchase price thereof and together with any stamp duty payable thereon.

 

2.2 If the offer is accepted, the sale shall be conditional upon completion of the Seller(s)’ sale to the third party purchaser and shall be completed at the same time as that sale which may not occur after the day ten (10) business days after the fifteen (15) business day period referred to in paragraph 2.1.2 of this Schedule 1 and the date of which shall be stated in the offer provided always that the proceeds of such sale shall be distributed in accordance with the Bye-laws.

 

2.3 No offer shall be required pursuant to paragraph 2 of this Schedule 1 if a Drag Along Notice has been served under paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1.

 

2.4 The Seller(s) shall procure that the proposed purchaser shall provide a copy of the offer(s) referred to in paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1 to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

3. Valuation of Shares

For the purposes of the Plan the “ Fair Value ” of an Ordinary Share shall mean the fair value of the relevant share at the applicable time of determination, as determined by the Board in good faith. The determination of Fair Value by the Board shall be conclusive and binding on all parties.

 

15


APPENDIX A

VESTING SCHEDULE

 

1. Subject to 2 and 3 below and provided the Participant has not become a Departing Employee, an Option shall vest in accordance with the following Vesting Condition determined by the Board in its absolute discretion on the Date of Grant:

The Option shall vest as to 1/3 of the total number of Options on each anniversary of the Date of Grant, commencing on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

2. If a Participant who is a consultant (and not an employee) ceases to be a consultant (that is he ceases to provide services to the Company) and the reason for the Participant having ceased to be a consultant is as a result of either (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of his consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement or (ii) the Participant voluntarily terminates such agreement or gives notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant, any unvested portion of the Participant’s Option shall immediately lapse.

 

3. In the event that the number of vested shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share, the number of Plan Shares so vested shall be rounded downwards to the nearest whole number of Plan Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Plan Share.

 

16

Exhibit 4.6

RULES OF THE MARKIT 2008 SHARE OPTION PLAN

MARKIT LTD.

Rules approved by the Board of Markit Group Holdings Limited on 28 November

2007 and by the shareholders

Assumed and adopted by Markit Ltd. on 18 June 2014

Amended and Restated on 4 December 2014


CONTENTS

 

Clause         Page  

1.

   DEFINITIONS      1   

2.

   COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE      4   

3.

   THE GRANT OF OPTIONS      4   

4.

   THE EXERCISE PRICE      5   

5.

   NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS      5   

6.

   WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED      5   

7.

   MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS      7   

8.

   ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL      9   

9.

   SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION      10   

10.

   EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS      11   

11.

   ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT      12   

12.

   EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS      13   

13.

   TERMINATION      13   

14.

   TERM      13   

15.

   INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS      13   

16.

   GOVERNING LAW      14   

SCHEDULE 1 DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

     15   

APPENDIX A VESTING SCHEDULE

     17   

 

i


RULES OF THE MARKIT 2008

SHARE OPTION PLAN

RECITALS

 

(A) The Plan was originally approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited and adopted on 28 November 2007 (the “ Original Plan ”).

 

(B) Following a court approved scheme of arrangement and the insertion of Markit Ltd. as the ultimate holding company of the Markit group on 18 June 2014 the Original Plan and the options outstanding thereunder were assumed by Markit Ltd.

 

(C) Pursuant to Rule 11.1 of the Original Plan, the Board has resolved to amend and restate the Rules in their entirety as set out below.

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 In the Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person (other than an individual), any other person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person; and with respect to an individual means any person that such individual has transferred all or part of its shares in accordance with the Bye-laws;

Bad Leaver ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.3;

Board ” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

Bye-laws ” means the bye-laws of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “ Bye-law ” shall be construed accordingly;

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

Commencement Date ” means the date on which the Original Plan was approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited, being 28 November 2007, subject to the approval of the Original Plan by the shareholders of such company within 12 months before or after such board approval;

Company ” means Markit Ltd., an exempted company incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda with its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda;;

 

1


Date of Grant ” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

Departing Employee ” means:

 

  (a) any individual that is a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies and:

 

  (i) who, for any reason, ceases to be a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) the business of the company of which he is a director or employee is sold by the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (b) any individual:

 

  (i) who is a director or an employee of an Affiliate company, and such Affiliate company is sold by the Company and, in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its then remaining Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) whose services are otherwise provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and whose services cease to be provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies;

Dismissal ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.3(a)(i);

Drag Along Notice ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Eligible Participant ” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

Employer’s NICs ” means secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

Exercise Price ” means the price per Plan Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

Fair Value ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 3 of Schedule 1;

HMRC ” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

 

2


Listing ” means the listing of the Ordinary Shares on the NASDAQ stock market, as of 18 June 2014;

Member of the Group ” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

Non-Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

Option ” means a right to acquire Plan Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

Option Tax Liability ” means an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an agreement or election under Rule 7.2(e)) or any other amounts which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group;

Ordinary Shares ” means the common shares of US$0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

Original Plan ” has the meaning given to it in Recital (A);

Parent ” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

Participant ” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

Plan ” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

Plan Share ” means a fully paid Ordinary Share issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan;

Qualifying Proposed Sale ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Rules ” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

Seller(s) ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1;

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

Subsisting Option ” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

 

3


Ten Percent Shareholder ” means a person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent;

Termination ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.3(a)(i);

Vesting Schedule ” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, the vesting schedule attached to the Rules as Appendix A or such other vesting schedule determined by the Board; and

Voluntary Resignation ” means, in respect of a director or employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates, the voluntary resignation of that director or employee (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any of its Affiliates) in circumstances other than where the Company or any of its Affiliates would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such director or employee.

 

1.2 Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Schedule forms a part of the Plan.

 

1.3 The provisions of Rules 7.2(b) and 7.2(c) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE

The Plan commenced on the Commencement Date and shall continue to be known as The Markit 2008 Share Option Plan. The Rules are hereby amended and restated in their entirety.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Plan Shares subject to the Rules including the Vesting Schedule and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. A single deed of grant may be executed in favour of any number of Participants. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with a certificate as evidence of the grant of an Option.

 

4


3.3 If any Option granted under the Plan expires, terminates or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of Plan Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

3.4 The Board shall have authority to determine whether an Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option, provided that an Eligible Participant who is a director is not eligible to be granted an Incentive Stock Option; and, provided, further, that only Eligible Participants who are employees of the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant, provided that the Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Value of a Plan Share on the Date of Grant; and provided, further, that if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Exercise Price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Value of a Plan Share on the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1 Subject to Rules 7 and 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

6.2 A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) 31 December 2017;

 

  (b) the tenth anniversary of its Date of Grant with respect to an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder;

 

  (c) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (d) the date upon which the Participant (who is not a consultant) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

5


  (e) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant in the circumstances contemplated by paragraph 2 of the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (f) three months from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule and immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule on such date; and

 

  (g) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rules 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

6.3 A person is a “ Bad Leaver ” if:

 

  (a) the reason for the person having become a Departing Employee is as a result of:

 

  (i) his dismissal or the termination of the Departing Employee’s service contract (or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) in circumstances which, for any reason, justify (or which, if the Departing Employee were an employee of the Company or any such Subsidiary, would so justify) his summary dismissal or summary termination (without, for the avoidance of doubt, notice or payment in lieu of notice being required):

 

  (A) under the Departing Employee’s service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided; or

 

  (B) if such Departing Employee is employed in the United Kingdom, at common law,

(respectively, a “ Dismissal ” and a “ Termination ”); or

 

  (ii) the services of the Departing Employee (whether provided in accordance with the terms of a service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) being or becoming no longer available to the Company and/or any such Subsidiary in breach (other than by breach by the Company or any such Subsidiary) of such service contract or other arrangements; or

 

  (iii) his Voluntary Resignation (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary of the Company) where circumstances exist in which the Company or any Subsidiary would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such Departing Employee; or

 

6


  (b) the Participant is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company whose employment relationship with the Company or such Affiliate is governed by the laws of the United States and/or any state therein:

 

  (i) in the case where there is no employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant on the date of issue of Plan Shares (or where there is such an agreement but it does not define “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import)), then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean (a) such employee’s dismissal or termination that is occasioned by the Company or such Affiliate as a result of (i) insubordination, dishonesty, fraud, incompetence, moral turpitude or wilful misconduct of the Participant, (ii) the Participant’s refusal to perform his or her duties or responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity, or (iii) materially unsatisfactory performance of the Participant’s duties for the Company or such Affiliate, in each case as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, or (b) an employee’s voluntary resignation where circumstances exist in which the Company or such Affiliate would have been entitled to dismiss the Participant as a “Bad Leaver” in accordance with this Rule 6.3(b)(i); or

 

  (ii) in the case where there is an employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant that defines “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) on the date of grant, then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) as defined under such agreement, provided, however, that with regard to any agreement under which the definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) only applies on occurrence of a change in control, such definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) shall not apply until a change in control actually takes place and then only with regard to a termination thereafter.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an Option certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct, to include, but not to be limited to, an undertaking to pay) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Plan Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b) below; and

 

7


  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Plan Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Schedule 1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised.

 

7.2 The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Option having vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (c) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Plan Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (d) [Intentionally deleted] ; and

 

  (e) either of the following conditions being satisfied within one month of the date on which the notice of exercise of that Option was lodged in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) where any Member of the Group would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise:

 

  (i) the Participant entering into an agreement with the Company, in such form as determined by the Board, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; or

 

  (ii) the Participant entering into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

8


  (iii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and:

 

  (A) in the event that either condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which that condition is satisfied; or

 

  (B) in the event that neither condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 7.1 shall not be effective; or

 

  (C) in the event that the Board (including a sub-committee of the Board) waives the requirement for either condition to be satisfied, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date of the waiver.

 

7.3 Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Plan Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Plan Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4 Plan Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Ordinary Shares then already in issue except that they and any Plan Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.5 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Plan Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1 In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Plan Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Plan Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Plan Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

9


8.2 No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Plan Shares below the nominal value of a Plan Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Plan Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any Option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1 In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 ) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company or the day the offer should have been made pursuant to paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with paragraph 2 of Schedule 1) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to paragraph 1.2 of Schedule 1 or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1, the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of 9.1(a) above); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of Rule 9.1(b)).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders and shall be bound to transfer their Plan Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3 If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 99 of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

10


9.4 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Part VII of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5 If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6 Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from 18 June 2014, the effective date of the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the initial public offering of the Ordinary Shares undertaken in connection with the Listing.

 

9.7 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages;

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

11


10.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Bye-laws with respect to the terms of the Plan Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group.

 

11.3 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant participating company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service; and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

12


11.5 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Ordinary Shares.

 

11.8 If any Option certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Plan Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to the Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after 31 December 2012.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Plan Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

13


Should any provision of the Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend the Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

The Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of the Plan, their Option(s) and any Plan Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

14


SCHEDULE 1

DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

 

1. Drag Along

 

1.1. If the holders of more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue (“ Initiating Shareholders ”) propose to sell in a bona fide, arm’s-length transaction a number of Ordinary Shares in the Company representing more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue to a third party at Fair Value (in accordance with paragraph 3 below) representing a value of the Company equal to or exceeding US$50 million (a “ Qualifying Proposed Sale ”), such Initiating Shareholders shall, subject to the conditions contained in paragraphs 1.2 and 1.3 of this Schedule 1, have the right to require all of the Participants (the “ Non-Initiating Shareholders ”) to transfer all of their Ordinary Shares (or, in respect of any Participants, any Plan Shares to which he will become entitled on exercise by him of any Subsisting Options pursuant to the Rules) to the proposed transferee within five business days (or such later date as may be specified in the notice) of receiving a notice in writing signed by or on behalf of the Initiating Shareholders (the “ Drag Along Notice ”). On service of the Drag Along Notice each Non-Initiating Shareholder shall (i) consent to, vote in favour of and raise no objections against such Qualifying Proposed Sale (including exercising any rights of appraisal, dissenters rights or similar rights), (ii) take all necessary and desirable actions in their capacities as shareholders of the Company in connection with the consummation of such Qualifying Proposed Sale, and (iii) agree to sell all of their Ordinary Shares on the same terms and conditions as the Initiating Shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the value of the total consideration payable pursuant to a Drag Along Notice to any Non-Initiating Shareholder who is, or whose direct or indirect holding company is, at the date such Shareholder becomes a member of the Company, subject to the Listing Rules made by the Financial Services Authority pursuant to Part VI of the U.K. Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, shall in any event not exceed £2 million.

 

1.2. The Initiating Shareholders shall at the same time as serving the Drag Along Notice, deliver a copy of the Drag Along Notice to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

1.3. The Drag Along Notice shall be accompanied by copies of all documents required to be executed by the Non-Initiating Shareholders to give effect to the transfer and the transfer shall be subject to the condition that, upon consummation of the Qualifying Proposed Sale, each shareholder will receive the same form and proportion of consideration with respect to his or its Ordinary Shares (such consideration to be distributed in accordance with the provisions of the Bye-laws), or if any shareholder is given a choice as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, all shareholders will be given the same choice.

 

1.4. If a Non-Initiating Shareholder defaults in transferring its Ordinary Shares pursuant to this paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1, such Non-Initiating Shareholder shall be deemed to have authorised the Company as his or its agent to execute a transfer of that Non-Initiating Shareholder’s Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee.

 

15


2. Tag Along

 

2.1. If the effect of any transfer of Ordinary Shares would result in there being a Qualifying Proposed Sale, the holder or holders of such Ordinary Shares (the “Seller(s)”) shall not complete such Qualifying Proposed Sale unless it or they ensure(s) that the purchaser offers to buy from the other shareholders all the Ordinary Shares held by them and from the Participants, any Ordinary Shares they would hold if they were to exercise their Subsisting Option(s) under the Plan pursuant to the Rules, in either case at the same price per share (whether the consideration is cash or newly issued ordinary shares in the proposed purchaser’s share capital) as apply to the purchase of the Ordinary Shares of the Seller(s) and on no other terms than the terms agreed with the Seller(s) (save in respect of any terms requisite to enable the other shareholders or Participants to enjoy the benefit of the rights granted to them under this paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1). The offer shall:

 

  2.1.1. be irrevocable and unconditional (except for any conditions which apply to the proposed transfer of the shares of the Seller(s) and as set out in paragraph 2.2 of this Schedule 1);

 

  2.1.2. be open for acceptance during a period of not less than fifteen (15) business days after receipt of such offer; and

 

  2.1.3. specify that completion shall be effected at the office of the Company by delivery of the duly executed instruments of transfer in respect of the relevant Ordinary Shares accompanied by share certificates in respect thereof against a bankers’ draft in respect of the purchase price thereof and together with any stamp duty payable thereon.

 

2.2. If the offer is accepted, the sale shall be conditional upon completion of the Seller(s)’ sale to the third party purchaser and shall be completed at the same time as that sale which may not occur after the day ten (10) business days after the fifteen (15) business day period referred to in paragraph 2.1.2 of this Schedule 1 and the date of which shall be stated in the offer provided always that the proceeds of such sale shall be distributed in accordance with the Bye-laws.

 

2.3. No offer shall be required pursuant to paragraph 2 of this Schedule 1 if a Drag Along Notice has been served under paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1.

 

2.4. The Seller(s) shall procure that the proposed purchaser shall provide a copy of the offer(s) referred to in paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1 to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

3. Valuation of Shares

For the purposes of the Plan the “ Fair Value ” of an Ordinary Share shall mean the fair value of the relevant share at the applicable time of determination, as determined by the Board in good faith. The determination of Fair Value by the Board shall be conclusive and binding on all parties.

 

16


APPENDIX A

VESTING SCHEDULE

 

1. Subject to 2 and 3 below and provided the Participant has not become a Departing Employee, an Option shall vest in accordance with the following Vesting Condition determined by the Board in its absolute discretion on the Date of Grant:

The Option shall vest as to 1/5 of the total number of Options on each anniversary of the Date of Grant, commencing on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

2. If a Participant who is a consultant (and not an employee) ceases to be a consultant (that is he ceases to provide services to the Company) and the reason for the Participant having ceased to be a consultant is as a result of either (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of his consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement or (ii) the Participant voluntarily terminates such agreement or gives notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant, any unvested portion of the Participant’s Option shall immediately lapse.

 

3. In the event that the number of vested shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share, the number of Plan Shares so vested shall be rounded downwards to the nearest whole number of Plan Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Plan Share.

 

17

Exhibit 4.7

Rules of the Markit 2008 Additional Share

Option Plan

MARKIT LTD.

Rules approved by the Board of Markit Group Holdings Limited on

20 February 2008 and by the shareholders

Assumed and adopted by Markit Ltd. on 18 June 2014

Amended and Restated on 4 December 2014


Contents

 

Clause         Page  

1.

   DEFINITIONS      1   

2.

   COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AND TITLE      4   

3.

   THE GRANT OF OPTIONS      4   

4.

   THE EXERCISE PRICE      5   

5.

   NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS      5   

6.

   WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED      5   

7.

   MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS      7   

8.

   ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL      9   

9.

   SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION      9   

10.

   EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS      11   

11.

   ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT      11   

12.

   EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS      13   

13.

   TERMINATION      13   

14.

   TERM      13   

15.

   INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS      13   

16.

   GOVERNING LAW      13   

SCHEDULE 1 DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

     14   

APPENDIX A VESTING SCHEDULE

     16   

 

i


RULES OF THE MARKIT 2008

ADDITIONAL SHARE OPTION PLAN

RECITALS

 

(A) The Plan was originally approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited and adopted on 20 February 2008 (the “ Original Plan ”).

 

(B) Following a court approved scheme of arrangement and the insertion of Markit Ltd. as the ultimate holding company of the Markit group on 18 June 2014, the Original Plan and the options outstanding thereunder were adopted by Markit Ltd.

 

(C) Pursuant to Rule 11.1 of the Original Plan, the Board has resolved to amend and restate the Rules in their entirety as set out below.

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 In the Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person (other than an individual), any other person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person; and with respect to an individual means any person that such individual has transferred all or part of its shares in accordance with the Bye-laws;

Bad Leaver ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.3;

Board ” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

Bye-laws ” means the bye-laws of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “ Bye-law ” shall be construed accordingly;

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

Commencement Date ” means the date on which the Original Plan was approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited, being 20 February 2008, subject to the approval of the Plan by the shareholders of such company within 12 months before or after such board approval;

Company ” means Markit Ltd., an exempted company incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda with its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda;

Date of Grant ” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

 

1


Departing Employee ” means:

 

  (a) any individual that is a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies and:

 

  (i) who, for any reason, ceases to be a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) the business of the company of which he is a director or employee is sold by the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (b) any individual:

 

  (i) who is a director or an employee of an Affiliate company, and such Affiliate company is sold by the Company and, in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its then remaining Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) whose services are otherwise provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and whose services cease to be provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies;

Dismissal ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.3(a)(i);

Drag Along Notice ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Eligible Participant ” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

Employer’s NICs ” means secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

Exercise Price ” means the price per Plan Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

Fair Value ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 3 of Schedule 1;

HMRC ” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Listing ” means the listing of the Ordinary Shares on the NASDAQ stock market, as of 18 June 2014;

Member of the Group ” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

 

2


Non-Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

Option ” means a right to acquire Plan Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

Option Tax Liability ” means an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an agreement or election under Rule 7.2(e) or any other amounts which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group;

Ordinary Shares ” means the common shares of US$0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

Original Plan ” has the meaning given to it in Recital (A);

Parent ” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

Participant ” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

Plan ” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

Plan Share ” means a fully paid Ordinary Share issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan;

Qualifying Proposed Sale ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Rules ” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

Seller(s) ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1;

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

Subsisting Option ” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

Ten Percent Shareholder ” means a person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent;

Termination ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.3(a)(i);

 

3


Vesting Schedule ” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, the vesting schedule attached to the Rules as Appendix A or such other vesting schedule determined by the Board; and

Voluntary Resignation ” means, in respect of a director or employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates, the voluntary resignation of that director or employee (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any of its Affiliates) in circumstances other than where the Company or any of its Affiliates would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such director or employee.

 

1.2 Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Schedule forms a part of the Plan.

 

1.3 The provisions of Rules 7.2(b) and 7.2(c) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AND TITLE

 

2.1 The Plan commenced on the Commencement Date and shall continue to be known as The Markit 2008 Additional Share Option Plan.

 

2.2 The Rules are hereby amended and restated in their entirety.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Plan Shares subject to the Rules including, the Vesting Schedule and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. A single deed of grant may be executed in favour of any number of Participants. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant, be issued with a certificate as evidence of the grant of an Option.

 

3.3 If any Option granted under the Plan expires, terminates or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of Plan Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

3.4 The Board shall have authority to determine whether an Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option, provided that an Eligible Participant who is a director is not eligible to be granted an Incentive Stock Option; and, provided, further, that only Eligible Participants who are employees of the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

4


4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant, provided that the Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Value of a Plan Share on the Date of Grant; and provided, further, that if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Exercise Price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Value of a Plan Share on the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1 Subject to Rules 7 and 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

6.2 A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) the tenth anniversary of its Date of Grant;

 

  (b) the fifth anniversary of its Date of Grant with respect to an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder;

 

  (c) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (d) the date upon which the Participant (who is not a consultant) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (e) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant in the circumstances contemplated by paragraph 2 of the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (f) three months from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule and immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule on such date; and

 

  (g) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rules 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

5


6.3 A person is a “ Bad Leaver ” if:

 

  (a) the reason for the person having become a Departing Employee is as a result of:

 

  (i) his dismissal or the termination of the Departing Employee’s service contract (or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) in circumstances which, for any reason, justify (or which, if the Departing Employee were an employee of the Company or any such Subsidiary, would so justify) his summary dismissal or summary termination (without, for the avoidance of doubt, notice or payment in lieu of notice being required):

 

  (A) under the Departing Employee’s service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided; or

 

  (B) if such Departing Employee is employed in the United Kingdom, at common law,

(respectively, a “ Dismissal ” and a “ Termination ”); or

 

  (ii) the services of the Departing Employee (whether provided in accordance with the terms of a service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) being or becoming no longer available to the Company and/or any such Subsidiary in breach (other than by breach by the Company or any such Subsidiary) of such service contract or other arrangements; or

 

  (iii) his Voluntary Resignation (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary of the Company) where circumstances exist in which the Company or any Subsidiary would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such Departing Employee; or

 

  (b) the Participant is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company whose employment relationship with the Company or such Affiliate is governed by the laws of the United States and/or any state therein:

 

  (i)

in the case where there is no employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate, and the Participant on the date of issue of Plan Shares (or where there is such an agreement but it does not define “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import)), then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean (a) such employee’s dismissal or termination that is occasioned by the Company or such Affiliate as a result of (i) insubordination, dishonesty, fraud, incompetence, moral

 

6


  turpitude or wilful misconduct of the Participant, (ii) the Participant’s refusal to perform his or her duties or responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity, or (iii) materially unsatisfactory performance of the Participant’s duties for the Company or such Affiliate, in each case as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, or (b) an employee’s voluntary resignation where circumstances exist in which the Company or such Affiliate would have been entitled to dismiss the Participant as a “Bad Leaver” in accordance with this Rule 6.3(b)(i); or

 

  (ii) in the case where there is an employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant that defines “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) on the date of grant, then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) as defined under such agreement, provided, however, that with regard to any agreement under which the definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) only applies on occurrence of a change in control, such definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) shall not apply until a change in control actually takes place and then only with regard to a termination thereafter.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an Option certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct, to include, but not to be limited to, an undertaking to pay) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Plan Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b); and

 

  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Plan Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Schedule 1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised.

 

7


7.2 The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Option having vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (c) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Plan Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability; and

 

  (d) [ Intentionally deleted ]

 

  (e) either of the following conditions being satisfied within one month of the date on which the notice of exercise of that Option was lodged in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) where any Member of the Group would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise:

 

  (i) the Participant entering into an agreement with the Company, in such form as determined by the Board, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; or

 

  (ii) the Participant entering into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (iii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and:

 

  (A) in the event that either condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which that condition is satisfied; or

 

  (B) in the event that neither condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 7.1 shall not be effective; or

 

  (C) in the event that the Board (including a sub-committee of the Board) waives the requirement for either condition to be satisfied, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date of the waiver.

 

8


7.3 Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Plan Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Plan Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4 Plan Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Ordinary Shares then already in issue except that they and any Plan Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.5 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Plan Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1 In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Plan Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Plan Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Plan Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2 No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Plan Shares below the nominal value of a Plan Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (i) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Plan Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (ii) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any Option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1

In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to paragraph

 

9


  1.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 ) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company or the day the offer should have been made pursuant to paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with paragraph 2 of Schedule 1) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to paragraph 1.2 of Schedule 1 or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1, the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (i) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of 9.1(a)); or

 

  (ii) the offer(s) (in the case of Rule 9.1(b)).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders and shall be bound to transfer their Plan Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3 If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 99 of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Part VII of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5 If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6 Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from 18 June 2014, the effective date of the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the initial public offering of the Ordinary Shares undertaken in connection with the Listing.

 

9.7 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10


10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (i) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages; and

 

  (ii) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (iii) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Bye-laws with respect to the terms of the Plan Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11


11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (i) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (ii) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group.

 

11.3 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (i) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant participating company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service: and

 

  (ii) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Ordinary Shares.

 

11.8 If any Option certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Plan Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12


12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to the Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after 31 December 2012.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Plan Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of the Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend the Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

The Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of the Plan, their Option(s) and any Plan Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

13


SCHEDULE 1

DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

 

1. Drag Along

 

1.1 If the holders of more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue (“ Initiating Shareholders ”) propose to sell in a bona fide, arm’s-length transaction a number of Ordinary Shares in the Company representing more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue to a third party at Fair Value (in accordance with paragraph 3 of this Schedule 1 representing a value of the Company equal to or exceeding US$50 million (a “ Qualifying Proposed Sale ”), such Initiating Shareholders shall, subject to the conditions contained in paragraphs 1.2 and 1.3 of this Schedule 1, have the right to require all of the Participants (the “ Non-Initiating Shareholders ”) to transfer all of their Ordinary Shares (or, in respect of any Participants, any Plan Shares to which he will become entitled on exercise by him of any Subsisting Options pursuant to the Rules) to the proposed transferee within five business days (or such later date as may be specified in the notice) of receiving a notice in writing signed by or on behalf of the Initiating Shareholders (the “ Drag Along Notice ”). On service of the Drag Along Notice each Non-Initiating Shareholder shall (i) consent to, vote in favour of and raise no objections against such Qualifying Proposed Sale (including exercising any rights of appraisal, dissenters rights or similar rights), (ii) take all necessary and desirable actions in their capacities as shareholders of the Company in connection with the consummation of such Qualifying Proposed Sale, and (iii) agree to sell all of their Ordinary Shares on the same terms and conditions as the Initiating Shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the value of the total consideration payable pursuant to a Drag Along Notice to any Non-Initiating Shareholder who is, or whose direct or indirect holding company is, at the date such Shareholder becomes a member of the Company, subject to the Listing Rules made by the Financial Services Authority pursuant to Part VI of the U.K. Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, shall in any event not exceed £2 million.

 

1.2 The Initiating Shareholders shall at the same time as serving the Drag Along Notice, deliver a copy of the Drag Along Notice to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

1.3 The Drag Along Notice shall be accompanied by copies of all documents required to be executed by the Non-Initiating Shareholders to give effect to the transfer and the transfer shall be subject to the condition that, upon consummation of the Qualifying Proposed Sale, each shareholder will receive the same form and proportion of consideration with respect to his or its Ordinary Shares (such consideration to be distributed in accordance with the provisions of the Bye-laws), or if any shareholder is given a choice as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, all shareholders will be given the same choice.

 

1.4 If a Non-Initiating Shareholder defaults in transferring its Ordinary Shares pursuant to this paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1, such Non-Initiating Shareholder shall be deemed to have authorised the Company as his or its agent to execute a transfer of that Non-Initiating Shareholder’s Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee.

 

14


2. Tag Along

 

2.1 If the effect of any transfer of Ordinary Shares would result in there being a Qualifying Proposed Sale, the holder or holders of such Ordinary Shares (the “ Seller(s) ”) shall not complete such Qualifying Proposed Sale unless it or they ensure(s) that the purchaser offers to buy from the other shareholders all the Ordinary Shares held by them and from the Participants, any Ordinary Shares they would hold if they were to exercise their Subsisting Option(s) under the Plan pursuant to the Rules, in either case at the same price per share (whether the consideration is cash or newly issued ordinary shares in the proposed purchaser’s share capital) as apply to the purchase of the Ordinary Shares of the Seller(s) and on no other terms than the terms agreed with the Seller(s) (save in respect of any terms requisite to enable the other shareholders or Participants to enjoy the benefit of the rights granted to them under this paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1). The offer shall:

 

  2.1.1 be irrevocable and unconditional (except for any conditions which apply to the proposed transfer of the shares of the Seller(s) and as set out in paragraph 2.2 of this Schedule 1);

 

  2.1.2 be open for acceptance during a period of not less than fifteen (15) business days after receipt of such offer; and

 

  2.1.3 specify that completion shall be effected at the office of the Company by delivery of the duly executed instruments of transfer in respect of the relevant Ordinary Shares accompanied by share certificates in respect thereof against a bankers’ draft in respect of the purchase price thereof and together with any stamp duty payable thereon.

 

2.2 If the offer is accepted, the sale shall be conditional upon completion of the Seller(s)’ sale to the third party purchaser and shall be completed at the same time as that sale which may not occur after the day ten (10) business days after the fifteen (15) business day period referred to in paragraph 2.1.2 of this Schedule 1 and the date of which shall be stated in the offer provided always that the proceeds of such sale shall be distributed in accordance with the Bye-laws.

 

2.3 No offer shall be required pursuant to paragraph 2 of this Schedule 1 if a Drag Along Notice has been served under paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1.

 

2.4 The Seller(s) shall procure that the proposed purchaser shall provide a copy of the offer(s) referred to in paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1 to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

3. Valuation of Shares

For the purposes of the Plan the “ Fair Value ” of an Ordinary Share shall mean the fair value of the relevant share at the applicable time of determination, as determined by the Board in good faith. The determination of Fair Value by the Board shall be conclusive and binding on all parties.

 

15


APPENDIX A

VESTING SCHEDULE

 

1. Subject to 2 and 3 below and provided the Participant has not become a Departing Employee, an Option shall vest in accordance with the following Vesting Condition determined by the Board in its absolute discretion on the Date of Grant:

The Option shall vest as to 1/3 of the total number of Options on each anniversary of the Date of Grant, commencing on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

2. If a Participant who is a consultant (and not an employee) ceases to be a consultant (that is he ceases to provide services to the Company) and the reason for the Participant having ceased to be a consultant is as a result of either (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of his consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement or (ii) the Participant voluntarily terminates such agreement or gives notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant, any unvested portion of the Participant’s Option shall immediately lapse.

 

3. In the event that the number of vested shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share, the number of Plan Shares so vested shall be rounded downwards to the nearest whole number of Plan Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Plan Share.

 

16

Exhibit 4.8

RULES OF THE MARKIT 2008 ADDITIONAL SHARE OPTION PLAN

MARKIT LTD.

Rules approved by the Board of Markit Group Holdings Limited on 25 June 2008

and by the shareholders

Assumed and adopted by Markit Ltd. on 18 June 2014

Amended and Restated on 4 December 2014


CONTENTS

 

Clause         Page  

1 .

  

DEFINITIONS

     3   

2 .

  

COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT, RESTATEMENT AND TITLE

     6   

3 .

  

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     6   

4.

  

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     7   

5.

  

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     7   

6.

  

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     7   

7.

  

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     10   

8.

  

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     12   

9.

  

SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

     12   

10.

  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     14   

11.

  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     14   

12.

  

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     16   

13.

  

TERMINATION

     16   

14.

  

TERM

     16   

15.

  

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     16   

16.

  

GOVERNING LAW

     16   

SCHEDULE 1 DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

     17   

APPENDIX A VESTING SCHEDULE

     20   


RULES OF THE MARKIT 2008

ADDITIONAL SHARE OPTION PLAN

RECITALS

 

(A) The Plan was originally approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited and adopted on 25 June 2008 (the “ Original Plan ”).

 

(B) Following a court approved scheme of arrangement and the insertion of Markit Ltd. as the ultimate holding company of the Markit group on 18 June 2014, the Original Plan and the options outstanding thereunder were assumed by Markit Ltd.

 

(C) Pursuant to Rule 11.111.1 of the Original Plan, the Board has resolved to amend and restate the Rules in their entirety as set out below.

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1. In the Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any person (other than an individual), any other person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person; and with respect to an individual means any person that such individual has transferred all or part of its shares in accordance with the Bye-laws;

“Bad Leaver” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.4;

“Board” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

“Bye-laws” means the bye-laws of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “ Bye-law ” shall be construed accordingly;

“Code means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

“Commencement Date” means the date on which the Original Plan was approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited, being 25 June 2008, subject to the approval of the Original Plan by the shareholders of such company within 12 months before or after such board approval;

“Company” means Markit Ltd., an exempted company incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda with its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda;

 

3


“Date of Grant” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

Departing Employee ” means:

 

  (a) any individual that is a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies and:

 

  (i) who, for any reason, ceases to be a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) the business of the company of which he is a director or employee is sold by the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (b) any individual:

 

  (i) who is a director or an employee of an Affiliate company, and such Affiliate company is sold by the Company and, in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its then remaining Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) whose services are otherwise provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and whose services cease to be provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies;

“Dismissal” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.4(a)(i);

“Drag Along Notice” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

“Eligible Participant” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

“Employer’s NICs” means secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

“Exercise Price” means the price per Plan Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

“Fair Value” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 3 of Schedule 1;

“HMRC” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

“Initiating Shareholders” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

“Incentive Stock Option” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

 

4


“Listing” means the listing of the common shares of the Ordinary Shares on the NASDAQ stock market, as of 18 June 2014;

“Member of the Group” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

“Non-Initiating Shareholders” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

“Non-Qualified Stock Option” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

“Option” means a right to acquire Plan Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

“Option Tax Liability” means an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an agreement or election under Rule 7.2(e)) or any other amounts (including Medicare) or amounts which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group;

“Ordinary Shares” means the common shares of US$0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

“Original Plan” has the meaning given to it in Recital (A);

“Parent” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

“Participant” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

“Plan” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

“Plan Share” means a fully paid Ordinary Share issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan;

“Qualifying Proposed Sale” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

“Rules” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

“Seller(s)” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1;

“Subsidiary” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

 

5


“Subsisting Option” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

“Termination” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.4(a)(i);

“Ten Percent Shareholder” means a person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent;

“Vesting Schedule” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, the vesting schedule attached to the Rules as Appendix A hereto or such other vesting schedule determined by the Board; and

“Voluntary Resignation” means, in respect of a director or employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates, the voluntary resignation of that director or employee (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any of its Affiliates) in circumstances other than where the Company or any of its Affiliates would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such director or employee.

 

1.2. Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Schedule forms a part of the Plan.

 

1.3. The provisions of Rules 7.2(b) and 7.2(c) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT, RESTATEMENT AND TITLE

 

2.1. The Plan commenced on the Commencement Date and shall continue to be known as The Markit 2008 Additional Share Option Plan.

 

2.2. The Rules are hereby amended and restated in their entirety.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1. The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Plan Shares subject to the Rules including, the Vesting Schedule and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

6


3.2. No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. A single deed of grant may be executed in favour of any number of Participants. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant, be issued with a certificate as evidence of the grant of an Option.

 

3.3. If any Option granted under the Plan expires, terminates or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of Plan Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

3.4. The Board shall have authority to determine whether an Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option, provided that an Eligible Participant who is a director is not eligible to be granted an Incentive Stock Option; and, provided, further, that only Eligible Participants who are employees of the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1. The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant, provided that the Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Value of a Plan Share on the Date of Grant; and provided, further, that if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Exercise Price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Value of a Plan Share on the Date of Grant.

 

4.2. The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever and no Plan Shares. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1. Subject to Rules 7 and 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

6.2. A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) the seventh anniversary of its Date of Grant;

 

7


  (b) the fifth anniversary of its Date of Grant with respect to an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder;

 

  (c) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (d) the date upon which the Participant (who is not a consultant) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (e) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant in the circumstances contemplated by paragraph 2 of the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (f) three months from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule and immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule on such date; and

 

  (g) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rules 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

6.3. A Participant may, with the prior agreement of the Board, exercise a Subsisting Option in whole or in part at any time, notwithstanding that it or the relevant part thereof has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

6.4. A person is a “ Bad Leaver ” if:

 

  (a) the reason for the person having become a Departing Employee is as a result of:

 

  (i) his dismissal or the termination of the Departing Employee’s service contract (or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) in circumstances which, for any reason, justify (or which, if the Departing Employee were an employee of the Company or any such Subsidiary, would so justify) his summary dismissal or summary termination (without, for the avoidance of doubt, notice or payment in lieu of notice being required):

 

  (A) under the Departing Employee’s service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided; or

 

  (B) if such Departing Employee is employed in the United Kingdom, at common law,

 

8


(respectively, a “ Dismissal ” and a “ Termination ”); or

 

  (ii) the services of the Departing Employee (whether provided in accordance with the terms of a service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) being or becoming no longer available to the Company and/or any such Subsidiary in breach (other than by breach by the Company or any such Subsidiary) of such service contract or other arrangements; or

 

  (iii) his Voluntary Resignation (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary of the Company) where circumstances exist in which the Company or any Subsidiary would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such Departing Employee; or

 

  (b) the Participant is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company whose employment relationship with the Company or such Affiliate is governed by the laws of the United States and/or any state therein:

 

  (i) in the case where there is no employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant on the date of issue of Plan Shares (or where there is such an agreement but it does not define “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import)), then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean (a) such employee’s dismissal or termination that is occasioned by the Company or such Affiliate as a result of (i) insubordination, dishonesty, fraud, incompetence, moral turpitude or wilful misconduct of the Participant, (ii) the Participant’s refusal to perform his or her duties or responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity, or (iii) materially unsatisfactory performance of the Participant’s duties for the Company or such Affiliate, in each case as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, or (b) an employee’s voluntary resignation where circumstances exist in which the Company or such Affiliate would have been entitled to dismiss the Participant as a “Bad Leaver” in accordance with this Rule 6.4(b)(i); or

 

  (ii)

in the case where there is an employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant that defines “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) on the date of grant, then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) as defined

 

9


  under such agreement, provided, however, that with regard to any agreement under which the definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) only applies on occurrence of a change in control, such definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) shall not apply until a change in control actually takes place and then only with regard to a termination thereafter.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1. Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an Option certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct, to include, but not to be limited to, an undertaking to pay) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Plan Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b); and

 

  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Plan Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Schedule 1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised.

 

7.2. The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Option having vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability;

 

10


  (c) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Plan Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability.

 

  (d) [Intentionally deleted]

 

  (e) either of the following conditions being satisfied within one month of the date on which the notice of exercise of that Option was lodged in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) where any Member of the Group would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise:

 

  (i) the Participant entering into an agreement with the Company, in such form as determined by the Board, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; or

 

  (ii) the Participant entering into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (iii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and:

 

  (A) in the event that either condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which that condition is satisfied; or

 

  (B) in the event that neither condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 7.1 shall not be effective; or

 

  (C) in the event that the Board waives the requirement for either condition to be satisfied, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date of the waiver.

 

7.3. Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Plan Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Plan Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

11


7.4. Plan Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Ordinary Shares then already in issue except that they and any Plan Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.5. The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Plan Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1. In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Plan Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Plan Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Plan Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2. No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Plan Shares below the nominal value of a Plan Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Plan Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3. The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any Option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1.

In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph

 

12


  2.4 of Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company or the day the offer should have been made pursuant to paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with paragraph 2 of Schedule 1) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2. Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to paragraph 1.2 of Schedule 1 or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1, the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of Rule 9.1(a)); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of Rule 9.1(b)).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders and shall be bound to transfer their Plan Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3. If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 99 of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4. If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Part VII of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5. If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6. Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from 18 June 2014, the effective date of the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the initial public offering of the Ordinary Shares undertaken in connection with the Listing.

 

9.7. The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

13


10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1. The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2. Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages; and

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3. No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4. No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1.

The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights

 

14


  already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Bye-laws with respect to the terms of the Plan Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group.

 

11.3. Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant participating company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service: and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4. The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5. The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6. The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7. The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Ordinary Shares.

 

11.8. If any Option certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9. In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Plan Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

15


12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to the Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants.

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after 31 December 2012.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Plan Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of the Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend the Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

The Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of the Plan, their Option(s) and any Plan Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

16


SCHEDULE 1

DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

 

1. Drag Along

 

1.1 If the holders of more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue (“ Initiating Shareholders ”) propose to sell in a bona fide, arm’s-length transaction a number of Ordinary Shares in the Company representing more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue to a third party at Fair Value (in accordance with paragraph 3 of this Schedule 1) representing a value of the Company equal to or exceeding US$50 million (a “ Qualifying Proposed Sale ”), such Initiating Shareholders shall, subject to the conditions contained in paragraphs 1.2 and 1.3 of this Schedule 1, have the right to require all of the Participants (the “ Non-Initiating Shareholders ”) to transfer all of their Ordinary Shares (or, in respect of any Participants, any Plan Shares to which he will become entitled on exercise by him of any Subsisting Options pursuant to the Rules) to the proposed transferee within five business days (or such later date as may be specified in the notice) of receiving a notice in writing signed by or on behalf of the Initiating Shareholders (the “ Drag Along Notice ”). On service of the Drag Along Notice each Non-Initiating Shareholder shall (i) consent to, vote in favour of and raise no objections against such Qualifying Proposed Sale (including exercising any rights of appraisal, dissenters rights or similar rights), (ii) take all necessary and desirable actions in their capacities as shareholders of the Company in connection with the consummation of such Qualifying Proposed Sale, and (iii) agree to sell all of their Ordinary Shares on the same terms and conditions as the Initiating Shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the value of the total consideration payable pursuant to a Drag Along Notice to any Non-Initiating Shareholder who is, or whose direct or indirect holding company is, at the date such Shareholder becomes a member of the Company, subject to the Listing Rules made by the Financial Services Authority pursuant to Part VI of the U.K. Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, shall in any event not exceed £2 million.

 

1.2 The Initiating Shareholders shall at the same time as serving the Drag Along Notice, deliver a copy of the Drag Along Notice to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

1.3 The Drag Along Notice shall be accompanied by copies of all documents required to be executed by the Non-Initiating Shareholders to give effect to the transfer and the transfer shall be subject to the condition that, upon consummation of the Qualifying Proposed Sale, each shareholder will receive the same form and proportion of consideration with respect to his or its Ordinary Shares (such consideration to be distributed in accordance with the provisions of the Bye-laws), or if any shareholder is given a choice as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, all shareholders will be given the same choice.

 

1.4 If a Non-Initiating Shareholder defaults in transferring its Ordinary Shares pursuant to this paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1, such Non-Initiating Shareholder shall be deemed to have authorised the Company as his or its agent to execute a transfer of that Non-Initiating Shareholder’s Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee.

 

17


2. Tag Along

 

2.1 If the effect of any transfer of Ordinary Shares would result in there being a Qualifying Proposed Sale, the holder or holders of such Ordinary Shares (the “ Seller(s) ”) shall not complete such Qualifying Proposed Sale unless it or they ensure(s) that the purchaser offers to buy from the other shareholders all the Ordinary Shares held by them and from the Participants, any Ordinary Shares they would hold if they were to exercise their Subsisting Option(s) under the Plan pursuant to the Rules, in either case at the same price per share (whether the consideration is cash or newly issued ordinary shares in the proposed purchaser’s share capital) as apply to the purchase of the Ordinary Shares of the Seller(s) and on no other terms than the terms agreed with the Seller(s) (save in respect of any terms requisite to enable the other shareholders or Participants to enjoy the benefit of the rights granted to them under this paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1). The offer shall:

 

  2.1.1 be irrevocable and unconditional (except for any conditions which apply to the proposed transfer of the shares of the Seller(s) and as set out in paragraph 2.2 of this Schedule 1);

 

  2.1.2 be open for acceptance during a period of not less than fifteen (15) business days after receipt of such offer; and

 

  2.1.3 specify that completion shall be effected at the office of the Company by delivery of the duly executed instruments of transfer in respect of the relevant Ordinary Shares accompanied by share certificates in respect thereof against a bankers’ draft in respect of the purchase price thereof and together with any stamp duty payable thereon.

 

2.2 If the offer is accepted, the sale shall be conditional upon completion of the Seller(s)’ sale to the third party purchaser and shall be completed at the same time as that sale which may not occur after the day ten (10) business days after the fifteen (15) business day period referred to in paragraph 2.1.2 of this Schedule 1 and the date of which shall be stated in the offer provided always that the proceeds of such sale shall be distributed in accordance with the Bye-laws.

 

2.3 No offer shall be required pursuant to paragraph 2 of this Schedule 1 if a Drag Along Notice has been served under paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1.

 

2.4 The Seller(s) shall procure that the proposed purchaser shall provide a copy of the offer(s) referred to in paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1 to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

18


3. Valuation of Shares

For the purposes of the Plan the “ Fair Value ” of an Ordinary Share shall mean the fair value of the relevant share at the applicable time of determination, as determined by the Board in good faith. The determination of Fair Value by the Board shall be conclusive and binding on all parties.

 

19


APPENDIX A

VESTING SCHEDULE

 

1. Subject to 2 and 3 below and provided the Participant has not become a Departing Employee, an Option shall vest in accordance with the following Vesting Condition determined by the Board in its absolute discretion on the Date of Grant:

The Option shall vest as to 1/5 of the total number of Options on each anniversary of the Date of Grant, commencing on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

2. If a Participant who is a consultant (and not an employee) ceases to be a consultant (that is he ceases to provide services to the Company) and the reason for the Participant having ceased to be a consultant is as a result of either (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of his consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement or (ii) the Participant voluntarily terminates such agreement or gives notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant, any unvested portion of the Participant’s Option shall immediately lapse.

 

3. In the event that the number of vested shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share, the number of Plan Shares so vested shall be rounded downwards to the nearest whole number of Plan Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Plan Share.

 

20

Exhibit 4.9

RULES OF THE MARKIT 2009 ADDITIONAL SHARE

OPTION PLAN

MARKIT LTD.

Rules approved by the Board of Markit Group Holdings Limited on 19 November 2009

Assumed and adopted by Markit Ltd. on 18 June 2014

Amended and Restated on 4 December 2014


CONTENTS

 

Clause         Page  

1.

   DEFINITIONS      1   

2.

   COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES      4   

3.

   THE GRANT OF OPTIONS      5   

4.

   THE EXERCISE PRICE      5   

5.

   NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS      5   

6.

   WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED      5   

7.

   MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS      8   

8.

   ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL      9   

9.

   SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION      10   

10.

   EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS      11   

11.

   ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT      12   

12.

   EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS      13   

13.

   TERMINATION      13   

14.

   TERM      13   

15.

   INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS      13   

16.

   GOVERNING LAW      14   

SCHEDULE 1 DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

     15   

APPENDIX A VESTING SCHEDULE

     17   

 

i


RULES OF THE MARKIT 2009

ADDITIONAL SHARE OPTION PLAN

RECITALS

 

(A) The Plan was originally approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited and adopted on 19 November 2009 (the “ Original Plan ”).

 

(B) Following a court approved scheme of arrangement and the insertion of Markit Ltd. as the ultimate holding company of the Markit group on 18 June 2014, the Original Plan and the options outstanding thereunder were assumed by Markit Ltd.

 

(C) Pursuant to Rule 11.1 of the Original Plan, the Board has resolved to amend and restate the Rules in their entirety as set out below.

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 In the Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person (other than an individual), any other person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person; and with respect to an individual means any person that such individual has transferred all or part of its shares in accordance with the Bye-laws;

Bad Leaver ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.4;

Board ” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

Bye-laws ” means the bye-laws of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “ Bye-law ” shall be construed accordingly;

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

Commencement Date ” means the date on which the Original Plan was approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited, being 19 November 2009, subject to the approval of the Original Plan by the shareholders of such company within 12 months before or after such board approval;

Company ” means Markit Ltd., an exempted company incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda with its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda;

Date of Grant ” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

 

1


Departing Employee ” means:

 

  (a) any individual that is a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies and:

 

  (i) who, for any reason, ceases to be a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) the business of the company of which he is a director or employee is sold by the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (b) any individual:

 

  (i) who is a director or an employee of an Affiliate company, and such Affiliate company is sold by the Company and, in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its then remaining Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) whose services are otherwise provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and whose services cease to be provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies;

Dismissal ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.4(a)(i);

Drag Along Notice ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Eligible Participant ” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

Employer’s NICs ” means secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes ” means an amount, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, equal to the sum of all employment and other taxes, insurance premiums and other amounts imposed by any and all Government Authorities on any Member of the Group with respect to the income earned by a Participant arising upon a Participant’s exercise of an Option, the making of an election under section 83(b) of the Code or in accordance with the terms of the Plan or any grant agreement;

Exercise Price ” means the price per Plan Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

Fair Value ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 3 of Schedule 1;

Government Authority ” means the government of the U.S., the government of any U.S. State (including the government of the District of Columbia and the government of any U.S. possession or territory) or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing;

HMRC ” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

 

2


Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “ Incentive Stock Option ” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

Listing ” means the listing of the Ordinary Shares on the NASDAQ stock market, as of 18 June 2014;

Member of the Group ” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

Non-Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

Option ” means a right to acquire Plan Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

Option Tax Liability ” means the sum of (i) an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an agreement or election under Rule 7.2(e)) or any other amounts (including Medicare) which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group and (ii) the Employer’s share of U.S. Employment Taxes;

Ordinary Shares ” means the common shares of US$0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

Original Plan ” has the meaning given to it in Recital (A);

Parent ” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

Participant ” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

Plan ” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

Plan Share ” means a fully paid Ordinary Share issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan;

Qualifying Proposed Sale ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Rules ” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

 

3


Seller(s) ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1;

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

Subsisting Option ” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

Ten Percent Shareholder ” means a person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent;

Termination ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.4(a)(i);

Vesting Schedule ” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, the vesting schedule attached to the Rules as Appendix A or such other vesting schedule determined by the Board; and

Voluntary Resignation ” means, in respect of a director or employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates, the voluntary resignation of that director or employee (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any of its Affiliates) in circumstances other than where the Company or any of its Affiliates would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such director or employee.

 

1.2 Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Schedule forms a part of the Plan.

 

1.3 The provisions of Rules 7.2(b) and 7.2(c) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

 

2.1 The Plan commenced on the Commencement Date and shall continue to be known as The Markit 2009 Additional Share Option Plan.

 

2.2 The Rules are hereby amended and restated in their entirety.

 

2.3 The purposes of the Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the stockholders of the Company by granting the Eligible Participants Options to purchase Plan Shares.

 

4


3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Plan Shares subject to the Rules including the Vesting Schedule and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. A single deed of grant may be executed in favour of any number of Participants. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with a certificate as evidence of the grant of an Option.

 

3.3 If any Option granted under the Plan expires, terminates or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of Plan Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

3.4 The Board shall have authority to determine whether an Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option, provided that an Eligible Participant who is a director or a consultant is not eligible to be granted an Incentive Stock Option; and, provided, further, that only Eligible Participants who are employees of the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant, provided that the Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Value of a Plan Share on the Date of Grant; and provided, further, that if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Exercise Price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Value of a Plan Share on the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1 Subject to Rules 6.3, 7 and 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

6.2 A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) the seventh anniversary of its Date of Grant;

 

5


  (b) the fifth anniversary of its Date of Grant with respect to an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder;

 

  (c) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (d) the date upon which the Participant (who is not a consultant) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (e) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant in the circumstances contemplated by paragraph 2 of the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (f) three months from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule and immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule on such date; and

 

  (g) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rules 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

6.3 A Participant may, with the prior agreement of the Board, exercise a Subsisting Option in whole or in part at any time, notwithstanding that it or the relevant part thereof has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

6.4 A person is a “ Bad Leaver ” if:

 

  (a) the reason for the person having become a Departing Employee is as a result of:

 

  (i) his dismissal or the termination of the Departing Employee’s service contract (or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) in circumstances which, for any reason, justify (or which, if the Departing Employee were an employee of the Company or any such Subsidiary, would so justify) his summary dismissal or summary termination (without, for the avoidance of doubt, notice or payment in lieu of notice being required):

 

  (A) under the Departing Employee’s service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided; or

 

  (B) if such Departing Employee is employed in the United Kingdom, at common law,

(respectively, a “ Dismissal ” and a “ Termination ”); or

 

  (ii)

the services of the Departing Employee (whether provided in accordance with the terms of a service contract or other arrangements

 

6


  pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) being or becoming no longer available to the Company and/or any such Subsidiary in breach (other than by breach by the Company or any such Subsidiary) of such service contract or other arrangements; or

 

  (iii) his Voluntary Resignation (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary of the Company) where circumstances exist in which the Company or any Subsidiary would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such Departing Employee; or

 

  (b) the Participant is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company whose employment relationship with the Company or such Affiliate is governed by the laws of the United States and/or any state therein:

 

  (i) in the case where there is no employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant on the date of issue of Plan Shares (or where there is such an agreement but it does not define “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import)), then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean (a) such employee’s dismissal or termination that is occasioned by the Company or such Affiliate as a result of (i) insubordination, dishonesty, fraud, incompetence, moral turpitude or wilful misconduct of the Participant, (ii) the Participant’s refusal to perform his or her duties or responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity, or (iii) materially unsatisfactory performance of the Participant’s duties for the Company or such Affiliate, in each case as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, or (b) an employee’s voluntary resignation where circumstances exist in which the Company or such Affiliate would have been entitled to dismiss the Participant as a “Bad Leaver” in accordance with this Rule 6.4(b)(i); or

 

  (ii) in the case where there is an employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant that defines “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) on the date of grant, then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) as defined under such agreement, provided, however, that with regard to any agreement under which the definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) only applies on occurrence of a change in control, such definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) shall not apply until a change in control actually takes place and then only with regard to a termination thereafter.

 

7


7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an Option certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct, to include, but not to be limited to, an undertaking to pay) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Plan Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b); and

 

  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Plan Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Schedule 1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised.

 

7.2 The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Option having vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (c) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Plan Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability; and

 

  (d) [ Intentionally deleted ]

 

8


  (e) either of the following conditions being satisfied within one month of the date on which the notice of exercise of that Option was lodged in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) where any Member of the Group would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise:

 

  (i) the Participant entering into an agreement with the Company, in such form as determined by the Board, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; or

 

  (ii) the Participant entering into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (iii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and:

 

  (A) in the event that either condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which that condition is satisfied; or

 

  (B) in the event that neither condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 7.1 shall not be effective; or

 

  (C) in the event that the Board waives the requirement for either condition to be satisfied, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date of the waiver.

 

7.3 Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Plan Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Plan Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4 Plan Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Ordinary Shares then already in issue except that they and any Plan Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.5 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Plan Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1

In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value

 

9


  of Plan Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Plan Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Plan Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2 No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Plan Shares below the nominal value of a Plan Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Plan Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any Option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

8.4 Any adjustment made to an option under Rule 8.1 shall be intended not to subject the Option to Section 409A of the Code.

 

9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1 In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company or the day the offer should have been made pursuant to paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with paragraph 2 of Schedule 1 until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to paragraph 1.2 of Schedule 1 or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1, the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of Rule 9.1(a)); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of Rule 9.1(b)).

 

10


The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders and shall be bound to transfer their Plan Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3 If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 99 of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Part VII of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5 If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6 Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from 18 June 2014 the effective date of the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the initial public offering of the Ordinary Shares undertaken in connection with the Listing.

 

9.7 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages;

 

11


  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Bye-laws with respect to the terms of the Plan Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group.

 

11.3 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant participating company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service; and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

 

12


Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Ordinary Shares.

 

11.8 If any Option certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Plan Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to the Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants.

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after 31 December 2012.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Plan Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition,

 

13


if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of the Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend the Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

The Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of the Plan, their Option(s) and any Plan Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

14


SCHEDULE 1

DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

 

1. Drag Along

 

1.1 If the holders of more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue (“ Initiating Shareholders ”) propose to sell in a bona fide, arm’s-length transaction a number of Ordinary Shares in the Company representing more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue to a third party at Fair Value (in accordance with paragraph 3 of this Schedule 1) representing a value of the Company equal to or exceeding US$50 million (a “ Qualifying Proposed Sale ”), such Initiating Shareholders shall, subject to the conditions contained in paragraphs 1.2 and 1.3 of this Schedule 1, have the right to require all of the Participants (the “ Non-Initiating Shareholders ”) to transfer all of their Ordinary Shares (or, in respect of any Participants, any Plan Shares to which he will become entitled on exercise by him of any Subsisting Options pursuant to the Rules) to the proposed transferee within five business days (or such later date as may be specified in the notice) of receiving a notice in writing signed by or on behalf of the Initiating Shareholders (the “ Drag Along Notice ”). On service of the Drag Along Notice each Non-Initiating Shareholder shall (i) consent to, vote in favour of and raise no objections against such Qualifying Proposed Sale (including exercising any rights of appraisal, dissenters rights or similar rights), (ii) take all necessary and desirable actions in their capacities as shareholders of the Company in connection with the consummation of such Qualifying Proposed Sale, and (iii) agree to sell all of their Ordinary Shares on the same terms and conditions as the Initiating Shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the value of the total consideration payable pursuant to a Drag Along Notice to any Non-Initiating Shareholder who is, or whose direct or indirect holding company is, at the date such Shareholder becomes a member of the Company, subject to the Listing Rules made by the Financial Services Authority pursuant to Part VI of the U.K. Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, shall in any event not exceed £2 million.

 

1.2 The Initiating Shareholders shall at the same time as serving the Drag Along Notice, deliver a copy of the Drag Along Notice to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

1.3 The Drag Along Notice shall be accompanied by copies of all documents required to be executed by the Non-Initiating Shareholders to give effect to the transfer and the transfer shall be subject to the condition that, upon consummation of the Qualifying Proposed Sale, each shareholder will receive the same form and proportion of consideration with respect to his or its Ordinary Shares (such consideration to be distributed in accordance with the provisions of the Bye-laws), or if any shareholder is given a choice as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, all shareholders will be given the same choice.

 

1.4 If a Non-Initiating Shareholder defaults in transferring its Ordinary Shares pursuant to this paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1, such Non-Initiating Shareholder shall be deemed to have authorised the Company as his or its agent to execute a transfer of that Non-Initiating Shareholder’s Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee.

 

15


2. Tag Along

 

2.1 If the effect of any transfer of Ordinary Shares would result in there being a Qualifying Proposed Sale, the holder or holders of such Ordinary Shares (the “ Seller(s) ”) shall not complete such Qualifying Proposed Sale unless it or they ensure(s) that the purchaser offers to buy from the other shareholders all the Ordinary Shares held by them and from the Participants, any Ordinary Shares they would hold if they were to exercise their Subsisting Option(s) under the Plan pursuant to the Rules, in either case at the same price per share (whether the consideration is cash or newly issued ordinary shares in the proposed purchaser’s share capital) as apply to the purchase of the Ordinary Shares of the Seller(s) and on no other terms than the terms agreed with the Seller(s) (save in respect of any terms requisite to enable the other shareholders or Participants to enjoy the benefit of the rights granted to them under this paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1). The offer shall:

 

  2.1.1 be irrevocable and unconditional (except for any conditions which apply to the proposed transfer of the shares of the Seller(s) and as set out in paragraph 2.2 of this Schedule 1);

 

  2.1.2 be open for acceptance during a period of not less than fifteen (15) business days after receipt of such offer; and

 

  2.1.3 specify that completion shall be effected at the office of the Company by delivery of the duly executed instruments of transfer in respect of the relevant Ordinary Shares accompanied by share certificates in respect thereof against a bankers’ draft in respect of the purchase price thereof and together with any stamp duty payable thereon.

 

2.2 If the offer is accepted, the sale shall be conditional upon completion of the Seller(s)’ sale to the third party purchaser and shall be completed at the same time as that sale which may not occur after the day ten (10) business days after the fifteen (15) business day period referred to in paragraph 2.1.2 of this Schedule 1 and the date of which shall be stated in the offer provided always that the proceeds of such sale shall be distributed in accordance with the Bye-laws.

 

2.3 No offer shall be required pursuant to paragraph 2 of this Schedule 1 if a Drag Along Notice has been served under paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1.

 

2.4 The Seller(s) shall procure that the proposed purchaser shall provide a copy of the offer(s) referred to in paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1 to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

3. Valuation of Shares

For the purposes of the Plan the “ Fair Value ” of an Ordinary Share shall mean the fair value of the relevant share at the applicable time of determination, as determined by the Board in good faith. The determination of Fair Value by the Board shall be conclusive and binding on all parties.

 

16


APPENDIX A

VESTING SCHEDULE

 

1. Subject to paragraph 2 and 3 below, and provided the Participant has not become a Departing Employee, an Option shall vest in accordance with the following Vesting Condition determined by the Board in its absolute discretion on the Date of Grant:

The Option shall vest as to one fifth (1/5) of the total number of Options on each anniversary of the Date of Grant, commencing on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

2. If a Participant who is a consultant (and not an employee) ceases to be a consultant (that is he ceases to provide services to the Company) and the reason for the Participant having ceased to be a consultant is as a result of either (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of his consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement or (ii) the Participant voluntarily terminates such agreement or gives notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant, any unvested portion of the Participant’s Option shall immediately lapse.

 

3. In the event that the number of vested shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share, the number of Plan Shares so vested shall be rounded downwards to the nearest whole number of Plan Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Plan Share.

 

17

Exhibit 4.10

RULES OF THE MARKIT 2009 SHARE OPTION PLAN

MARKIT LTD.

Rules approved by the Board of Markit Group Holdings Limited on 8 December 2008

and by the shareholders

Assumed and adopted by Markit Ltd. on 18 June 2014

Amended and Restated on 4 December 2014


CONTENTS

 

Clause    Page  

1.

  DEFINITIONS      1   

2.

  COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE, AND PURPOSES      4   

3.

  THE GRANT OF OPTIONS      5   

4.

  THE EXERCISE PRICE      5   

5.

  NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS      5   

6.

  WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED      5   

7.

  MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS      8   

8.

  ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL      9   

9.

  SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION      10   

10.

  EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS      11   

11.

  ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT      12   

12.

  EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS      13   

13.

  TERMINATION      13   

14.

  TERM      13   

15.

  INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS      13   

16.

  GOVERNING LAW      14   

SCHEDULE 1 DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

     15   

APPENDIX A VESTING SCHEDULE

     17   

 

i


RULES OF THE MARKIT 2009

SHARE OPTION PLAN

RECITALS

 

(A) The Plan was originally approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited and adopted on 8 December 2008 (the “ Original Plan ”).

 

(B) Following a court approved scheme of arrangement and the insertion of Markit Ltd. as the ultimate holding company of the Markit group on 18 June 2014, the Original Plan and the options outstanding thereunder were assumed by Markit Ltd.

 

(C) Pursuant to Rule 11.1 of the Original Plan, the Board has resolved to amend and restate the Rules in their entirety as set out below.

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 In the Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Affiliate means, with respect to any person (other than an individual), any other person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person; and with respect to an individual means any person that such individual has transferred all or part of its shares in accordance with the Bye-laws;

“Bad Leaver” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.4;

“Board” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

Bye-laws ” means the bye-laws of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “ Bye-law ” shall be construed accordingly;

“Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

“Commencement Date” means the date on which the Original Plan was approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited, being 8 December 2008, subject to the approval of the Original Plan by the shareholders of such company within 12 months before or after such board approval;

“Company” means Markit Ltd., an exempted company incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda with its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda;

“Date of Grant” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

 

1


Departing Employee ” means:

 

  (a) any individual that is a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies and:

 

  (i) who, for any reason, ceases to be a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) the business of the company of which he is a director or employee is sold by the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (b) any individual:

 

  (i) who is a director or an employee of an Affiliate company, and such Affiliate company is sold by the Company and, in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its then remaining Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) whose services are otherwise provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and whose services cease to be provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies;

Dismissal has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.4(a)(i);

“Drag Along Notice” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

“Eligible Participant” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

“Employer’s NICs” means secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

“Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes” means an amount, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, equal to the sum of all employment and other taxes, insurance premiums and other amounts imposed by any and all Government Authorities on any Member of the Group with respect to the income earned by a Participant arising upon a Participant’s exercise of an Option, the making of an election under section 83(b) of the Code or in accordance with the terms of the Plan or any grant agreement;

“Exercise Price” means the price per Plan Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

“Fair Value” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 3 of Schedule 1;

“Government Authority” means the government of the U.S., the government of any U.S. State (including the government of the District of Columbia and the government of any U.S. possession or territory) or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing;

“HMRC” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

 

2


“Incentive Stock Option” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Listing means the listing of the Ordinary Shares on the NASDAQ stock market, as of 18 June 2014;

“Member of the Group” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

Non-Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

“Non-Qualified Stock Option” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

“Option” means a right to acquire Plan Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

“Option Tax Liability” means the sum of (i) an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an agreement or election under Rule 7.2(e)) or any other amounts (including Medicare) which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group and (ii) the Employer’s share of U.S. Employment Taxes;

Ordinary Shares ” means the common shares of US$0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

Original Plan ” has the meaning given to it in Recital (A);

“Parent” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

“Participant” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

“Plan” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

Plan Share ” means a fully paid Ordinary Share issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan;

“Qualifying Proposed Sale” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

“Rules” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

 

3


Seller(s) has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1;

“Subsidiary” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

“Subsisting Option” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

“Ten Percent Shareholder” means a person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent;

Termination has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.4(a)(i);

“Vesting Schedule” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, the vesting schedule attached to the Rules as Appendix A or such other vesting schedule determined by the Board; and

“Voluntary Resignation” means, in respect of a director or employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates, the voluntary resignation of that director or employee (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any of its Affiliates) in circumstances other than where the Company or any of its Affiliates would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such director or employee.

 

1.2 Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Schedule forms a part of the Plan.

 

1.3 The provisions of Rules 7.2(b) and 7.2(c) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE, AND PURPOSES

 

2.1 The Plan commenced on the Commencement Date and shall continue to be known as The Markit 2009 Share Option Plan.

 

2.2 The Rules are hereby amended and restated in their entirety.

 

2.3 The purposes of the Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the stockholders of the Company by granting the Eligible Participants Options to purchase Plan Shares.

 

4


3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Plan Shares subject to the Rules including the Vesting Schedule and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. A single deed of grant may be executed in favour of any number of Participants. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with a certificate as evidence of the grant of an Option.

 

3.3 If any Option granted under the Plan expires, terminates or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of Plan Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

3.4 The Board shall have authority to determine whether an Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option, provided that an Eligible Participant who is a director or a consultant is not eligible to be granted an Incentive Stock Option; and, provided, further, that only Eligible Participants who are employees of the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant, provided that the Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Value of a Plan Share on the Date of Grant; and provided, further, that if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Exercise Price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Value of a Plan Share on the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1 Subject to Rules 6.3, 7 and 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

6.2 A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) the seventh anniversary of its Date of Grant;

 

5


  (b) the fifth anniversary of its Date of Grant with respect to an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder;

 

  (c) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (d) the date upon which the Participant (who is not a consultant) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (e) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant in the circumstances contemplated by paragraph 2 of the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (f) three months from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule and immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule on such date; and

 

  (g) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rules 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

6.3 A Participant may, with the discretion of the Board, exercise a Subsisting Option in whole or in part at any time, notwithstanding that it or the relevant part thereof has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

6.4 A person is a “ Bad Leaver ” if:

 

  (a) the reason for the person having become a Departing Employee is as a result of:

 

  (i) his dismissal or the termination of the Departing Employee’s service contract (or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) in circumstances which, for any reason, justify (or which, if the Departing Employee were an employee of the Company or any such Subsidiary, would so justify) his summary dismissal or summary termination (without, for the avoidance of doubt, notice or payment in lieu of notice being required):

 

  (A) under the Departing Employee’s service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided; or

 

  (B) if such Departing Employee is employed in the United Kingdom, at common law,

(respectively, a Dismissal and a Termination ); or

 

  (ii)

the services of the Departing Employee (whether provided in accordance with the terms of a service contract or other arrangements

 

6


  pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) being, or becoming, no longer available to the Company and/or any such Subsidiary in breach (other than by breach by the Company or any such Subsidiary) of such service contract or other arrangements; or

 

  (iii) his Voluntary Resignation (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary of the Company) where circumstances exist in which the Company or any Subsidiary would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such Departing Employee; or

 

  (b) the Participant is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company whose employment relationship with the Company or such Affiliate is governed by the laws of the United States and/or any state therein:

 

  (i) in the case where there is no employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant on the date of issue of Plan Shares (or where there is such an agreement but it does not define “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import)), then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean (a) such employee’s dismissal or termination that is occasioned by the Company or such Affiliate as a result of (i) insubordination, dishonesty, fraud, incompetence, moral turpitude or wilful misconduct of the Participant, (ii) the Participant’s refusal to perform his or her duties or responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity, or (iii) materially unsatisfactory performance of the Participant’s duties for the Company or such Affiliate, in each case as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, or (b) an employee’s voluntary resignation where circumstances exist in which the Company or such Affiliate would have been entitled to dismiss the Participant as a “Bad Leaver” in accordance with this Rule 6.4(b)(i); or

 

  (ii) in the case where there is an employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant that defines “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) on the date of grant, then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) as defined under such agreement, provided, however, that with regard to any agreement under which the definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) only applies on occurrence of a change in control, such definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) shall not apply until a change in control actually takes place and then only with regard to a termination thereafter.

 

7


7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an Option certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct, to include, but not to be limited to, an undertaking to pay) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Plan Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b); and

 

  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Plan Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Schedule 1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised.

 

7.2 The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Option having vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (c) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Plan Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (d) [Intentionally deleted]

 

  (e) either of the following conditions being satisfied within one month of the date on which the notice of exercise of that Option was lodged in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) where any Member of the Group would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise:

 

  (i) the Participant entering into an agreement with the Company, in such form as determined by the Board, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option;

 

8


  (ii) the Participant entering into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (iii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and:

 

  (A) in the event that either condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which that condition is satisfied; or

 

  (B) in the event that neither condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 7.1 shall not be effective; or

 

  (C) in the event that the Board waives the requirement for either condition to be satisfied, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date of the waiver.

 

7.3 Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Plan Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Plan Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4 Plan Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Ordinary Shares then already in issue except that they and any Plan Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.5 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Plan Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1

In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Plan Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Plan Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Plan Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which

 

9


  they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2 No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Plan Shares below the nominal value of a Plan Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Plan Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any Option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

8.4 Any adjustment made to an option under Rule 8.1 shall be intended not to subject the Option to Section 409A of the Code.

 

9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1 In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1) is delivered to the Company or the day the offer should have been made pursuant to paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with paragraph 2 of Schedule 1) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to paragraph 1.2 of Schedule 1 or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1, the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of Rule 9.1(a)); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of Rule 9.1(b)).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders and shall be bound to transfer their Plan Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

10


9.3 If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 99 of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Part VII of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5 If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6 Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from 18 June 2014, the effective date of the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the initial public offering of the Ordinary Shares undertaken in connection with the Listing.

 

9.7 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages;

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

11


10.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Bye-laws with respect to the terms of the Plan Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group.

 

11.3 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant participating company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service; and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

12


11.5 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Ordinary Shares.

 

11.8 If any Option certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Plan Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to the Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants.

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after 31 December 2012.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Plan Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of the Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend the Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

13


16. GOVERNING LAW

The Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of the Plan, their Option(s) and any Plan Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

14


SCHEDULE 1

DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

 

1. Drag Along

 

1.1 If the holders of more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue (“ Initiating Shareholders ”) propose to sell in a bona fide, arm’s-length transaction a number of Ordinary Shares in the Company representing more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue to a third party at Fair Value (in accordance with paragraph 3 of this Schedule 1) representing a value of the Company equal to or exceeding US$50 million (a “ Qualifying Proposed Sale ”), such Initiating Shareholders shall, subject to the conditions contained in paragraphs 1.2 and 1.3 of this Schedule 1, have the right to require all of the Participants (the “Non-Initiating Shareholders”) to transfer all of their Ordinary Shares (or, in respect of any Participants, any Plan Shares to which he will become entitled on exercise by him of any Subsisting Options pursuant to the Rules) to the proposed transferee within five business days (or such later date as may be specified in the notice) of receiving a notice in writing signed by or on behalf of the Initiating Shareholders (the “ Drag Along Notice ”). On service of the Drag Along Notice each Non-Initiating Shareholder shall (i) consent to, vote in favour of and raise no objections against such Qualifying Proposed Sale (including exercising any rights of appraisal, dissenters rights or similar rights), (ii) take all necessary and desirable actions in their capacities as shareholders of the Company in connection with the consummation of such Qualifying Proposed Sale, and (iii) agree to sell all of their Ordinary Shares on the same terms and conditions as the Initiating Shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the value of the total consideration payable pursuant to a Drag Along Notice to any Non-Initiating Shareholder who is, or whose direct or indirect holding company is, at the date such Shareholder becomes a member of the Company, subject to the Listing Rules made by the Financial Services Authority pursuant to Part VI of the U.K. Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, shall in any event not exceed £2 million.

 

1.2 The Initiating Shareholders shall at the same time as serving the Drag Along Notice, deliver a copy of the Drag Along Notice to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

1.3 The Drag Along Notice shall be accompanied by copies of all documents required to be executed by the Non-Initiating Shareholders to give effect to the transfer and the transfer shall be subject to the condition that, upon consummation of the Qualifying Proposed Sale, each shareholder will receive the same form and proportion of consideration with respect to his or its Ordinary Shares (such consideration to be distributed in accordance with the provisions of the Bye-laws), or if any shareholder is given a choice as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, all shareholders will be given the same choice.

 

1.4 If a Non-Initiating Shareholder defaults in transferring its Ordinary Shares pursuant to this paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1, such Non-Initiating Shareholder shall be deemed to have authorised the Company as his or its agent to execute a transfer of that Non-Initiating Shareholder’s Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee.


2. Tag Along

 

2.1 If the effect of any transfer of Ordinary Shares would result in there being a Qualifying Proposed Sale, the holder or holders of such Ordinary Shares (the “Seller(s)”) shall not complete such Qualifying Proposed Sale unless it or they ensure(s) that the purchaser offers to buy from the other shareholders all the Ordinary Shares held by them and from the Participants, any Ordinary Shares they would hold if they were to exercise their Subsisting Option(s) under the Plan pursuant to the Rules, in either case at the same price per share (whether the consideration is cash or newly issued ordinary shares in the proposed purchaser’s share capital) as apply to the purchase of the Ordinary Shares of the Seller(s) and on no other terms than the terms agreed with the Seller(s) (save in respect of any terms requisite to enable the other shareholders or Participants to enjoy the benefit of the rights granted to them under this paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1). The offer shall:

 

  2.1.1 be irrevocable and unconditional (except for any conditions which apply to the proposed transfer of the shares of the Seller(s) and as set out in paragraph 2.2 of this Schedule 1);

 

  2.1.2 be open for acceptance during a period of not less than fifteen (15) business days after receipt of such offer; and

 

  2.1.3 specify that completion shall be effected at the office of the Company by delivery of the duly executed instruments of transfer in respect of the relevant Ordinary Shares accompanied by share certificates in respect thereof against a bankers’ draft in respect of the purchase price thereof and together with any stamp duty payable thereon.

 

2.2 If the offer is accepted, the sale shall be conditional upon completion of the Seller(s)’ sale to the third party purchaser and shall be completed at the same time as that sale which may not occur after the day ten (10) business days after the fifteen (15) business day period referred to in paragraph 2.1.2 of this Schedule 1 and the date of which shall be stated in the offer provided always that the proceeds of such sale shall be distributed in accordance with the Bye-laws.

 

2.3 No offer shall be required pursuant to paragraph 2 of this Schedule 1 if a Drag Along Notice has been served under paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1.

 

2.4 The Seller(s) shall procure that the proposed purchaser shall provide a copy of the offer(s) referred to in paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1 to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

3. Valuation of Shares

For the purposes of the Plan the “ Fair Value ” of an Ordinary Share shall mean the fair value of the relevant share at the applicable time of determination, as determined by the Board in good faith. The determination of Fair Value by the Board shall be conclusive and binding on all parties.

 

16


APPENDIX A

VESTING SCHEDULE

 

1. Subject to 2 and 3 below and provided the Participant has not become a Departing Employee, an Option shall vest in accordance with the following Vesting Condition determined by the Board in its absolute discretion on the Date of Grant:

The Option shall vest as to one third (1/3) of the total number of Options on each anniversary of the Date of Grant, commencing on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

2. If a Participant who is a consultant (and not an employee) ceases to be a consultant (that is he ceases to provide services to the Company) and the reason for the Participant having ceased to be a consultant is as a result of either (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of his consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement or (ii) the Participant voluntarily terminates such agreement or gives notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant, any unvested portion of the Participant’s Option shall immediately lapse.

 

3. In the event that the number of vested shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share, the number of Plan Shares so vested shall be rounded downwards to the nearest whole number of Plan Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Plan Share.

 

17

Exhibit 4.11

RULES OF THE MARKIT 2009 SHARE OPTION PLAN

MARKIT LTD.

Rules approved by the Board of Markit Group Holdings Limited

on 8 December 2008

and by the shareholders

Assumed and Adopted by Markit Ltd. on 18 June 2014

Amended and Restated on 4 December 2014


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE    PAGE  

1.

 

DEFINITIONS

     1   

2.

 

COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

     5   

3.

 

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     5   

4.

 

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     5   

5.

 

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     6   

6.

 

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     6   

7.

 

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     8   

8.

 

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     10   

9.

 

SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

     11   

10.

 

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     12   

11.

 

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     13   

12.

 

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     14   

13.

 

TERMINATION

     14   

14.

 

TERM

     15   

15.

 

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     15   

16.

 

GOVERNING LAW

     15   

SCHEDULE 1 DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

     16   

APPENDIX A VESTING SCHEDULE

     19   

 

i


RULES OF THE MARKIT 2009

SHARE OPTION PLAN

RECITALS

 

(A) The Plan was originally approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited and adopted on 8 December 2008 (the “ Original Plan ”).

 

(B) Following a court approved scheme of arrangement and the insertion of Markit Ltd. as the ultimate holding company of the Markit group on 18 June 2014 the Original Plan and the options outstanding thereunder were assumed by Markit Ltd.

 

(C) Pursuant to Rule 11.1 of the Original Plan, the Board has resolved to amend and restate the Rules in their entirety as set out below.

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1. In the Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person (other than an individual), any other person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person; and with respect to an individual means any person that such individual has transferred all or part of its shares in accordance with the Bye-laws;

Bad Leaver ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.4;

Board ” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

Bye-laws ” means the bye-laws of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “ Bye-law ” shall be construed accordingly;

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

Commencement Date ” means the date on which the Original Plan was approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited, being 8 December 2008, subject to the approval of the Original Plan by the shareholders of such company within 12 months before or after such board approval;

Company ” means Markit Ltd., an exempted company incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda with its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda;

 

1


Date of Grant ” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

Departing Employee ” means:

 

  (a) any individual that is a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies and:

 

  (i) who, for any reason, ceases to be a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) the business of the company of which he is a director or employee is sold by the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (b) any individual:

 

  (i) who is a director or an employee of an Affiliate company, and such Affiliate company is sold by the Company and, in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its then remaining Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) whose services are otherwise provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and whose services cease to be provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies;

Dismissal ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.4(a)(i);

Drag Along Notice ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Eligible Participant ” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

Employer’s NICs ” means secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes ” means an amount, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, equal to the sum of all employment and other taxes, insurance premiums and other amounts imposed by any and all Government Authorities on any Member of the Group with respect to the income earned by a Participant arising upon a Participant’s exercise of an Option, the making of an election under section 83(b) of the Code or in accordance with the terms of the Plan or any grant agreement;

Exercise Price ” means the price per Plan Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

Fair Value ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 3 of Schedule 1;

 

2


Government Authority ” means the government of the U.S., the government of any U.S. State (including the government of the District of Columbia and the government of any U.S. possession or territory) or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing;

HMRC ” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “ Incentive Stock Option ” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Listing ” means the listing of the common shares of the Ordinary Shares on the NASDAQ stock market, as of 18 June 2014;

Member of the Group ” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

Non-Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

Option ” means a right to acquire Plan Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

Option Tax Liability ” means the sum of (i) an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an agreement or election under Rule 7.2(e)) or any other amounts (including Medicare) which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group and (ii) the Employer’s share of U.S. Employment Taxes;

Ordinary Shares ” means the common shares of US$0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

Original Plan ” has the meaning given to it in Recital (A);

Parent ” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

Participant ” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

 

3


Plan ” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

Plan Share ” means a fully paid Ordinary Share issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan;

Qualifying Proposed Sale ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Rules ” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

Seller(s) ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1;

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

Subsisting Option ” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

Ten Percent Shareholder ” means a person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent;

Termination ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.4(a)(i);

Vesting Schedule ” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, the vesting schedule attached to the Rules as Appendix A or such other vesting schedule determined by the Board; and

Voluntary Resignation ” means, in respect of a director or employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates, the voluntary resignation of that director or employee (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any of its Affiliates) in circumstances other than where the Company or any of its Affiliates would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such director or employee.

 

1.2. Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Schedule forms a part of the Plan.

 

1.3. The provisions of Rules 7.2(b) and 7.2(c) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

4


2. COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

 

2.1. The Plan commenced on the Commencement Date and shall continue to be known as The Markit 2009 Share Option Plan.

 

2.2. The Rules are hereby amended and restated in their entirety.

 

2.3. The purposes of the Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the stockholders of the Company by granting the Eligible Participants Options to purchase Plan Shares.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1. The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Plan Shares subject to the Rules including the Vesting Schedule and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2. No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. A single deed of grant may be executed in favour of any number of Participants. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with a certificate as evidence of the grant of an Option.

 

3.3. If any Option granted under the Plan expires, terminates or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of Plan Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

3.4. The Board shall have authority to determine whether an Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option, provided that an Eligible Participant who is a director or a consultant is not eligible to be granted an Incentive Stock Option; and, provided, further, that only Eligible Participants who are employees of the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1. The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant, provided that the Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Value of a Plan Share on the Date of Grant; and provided, further, that if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Exercise Price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Value of a Plan Share on the Date of Grant.

 

4.2. The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5


5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1. Subject to Rules 6.3, 7 and 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

6.2. A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) the seventh anniversary of its Date of Grant;

 

  (b) the fifth anniversary of its Date of Grant with respect to an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder;

 

  (c) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (d) the date upon which the Participant (who is not a consultant) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (e) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant in the circumstances contemplated by paragraph 2 of the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (f) three months from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule and immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule on such date; and

 

  (g) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rules 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

6


6.3. A Participant may, with the prior agreement of the Board, exercise a Subsisting Option in whole or in part at any time, notwithstanding that it or the relevant part thereof has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

6.4. A person is a “ Bad Leaver ” if:

 

  (a) the reason for the person having become a Departing Employee is as a result of:

 

  (i) his dismissal or the termination of the Departing Employee’s service contract (or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) in circumstances which, for any reason, justify (or which, if the Departing Employee were an employee of the Company or any such Subsidiary, would so justify) his summary dismissal or summary termination (without, for the avoidance of doubt, notice or payment in lieu of notice being required):

 

  (A) under the Departing Employee’s service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided; or

 

  (B) if such Departing Employee is employed in the United Kingdom, at common law,

(respectively, a “ Dismissal ” and a “ Termination ”); or

 

  (ii) the services of the Departing Employee (whether provided in accordance with the terms of a service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) being, or becoming, no longer available to the Company and/or any such Subsidiary in breach (other than by breach by the Company or any such Subsidiary) of such service contract or other arrangements; or

 

  (iii) his Voluntary Resignation (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary of the Company) where circumstances exist in which the Company or any Subsidiary would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such Departing Employee; or

 

7


  (b) the Participant is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company whose employment relationship with the Company or such Affiliate is governed by the laws of the United States and/or any state therein:

 

  (i) in the case where there is no employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant on the date of issue of Plan Shares (or where there is such an agreement but it does not define “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import)), then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean (a) such employee’s dismissal or termination that is occasioned by the Company or such Affiliate as a result of (i) insubordination, dishonesty, fraud, incompetence, moral turpitude or wilful misconduct of the Participant, (ii) the Participant’s refusal to perform his or her duties or responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity, or (iii) materially unsatisfactory performance of the Participant’s duties for the Company or such Affiliate, in each case as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, or (b) an employee’s voluntary resignation where circumstances exist in which the Company or such Affiliate would have been entitled to dismiss the Participant as a “Bad Leaver” in accordance with this Rule 6.4(b)(i); or

 

  (ii) in the case where there is an employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant that defines “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) on the date of grant, then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) as defined under such agreement, provided, however, that with regard to any agreement under which the definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) only applies on occurrence of a change in control, such definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) shall not apply until a change in control actually takes place and then only with regard to a termination thereafter.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1. Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an Option certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct, to include, but not to be limited to, an undertaking to pay) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Plan Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b); and

 

8


  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Plan Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Schedule 1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised.

 

7.2. The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Option having vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (c) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Plan Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (d) [Intentionally deleted] ; and

 

  (e) either of the following conditions being satisfied within one month of the date on which the notice of exercise of that Option was lodged in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) where any Member of the Group would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise:

 

  (i) the Participant entering into an agreement with the Company, in such form as determined by the Board, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; or

 

9


  (ii) the Participant entering into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (iii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and:

 

  (A) in the event that either condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which that condition is satisfied; or

 

  (B) in the event that neither condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 7.1 shall not be effective; or

 

  (C) in the event that the Board waives the requirement for either condition to be satisfied, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date of the waiver.

 

7.3. Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Plan Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Plan Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4. Plan Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Ordinary Shares then already in issue except that they and any Plan Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.5. The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Plan Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1.

In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Plan Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Plan Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Plan Shares which may be so allotted or transferred

 

10


  and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2. No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Plan Shares below the nominal value of a Plan Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Plan Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3. The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any Option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

8.4. Any adjustment made to an option under Rule 8.1 shall be intended not to subject the Option to Section 409A of the Code.

 

9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1. In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1) is delivered to the Company or the day the offer should have been made pursuant to paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with paragraph 2 of Schedule 1) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2. Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to paragraph 1.2 of Schedule 1 or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1, the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of Rule 9.1(a)); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of Rule 9.1(b)).

 

11


The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders and shall be bound to transfer their Plan Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3. If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 99 of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4. If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Part VII of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5. If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6. Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from 18 June 2014, the effective date of the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the initial public offering of the Ordinary Shares undertaken in connection with the Listing.

 

9.7. The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1. The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2. Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages;

 

12


  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3. No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4. No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1. The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Bye-laws with respect to the terms of the Plan Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group.

 

13


11.3. Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant participating company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service: and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4. The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5. The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6. The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7. The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Ordinary Shares.

 

11.8. If any Option certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9. In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Plan Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to the Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants

 

14


14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after 31 December 2012.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Plan Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of the Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend the Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

The Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of the Plan, their Option(s) and any Plan Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

15


SCHEDULE 1

DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

 

1. Drag Along

 

1.1 If the holders of more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue (“ Initiating Shareholders ”) propose to sell in a bona fide, arm’s-length transaction a number of Ordinary Shares in the Company representing more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue to a third party at Fair Value (in accordance with paragraph 3 of this Schedule 1) representing a value of the Company equal to or exceeding US$50 million (a “ Qualifying Proposed Sale ”), such Initiating Shareholders shall, subject to the conditions contained in paragraphs 1.2 and 1.3 of this Schedule 1, have the right to require all of the Participants (the “ Non-Initiating Shareholders ”) to transfer all of their Ordinary Shares (or, in respect of any Participants, any Plan Shares to which he will become entitled on exercise by him of any Subsisting Options pursuant to the Rules) to the proposed transferee within five business days (or such later date as may be specified in the notice) of receiving a notice in writing signed by or on behalf of the Initiating Shareholders (the “ Drag Along Notice ”). On service of the Drag Along Notice each Non-Initiating Shareholder shall (i) consent to, vote in favour of and raise no objections against such Qualifying Proposed Sale (including exercising any rights of appraisal, dissenters rights or similar rights), (ii) take all necessary and desirable actions in their capacities as shareholders of the Company in connection with the consummation of such Qualifying Proposed Sale, and (iii) agree to sell all of their Ordinary Shares on the same terms and conditions as the Initiating Shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the value of the total consideration payable pursuant to a Drag Along Notice to any Non-Initiating Shareholder who is, or whose direct or indirect holding company is, at the date such Shareholder becomes a member of the Company, subject to the Listing Rules made by the Financial Services Authority pursuant to Part VI of the U.K. Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, shall in any event not exceed £2 million.

 

1.2 The Initiating Shareholders shall at the same time as serving the Drag Along Notice, deliver a copy of the Drag Along Notice to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

1.3 The Drag Along Notice shall be accompanied by copies of all documents required to be executed by the Non-Initiating Shareholders to give effect to the transfer and the transfer shall be subject to the condition that, upon consummation of the Qualifying Proposed Sale, each shareholder will receive the same form and proportion of consideration with respect to his or its Ordinary Shares (such consideration to be distributed in accordance with the provisions of the Bye-laws), or if any shareholder is given a choice as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, all shareholders will be given the same choice.

 

1.4 If a Non-Initiating Shareholder defaults in transferring its Ordinary Shares pursuant to this paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1, such Non-Initiating Shareholder shall be deemed to have authorised the Company as his or its agent to execute a transfer of that Non-Initiating Shareholder’s Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee.

 

16


2. Tag Along

 

2.1 If the effect of any transfer of Ordinary Shares would result in there being a Qualifying Proposed Sale, the holder or holders of such Ordinary Shares (the “ Seller(s) ”) shall not complete such Qualifying Proposed Sale unless it or they ensure(s) that the purchaser offers to buy from the other shareholders all the Ordinary Shares held by them and from the Participants, any Ordinary Shares they would hold if they were to exercise their Subsisting Option(s) under the Plan pursuant to the Rules, in either case at the same price per share (whether the consideration is cash or newly issued ordinary shares in the proposed purchaser’s share capital) as apply to the purchase of the Ordinary Shares of the Seller(s) and on no other terms than the terms agreed with the Seller(s) (save in respect of any terms requisite to enable the other shareholders or Participants to enjoy the benefit of the rights granted to them under this paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1). The offer shall:

 

  2.1.1 be irrevocable and unconditional (except for any conditions which apply to the proposed transfer of the shares of the Seller(s) and as set out in paragraph 2.2 of this Schedule 1);

 

  2.1.2 be open for acceptance during a period of not less than fifteen (15) business days after receipt of such offer; and

 

  2.1.3 specify that completion shall be effected at the office of the Company by delivery of the duly executed instruments of transfer in respect of the relevant Ordinary Shares accompanied by share certificates in respect thereof against a bankers’ draft in respect of the purchase price thereof and together with any stamp duty payable thereon.

 

2.2 If the offer is accepted, the sale shall be conditional upon completion of the Seller(s)’ sale to the third party purchaser and shall be completed at the same time as that sale which may not occur after the day ten (10) business days after the fifteen (15) business day period referred to in paragraph 2.1.2 of this Schedule 1 and the date of which shall be stated in the offer provided always that the proceeds of such sale shall be distributed in accordance with the Bye-laws.

 

2.3 No offer shall be required pursuant to paragraph 2 of this Schedule 1 if a Drag Along Notice has been served under paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1.

 

2.4 The Seller(s) shall procure that the proposed purchaser shall provide a copy of the offer(s) referred to in paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1 to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

17


3. Valuation of Shares

For the purposes of the Plan the “ Fair Value ” of an Ordinary Share shall mean the fair value of the relevant share at the applicable time of determination, as determined by the Board in good faith. The determination of Fair Value by the Board shall be conclusive and binding on all parties.

 

18


APPENDIX A

VESTING SCHEDULE

 

1. Subject to 2 and 3 below and provided the Participant has not become a Departing Employee, an Option shall vest in accordance with the following Vesting Condition determined by the Board in its absolute discretion on the Date of Grant:

The Option shall vest as to one fifth (1/5) of the total number of Options on each anniversary of the Date of Grant, commencing on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

2. If a Participant who is a consultant (and not an employee) ceases to be a consultant (that is he ceases to provide services to the Company) and the reason for the Participant having ceased to be a consultant is as a result of either (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of his consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement or (ii) the Participant voluntarily terminates such agreement or gives notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant, any unvested portion of the Participant’s Option shall immediately lapse.

 

3. In the event that the number of vested shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share, the number of Plan Shares so vested shall be rounded downwards to the nearest whole number of Plan Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Plan Share.

 

19

Exhibit 4.12

RULES OF THE MARKIT 2010 SHARE PLAN

MARKIT LTD.

Rules approved by the Board of Markit Group Holdings Limited on 27 January 2010

Assumed and adopted by Markit Ltd. on 18 June 2014

Amended and Restated on 4 December 2014


CONTENTS

 

Clause    Page  

1.

 

DEFINITIONS

     3   

2.

 

COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

     5   

3.

 

THE ALLOTMENT OF SHARES

     5   

4.

 

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     7   

5.

 

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     8   

6.

 

RESTRICTIONS

     8   

7.

 

GOVERNING LAW

     8   


RULES OF THE MARKIT 2010 SHARE PLAN

RECITALS:

 

(A) The Plan was originally approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited and adopted on 27 January 2010 (the “ Original Plan ”).

 

(B) Following a court approved scheme of arrangement and the insertion of Markit Ltd. as the ultimate holding company of the Markit group on 18 June 2014, the Original Plan and the options outstanding thereunder were assumed by Markit Ltd.

 

(C) In connection with the court approved scheme of arrangement and the insertion of Markit Ltd. as the ultimate holding company of the Markit group on 18 June 2014 referred to in Recital (B), certain Restricted Participants entered into a restricted share contracts with the Company (the “ Restricted Share Contracts ”), which contain certain provisions relating to the transfer of Restricted Shares to the Company by a Restricted Participant.

 

(D) Pursuant to Rule 11.1 of the Original Plan, the Board has resolved to amend and restate the Rules in their entirety as set out below.

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person (other than an individual), any other person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person; and with respect to an individual means any person that such individual has transferred all or part of its shares in accordance with the Bye-laws;

Allotment Letter ” means a letter in the form set out in Appendix A (with such modifications as the Board shall decide) pursuant to which the Company shall allot Plan Shares and a Participant shall agree to take such Plan Shares on the terms and subject to the conditions of the Plan;

Board ” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

Bye-laws ” means the bye-laws of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time;

Commencement Date ” means the date on which the Original Plan was approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited, being 27 January 2010, subject to the approval of the shareholders of such company;

 

3


Company ” means Markit Ltd., an exempted company incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda with its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda;

Date of Allotment ” in respect of a Participant means the date on which Plan Shares are allotted to such Participant and such Participant validly executes an Allotment Letter;

EBT ” means the employee benefit trust to be established by the Company for the benefit of its employees;

Election ” has the meaning given in Rule 3.7(b);

Eligible Participant ” means any senior employee (including a director) of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

Employee Taxation ” has the meaning given in Rule 3.11;

ITEPA ” means the Income Tax Earning and Pensions Act 2003;

Member of the Group ” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

Original Plan ” has the meaning given to it in Recital (A);

Ordinary Share ” means a common share of US$0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

Participant ” means any individual who has been allotted a Plan Share or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

Plan ” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

Plan Share ” means a fully paid Ordinary Share issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan;

Restricted Participant ” has the meaning given in Rule 6.1;

Restricted Share Contracts ” has the meaning given in Recital (C);

Restricted Shares ” has the meaning given in Rule 6.1;

Rules ” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting and the terms and conditions of the Restricted Share Contracts, if applicable and to the extent such contract applies to a Restricted Participant; and

Subscription Price ” has the meaning given in Rule 3.1.

 

1.2

Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory

 

4


  provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it.

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

The Plan commenced on the Commencement Date and shall continue to be known as The Markit 2010 Share Plan. The Rules are hereby amended and restated in their entirety. The purposes of the Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the stockholders of the Company by allotting Plan Shares to the Eligible Participants hereunder.

 

3. THE ALLOTMENT OF SHARES

 

3.1 The Board may allot Eligible Participants Plan Shares subject to the Rules and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Plan Shares may be allotted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The number of Plan Shares to be allotted to an Eligible Participant, and the vesting period of such Plan Shares in accordance with Rule 6, shall, in each case, be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 The Subscription Price for each Plan Share allotted pursuant to the Plan shall be equal to the sum of the nominal value of the Plan Shares, being US$0.01 per Plan Share (the “ Subscription Price ”).

 

3.3 If required, the Company shall obtain an independent valuation of the Ordinary Shares indicating the unrestricted market value of the Ordinary Shares (for the purposes of section 431(1) ITEPA) following the allotment of any Plan Shares.

 

3.4 Each Participant to whom Plan Shares are allotted under the Plan shall be sent an Allotment Letter by the Company.

 

3.5 The aggregate number of Plan Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under the Markit 2010 Share Plan shall not exceed 213,297.

 

3.6 All Plan Shares shall be allotted within 6 months after the date of adoption of the Plan by the Board.

 

3.7 Upon allotment of any Plan Shares by the Board, a Participant shall:

 

  (a) execute a counterpart of the Allotment Letter; and

 

  (b)

execute an election with his employer pursuant to section 431(1) ITEPA in the form prescribed by the HM Revenue and Customs (as supplied by the Company) and/ or an election pursuant to section 83(b) of the U.S. Internal

 

5


  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended in the form prescribed by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service to elect to pay income tax (if any) computed by reference to the unrestricted market value of the Plan Shares so acquired (the “ Election ”),

and lodge the same with the company secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to the Participant in the Allotment Letter), together with payment (in such form and manner as the Board shall direct including, to the extent lawful, the withholding of the Subscription Price from the Participant’s normal pay or other amounts payable to the Participant by the Company or such other Member of the Group) of a sum equal to the aggregate Subscription Price of the Plan Shares so allotted.

 

3.8 The Board shall within 30 days of the allotment of any Plan Shares cause the Company to procure the entry of the name of the Participant in the register of members of the Company in respect of the relevant Plan Shares and to send to the Participant a share certificate in respect of the same (which shall state that the Plan Shares have been issued under the Plan).

 

3.9 The Board shall by 6 July following the end of the tax year in which the Plan Shares are allotted make a report of the acquisition of such Plan Shares to HM Revenue and Customs on Form 42 (or its successor).

 

3.10 Plan Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the shares of the same class then already in issue.

 

3.11 In any case where any Member of the Group is obliged to account for Employee Taxation to a tax authority as a result of or in respect of the following:

 

  (a) the acquisition of Plan Shares pursuant to the Plan;

 

  (b) the entering into of the Election; or

 

  (c) any action, event or thing done following the acquisition of Plan Shares pursuant to the Plan which gives rise to an Employee Taxation liability in respect of such Plan Shares including where the following sections of ITEPA apply:

 

  (i) section 426 (restricted securities - charge on occurrence of chargeable events);

 

  (ii) section 438 (convertible securities - charge on occurrence of chargeable events);

 

  (iii) section 446E (securities with artificially depressed market value - charge on restricted securities);

 

  (iv) section 446L (securities with artificially enhanced market value - charge on non-commercial increases);

 

6


  (v) section 446Y (securities disposed of for more than market value); and

 

  (vi) section 447 (post-acquisition benefits from securities - charge on other chargeable benefits from securities),

such Member of the Group may, to the extent lawful, recover the Employee Taxation from the Participant in question and each such Participant agrees that such Member of the Group may recover the Employee Taxation via deductions from salary for the relevant period under PAYE and to the extent that such deductions are insufficient to cover the Employee Taxation, the Participant shall having received written notice from such Member of the Group (on an after tax basis) pay to such Member of the Group the balance three business days before the last day on which such Member of the Group can account for the Employee Taxation to a tax authority without incurring interest and penalties. For the purposes of this Rule 3.11, the term “ Employee Taxation ” means (i) any charge to income tax or social security contributions including any Secondary Class 1 National Insurance liability to the extent schedule 1 of the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 (as amended by the National Insurance Contributions and Statutory Payments Act 2004) permits recovery from the Participant and (ii) any applicable U.S. federal, state or local income or employment taxes or insurance premiums.

 

4. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

4.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

4.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages;

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

4.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

7


5. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

5.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Bye-laws with respect to the terms of the Plan Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

5.2 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company or sent through the Company’s internal postal service; and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the company secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

5.3 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan.

 

5.4 The Board shall have the right to delegate at any time the administration of the Plan to any third party that it deems fit.

 

6. RESTRICTIONS

 

6.1 The Plan Shares held by a Participant shall be subject to a vesting period commencing from the Date of Allotment, so that the unrestricted number of Plan Shares, with regards to each Participant, shall be equal to the total number of Plan Shares allotted to such Participant, multiplied by 1/5 on 1 January 2011, 2/5 on 1 January 2012, 3/5 on 1 January 2013, 4/5 on 1 January 2014 and 1 on 1 January 2015. In the Rules, references to “ Restricted Shares ” shall mean any Plan Shares held by a Participant pursuant to the Plan which have yet to vest in accordance with their terms, and “ Restricted Participant ” shall means a Participant whose Plan Shares are Restricted Shares.

 

6.2 Plan Shares acquired pursuant to the Plan may not be sold or transferred by a Participant to the EBT.

 

7. GOVERNING LAW

The Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of the Plan and any Plan Shares allotted or issued to them under the Plan.

 

8

Exhibit 4.13

RULES OF THE MARKIT SHARE OPTION PLAN

MARKIT LTD.

Rules approved by the Board of Markit Group Holdings Limited in 2010

Assumed and adopted by Markit Ltd. on 18 June 2014

Amended and Restated on 4 December 2014


CONTENTS

 

Clause    Page  

1.

  

DEFINITIONS

     1   

2.

  

COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

     4   

3.

  

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     5   

4.

  

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     5   

5.

  

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     5   

6.

  

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     6   

7.

  

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     8   

8.

  

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     10   

9.

  

SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

     11   

10.

  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     12   

11.

  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     12   

12.

  

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     14   

13.

  

TERMINATION

     14   

14.

  

TERM

     14   

15.

  

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     14   

16.

  

GOVERNING LAW

     14   

17.

  

CERTAIN INFORMATION

     14   

SCHEDULE 1 DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

     16   

 

i


RULES OF THE MARKIT SHARE OPTION PLAN

RECITALS

 

(A) The Plan was originally approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited and adopted in 2010 (the “ Original Plan ”).

 

(B) Following a court approved scheme of arrangement and the insertion of Markit Ltd. as the ultimate holding company of the Markit group on 18 June 2014, the Original Plan and the options outstanding thereunder were assumed by Markit Ltd.

 

(C) Pursuant to Rule 11.1 of the Original Plan, the Board has resolved to amend and restate the Rules in their entirety as set out below.

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 In the Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person (other than an individual), any other person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person; and with respect to an individual means any person that such individual has transferred all or part of its shares in accordance with the Bye-laws;

Bad Leaver ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.4;

Board ” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

Bye-laws ” means the bye-laws of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “ Bye-law ” shall be construed accordingly;

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

Commencement Date ” means the date on which the Original Plan was approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited, being in 2010;

Company ” means Markit Ltd., an exempted company incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda with its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda;

Date of Grant ” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

 

1


Departing Employee ” means:

 

  (a) any individual that is a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies and:

 

  (i) who, for any reason, ceases to be a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) the business of the company of which he is a director or employee is sold by the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (b) any individual:

 

  (i) who is a director or an employee of an Affiliate company, and such Affiliate company is sold by the Company and, in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its then remaining Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) whose services are otherwise provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and whose services cease to be provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies;

Dismissal ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.4(a)(i);

Drag Along Notice ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Eligible Participant ” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

Employer’s NICs ” means secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes ” means an amount, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, equal to the sum of all employment and other taxes, insurance premiums and other amounts imposed by any and all Government Authorities on any Member of the Group with respect to the income earned by a Participant arising upon a Participant’s exercise of an Option, the making of an election under section 83(b) of the Code or in accordance with the terms of the Plan or any grant agreement;

Exercise Price ” means the price per Plan Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

Fair Value ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 3 of Schedule 1;

Government Authority ” means the government of the U.S., the government of any U.S. State (including the government of the District of Columbia and the government of any U.S. possession or territory) or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing;

HMRC ” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

 

2


Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Listing ” means the listing of the Ordinary Shares on the NASDAQ stock market, as of 18 June 2014;

Member of the Group ” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

Non-Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

Option ” means a right to acquire Plan Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

Option Certificate ” means the certificate evidencing the grant of an Option pursuant to Rule 3.2;

Option Tax Liability ” means the sum of (i) an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an agreement or election under Rule 7.2(d)) or any other amounts (including Medicare) which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group and (ii) the Employer’s share of U.S. Employment Taxes;

Ordinary Shares ” means the common shares of US$0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

Original Plan ” has the meaning given to it in Recital (A);

Parent ” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

Participant ” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

Plan ” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

Plan Share ” means a fully paid Ordinary Share issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan;

Qualifying Proposed Sale ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

 

3


Rules ” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

Securities Act ” has the meaning given in Rule 17;

Securities Exchange Act has the meaning given in Rule 5.2;

Seller(s) ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1;

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

Subsisting Option ” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

Termination ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.4(a)(i);

Vesting Terms ” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, such vesting terms as the Board may, on or before the Date of Grant of an Option, specify and set out in the Option Certificate; and

Voluntary Resignation ” means, in respect of a director or employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates, the voluntary resignation of that director or employee (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any of its Affiliates) in circumstances other than where the Company or any of its Affiliates would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such director or employee.

 

1.2 Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Terms form a part of the Plan.

 

1.3 The provisions of Rules 7.2(b) and 7.2(c) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

 

2.1 The Plan commenced on the Commencement Date and shall continue to be known as The Markit Share Option Plan.

 

2.2 The Rules are hereby amended and restated in their entirety.

 

2.3 The purposes of the Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the shareholders of the Company by granting the Eligible Participants Options to purchase Plan Shares.

 

4


3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Plan Shares subject to the Rules including, the Vesting Terms and such other terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant, be issued with an Option Certificate:

 

  (a) evidencing the grant of an Option;

 

  (b) setting out the Exercise Price;

 

  (c) including the applicable Vesting Terms; and

 

  (d) setting out any other terms or conditions as the Board may determine under Rule 3.1.

 

3.3 The aggregate number of Plan Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under the Plan shall not exceed such number as determined by the Board from time to time (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Rule 8.1 of the Plan). If any Option granted under the Plan shall lapse, expire or be terminated or cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the Plan Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

 

5.1 No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever and no Plan Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option (prior to the Option being exercised) shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5.1 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

5.2

In addition, all Options granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan and any Plan Shares to be issued upon exercise of any Option shall be restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent

 

5


  position”, or any “call equivalent position” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(v) under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Securities Exchange Act ”)), by the Participant prior to the exercise of the Option (except in the circumstances permitted in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(iv) under the Securities Exchange Act), until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act or is no longer relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1 Subject to Rules 6.2, 6.3, 7 and 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms.

 

6.2 A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) such lapse date as the Board may determine at the Date of Grant and set out in the Option Certificate;

 

  (b) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (c) the date upon which the Participant (who is not a consultant) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (d) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant for such reasons as are set out in the Option Certificate, in respect of any element of a Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms on such date;

 

  (e) three months from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances other than where the Participant is a Bad Leaver, or on which he ceases to be a consultant in circumstances other than those set out in the Option Certificate, in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms on such date;

 

  (f) immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms on such date;

 

  (g) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rules 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5; and

 

  (h) if the Board does not determine a lapse date under Rule 6.2(a), the seventh anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

6.3 A Participant may, with the prior agreement of the Board, exercise a Subsisting Option in whole or in part at any time, notwithstanding that it or the relevant part thereof has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms.

 

6


6.4 A person is a “ Bad Leaver ” if:

 

  (a) the reason for the person having become a Departing Employee is as a result of:

 

  (i) his dismissal or the termination of the Departing Employee’s service contract (or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) in circumstances which, for any reason, justify (or which, if the Departing Employee were an employee of the Company or any such Subsidiary, would so justify) his summary dismissal or summary termination (without, for the avoidance of doubt, notice or payment in lieu of notice being required):

 

  (A) under the Departing Employee’s service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided; or

 

  (B) if such Departing Employee is employed in the United Kingdom, at common law,

(respectively, a “ Dismissal ” and a “ Termination ”); or

 

  (ii) the services of the Departing Employee (whether provided in accordance with the terms of a service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) being or becoming no longer available to the Company and/or any such Subsidiary in breach (other than by breach by the Company or any such Subsidiary) of such service contract or other arrangements; or

 

  (iii) his Voluntary Resignation (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary of the Company) where circumstances exist in which the Company or any Subsidiary would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such Departing Employee; or

 

  (b) the Participant is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company whose employment relationship with the Company or such Affiliate is governed by the laws of the United States and/or any state therein:

 

  (i)

in the case where there is no employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant on the date of issue of Plan Shares (or where there is such an agreement but it does not define “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import)), then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean (a) such employee’s dismissal or termination that is occasioned by the Company or such Affiliate as a result of (i) insubordination, dishonesty, fraud, incompetence, moral turpitude or wilful misconduct of the Participant, (ii) the Participant’s refusal to perform his or her duties or responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity, or (iii) materially unsatisfactory performance of the Participant’s duties for the Company or such

 

7


  Affiliate, in each case as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, or (b) an employee’s voluntary resignation where circumstances exist in which the Company or such Affiliate would have been entitled to dismiss the Participant as a “Bad Leaver” in accordance with this Rule 6.4(b)(i); or

 

  (ii) in the case where there is an employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant that defines “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) on the date of grant, then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) as defined under such agreement, provided, however, that with regard to any agreement under which the definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) only applies on occurrence of a change in control, such definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) shall not apply until a change in control actually takes place and then only with regard to a termination thereafter.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an Option Certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct, to include, but not to be limited to, an undertaking to pay) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Plan Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b);

 

  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Plan Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Schedule 1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised;

 

  (e)

an election under section 431 of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003, or an election or other form of documentation designed to achieve a

 

8


  similar effect under the laws of any other relevant jurisdiction (including for the avoidance of doubt an election under Section 83(b) of the Code) in each case in such form as the Board may prescribe.

 

7.2 The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Option having vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms;

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (c) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Plan Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability; and

 

  (d) either of the following conditions being satisfied within one month of the date on which the notice of exercise of that Option was lodged in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) where any Member of the Group would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise:

 

  (i) the Participant entering into an agreement with the Company, in such form as determined by the Board, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; or

 

  (ii) the Participant entering into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (iii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and:

 

  A. in the event that either condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which that condition is satisfied; or

 

  B. in the event that neither condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 7.1 shall not be effective; or

 

  C. in the event that the Board waives the requirement for either condition to be satisfied, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date of the waiver.

 

9


7.3 Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Plan Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Plan Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4 In the event that the number of vested Plan Shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share, the number of Plan Shares so vested shall be rounded downwards to the nearest whole number of Plan Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Plan Share.

 

7.5 Plan Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Ordinary Shares then already in issue except that they and any Plan Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.6 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Plan Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1 In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Plan Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Plan Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Plan Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2 No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Plan Shares below the nominal value of a Plan Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Plan Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any Option Certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

8.4 Any adjustment made to an option under Rule 8.1 shall be intended not to subject the Option to Section 409A of the Code.

 

10


9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1 In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company or the day the offer should have been made pursuant to paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with paragraph 2 of Schedule 1) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to paragraph 1.2 of Schedule 1 or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1, the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of Rule 9.1(a)); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of Rule 9.1(b)).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders and shall be bound to transfer their Plan Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3 If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 99 of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Part VII of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5 If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

11


9.6 Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from 18 June 2014, the effective date of the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the initial public offering of the Ordinary Shares undertaken in connection with the Listing.

 

9.7 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages;

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1

The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected

 

12


  Participants as would be required to amend the Bye-laws with respect to the terms of the Plan Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group.

 

11.3 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant participating company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service; and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Ordinary Shares.

 

11.8 If any Option Certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Plan Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

13


12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to the Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants.

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Plan Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of the Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend the Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

The Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of the Plan, their Option(s) and any Plan Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

17. CERTAIN INFORMATION

The Company shall, for so long as it is relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act and is not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act, provide to each Participant (i) information about the risks associated with an investment in the Plan Shares as described in Rule 701(e)(3) under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ Securities Act ”) and (ii) the financial information described in Rule 701(e)(4) and (5) under the Securities Act, every six (6) months with the financial statements described therein being not more than 180 days old and with such other information

 

14


provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. Each Participant shall be required to keep such information strictly confidential.

 

15


SCHEDULE 1

DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

 

1. Drag Along

 

1.1 If the holders of more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue (“ Initiating Shareholders ”) propose to sell in a bona fide, arm’s-length transaction a number of Ordinary Shares in the Company representing more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue to a third party at Fair Value (in accordance with paragraph 3 of this Schedule 1) representing a value of the Company equal to or exceeding US$50 million (a “ Qualifying Proposed Sale ”), such Initiating Shareholders shall, subject to the conditions contained in paragraphs 1.2 and 1.3 of this Schedule 1, have the right to require all of the Participants (the “ Non-Initiating Shareholders ”) to transfer all of their Ordinary Shares (or, in respect of any Participants, any Plan Shares to which he will become entitled on exercise by him of any Subsisting Options pursuant to the Rules) to the proposed transferee within five business days (or such later date as may be specified in the notice) of receiving a notice in writing signed by or on behalf of the Initiating Shareholders (the “ Drag Along Notice ”). On service of the Drag Along Notice each Non-Initiating Shareholder shall (i) consent to, vote in favour of and raise no objections against such Qualifying Proposed Sale (including exercising any rights of appraisal, dissenters rights or similar rights), (ii) take all necessary and desirable actions in their capacities as shareholders of the Company in connection with the consummation of such Qualifying Proposed Sale, and (iii) agree to sell all of their Ordinary Shares on the same terms and conditions as the Initiating Shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the value of the total consideration payable pursuant to a Drag Along Notice to any Non-Initiating Shareholder who is, or whose direct or indirect holding company is, at the date such Shareholder becomes a member of the Company, subject to the Listing Rules made by the Financial Services Authority pursuant to Part VI of the U.K. Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, shall in any event not exceed £2 million.

 

1.2 The Initiating Shareholders shall at the same time as serving the Drag Along Notice, deliver a copy of the Drag Along Notice to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

1.3 The Drag Along Notice shall be accompanied by copies of all documents required to be executed by the Non-Initiating Shareholders to give effect to the transfer and the transfer shall be subject to the condition that, upon consummation of the Qualifying Proposed Sale, each shareholder will receive the same form and proportion of consideration with respect to his or its Ordinary Shares (such consideration to be distributed in accordance with the provisions of the Bye-laws), or if any shareholder is given a choice as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, all shareholders will be given the same choice.

 

1.4 If a Non-Initiating Shareholder defaults in transferring its Ordinary Shares pursuant to this paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1, such Non-Initiating Shareholder shall be deemed to have authorised the Company as his or its agent to execute a transfer of that Non-Initiating Shareholder’s Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee.

 

16


2. Tag Along

 

2.1 If the effect of any transfer of Ordinary Shares would result in there being a Qualifying Proposed Sale, the holder or holders of such Ordinary Shares (the “ Seller(s) ”) shall not complete such Qualifying Proposed Sale unless it or they ensure(s) that the purchaser offers to buy from the other shareholders all the Ordinary Shares held by them and from the Participants, any Ordinary Shares they would hold if they were to exercise their Subsisting Option(s) under the Plan pursuant to the Rules, in either case at the same price per share (whether the consideration is cash or newly issued ordinary shares in the proposed purchaser’s share capital) as apply to the purchase of the Ordinary Shares of the Seller(s) and on no other terms than the terms agreed with the Seller(s) (save in respect of any terms requisite to enable the other shareholders or Participants to enjoy the benefit of the rights granted to them under this paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1). The offer shall:

 

  2.1.1 be irrevocable and unconditional (except for any conditions which apply to the proposed transfer of the shares of the Seller(s) and as set out in paragraph 2.2 of this Schedule 1);

 

  2.1.2 be open for acceptance during a period of not less than fifteen (15) business days after receipt of such offer; and

 

  2.1.3 specify that completion shall be effected at the office of the Company by delivery of the duly executed instruments of transfer in respect of the relevant Ordinary Shares accompanied by share certificates in respect thereof against a bankers’ draft in respect of the purchase price thereof and together with any stamp duty payable thereon.

 

2.2 If the offer is accepted, the sale shall be conditional upon completion of the Seller(s)’ sale to the third party purchaser and shall be completed at the same time as that sale which may not occur after the day ten (10) business days after the fifteen (15) business day period referred to in paragraph 2.1.2 of this Schedule 1 and the date of which shall be stated in the offer provided always that the proceeds of such sale shall be distributed in accordance with the Bye-laws.

 

2.3 No offer shall be required pursuant to paragraph 2 of this Schedule 1 if a Drag Along Notice has been served under paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1.

 

2.4 The Seller(s) shall procure that the proposed purchaser shall provide a copy of the offer(s) referred to in paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1 to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

3. Valuation of Shares

For the purposes of the Plan the “ Fair Value ” of an Ordinary Share shall mean the fair value of the relevant share at the applicable time of determination, as determined by the Board in good faith. The determination of Fair Value by the Board shall be conclusive and binding on all parties.

 

17

Exhibit 4.14

RULES OF THE MARKIT 2010 SHARE OPTION PLAN

MARKIT LTD.

Rules approved by the Board of Markit Group Holdings Limited on 27 January 2010

Assumed and adopted by Markit Ltd. on 18 June 2014

Amended and Restated on 4 December 2014


CONTENTS

 

Clause         Page  

1.

  

DEFINITIONS

     1   

2.

  

COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

     4   

3.

  

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     5   

4.

  

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     5   

5.

  

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     5   

6.

  

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     6   

7.

  

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     8   

8.

  

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     10   

9.

  

SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

     10   

10.

  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     12   

11.

  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     12   

12.

  

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     13   

13.

  

TERMINATION

     14   

14.

  

TERM

     14   

15.

  

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     14   

16.

  

GOVERNING LAW

     14   

17.

  

CERTAIN INFORMATION

     14   

SCHEDULE 1 DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

     15   

APPENDIX A VESTING SCHEDULE

     17   

 

i


RULES OF THE MARKIT 2010

SHARE OPTION PLAN

RECITALS

 

(A) The Plan was originally approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited and adopted on 27 January 2010 (the “ Original Plan ”).

 

(B) Following a court approved scheme of arrangement and the insertion of Markit Ltd. as the ultimate holding company of the Markit group on 18 June 2014, the Original Plan and the options outstanding thereunder were assumed by Markit Ltd.

 

(C) Pursuant to Rule 11.1 of the Original Plan, the Board has resolved to amend and restate the Rules in their entirety as set out below.

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 In the Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person (other than an individual), any other person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person; and with respect to an individual means any person that such individual has transferred all or part of its shares in accordance with the Bye-laws;

Bad Leaver ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.4;

Board ” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

Bye-laws ” means the bye-laws of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “ Bye-law ” shall be construed accordingly;

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

Commencement Date ” means the date on which the Original Plan was approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited, being 27 January 2010, subject to the approval of the Plan by the shareholders of such company within 12 months before or after such board approval;

Company ” means Markit Ltd., an exempted company incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda with its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda;

Date of Grant ” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

 

1


Departing Employee ” means:

 

  (a) any individual that is a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies and:

 

  (i) who, for any reason, ceases to be a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) the business of the company of which he is a director or employee is sold by the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (b) any individual:

 

  (i) who is a director or an employee of an Affiliate company, and such Affiliate company is sold by the Company and, in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its then remaining Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) whose services are otherwise provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and whose services cease to be provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies;

Dismissal ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.4(a)(i);

Drag Along Notice ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Eligible Participant ” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

Employer’s NICs ” means secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes ” means an amount, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, equal to the sum of all employment and other taxes, insurance premiums and other amounts imposed by any and all Government Authorities on any Member of the Group with respect to the income earned by a Participant arising upon a Participant’s exercise of an Option, the making of an election under section 83(b) of the Code or in accordance with the terms of the Plan or any grant agreement;

Exercise Price ” means the price per Plan Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

Fair Value ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 3 of Schedule 1 ;

Government Authority ” means the government of the U.S., the government of any U.S. State (including the government of the District of Columbia and the government of any U.S. possession or territory) or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing;

HMRC ” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

 

2


Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Listing ” means the listing of the Ordinary Shares on the NASDAQ stock market, as of 18 June 2014;

Member of the Group ” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

Non-Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

Option ” means a right to acquire Plan Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

Option Tax Liability ” means the sum of (i) an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an agreement or election under Rule 7.2(e)) or any other amounts (including Medicare) which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group and (ii) the Employer’s share of U.S. Employment Taxes;

Ordinary Shares ” means the common shares of US$0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

Original Plan ” has the meaning given to it in Recital (A);

Parent ” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

Participant ” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

Plan ” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

Plan Share ” means a fully paid Ordinary Share issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan;

Qualifying Proposed Sale ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Rules ” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

 

3


Securities Act ” has the meaning given in Rule 17;

Securities Exchange Act ” has the meaning given in Rule 5.2;

Seller(s) ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1;

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

Subsisting Option ” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

Ten Percent Shareholder ” means a person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent;

Termination ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.4(a)(i);

Vesting Schedule ” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, the vesting schedule attached to the Rules as Appendix A or such other vesting schedule determined by the Board; and

Voluntary Resignation ” means, in respect of a director or employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates, the voluntary resignation of that director or employee (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any of its Affiliates) in circumstances other than where the Company or any of its Affiliates would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such director or employee.

 

1.2 Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Schedule forms a part of the Plan.

 

1.3 The provisions of Rules 7.2(b) and 7.2(c) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

 

2.1 The Plan commenced on the Commencement Date and was known as The Markit 2010 Share Option Plan (1/3 vesting), and shall continue to be known as The Markit 2010 Share Option Plan.

 

2.2 The Rules are hereby amended and restated in their entirety.

 

2.3 The purposes of the Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the stockholders of the Company by granting the Eligible Participants Options to purchase Plan Shares.

 

4


3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Plan Shares subject to the Rules including the Vesting Schedule and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. A single deed of grant may be executed in favour of any number of Participants. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with a certificate as evidence of the grant of an Option.

 

3.3 The aggregate number of Plan Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under the Plan shall not exceed 433,654 Plan Shares (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Rule 8.1 of the Plan). If any Option granted under the Plan expires, terminates or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the Plan Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

3.4 The Board shall have authority to determine whether an Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option, provided that an Eligible Participant who is a director or a consultant is not eligible to be granted an Incentive Stock Option; and, provided, further, that only Eligible Participants who are employees of the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant, provided that the Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Value of a Plan Share on the Date of Grant; and provided, further, that if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Exercise Price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Value of a Plan Share on the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

 

5.1 No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever and no Plan Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option (prior to the Option being exercised) shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5.1 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

5


5.2 In addition, all Options granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan and any Plan Shares to be issued upon exercise of any Option shall be restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position”, or any “call equivalent position” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(v) under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Securities Exchange Act ”)), by the Participant prior to the exercise of the Option (except in the circumstances permitted in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(iv) under the Securities Exchange Act), until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act or is no longer relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1 Subject to Rules 6.3, 7 and 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

6.2 A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) the 31st of December 2016;

 

  (b) [Intentionally deleted]

 

  (c) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (d) the date upon which the Participant (who is not a consultant) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (e) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant in the circumstances contemplated by paragraph 2 of the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (f) three months from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule and immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule on such date; and

 

  (g) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rules 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

6.3 A Participant may, with the prior agreement of the Board, exercise a Subsisting Option in whole or in part at any time, notwithstanding that it or the relevant part thereof has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule. If a Participant is permitted to exercise a Subsisting Option that has not been vested, such Participant may be required by the Company to make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code.

 

6


6.4 A person is a “ Bad Leaver ” if:

 

  (a) the reason for the person having become a Departing Employee is as a result of:

 

  (i) his dismissal or the termination of the Departing Employee’s service contract (or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) in circumstances which, for any reason, justify (or which, if the Departing Employee were an employee of the Company or any such Subsidiary, would so justify) his summary dismissal or summary termination (without, for the avoidance of doubt, notice or payment in lieu of notice being required):

 

  (A) under the Departing Employee’s service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided; or

 

  (B) if such Departing Employee is employed in the United Kingdom, at common law,

(respectively, a “ Dismissal ” and a “ Termination ”); or

 

  (ii) the services of the Departing Employee (whether provided in accordance with the terms of a service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) being or becoming no longer available to the Company and/or any such Subsidiary in breach (other than by breach by the Company or any such Subsidiary) of such service contract or other arrangements; or

 

  (iii) his Voluntary Resignation (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary of the Company) where circumstances exist in which the Company or any Subsidiary would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such Departing Employee; or

 

  (b) the Participant is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company whose employment relationship with the Company or such Affiliate is governed by the laws of the United States and/or any state therein:

 

  (i)

in the case where there is no employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant on the date of issue of Plan Shares (or where there is such an agreement but it does not define “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import)), then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean (a) such employee’s dismissal or termination that is occasioned by the Company or such Affiliate as a result of (i) insubordination, dishonesty, fraud, incompetence, moral turpitude or wilful misconduct of the Participant, (ii) the Participant’s refusal to perform his or her duties or responsibilities for any reason

 

7


  other than illness or incapacity, or (iii) materially unsatisfactory performance of the Participant’s duties for the Company or such Affiliate, in each case as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, or (b) an employee’s voluntary resignation where circumstances exist in which the Company or such Affiliate would have been entitled to dismiss the Participant as a “Bad Leaver” in accordance with this Rule 6.4(b)(i); or

 

  (ii) in the case where there is an employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant that defines “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) on the date of grant, then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) as defined under such agreement, provided, however, that with regard to any agreement under which the definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) only applies on occurrence of a change in control, such definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) shall not apply until a change in control actually takes place and then only with regard to a termination thereafter.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an Option certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct, to include, but not to be limited to, an undertaking to pay) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Plan Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b); and

 

  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Plan Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Schedule 1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised.

 

8


7.2 The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Option having vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (c) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Plan Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (d) [ Intentionally deleted]

 

  (e) either of the following conditions being satisfied within one month of the date on which the notice of exercise of that Option was lodged in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) where any Member of the Group would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise:

 

  (i) the Participant entering into an agreement with the Company, in such form as determined by the Board, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; or

 

  (ii) the Participant entering into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (iii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and:

 

  (A) in the event that either condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which that condition is satisfied; or

 

  (B) in the event that neither condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 7.1 shall not be effective; or

 

  (C) in the event that the Board waives the requirement for either condition to be satisfied, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date of the waiver.

 

7.3

Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure

 

9


  the transfer of the relevant Plan Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Plan Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4 Plan Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Ordinary Shares then already in issue except that they and any Plan Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.5 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Plan Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1 In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Plan Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Plan Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Plan Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2 No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Plan Shares below the nominal value of a Plan Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Plan Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any Option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

8.4 Any adjustment made to an option under Rule 8.1 shall be intended not to subject the Option to Section 409A of the Code.

 

9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1

In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to

 

10


  the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company or the day the offer should have been made pursuant to paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with paragraph 2 of Schedule 1) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to paragraph 1.2 of Schedule 1 or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1, the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of Rule 9.1(a)); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of Rule 9.1(b)).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders and shall be bound to transfer their Plan Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3 If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 99 of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Part VII of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5 If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6 Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from 18 June 2014, the effective date of the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the initial public offering of the Ordinary Shares undertaken in connection with the Listing.

 

9.7 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

11


10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages;

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Bye-laws with respect to the terms of the Plan Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

12


11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group.

 

11.3 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant participating company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service: and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Ordinary Shares.

 

11.8 If any Option certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Plan Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to the Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13


13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after 31 December 2013.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Plan Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of the Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend the Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

The Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of the Plan, their Option(s) and any Plan Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

17. CERTAIN INFORMATION

The Company shall, for so long as it is relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act and is not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act, provide to each Participant (i) information about the risks associated with an investment in the Plan Shares as described in Rule 701(e)(3) under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ Securities Act ”) and (ii) the financial information described in Rule 701(e)(4) and (5) under the Securities Act, every six (6) months with the financial statements described therein being not more than 180 days old and with such other information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. Each Participant shall be required to keep such information strictly confidential.

 

14


SCHEDULE 1

DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

 

1. Drag Along

 

1.1 If the holders of more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue (“ Initiating Shareholders ”) propose to sell in a bona fide, arm’s-length transaction a number of Ordinary Shares in the Company representing more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue to a third party at Fair Value (in accordance with paragraph 3 of this Schedule 1) representing a value of the Company equal to or exceeding US$50 million (a “ Qualifying Proposed Sale ”), such Initiating Shareholders shall, subject to the conditions contained in paragraphs 1.2 and 1.3 of this Schedule 1, have the right to require all of the Participants (the “ Non-Initiating Shareholders ”) to transfer all of their Ordinary Shares (or, in respect of any Participants, any Plan Shares to which he will become entitled on exercise by him of any Subsisting Options pursuant to the Rules) to the proposed transferee within five business days (or such later date as may be specified in the notice) of receiving a notice in writing signed by or on behalf of the Initiating Shareholders (the “ Drag Along Notice ”). On service of the Drag Along Notice each Non-Initiating Shareholder shall (i) consent to, vote in favour of and raise no objections against such Qualifying Proposed Sale (including exercising any rights of appraisal, dissenters rights or similar rights), (ii) take all necessary and desirable actions in their capacities as shareholders of the Company in connection with the consummation of such Qualifying Proposed Sale, and (iii) agree to sell all of their Ordinary Shares on the same terms and conditions as the Initiating Shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the value of the total consideration payable pursuant to a Drag Along Notice to any Non-Initiating Shareholder who is, or whose direct or indirect holding company is, at the date such Shareholder becomes a member of the Company, subject to the Listing Rules made by the Financial Services Authority pursuant to Part VI of the UK Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, shall in any event not exceed £2 million.

 

1.2 The Initiating Shareholders shall at the same time as serving the Drag Along Notice, deliver a copy of the Drag Along Notice to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

1.3 The Drag Along Notice shall be accompanied by copies of all documents required to be executed by the Non-Initiating Shareholders to give effect to the transfer and the transfer shall be subject to the condition that, upon consummation of the Qualifying Proposed Sale, each shareholder will receive the same form and proportion of consideration with respect to his or its Ordinary Shares (such consideration to be distributed in accordance with the provisions of the Bye-laws), or if any shareholder is given a choice as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, all shareholders will be given the same choice.

 

1.4 If a Non-Initiating Shareholder defaults in transferring its Ordinary Shares pursuant to this paragraph 1, such Non-Initiating Shareholder shall be deemed to have authorised the Company as his or its agent to execute a transfer of that Non-Initiating Shareholder’s Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee.

 

15


2. Tag Along

 

2.1 If the effect of any transfer of Ordinary Shares would result in there being a Qualifying Proposed Sale, the holder or holders of such Ordinary Shares (the “ Seller ( s ) ”) shall not complete such Qualifying Proposed Sale unless it or they ensure(s) that the purchaser offers to buy from the other shareholders all the Ordinary Shares held by them and from the Participants, any Ordinary Shares they would hold if they were to exercise their Subsisting Option(s) under the Plan pursuant to the Rules, in either case at the same price per share (whether the consideration is cash or newly issued ordinary shares in the proposed purchaser’s share capital) as apply to the purchase of the Ordinary Shares of the Seller(s) and on no other terms than the terms agreed with the Seller(s) (save in respect of any terms requisite to enable the other shareholders or Participants to enjoy the benefit of the rights granted to them under this paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1). The offer shall:

 

  2.1.1 be irrevocable and unconditional (except for any conditions which apply to the proposed transfer of the shares of the Seller(s) and as set out in paragraph 2.2 of this Schedule 1);

 

  2.1.2 be open for acceptance during a period of not less than fifteen (15) business days after receipt of such offer; and

 

  2.1.3 specify that completion shall be effected at the office of the Company by delivery of the duly executed instruments of transfer in respect of the relevant Ordinary Shares accompanied by share certificates in respect thereof against a bankers’ draft in respect of the purchase price thereof and together with any stamp duty payable thereon.

 

2.2 If the offer is accepted, the sale shall be conditional upon completion of the Seller(s)’ sale to the third party purchaser and shall be completed at the same time as that sale which may not occur after the day ten (10) business days after the fifteen (15) business day period referred to in paragraph 2.1.2 of this Schedule 1 and the date of which shall be stated in the offer provided always that the proceeds of such sale shall be distributed in accordance with the Bye-laws.

 

2.3 No offer shall be required pursuant to paragraph 2 of this Schedule 1 if a Drag Along Notice has been served under paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1.

 

2.4 The Seller(s) shall procure that the proposed purchaser shall provide a copy of the offer(s) referred to in paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1 to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

3. Valuation of Shares

For the purposes of the Plan “ Fair Value ” of an Ordinary Share shall mean the fair value of the relevant share at the applicable time of determination, as determined by the Board in good faith. The determination of Fair Value by the Board shall be conclusive and binding on all parties.

 

16


APPENDIX A

VESTING SCHEDULE

 

1. Subject to 2 and 3 below and provided the Participant has not become a Departing Employee, an Option shall vest in accordance with the following Vesting Condition determined by the Board in its absolute discretion on the Date of Grant:

The Option shall vest as to one third (1/3) of the total number of Options on the 1st of January of each of the 3 calendar years following the Date of Grant, commencing on the 1st January immediately following the Date of Grant.

 

2. If a Participant who is a consultant (and not an employee) ceases to be a consultant (that is he ceases to provide services to the Company) and the reason for the Participant having ceased to be a consultant is as a result of either (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of his consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement or (ii) the Participant voluntarily terminates such agreement or gives notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant, any unvested portion of the Participant’s Option shall immediately lapse.

 

3. In the event that the number of vested shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share, the number of Plan Shares so vested shall be rounded downwards to the nearest whole number of Plan Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Plan Share.

 

17

Exhibit 4.15

RULES OF THE MARKIT 2010 SHARE OPTION PLAN

MARKIT LTD.

Rules approved by the Board of Markit Group Holdings Limited

on 27 January 2010

Assumed and adopted by Markit Ltd. on 18 June 2014

Amended and Restated on 4 December 2014


CONTENTS

 

Clause        Page  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     1   
2.  

COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

     4   
3.  

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     5   
4.  

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     5   
5.  

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     5   
6.  

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     6   
7.  

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     8   
8.  

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     10   
9.  

SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

     10   
10.  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     12   
11.  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     12   
12.  

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     13   
13.  

TERMINATION

     14   
14.  

TERM

     14   
15.  

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     14   
16.  

GOVERNING LAW

     14   
17.  

CERTAIN INFORMATION

     14   

SCHEDULE 1 DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

     15   

APPENDIX A VESTING SCHEDULE

     17   

 

i


RULES OF THE MARKIT 2010 SHARE OPTION PLAN

RECITALS

 

(A) The Plan was originally approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited and adopted on 27 January 2010 (the “ Original Plan ”).

 

(B) Following a court approved scheme of arrangement and the insertion of Markit Ltd. as the ultimate holding company of the Markit group on 18 June 2014, the Original Plan and the options outstanding thereunder were assumed by Markit Ltd.

 

(C) Pursuant to Rule 11.1 of the Original Plan, the Board has resolved to amend and restate the Rules in their entirety as set out below.

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 In the Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person (other than an individual), any other person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person; and with respect to an individual means any person that such individual has transferred all or part of its shares in accordance with the Bye-laws;

Bad Leaver ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.4;

Board ” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

Bye-laws ” means the bye-laws of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “ Bye-law ” shall be construed accordingly;

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

Commencement Date ” means the date on which the Original Plan was approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited, being 27 January 2010, subject to the approval of the Plan by the shareholders of such company within 12 months before or after such board approval;

Company ” means Markit Ltd., an exempted company incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda with its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda;

Date of Grant ” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

 

1


Departing Employee ” means:

 

  (a) any individual that is a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies and:

 

  (i) who, for any reason, ceases to be a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) the business of the company of which he is a director or employee is sold by the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (b) any individual:

 

  (i) who is a director or an employee of an Affiliate company, and such Affiliate company is sold by the Company and, in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its then remaining Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) whose services are otherwise provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and whose services cease to be provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies;

Dismissal ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.4(a)(i);

Drag Along Notice ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Eligible Participant ” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

Employer’s NICs ” means secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes ” means an amount, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, equal to the sum of all employment and other taxes, insurance premiums and other amounts imposed by any and all Government Authorities on any Member of the Group with respect to the income earned by a Participant arising upon a Participant’s exercise of an Option, the making of an election under section 83(b) of the Code or in accordance with the terms of the Plan or any grant agreement;

Exercise Price ” means the price per Plan Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

Fair Value ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 3 of Schedule 1;

Government Authority ” means the government of the U.S., the government of any U.S. State (including the government of the District of Columbia and the government of any U.S. possession or territory) or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing;

HMRC ” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

 

2


Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Listing ” means the listing of the Ordinary Shares on the NASDAQ stock market, as of 18 June 2014;

Member of the Group ” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

Non-Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

Option ” means a right to acquire Plan Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

Option Tax Liability ” means the sum of (i) an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an agreement or election under Rule 7.2(e)) or any other amounts (including Medicare) which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group and (ii) the Employer’s share of U.S. Employment Taxes;

Ordinary Shares ” means the common shares of US$0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

Original Plan ” has the meaning given to it in Recital (A);

Parent ” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

Participant ” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

Plan ” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

Plan Share ” means a fully paid Ordinary Share issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan;

Qualifying Proposed Sale ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Rules ” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

 

3


Securities Act ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 17;

Securities Exchange Act ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 5.2;

Seller(s) ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1 ;

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

Subsisting Option ” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

Ten Percent Shareholder ” means a person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent;

Termination ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.4(a)(i);

Vesting Schedule ” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, the vesting schedule attached to the Rules as Appendix A or such other vesting schedule determined by the Board; and

Voluntary Resignation ” means, in respect of a director or employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates, the voluntary resignation of that director or employee (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any of its Affiliates) in circumstances other than where the Company or any of its Affiliates would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such director or employee.

 

1.2 Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Schedule forms a part of the Plan.

 

1.3 The provisions of Rules 7.2(b) and 7.2(c) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

 

2.1 The Plan commenced on the Commencement Date and was known as The Markit 2010 Share Option Plan (1/5 vesting), and shall continue to be known as The Markit 2010 Share Option Plan.

 

2.2 The Rules are hereby amended and restated in their entirety.

 

2.3 The purposes of the Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the stockholders of the Company by granting the Eligible Participants Options to purchase Plan Shares.

 

4


3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Plan Shares subject to the Rules including, the Vesting Schedule and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. A single deed of grant may be executed in favour of any number of Participants. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with a certificate as evidence of the grant of an Option.

 

3.3 The aggregate number of Plan Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under the Plan shall not exceed 433,654 Plan Shares (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Rule 8.1 of the Plan). If any Option granted under the Plan expires, terminates or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the Plan Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

3.4 The Board shall have authority to determine whether an Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option, provided that an Eligible Participant who is a director or a consultant is not eligible to be granted an Incentive Stock Option; and, provided, further, that only Eligible Participants who are employees of the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant, provided that the Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Value of a Plan Share on the Date of Grant; and provided, further, that if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, the Exercise Price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Value of a Plan Share on the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

 

5.1 No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever and no Plan Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option (prior to the Option being exercised) shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5.1 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

5


5.2 In addition, all Options granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan and any Plan Shares to be issued upon exercise of any Option shall be restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position”, or any “call equivalent position” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(v) under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Securities Exchange Act ”)), by the Participant prior to the exercise of the Option (except in the circumstances permitted in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(iv) under the Securities Exchange Act), until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act or is no longer relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1 Subject to Rules 6.3, 7 and 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

6.2 A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) the 31st of December 2016;

 

  (b) [Intentionally deleted] ;

 

  (c) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (d) the date upon which the Participant (who is not a consultant) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (e) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant in the circumstances contemplated by paragraph 2 of the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (f) three months from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule and immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule on such date; and

 

  (g) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rules 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

6.3 A Participant may, with the prior agreement of the Board, exercise a Subsisting Option in whole or in part at any time, notwithstanding that it or the relevant part thereof has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule. If a Participant is permitted to exercise a Subsisting Option that has not been vested, such Participant may be required by the Company to make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code.

 

6


6.4 A person is a “ Bad Leaver ” if:

 

  (a) the reason for the person having become a Departing Employee is as a result of:

 

  (i) his dismissal or the termination of the Departing Employee’s service contract (or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) in circumstances which, for any reason, justify (or which, if the Departing Employee were an employee of the Company or any such Subsidiary, would so justify) his summary dismissal or summary termination (without, for the avoidance of doubt, notice or payment in lieu of notice being required):

 

  (A) under the Departing Employee’s service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided; or

 

  (B) if such Departing Employee is employed in the United Kingdom, at common law,

(respectively, a “ Dismissal ” and a “ Termination ”); or

 

  (ii) the services of the Departing Employee (whether provided in accordance with the terms of a service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) being or becoming no longer available to the Company and/or any such Subsidiary in breach (other than by breach by the Company or any such Subsidiary) of such service contract or other arrangements; or

 

  (iii) his Voluntary Resignation (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary of the Company) where circumstances exist in which the Company or any Subsidiary would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such Departing Employee; or

 

  (b) the Participant is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company whose employment relationship with the Company or such Affiliate is governed by the laws of the United States and/or any state therein:

 

  (i)

in the case where there is no employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant on the date of issue of Plan Shares (or where there is such an agreement but it does not define “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import)), then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean (a) such employee’s dismissal or termination that is occasioned by the Company or such Affiliate as a result of (i) insubordination, dishonesty, fraud, incompetence, moral turpitude or wilful misconduct of the Participant, (ii) the Participant’s refusal to perform his or her duties or responsibilities for any reason

 

7


  other than illness or incapacity, or (iii) materially unsatisfactory performance of the Participant’s duties for the Company or such Affiliate, in each case as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, or (b) an employee’s voluntary resignation where circumstances exist in which the Company or such Affiliate would have been entitled to dismiss the Participant as a “Bad Leaver” in accordance with this Rule 6.4(b)(i); or

 

  (ii) in the case where there is an employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant that defines “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) on the date of grant, then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) as defined under such agreement, provided, however, that with regard to any agreement under which the definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) only applies on occurrence of a change in control, such definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) shall not apply until a change in control actually takes place and then only with regard to a termination thereafter.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an Option certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct, to include, but not to be limited to, an undertaking to pay) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Plan Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b); and

 

  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Plan Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Schedule 1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised.

 

8


7.2 The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Option having vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule;

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (c) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Plan Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability; and

 

  (d) [ Intentionally deleted ]

 

  (e) either of the following conditions being satisfied within one month of the date on which the notice of exercise of that Option was lodged in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) where any Member of the Group would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise:

 

  (i) the Participant entering into an agreement with the Company, in such form as determined by the Board, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; or

 

  (ii) the Participant entering into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (iii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and:

 

  A. in the event that either condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which that condition is satisfied; or

 

  B. in the event that neither condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 7.1 shall not be effective; or

 

  C. in the event that the Board waives the requirement for either condition to be satisfied, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date of the waiver.

 

7.3

Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure

 

9


  the transfer of the relevant Plan Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Plan Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4 Plan Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Ordinary Shares then already in issue except that they and any Plan Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.5 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Plan Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1 In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Plan Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Plan Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Plan Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2 No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Plan Shares below the nominal value of a Plan Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Plan Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any Option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

8.4 Any adjustment made to an option under Rule 8.1 shall be intended not to subject the Option to Section 409A of the Code.

 

9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1

In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 ) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company

 

10


  or the day the offer should have been made pursuant to paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with paragraph 2 of Schedule 1) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to paragraph 1.2 of Schedule 1 or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1, the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of Rule 9.1(a)); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of Rule 9.1(b)).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders and shall be bound to transfer their Plan Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3 If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 99 of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Part VII of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5 If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6 Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from 18 June 2014, the effective date of the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the initial public offering of the Ordinary Shares undertaken in connection with the Listing.

 

9.7 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

11


10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages;

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Bye-laws with respect to the terms of the Plan Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

12


11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group.

 

11.3 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant participating company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service; and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Ordinary Shares.

 

11.8 If any Option certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Plan Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to the Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13


13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants.

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after 31 December 2013.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Plan Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of the Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend the Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

The Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of the Plan, their Option(s) and any Plan Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

17. CERTAIN INFORMATION

The Company shall, for so long as it is relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act and is not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act, provide to each Participant (i) information about the risks associated with an investment in the Plan Shares as described in Rule 701(e)(3) under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ Securities Act ”) and (ii) the financial information described in Rule 701(e)(4) and (5) under the Securities Act, every six (6) months with the financial statements described therein being not more than 180 days old and with such other information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. Each Participant shall be required to keep such information strictly confidential.

 

14


SCHEDULE 1

DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

 

1. Drag Along

 

1.1 If the holders of more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue (“ Initiating Shareholders ”) propose to sell in a bona fide, arm’s-length transaction a number of Ordinary Shares in the Company representing more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue to a third party at Fair Value (in accordance with paragraph 3 of this Schedule 1) representing a value of the Company equal to or exceeding US$50 million (a “ Qualifying Proposed Sale ”), such Initiating Shareholders shall, subject to the conditions contained in paragraphs 1.2 and 1.3 of this Schedule 1, have the right to require all of the Participants (the “ Non-Initiating Shareholders ”) to transfer all of their Ordinary Shares (or, in respect of any Participants, any Plan Shares to which he will become entitled on exercise by him of any Subsisting Options pursuant to the Rules) to the proposed transferee within five business days (or such later date as may be specified in the notice) of receiving a notice in writing signed by or on behalf of the Initiating Shareholders (the “ Drag Along Notice ”). On service of the Drag Along Notice each Non-Initiating Shareholder shall (i) consent to, vote in favour of and raise no objections against such Qualifying Proposed Sale (including exercising any rights of appraisal, dissenters rights or similar rights), (ii) take all necessary and desirable actions in their capacities as shareholders of the Company in connection with the consummation of such Qualifying Proposed Sale, and (iii) agree to sell all of their Ordinary Shares on the same terms and conditions as the Initiating Shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the value of the total consideration payable pursuant to a Drag Along Notice to any Non-Initiating Shareholder who is, or whose direct or indirect holding company is, at the date such Shareholder becomes a member of the Company, subject to the Listing Rules made by the Financial Services Authority pursuant to Part VI of the U.K. Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, shall in any event not exceed £2 million.

 

1.2 The Initiating Shareholders shall at the same time as serving the Drag Along Notice, deliver a copy of the Drag Along Notice to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

1.3 The Drag Along Notice shall be accompanied by copies of all documents required to be executed by the Non-Initiating Shareholders to give effect to the transfer and the transfer shall be subject to the condition that, upon consummation of the Qualifying Proposed Sale, each shareholder will receive the same form and proportion of consideration with respect to his or its Ordinary Shares (such consideration to be distributed in accordance with the provisions of the Bye-laws), or if any shareholder is given a choice as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, all shareholders will be given the same choice.

 

1.4 If a Non-Initiating Shareholder defaults in transferring its Ordinary Shares pursuant to this paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1, such Non-Initiating Shareholder shall be deemed to have authorised the Company as his or its agent to execute a transfer of that Non-Initiating Shareholder’s Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee.

 

15


2. Tag Along

 

2.1 If the effect of any transfer of Ordinary Shares would result in there being a Qualifying Proposed Sale, the holder or holders of such Ordinary Shares (the “ Seller(s) ”) shall not complete such Qualifying Proposed Sale unless it or they ensure(s) that the purchaser offers to buy from the other shareholders all the Ordinary Shares held by them and from the Participants, any Ordinary Shares they would hold if they were to exercise their Subsisting Option(s) under the Plan pursuant to the Rules, in either case at the same price per share (whether the consideration is cash or newly issued ordinary shares in the proposed purchaser’s share capital) as apply to the purchase of the Ordinary Shares of the Seller(s) and on no other terms than the terms agreed with the Seller(s) (save in respect of any terms requisite to enable the other shareholders or Participants to enjoy the benefit of the rights granted to them under this paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1). The offer shall:

 

  2.1.1 be irrevocable and unconditional (except for any conditions which apply to the proposed transfer of the shares of the Seller(s) and as set out in paragraph 2.2 of this Schedule 1);

 

  2.1.2 be open for acceptance during a period of not less than fifteen (15) business days after receipt of such offer; and

 

  2.1.3 specify that completion shall be effected at the office of the Company by delivery of the duly executed instruments of transfer in respect of the relevant Ordinary Shares accompanied by share certificates in respect thereof against a bankers’ draft in respect of the purchase price thereof and together with any stamp duty payable thereon.

 

2.2 If the offer is accepted, the sale shall be conditional upon completion of the Seller(s)’ sale to the third party purchaser and shall be completed at the same time as that sale which may not occur after the day ten (10) business days after the fifteen (15) business day period referred to in paragraph 2.1.2 of this Schedule 1 and the date of which shall be stated in the offer provided always that the proceeds of such sale shall be distributed in accordance with the Bye-laws.

 

2.3 No offer shall be required pursuant to paragraph 2 of this Schedule 1 if a Drag Along Notice has been served under paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1.

 

2.4 The Seller(s) shall procure that the proposed purchaser shall provide a copy of the offer(s) referred to in paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1 to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

3. Valuation of Shares

For the purposes of the Plan the “ Fair Value ” of an Ordinary Share shall mean the fair value of the relevant share at the applicable time of determination, as determined by the Board in good faith. The determination of Fair Value by the Board shall be conclusive and binding on all parties.

 

16


APPENDIX A

VESTING SCHEDULE

 

4. Subject to 5 and 6 below and provided the Participant has not become a Departing Employee, an Option shall vest in accordance with the following Vesting Condition determined by the Board in its absolute discretion on the Date of Grant:

The Option shall vest as to one fifth (1/5) of the total number of Options on the 1st of January of each of the 5 calendar years following the Date of Grant, commencing on the 1st of January immediately following the Date of Grant.

 

5. If a Participant who is a consultant (and not an employee) ceases to be a consultant (that is he ceases to provide services to the Company) and the reason for the Participant having ceased to be a consultant is as a result of either (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of his consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement or (ii) the Participant voluntarily terminates such agreement or gives notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant, any unvested portion of the Participant’s Option shall immediately lapse.

 

6. In the event that the number of vested shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share, the number of Plan Shares so vested shall be rounded downwards to the nearest whole number of Plan Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Plan Share.

 

17

Exhibit 4.16

RULES OF THE MARKIT SHARE PLAN

MARKIT LTD.

Rules approved by the Board of Markit Group Holdings Limited

on 1 December 2010

Assumed and adopted by Markit Ltd. on 18 June 2014

Amended and Restated on 4 December 2014


CONTENTS

 

Clause    Page  
1.   

DEFINITIONS

     3   
2.   

COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

     5   
3.   

THE ALLOTMENT OF SHARES

     5   
4.   

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     7   
5.   

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     7   
6.   

RESTRICTIONS

     8   
7.   

GOVERNING LAW

     8   


RULES OF THE MARKIT SHARE PLAN

RECITALS:

 

(A) The Plan was originally approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited and adopted on 1 December 2010 (the “ Original Plan ”).

 

(B) Following a court approved scheme of arrangement and the insertion of Markit Ltd. as the ultimate holding company of the Markit group on 18 June 2014, the Original Plan was assumed by Markit Ltd.

 

(C) In connection with the court approved scheme of arrangement and the insertion of Markit Ltd. as the ultimate holding company of the Markit group on 18 June 2014 referred to in Recital (B), certain Restricted Participants entered into a restricted share contracts with the Company (the “ Restricted Share Contracts ”), which contain certain provisions relating to the transfer of Restricted Shares to the Company by a Restricted Participant.

 

(D) Pursuant to Rule 5.1 of the Original Plan, the Board has resolved to amend and restate the Rules in their entirety as set out below.

 

1. DEF IN ITI ONS

 

1.1 In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person (other than an individual), any other person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person; and with respect to an individual means any person that such individual has transferred all or part of its shares in accordance with the Bye-laws;

Allotment Letter ” means a letter in the form set out in Appendix A (with such modifications as the Board shall decide) pursuant to which the Company shall allot Plan Shares and a Participant shall agree to take such Plan Shares on the terms and subject to the conditions of the Plan;

Board ” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

Bye-laws ” means the bye-laws of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time;

Commencement Date ” means the date on which the Original Plan was approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited, being 1 December 2010, subject to the approval of the shareholders of such company;

 

3


Company ” means Markit Ltd., an exempted company incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda with its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda;

Date of Allotment ” in respect of a Participant means the date on which Plan Shares are allotted to such Participant and such Participant validly executes an Allotment Letter;

Election ” has the meaning given in Rule 3.7(b);

Eligible Participant ” means any senior employee (including a director) of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

Employee Taxation ” has the meaning given in Rule 3.11;

ITEPA ” means the Income Tax Earning and Pensions Act 2003;

Member of the Group ” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

Original Plan ” has the meaning given to it in Recital (A);

Ordinary Share ” means a common share of US$0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

Participant ” means any individual who has been allotted a Plan Share or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

Plan ” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

Plan Share ” means a fully paid Ordinary Share issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan;

Restricted Participant ” has the meaning given in 6 ;

Restricted Share Contracts ” has the meaning given in Recital (C);

Restricted Shares ” has the meaning given in Rule 6 ;

Rules ” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting and the terms and conditions of the Restricted Share Contracts, if applicable and to the extent such contract applies to a Restricted Participant; and

Subscription Price ” has the meaning given in Rule 3.1.

 

1.2 Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it.

 

4


2. COMMENCEMENT , AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

The Plan commenced on the Commencement Date and shall continue to be known as The Markit Share Plan. The Rules are hereby amended and restated in their entirety. The purposes of the Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the stockholders of the Company by allotting Plan Shares to the Eligible Participants hereunder.

 

3. THE ALLOTMENT OF SHARES

 

3.1 The Board may allot Eligible Participants Plan Shares subject to the Rules and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Plan Shares may be allotted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The number of Plan Shares to be allotted to an Eligible Participant, and the vesting period of such Plan Shares in accordance with Rule 6, shall, in each case, be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 The Subscription Price for each Plan Share allotted pursuant to the Plan shall be equal to the sum of the nominal value of the Plan Shares, being US$0.01 per Plan Share (the “ Subscription Price ”).

 

3.3 If required, the Company shall obtain an independent valuation of the Ordinary Shares indicating the unrestricted market value of the Ordinary Shares (for the purposes of section 431(1) ITEPA) following the allotment of any Plan Shares.

 

3.4 Each Participant to whom Plan Shares are allotted under the Plan shall be sent an Allotment Letter by the Company.

 

3.5 The aggregate number of Plan Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under the Plan shall not exceed the amount approved by the Board from time to time.

 

3.6 All Plan Shares shall be allotted within 6 months after the date of adoption of the Plan by the Board.

 

3.7 Upon allotment of any Plan Shares by the Board, a Participant shall:

 

  (a) execute a counterpart of the Allotment Letter; and

 

  (b) execute an election with his employer pursuant to section 431(1) ITEPA in the form prescribed by the HM Revenue and Customs (as supplied by the Company) and/ or an election pursuant to section 83(b) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended in the form prescribed by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service to elect to pay income tax (if any) computed by reference to the unrestricted market value of the Plan Shares so acquired (the “ Election ”),

 

5


and lodge the same with the company secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to the Participant in the Allotment Letter), together with payment (in such form and manner as the Board shall direct including, to the extent lawful, the withholding of the Subscription Price from the Participant’s normal pay or other amounts payable to the Participant by the Company or such other Member of the Group) of a sum equal to the aggregate Subscription Price of the Plan Shares so allotted.

 

3.8 The Board shall within 30 days of the allotment of any Plan Shares cause the Company to procure the entry of the name of the Participant in the register of members of the Company in respect of the relevant Plan Shares and to send to the Participant a share certificate in respect of the same (which shall state that the Plan Shares have been issued under the Plan).

 

3.9 The Board shall by 6 July following the end of the tax year in which the Plan Shares are allotted make a report of the acquisition of such Plan Shares to HM Revenue and Customs on Form 42 (or its successor).

 

3.10 Plan Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the shares of the same class then already in issue.

 

3.11 In any case where any Member of the Group is obliged to account for Employee Taxation to a tax authority as a result of or in respect of the following:

 

  (a) the acquisition of Plan Shares pursuant to the Plan;

 

  (b) the entering into of the Election; or

 

  (c) any action, event or thing done following the acquisition of Plan Shares pursuant to the Plan which gives rise to an Employee Taxation liability in respect of such Plan Shares including where the following sections of ITEPA apply:

 

  (i) section 426 (restricted securities - charge on occurrence of chargeable events);

 

  (ii) section 438 (convertible securities - charge on occurrence of chargeable events);

 

  (iii) section 446E (securities with artificially depressed market value - charge on restricted securities);

 

  (iv) section 446L (securities with artificially enhanced market value - charge on non-commercial increases);

 

  (v) section 446Y (securities disposed of for more than market value); and

 

  (vi) section 447 (post-acquisition benefits from securities - charge on other chargeable benefits from securities),

such Member of the Group may, to the extent lawful, recover the Employee Taxation from the Participant in question and each such Participant agrees that

 

6


such Member of the Group may recover the Employee Taxation via deductions from salary for the relevant period under PAYE and to the extent that such deductions are insufficient to cover the Employee Taxation, the Participant shall having received written notice from such Member of the Group (on an after tax basis) pay to such Member of the Group the balance three business days before the last day on which such Member of the Group can account for the Employee Taxation to a tax authority without incurring interest and penalties. For the purposes of this Rule 3.11, the term “ Employee Taxation ” means (i) any charge to income tax or social security contributions including any Secondary Class 1 National Insurance liability to the extent schedule 1 of the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 (as amended by the National Insurance Contributions and Statutory Payments Act 2004) permits recovery from the Participant and (ii) any applicable U.S. federal, state or local income or employment taxes or insurance premiums.

 

4. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

4.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

4.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages;

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

4.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

5. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

5.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Bye-laws with respect to the terms of the Plan Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

7


5.2 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company or sent through the Company’s internal postal service; and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the company secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

5.3 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan.

 

5.4 The Board shall have the right to delegate at any time the administration of the Plan to any third party that it deems fit.

 

6. RESTRICTIONS

The Plan Shares held by a Participant shall be subject to a vesting period set out in the Participant’s Allotment Letter. By way of example, in the case of a three year vesting period, the unrestricted number of Plan Shares shall be equal to the total number of Plan Shares allotted to such Participant, multiplied by 1/3 on 1 January in each of the three years following the Date of Allotment. In the Rules, references to “ Restricted Shares ” shall mean any Plan Shares held by a Participant pursuant to the Plan which have yet to vest in accordance with their terms, and “ Restricted Participant ” shall means a Participant whose Plan Shares are Restricted Shares.

 

7. GOVERNING LAW

The Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of the Plan and any Plan Shares allotted or issued to them under the Plan.

 

8

Exhibit 4.17

RULES OF THE MARKIT SHARE OPTION PLAN

MARKIT LTD.

Rules approved by the Board of Markit Group Holdings Limited

in February 2011

Assumed and adopted by Markit Ltd. on 18 June 2014

Amended and Restated on 4 December 2014


CONTENTS

 

Clause        Page  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     1   
2.  

COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

     4   
3.  

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     5   
4.  

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     5   
5.  

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     5   
6.  

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     6   
7.  

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     8   
8.  

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     10   
9.  

SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

     11   
10.  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     12   
11.  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     13   
12.  

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     14   
13.  

TERMINATION

     14   
14.  

TERM

     14   
15.  

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     14   
16.  

GOVERNING LAW

     15   
17.  

CERTAIN INFORMATION

     15   

SCHEDULE 1 DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

     16   

 

i


RULES OF THE MARKIT SHARE OPTION PLAN

RECITALS:

 

(A) The Plan was originally approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited and adopted in February 2011 (the “ Original Plan ”).

 

(B) Following a court approved scheme of arrangement and the insertion of Markit Ltd. as the ultimate holding company of the Markit group on 18 June 2014, the Original Plan and the options outstanding thereunder were assumed by Markit Ltd.

 

(C) Pursuant to Rule 11.1 of the Original Plan, the Board has resolved to amend and restate the Rules in their entirety as set out below.

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 In the Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person (other than an individual), any other person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person; and with respect to an individual means any person that such individual has transferred all or part of its shares in accordance with the Bye-laws;

Bad Leaver ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.4;

Board ” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

Bye-laws ” means the bye-laws of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “ Bye-law ” shall be construed accordingly;

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

Commencement Date ” means the date on which the Original Plan was approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited, being in February 2011;

Company ” means Markit Ltd., an exempted company incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda with its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda;

Date of Grant ” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

 

1


Departing Employee ” means:

 

  (a) any individual that is a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies and:

 

  (i) who, for any reason, ceases to be a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) the business of the company of which he is a director or employee is sold by the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (b) any individual:

 

  (i) who is a director or an employee of an Affiliate company, and such Affiliate company is sold by the Company and, in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its then remaining Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) whose services are otherwise provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and whose services cease to be provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies;

Dismissal ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.4(a)(i);

Drag Along Notice ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Effective Date ” means, with regard to an Option and subject to the terms of the Plan, the date set out in the corresponding Option Certificate from which such Option begins to vest;

Eligible Participant ” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

Employer’s NICs ” means secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes ” means an amount, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, equal to the sum of all employment and other taxes, insurance premiums and other amounts imposed by any and all Government Authorities on any Member of the Group with respect to the income earned by a Participant arising upon a Participant’s exercise of an Option, the making of an election under section 83(b) of the Code or in accordance with the terms of the Plan or any grant agreement;

Exercise Price ” means the price per Plan Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

Fair Value ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 3 of Schedule 1;

Government Authority ” means the government of the U.S., the government of any U.S. State (including the government of the District of Columbia and the government of any U.S. possession or territory) or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing;

 

2


HMRC ” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “ Incentive Stock Option ” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Listing ” means the listing of the Ordinary Shares on the NASDAQ stock market, as of 18 June 2014;

Member of the Group ” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

Non-Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

Option ” means a right to acquire Plan Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

Option Certificate ” means the certificate evidencing a grant of an Option pursuant to Rule 3.2;

Option Tax Liability ” means the sum of (i) an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an agreement or election under Rule 7.2(e)) or any other amounts (including Medicare) which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group and (ii) the Employer’s share of U.S. Employment Taxes;

Ordinary Shares ” means the common shares of US$0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

Original Plan ” has the meaning given to it in Recital (A);

Parent ” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

Participant ” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

Plan ” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

 

3


Plan Share ” means a fully paid Ordinary Share issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan;

Qualifying Proposed Sale ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Rules ” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

Securities Act ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 17;

Securities Exchange Act ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 5.2;

Seller(s) ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1;

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

Subsisting Option ” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

Termination ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.4(a)(i);

Vesting Terms ” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, such vesting terms as the Board may, on or before the Date of Grant of an Option, specify and set out in the Option Certificate; and

Voluntary Resignation ” means, in respect of a director or employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates, the voluntary resignation of that director or employee (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any of its Affiliates) in circumstances other than where the Company or any of its Affiliates would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such director or employee.

 

1.2 Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Terms form a part of the Plan.

 

1.3 The provisions of Rules 7.2(b) and 7.2(c) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

 

2.1 The Plan commenced on the Commencement Date and shall continue to be known as The Markit Share Option Plan.

 

2.2 The Rules are hereby amended and restated in their entirety.

 

2.3 The purposes of the Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the shareholders of the Company by granting the Eligible Participants Options to purchase Plan Shares.

 

4


3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Plan Shares subject to the Rules including, the Vesting Terms and such other terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant, be issued with an Option Certificate:

 

  (a) evidencing the grant of an Option;

 

  (b) setting out the Exercise Price;

 

  (c) including the applicable Vesting Terms; and

 

  (d) setting out any other terms or conditions as the Board may determine under Rule 3.1.

 

3.3 The aggregate number of Plan Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under the Plan shall not exceed such number as determined by the Board from time to time (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Rule 8.1 of the Plan). If any Option granted under the Plan shall lapse, expire or be terminated or cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the Plan Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

 

5.1 No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever and no Plan Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option (prior to the Option being exercised) shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5.1 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

5


5.2 In addition, all Options granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan and any Plan Shares to be issued upon exercise of any Option shall be restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position”, or any “call equivalent position” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(v) under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Securities Exchange Act ”)), by the Participant prior to the exercise of the Option (except in the circumstances permitted in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(iv) under the Securities Exchange Act), until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act or is no longer relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1 Subject to Rules 6.2, 6.3, 7 and 9, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms.

 

6.2 A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) such lapse date as the Board may determine at the Date of Grant and set out in the Option Certificate;

 

  (b) the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant;

 

  (c) the date upon which the Participant (who is not a consultant) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (d) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant by reason of:

 

  (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of the Participant’s consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement; or

 

  (ii) the voluntary termination by the Participant of such agreement or the giving by him of notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant;

or for such reasons as are set out in the Option Certificate, in respect of any element of a Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms on such date;

 

  (e) three months (or such other time period as may be determined by the Board) from the date on which a Participant becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances other than where the Participant is a Bad Leaver, or on which he ceases to be a consultant in circumstances other than those set out in the Option Certificate, in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms on such date;

 

6


  (f) immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms on such date;

 

  (g) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rules 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5; and

 

  (h) if the Board does not determine a lapse date under Rule 6.2(a), the seventh anniversary of the Effective Date.

 

6.3 A Participant may, with the prior agreement of the Board, exercise a Subsisting Option in whole or in part at any time, notwithstanding that it or the relevant part thereof has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms.

 

6.4 A person is a “ Bad Leaver ” if:

 

  (a) the reason for the person having become a Departing Employee is as a result of:

 

  (i) his dismissal or the termination of the Departing Employee’s service contract (or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) in circumstances which, for any reason, justify (or which, if the Departing Employee were an employee of the Company or any such Subsidiary, would so justify) his summary dismissal or summary termination (without, for the avoidance of doubt, notice or payment in lieu of notice being required):

 

  (A) under the Departing Employee’s service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided; or

 

  (B) if such Departing Employee is employed in the United Kingdom, at common law,

(respectively, a “ Dismissal ” and a “ Termination ”); or

 

  (ii) the services of the Departing Employee (whether provided in accordance with the terms of a service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) being or becoming no longer available to the Company and/or any such Subsidiary in breach (other than by breach by the Company or any such Subsidiary) of such service contract or other arrangements; or

 

  (iii) his Voluntary Resignation (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary of the Company) where circumstances exist in which the Company or any Subsidiary would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such Departing Employee; or

 

7


  (b) the Participant is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company whose employment relationship with the Company or such Affiliate is governed by the laws of the United States and/or any state therein:

 

  (i) in the case where there is no employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate, and the Participant on the date of issue of Plan Shares (or where there is such an agreement but it does not define “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import)), then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean (a) such employee’s dismissal or termination that is occasioned by the Company or such Affiliate as a result of (i) insubordination, dishonesty, fraud, incompetence, moral turpitude or wilful misconduct of the Participant, (ii) the Participant’s refusal to perform his or her duties or responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity, or (iii) materially unsatisfactory performance of the Participant’s duties for the Company or such Affiliate, in each case as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, or (b) an employee’s voluntary resignation where circumstances exist in which the Company or such Affiliate would have been entitled to dismiss the Participant as a “Bad Leaver” in accordance with this Rule 6.4(b)(i); or

 

  (ii) in the case where there is an employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant that defines “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) on the date of grant, then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) as defined under such agreement, provided, however, that with regard to any agreement under which the definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) only applies on occurrence of a change in control, such definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) shall not apply until a change in control actually takes place and then only with regard to a termination thereafter.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an Option Certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct, to include, but not to be limited to, an undertaking to pay) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Plan Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b);

 

8


  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Plan Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Schedule 1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised;

 

  (e) an election under section 431 of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003, or an election or other form of documentation designed to achieve a similar effect under the laws of any other relevant jurisdiction (including for the avoidance of doubt an election under Section 83(b) of the Code) in each case in such form as the Board my prescribe.

 

7.2 The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Option having vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms;

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (c) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Plan Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability; and

 

  (d) [ Intentionally deleted ]

 

  (e) either of the following conditions being satisfied within one month of the date on which the notice of exercise of that Option was lodged in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) where any Member of the Group would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise:

 

  (i) the Participant entering into an agreement with the Company, in such form as determined by the Board, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; or

 

  (ii) the Participant entering into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (iii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

 

9


and:

 

  A. in the event that either condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which that condition is satisfied; or

 

  B. in the event that neither condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 7.1 shall not be effective; or

 

  C. in the event that the Board waives the requirement for either condition to be satisfied, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date of the waiver.

 

7.3 Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Plan Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Plan Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4 In the event that the number of vested Plan Shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share, the number of Plan Shares so vested shall be rounded downwards to the nearest whole number of Plan Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Plan Share.

 

7.5 Plan Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Ordinary Shares then already in issue except that they and any Plan Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.6 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Plan Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1 In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Plan Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Plan Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Plan Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

10


8.2 No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Plan Shares below the nominal value of a Plan Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Plan Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any Option Certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

8.4 Any adjustment made to an option under Rule 8.1 shall be intended not to subject the Option to Section 409A of the Code.

 

9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1 In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company or the day the offer should have been made pursuant to paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with paragraph 2 of Schedule 1) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to paragraph 1.2 of Schedule 1 or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1, the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of Rule 9.1(a)); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of Rule 9.1(b)).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders and shall be bound to transfer their Plan Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

11


9.3 If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 99 of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Part VII of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5 If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6 Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from 18 June 2014, the effective date of the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the initial public offering of the Ordinary Shares undertaken in connection with the Listing.

 

9.7 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages;

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

12


10.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Bye-laws with respect to the terms of the Plan Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction; and

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group; and

 

  (c) delegate to a committee or any officer any of its authority hereunder.

 

11.3 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant participating company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service; and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

13


11.5 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Ordinary Shares.

 

11.8 If any Option Certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Plan Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to the Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants.

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Plan Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of the Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend the Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

14


16. GOVERNING LAW

The Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of the Plan, their Option(s) and any Plan Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

17. CERTAIN INFORMATION

The Company shall, for so long as it is relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act and is not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act, provide to each Participant (i) information about the risks associated with an investment in the Plan Shares as described in Rule 701(e)(3) under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ Securities Act ”) and (ii) the financial information described in Rule 701(e)(4) and (5) under the Securities Act, every six (6) months with the financial statements described therein being not more than 180 days old and with such other information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. Each Participant shall be required to keep such information strictly confidential.

 

15


SCHEDULE 1

DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

 

1. Drag Along

 

1.1 If the holders of more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue (“ Initiating Shareholders ”) propose to sell in a bona fide, arm’s-length transaction a number of Ordinary Shares in the Company representing more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue to a third party at Fair Value (in accordance with paragraph 3 of this Schedule 1) representing a value of the Company equal to or exceeding US$50 million (a “ Qualifying Proposed Sale ”), such Initiating Shareholders shall, subject to the conditions contained in paragraphs 1.2 and 1.3 of this Schedule 1, have the right to require all of the Participants (the “ Non-Initiating Shareholders ”) to transfer all of their Ordinary Shares (or, in respect of any Participants, any Plan Shares to which he will become entitled on exercise by him of any Subsisting Options pursuant to the Rules) to the proposed transferee within five business days (or such later date as may be specified in the notice) of receiving a notice in writing signed by or on behalf of the Initiating Shareholders (the “ Drag Along Notice ”). On service of the Drag Along Notice each Non-Initiating Shareholder shall (i) consent to, vote in favour of and raise no objections against such Qualifying Proposed Sale (including exercising any rights of appraisal, dissenters rights or similar rights), (ii) take all necessary and desirable actions in their capacities as shareholders of the Company in connection with the consummation of such Qualifying Proposed Sale, and (iii) agree to sell all of their Ordinary Shares on the same terms and conditions as the Initiating Shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the value of the total consideration payable pursuant to a Drag Along Notice to any Non-Initiating Shareholder who is, or whose direct or indirect holding company is, at the date such Shareholder becomes a member of the Company, subject to the Listing Rules made by the Financial Services Authority pursuant to Part VI of the U.K. Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, shall in any event not exceed £2 million.

 

1.2 The Initiating Shareholders shall at the same time as serving the Drag Along Notice, deliver a copy of the Drag Along Notice to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

1.3 The Drag Along Notice shall be accompanied by copies of all documents required to be executed by the Non-Initiating Shareholders to give effect to the transfer and the transfer shall be subject to the condition that, upon consummation of the Qualifying Proposed Sale, each shareholder will receive the same form and proportion of consideration with respect to his or its Ordinary Shares (such consideration to be distributed in accordance with the provisions of the Bye-laws), or if any shareholder is given a choice as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, all shareholders will be given the same choice.

 

1.4 If a Non-Initiating Shareholder defaults in transferring its Ordinary Shares pursuant to this paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1, such Non-Initiating Shareholder shall be deemed to have authorised the Company as his or its agent to execute a transfer of that Non-Initiating Shareholder’s Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee.

 

16


2. Tag Along

 

2.1 If the effect of any transfer of Ordinary Shares would result in there being a Qualifying Proposed Sale, the holder or holders of such Ordinary Shares (the “ Seller(s) ”) shall not complete such Qualifying Proposed Sale unless it or they ensure(s) that the purchaser offers to buy from the other shareholders all the Ordinary Shares held by them and from the Participants, any Ordinary Shares they would hold if they were to exercise their Subsisting Option(s) under the Plan pursuant to the Rules, in either case at the same price per share (whether the consideration is cash or newly issued ordinary shares in the proposed purchaser’s share capital) as apply to the purchase of the Ordinary Shares of the Seller(s) and on no other terms than the terms agreed with the Seller(s) (save in respect of any terms requisite to enable the other shareholders or Participants to enjoy the benefit of the rights granted to them under this paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1). The offer shall:

 

  2.1.1 be irrevocable and unconditional (except for any conditions which apply to the proposed transfer of the shares of the Seller(s) and as set out in paragraph 2.2 of this Schedule 1);

 

  2.1.2 be open for acceptance during a period of not less than fifteen (15) business days after receipt of such offer; and

 

  2.1.3 specify that completion shall be effected at the office of the Company by delivery of the duly executed instruments of transfer in respect of the relevant Ordinary Shares accompanied by share certificates in respect thereof against a bankers’ draft in respect of the purchase price thereof and together with any stamp duty payable thereon.

 

2.2 If the offer is accepted, the sale shall be conditional upon completion of the Seller(s)’ sale to the third party purchaser and shall be completed at the same time as that sale which may not occur after the day ten (10) business days after the fifteen (15) business day period referred to in paragraph 2.1.2 of this Schedule 1 and the date of which shall be stated in the offer provided always that the proceeds of such sale shall be distributed in accordance with the Bye-laws.

 

2.3 No offer shall be required pursuant to paragraph 2 of this Schedule 1 if a Drag Along Notice has been served under paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1.

 

2.4 The Seller(s) shall procure that the proposed purchaser shall provide a copy of the offer(s) referred to in paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1 to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

3. Valuation of Shares

For the purposes of the Plan the “ Fair Value ” of an Ordinary Share shall mean the fair value of the relevant share at the applicable time of determination, as determined by the Board in good faith. The determination of Fair Value by the Board shall be conclusive and binding on all parties.

 

17

Exhibit 4.18

RULES OF THE MARKIT SHARE PLAN

MARKIT LTD.

Rules approved by the Board of Markit Group Holdings Limited

on 7 December 2011

Assumed and adopted by Markit Ltd. on 18 June 2014

Amended and Restated on 4 December 2014


CONTENTS

 

Clause        Page  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     3   
2.  

COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

     5   
3.  

THE ALLOTMENT OF SHARES

     5   
4.  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     7   
5.  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     7   
6.  

RESTRICTIONS

     8   
7 .  

GOVERNING LAW

     8   


RULES OF THE MARKIT SHARE PLAN

RECITALS:

 

(A) The Plan was originally approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited and adopted on 7 December 2011 (the “ Original Plan ”).

 

(B) Following a court approved scheme of arrangement and the insertion of Markit Ltd. as the ultimate holding company of the Markit group on 18 June 2014, the Original Plan was assumed by Markit Ltd.

 

(C) In connection with the court approved scheme of arrangement and the insertion of Markit Ltd. as the ultimate holding company of the Markit group on 18 June 2014 referred to in Recital (B), certain Restricted Participants entered into a restricted share contracts with the Company (the “ Restricted Share Contracts ”), which contain certain provisions relating to the transfer of Restricted Shares to the Company by a Restricted Participant.

 

(D) Pursuant to Rule 5.1 of the Original Plan, the Board has resolved to amend and restate the Rules in their entirety as set out below.

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person (other than an individual), any other person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person; and with respect to an individual means any person that such individual has transferred all or part of its shares in accordance with the Bye-laws;

Allotment Letter ” means a letter in the form set out in Appendix A (with such modifications as the Board shall decide) pursuant to which the Company shall allot Plan Shares and a Participant shall agree to take such Plan Shares on the terms and subject to the conditions of the Plan;

Board ” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

Bye-laws ” means the bye-laws of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time;

Commencement Date ” means the date on which the Original Plan was approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited, being 7 December 2011, subject to the approval of the shareholders of such company;

 

3


Company ” means Markit Ltd., an exempted company incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda with its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda;

Date of Allotment ” in respect of a Participant means the date on which Plan Shares are allotted to such Participant and such Participant validly executes an Allotment Letter;

Election ” has the meaning given in Rule 3.7(b);

Eligible Participant ” means any senior employee (including a director) of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

Employee Taxation ” has the meaning given in Rule 3.11;

ITEPA ” means the Income Tax Earning and Pensions Act 2003;

Member of the Group ” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

Original Plan ” has the meaning given to it in Recital (A);

Ordinary Share ” means a common share of US$0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

Participant ” means any individual who has been allotted a Plan Share or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

Plan ” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

Plan Share ” means a fully paid Ordinary Share issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan;

Restricted Participant ” has the meaning given in 6;

Restricted Share Contracts ” has the meaning given in Recital (C);

Restricted Shares ” has the meaning given in Rule 6;

Rules ” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting and the terms and conditions of the Restricted Share Contracts, if applicable and to the extent such contract applies to a Restricted Participant; and

Subscription Price ” has the meaning given in Rule 3.1.

 

1.2 Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it.

 

4


2. COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

The Plan commenced on the Commencement Date and shall continue to be known as The Markit Share Plan. The Rules are hereby amended and restated in their entirety. The purposes of the Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the stockholders of the Company by allotting Plan Shares to the Eligible Participants hereunder.

 

3. THE ALLOTMENT OF SHARES

 

3.1 The Board may allot Eligible Participants Plan Shares subject to the Rules and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Plan Shares may be allotted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The number of Plan Shares to be allotted to an Eligible Participant, and the vesting period of such Plan Shares in accordance with Rule 6, shall, in each case, be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 The Subscription Price for each Plan Share allotted pursuant to the Plan shall be equal to the sum of the nominal value of the Plan Shares, being US$0.01 per Plan Share (the “ Subscription Price ”).

 

3.3 If required, the Company shall obtain an independent valuation of the Ordinary Shares indicating the unrestricted market value of the Ordinary Shares (for the purposes of section 431(1) ITEPA) following the allotment of any Plan Shares.

 

3.4 Each Participant to whom Plan Shares are allotted under the Plan shall be sent an Allotment Letter by the Company.

 

3.5 The aggregate number of Plan Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under the Plan shall not exceed the amount approved by the Board from time to time.

 

3.6 All Plan Shares shall be allotted within 6 months after the date of the respective Allotment Letter.

 

3.7 Upon allotment of any Plan Shares by the Board, a Participant shall:

 

  (a) execute a counterpart of the Allotment Letter; and

 

  (b) execute an election with his employer pursuant to section 431(1) ITEPA in the form prescribed by the HM Revenue and Customs (as supplied by the Company) and/ or an election pursuant to section 83(b) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended in the form prescribed by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service to elect to pay income tax (if any) computed by reference to the unrestricted market value of the Plan Shares so acquired (the “ Election ”),

and lodge the same with the company secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to the Participant in the Allotment Letter), together

 

5


with payment (in such form and manner as the Board shall direct including, to the extent lawful, the withholding of the Subscription Price from the Participant’s normal pay or other amounts payable to the Participant by the Company or such other Member of the Group) of a sum equal to the aggregate Subscription Price of the Plan Shares so allotted.

 

3.8 The Board shall within 30 days of the allotment of any Plan Shares cause the Company to procure the entry of the name of the Participant in the register of members of the Company in respect of the relevant Plan Shares and to send to the Participant a share certificate in respect of the same (which shall state that the Plan Shares have been issued under the Plan).

 

3.9 The Board shall by 6 July following the end of the tax year in which the Plan Shares are allotted make a report of the acquisition of such Plan Shares to HM Revenue and Customs on Form 42 (or its successor).

 

3.10 Plan Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the shares of the same class then already in issue, and for the avoidance of doubt they will not be entitled to any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the Date of Allotment.

 

3.11 In any case where any Member of the Group is obliged to account for Employee Taxation to a tax authority as a result of or in respect of the following:

 

  (a) the acquisition of Plan Shares pursuant to the Plan;

 

  (b) the entering into of the Election; or

 

  (c) any action, event or thing done following the acquisition of Plan Shares pursuant to the Plan which gives rise to an Employee Taxation liability in respect of such Plan Shares including where the following sections of ITEPA apply:

 

  (i) section 426 (restricted securities - charge on occurrence of chargeable events);

 

  (ii) section 438 (convertible securities - charge on occurrence of chargeable events);

 

  (iii) section 446E (securities with artificially depressed market value - charge on restricted securities);

 

  (iv) section 446L (securities with artificially enhanced market value - charge on non-commercial increases;

 

  (v) section 446Y (securities disposed of for more than market value); and

 

  (vi) section 447 (post-acquisition benefits from securities - charge on other chargeable benefits from securities),

such Member of the Group may, to the extent lawful, recover the Employee Taxation from the Participant in question and each such Participant agrees that

 

6


such Member of the Group may recover the Employee Taxation via deductions from salary for the relevant period under PAYE and to the extent that such deductions are insufficient to cover the Employee Taxation, the Participant shall having received written notice from such Member of the Group (on an after tax basis) pay to such Member of the Group the balance three business days before the last day on which such Member of the Group can account for the Employee Taxation to a tax authority without incurring interest and penalties. For the purposes of this Rule 3.11, the term “ Employee Taxation ” means (i) any charge to income tax or social security contributions including any Secondary Class 1 National Insurance liability to the extent schedule 1 of the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 (as amended by the National Insurance Contributions and Statutory Payments Act 2004) permits recovery from the Participant and (ii) any applicable U.S. federal, state or local income or employment taxes or insurance premiums.

 

4. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

4.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

4.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages;

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

4.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

5. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

5.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Bye-laws with respect to the terms of the Plan Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

7


5.2 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company or sent through the Company’s internal postal service; and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the company secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

5.3 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan.

 

5.4 The Board shall have the right to delegate at any time the administration of the Plan to any third party that it deems fit.

 

6. RESTRICTIONS

The Plan Shares held by a Participant shall be subject to a vesting period set out in the Participant’s Allotment Letter. By way of example, in the case of a three year vesting period, the unrestricted number of Plan Shares shall be equal to the total number of Plan Shares allotted to such Participant, multiplied by 1/3 on 1 January in each of the three years following the Date of Allotment. In the Rules, references to “ Restricted Shares ” shall mean any Plan Shares held by a Participant pursuant to the Plan which have yet to vest in accordance with their terms, and “ Restricted Participant ” shall means a Participant whose Plan Shares are Restricted Shares.

 

7. GOVERNING LAW

The Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of the Plan and any Plan Shares allotted or issued to them under the Plan.

 

8

Exhibit 4.19

RULES OF THE MARKIT SHARE OPTION PLAN

MARKIT LTD.

Rules approved by the Board of Markit Group Holdings Limited

on 7 December 2011

Assumed and adopted by Markit Ltd. on 18 June 2014

Amended and Restated on 4 December 2014


CONTENTS

 

Clause        Page  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     1   
2.  

COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

     5   
3.  

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     5   
4.  

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     5   
5.  

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     6   
6.  

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     6   
7.  

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     9   
8.  

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     11   
9.  

SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

     12   
10.  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     13   
11.  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     14   
12.  

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     15   
13.  

TERMINATION

     15   
14.  

TERM

     15   
15.  

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     15   
16.  

GOVERNING LAW

     16   
17.  

CERTAIN INFORMATION

     16   
SCHEDULE 1 DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG      17   

 

i


RULES OF THE MARKIT SHARE OPTION PLAN

RECITALS:

 

(A) The Plan was originally approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited and adopted on 7 December 2011 (the “ Original Plan ”).

 

(B) Following a court approved scheme of arrangement and the insertion of Markit Ltd. as the ultimate holding company of the Markit group on 18 June 2014, the Original Plan and the options outstanding thereunder were assumed by Markit Ltd.

 

(C) Pursuant to Rule 11.1 of the Original Plan, the Board has resolved to amend and restate the Rules in their entirety as set out below.

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 In the Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person (other than an individual), any other person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person; and with respect to an individual means any person that such individual has transferred all or part of its shares in accordance with the Bye-laws;

Bad Leaver ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.5;

Board ” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

Bye-laws ” means the bye-laws of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “ Bye-law ” shall be construed accordingly;

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

Commencement Date ” means the date on which the Original Plan was approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited, being on 7 December 2011;

Company ” means Markit Ltd., an exempted company incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda with its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda;

Date of Grant ” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

 

1


Departing Employee ” means:

 

  (a) any individual that is a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies and:

 

  (i) who, for any reason, ceases to be a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) the business of the company of which he is a director or employee is sold by the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (b) any individual:

 

  (i) who is a director or an employee of an Affiliate company, and such Affiliate company is sold by the Company and, in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its then remaining Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) whose services are otherwise provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and whose services cease to be provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies;

Dismissal ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.5(a)(i);

Drag Along Notice ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Effective Date ” means, with regard to an Option and subject to the terms of the Plan, the date set out in the corresponding Option Certificate from which such Option begins to vest;

Eligible Participant ” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

Employer’s NICs ” means secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes ” means an amount, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, equal to the sum of all employment and other taxes, insurance premiums and other amounts imposed by any and all Government Authorities on any Member of the Group with respect to the income earned by a Participant arising upon a Participant’s exercise of an Option, the making of an election under section 83(b) of the Code or in accordance with the terms of the Plan or any grant agreement;

Exercise Price ” means the price per Plan Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

Fair Value ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 3 of Schedule 1;

Government Authority ” means the government of the U.S., the government of any U.S. State (including the government of the District of Columbia and the government of any U.S. possession or territory) or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing;

 

2


HMRC ” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Listing ” means the listing of the Ordinary Shares on the NASDAQ stock market, as of 18 June 2014;

Member of the Group ” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

Non-Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

Normal Lapse Date ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.2(a);

Option ” means a right to acquire Plan Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

Option Certificate ” means the certificate evidencing a grant of an Option pursuant to Rule 3.2;

Option Exercise Window ” means such period as the Board shall determine and notify to Participants;

Option Tax Liability ” means the sum of (i) an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an agreement or election under Rule 7.2(e)) or any other amounts (including Medicare) which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group and (ii) the Employer’s share of U.S. Employment Taxes;

Ordinary Shares ” means the common shares of US$0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

Original Plan ” has the meaning given to it in Recital (A);

Parent ” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

 

3


Participant ” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

Plan ” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

Plan Share ” means a fully paid Ordinary Share issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan;

Qualifying Proposed Sale ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Retirement ” shall occur in such circumstances as the Board shall determine constitute a genuine retirement;

Rules ” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

Securities Act ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 17;

Securities Exchange Act ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 5.2;

Seller(s) ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1;

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

Subsisting Option ” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

Termination ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.5(a)(i);

Vesting Terms ” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, such vesting terms as the Board may, on or before the Date of Grant of an Option, specify and set out in the Option Certificate; and

Voluntary Resignation ” means, in respect of a director or employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate, the voluntary resignation of that director or employee (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any of its Affiliates) in circumstances other than where the Company or any of its Affiliates would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such director or employee.

 

1.2 Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Terms form a part of the Plan.

 

1.3 The provisions of Rules 7.2(b) and 7.2(c) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

4


2. COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

 

2.1 The Plan commenced on the Commencement Date and shall continue to be known as The Markit Share Option Plan.

 

2.2 The Rules are hereby amended and restated in their entirety.

 

2.3 The purposes of the Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the shareholders of the Company by granting the Eligible Participants Options to purchase Plan Shares.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Plan Shares subject to the Rules including, the Vesting Terms and such other terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant, be issued with an Option Certificate:

 

  (a) evidencing the grant of an Option;

 

  (b) setting out the Exercise Price;

 

  (c) including the applicable Vesting Terms; and

 

  (d) setting out any other terms or conditions as the Board may determine under Rule 3.1.

 

3.3 The aggregate number of Plan Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under the Plan shall not exceed such number as determined by the Board from time to time (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Rule 8.1 of the Plan). If any Option granted under the Plan shall lapse, expire or be terminated or cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the Plan Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5


5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

 

5.1 No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever and no Plan Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option (prior to the Option being exercised) shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5.1 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

5.2 In addition, all Options granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan and any Plan Shares to be issued upon exercise of any Option shall be restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position”, or any “call equivalent position” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(v) under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Securities Exchange Act ”)), by the Participant prior to the exercise of the Option (except in the circumstances permitted in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(iv) under the Securities Exchange Act), until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act or is no longer relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1 A Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms which, for the avoidance of doubt, are subject to Rules 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 7 and 9.

 

6.1A Any Subsisting Option shall only be exercisable during an Option Exercise Window.

 

6.2 Subject to Rule 6.4, a Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) such lapse date as the Board may determine at the Date of Grant and set out in the Option Certificate or where the Board does not determine such lapse date, the seventh anniversary of the Effective Date (in either case, the “ Normal Lapse Date ”);

 

  (b) where a Participant becomes a Departing Employee or ceases to be a consultant by reason of death, disability or Retirement, the Normal Lapse Date, in respect of any element of a Subsisting Option which has vested on the date the Participant so becomes a Departing Employee or ceases to be a consultant in accordance with the Vesting Terms;

 

  (c) the date upon which the Participant (who is not a consultant) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (d) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant by reason of:

 

  (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of the Participant’s consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement; or

 

6


  (ii) the voluntary termination by the Participant of such agreement or the giving by him of notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant; or

 

  (iii) for such reasons as are set out in the Option Certificate (if any),

in respect of any element of a Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms on such date;

 

  (e) subject to Rule 6.2(b), three months (or such other time period as may be determined by the Board under Rule 6.4(a)) from the date on which a Participant:

 

  (i) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances other than where the Participant is a Bad Leaver; or

 

  (ii) ceases to be a consultant in circumstances other than those set out in the Option Certificate (if any),

in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested on the date the Participant so becomes a Departing Employee or ceases to be a consultant in accordance with the Vesting Terms;

 

  (f) immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms on such date; and

 

  (g) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rules 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

6.3 A Participant may, with the prior agreement of the Board, exercise a Subsisting Option in whole or in part at any time, notwithstanding that it or the relevant part thereof has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms.

 

6.4 In respect of any Subsisting Option, the Board may at any time in its absolute discretion determine:

 

  (a) that, notwithstanding that such Option has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms, it shall be treated as having vested over such number of Plan Shares as the Board shall determine (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, exceeding the maximum number of Plan Shares which remain capable of vesting under the Vesting Terms); and

 

  (b) to extend the period during which such Option may be exercised and the lapse date of such Option, provided that the Board may not extend the lapse date beyond the Normal Lapse Date.

 

7


6.5 A person is a “ Bad Leaver ” if:

 

  (a) the reason for the person having become a Departing Employee is as a result of:

 

  (i) his dismissal or the termination of the Departing Employee’s service contract (or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) in circumstances which, for any reason, justify (or which, if the Departing Employee were an employee of the Company or any such Subsidiary, would so justify) his summary dismissal or summary termination (without, for the avoidance of doubt, notice or payment in lieu of notice being required):

 

  (A) under the Departing Employee’s service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided; or

 

  (B) if such Departing Employee is employed in the United Kingdom, at common law,

(respectively, a “ Dismissal ” and a “ Termination ”); or

 

  (ii) the services of the Departing Employee (whether provided in accordance with the terms of a service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) being or becoming no longer available to the Company and/or any such Subsidiary in breach (other than by breach by the Company or any such Subsidiary) of such service contract or other arrangements; or

 

  (iii) his Voluntary Resignation (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary of the Company) where circumstances exist in which the Company or any Subsidiary would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such Departing Employee; or

 

  (b) the Participant is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company whose employment relationship with the Company or such Affiliate is governed by the laws of the United States and/or any state therein:

 

  (i)

in the case where there is no employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate, and the Participant on the date of issue of Plan Shares (or where there is such an agreement but it does not define “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import)), then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean (a) such employee’s dismissal or termination that is occasioned by the Company or such Affiliate as a result of (i) insubordination, dishonesty, fraud, incompetence, moral turpitude or wilful misconduct

 

8


  of the Participant, (ii) the Participant’s refusal to perform his or her duties or responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity, or (iii) materially unsatisfactory performance of the Participant’s duties for the Company or such Affiliate, in each case as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, or (b) an employee’s voluntary resignation where circumstances exist in which the Company or such Affiliate would have been entitled to dismiss the Participant as a “Bad Leaver” in accordance with this Rule 6.5(b)(i); or

 

  (ii) in the case where there is an employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant that defines “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) on the date of grant, then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) as defined under such agreement, provided, however, that with regard to any agreement under which the definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) only applies on occurrence of a change in control, such definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) shall not apply until a change in control actually takes place and then only with regard to a termination thereafter.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an Option Certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct, to include, but not to be limited to, an undertaking to pay) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Plan Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b);

 

  (d)

in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Plan Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Schedule 1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a)

 

9


  and 7.1(b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised; and

 

  (e) an election under section 431 of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003, or an election or other form of documentation designed to achieve a similar effect under the laws of any other relevant jurisdiction (including for the avoidance of doubt an election under Section 83(b) of the Code) in each case in such form as the Board my prescribe.

 

7.2 The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Option having vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms;

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (c) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Plan Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability; and

 

  (d) [ Intentionally deleted ]

 

  (e) either of the following conditions being satisfied within one month of the date on which the notice of exercise of that Option was lodged in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) where any Member of the Group would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise:

 

  (i) the Participant entering into an agreement with the Company, in such form as determined by the Board, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; or

 

  (ii) the Participant entering into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (iii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and:

 

  (A) in the event that either condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which that condition is satisfied; or

 

10


  (B) in the event that neither condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 7.1 shall not be effective; or

 

  (C) in the event that the Board waives the requirement for either condition to be satisfied, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date of the waiver.

 

7.3 Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Plan Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Plan Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4 In the event that the number of vested Plan Shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share, the number of Plan Shares so vested shall be rounded downwards to the nearest whole number of Plan Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Plan Share.

 

7.5 Plan Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Ordinary Shares then already in issue except that they and any Plan Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.6 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Plan Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1 In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Plan Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Plan Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Plan Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2 No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Plan Shares below the nominal value of a Plan Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Plan Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

11


8.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any Option Certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

8.4 Any adjustment made to an option under Rule 8.1 shall be intended not to subject the Option to Section 409A of the Code.

 

9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1 In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company or the day the offer should have been made pursuant to paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1(in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with paragraph 2 of Schedule 1) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to paragraph 1.2 of Schedule 1 or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1, the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of Rule 9.1(a)); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of Rule 9.1(b)).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders and shall be bound to transfer their Plan Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3 If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 99 of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

12


9.4 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Part VII of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5 If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6 Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from 18 June 2014, the effective date of the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the initial public offering of the Ordinary Shares undertaken in connection with the Listing.

 

9.7 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages;

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4

No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in

 

13


  connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Bye-laws with respect to the terms of the Plan Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction;

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group; and

 

  (c) delegate to a committee or any officer any of its authority hereunder.

 

11.3 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant participating company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service; and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

14


11.6 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Ordinary Shares.

 

11.8 If any Option Certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Plan Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to the Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants.

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Plan Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of the Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend the Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

15


16. GOVERNING LAW

The Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of the Plan, their Option(s) and any Plan Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

17. CERTAIN INFORMATION

The Company shall, for so long as it is relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act and is not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act, provide to each Participant (i) information about the risks associated with an investment in the Plan Shares as described in Rule 701(e)(3) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the “ Securities Act ”) and (ii) the financial information described in Rule 701(e)(4) and (5) under the Securities Act, every six (6) months with the financial statements described therein being not more than 180 days old and with such other information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. Each Participant shall be required to keep such information strictly confidential.

 

16


SCHEDULE 1

DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

 

1. Drag Along

 

1.1 If the holders of more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue (“ Initiating Shareholders ”) propose to sell in a bona fide, arm’s-length transaction a number of Ordinary Shares in the Company representing more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue to a third party at Fair Value (in accordance with paragraph 3 of this Schedule 1) representing a value of the Company equal to or exceeding US$50 million (a “ Qualifying Proposed Sale ”), such Initiating Shareholders shall, subject to the conditions contained in paragraphs 1.2 and 1.3 of this Schedule 1, have the right to require all of the Participants (the “ Non-Initiating Shareholders ”) to transfer all of their Ordinary Shares (or, in respect of any Participants, any Plan Shares to which he will become entitled on exercise by him of any Subsisting Options pursuant to the Rules) to the proposed transferee within five business days (or such later date as may be specified in the notice) of receiving a notice in writing signed by or on behalf of the Initiating Shareholders (the “ Drag Along Notice ”). On service of the Drag Along Notice each Non-Initiating Shareholder shall (i) consent to, vote in favour of and raise no objections against such Qualifying Proposed Sale (including exercising any rights of appraisal, dissenters rights or similar rights), (ii) take all necessary and desirable actions in their capacities as shareholders of the Company in connection with the consummation of such Qualifying Proposed Sale, and (iii) agree to sell all of their Ordinary Shares on the same terms and conditions as the Initiating Shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the value of the total consideration payable pursuant to a Drag Along Notice to any Non-Initiating Shareholder who is, or whose direct or indirect holding company is, at the date such Shareholder becomes a member of the Company, subject to the Listing Rules made by the Financial Services Authority pursuant to Part VI of the U.K. Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, shall in any event not exceed £2 million.

 

1.2 The Initiating Shareholders shall at the same time as serving the Drag Along Notice, deliver a copy of the Drag Along Notice to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

1.3 The Drag Along Notice shall be accompanied by copies of all documents required to be executed by the Non-Initiating Shareholders to give effect to the transfer and the transfer shall be subject to the condition that, upon consummation of the Qualifying Proposed Sale, each shareholder will receive the same form and proportion of consideration with respect to his or its Ordinary Shares (such consideration to be distributed in accordance with the provisions of the Bye-laws), or if any shareholder is given a choice as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, all shareholders will be given the same choice.

 

1.4 If a Non-Initiating Shareholder defaults in transferring its Ordinary Shares pursuant to this paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1, such Non-Initiating Shareholder shall be deemed to have authorised the Company as his or its agent to execute a transfer of that Non-Initiating Shareholder’s Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee.

 

17


2. Tag Along

 

2.1 If the effect of any transfer of Ordinary Shares would result in there being a Qualifying Proposed Sale, the holder or holders of such Ordinary Shares (the “ Seller(s) ”) shall not complete such Qualifying Proposed Sale unless it or they ensure(s) that the purchaser offers to buy from the other shareholders all the Ordinary Shares held by them and from the Participants, any Ordinary Shares they would hold if they were to exercise their Subsisting Option(s) under the Plan pursuant to the Rules, in either case at the same price per share (whether the consideration is cash or newly issued ordinary shares in the proposed purchaser’s share capital) as apply to the purchase of the Ordinary Shares of the Seller(s) and on no other terms than the terms agreed with the Seller(s) (save in respect of any terms requisite to enable the other shareholders or Participants to enjoy the benefit of the rights granted to them under this paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1). The offer shall:

 

  2.1.1 be irrevocable and unconditional (except for any conditions which apply to the proposed transfer of the shares of the Seller(s) and as set out in paragraph 2.2 of this Schedule 1);

 

  2.1.2 be open for acceptance during a period of not less than fifteen (15) business days after receipt of such offer; and

 

  2.1.3 specify that completion shall be effected at the office of the Company by delivery of the duly executed instruments of transfer in respect of the relevant Ordinary Shares accompanied by share certificates in respect thereof against a bankers’ draft in respect of the purchase price thereof and together with any stamp duty payable thereon.

 

2.2 If the offer is accepted, the sale shall be conditional upon completion of the Seller(s)’ sale to the third party purchaser and shall be completed at the same time as that sale which may not occur after the day ten (10) business days after the fifteen (15) business day period referred to in paragraph 2.1.2 of this Schedule 1 and the date of which shall be stated in the offer provided always that the proceeds of such sale shall be distributed in accordance with the Bye-laws.

 

2.3 No offer shall be required pursuant to paragraph 2 of this Schedule 1 if a Drag Along Notice has been served under paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1.

 

2.4 The Seller(s) shall procure that the proposed purchaser shall provide a copy of the offer(s) referred to in paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1 to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

3. Valuation of Shares

For the purposes of the Rules, “ Fair Value ” of an Ordinary Share shall mean the fair value of the relevant share at the applicable time of determination, as determined by the Board in good faith. The determination of Fair Value by the Board shall be conclusive and binding on all parties.

 

18

Exhibit 4.20

 

LOGO

Rules of the Markit Share Plan

Markit Group Holdings Limited

Rules approved by the Board on 23 February 2011


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE    PAGE  
1.   

DEFINITIONS

     3   
2.   

COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

     4   
3.   

THE ALLOTMENT OF SHARES

     4   
4.   

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     5   
5.   

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     6   
6.   

RESTRICTIONS

     6   
7.   

GOVERNING LAW

     7   


RULES OF THE MARKIT SHARE PLAN

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

“Affiliate” has the meaning given to it in the Articles;

“Allotment Letter” means a letter in the form set out in Appendix A (with such modifications as the Board shall decide) pursuant to which the Company shall allot Shares and a Participant shall agree to take such Shares on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Plan;

“Articles” means the Articles of Association of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and Article shall be construed accordingly;

“Board” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

“Commencement Date” means the date on which this Plan is approved by the Board, subject to the approval of the shareholders of the Company;

“Company” means Markit Group Holdings Limited;

“Date of Allotment” in respect of a Participant means the date on which Shares are allotted to such Participant and such Participant validly executes an Allotment Letter;

“EBT” means the employee benefit trust to be established by the Company for the benefit of its employees;

“Election” has the meaning given in Rule 3.6(b);

“Eligible Participant” means any senior employee (including a director) of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

“Employee Taxation” has the meaning given in Rule 3.10;

“ITEPA” means the Income Tax Earning and Pensions Act 2003;

“Member of the Group” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

“Ordinary Non-Voting Share” means an ordinary non-voting share of $0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

“Participant” means any individual who has been allotted a Share or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

“Plan” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

“Rules” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

“Share” means a fully paid Ordinary Non-Voting Share allotted pursuant to the terms of this Plan; and

 

3


“Subscription Price” has the meaning given in Rule 3.1.

Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it.

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

The Plan shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall be known as The Markit Share Plan. The purposes of this Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the stockholders of the Company by allotting Shares to the Eligible Participants hereunder.

 

3. THE ALLOTMENT OF SHARES

 

3.1 The Board may allot Eligible Participants Shares subject to the rules of this Plan and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Shares may be allotted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The number of Shares to be allotted to an Eligible Participant shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

The Subscription Price for each Share allotted pursuant to this Plan shall be equal to the sum of the nominal value of the Shares, being $0.01 per Share.

 

3.2 The Company shall obtain an independent valuation of the Ordinary Non-Voting Shares indicating the unrestricted market value of the Ordinary Non-Voting Shares (for the purposes of section 431(1) ITEPA) following the allotment of any Shares.

 

3.3 Each Participant to whom Shares are allotted under this Plan shall be sent an Allotment Letter by the Company.

 

3.4 The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under this Plan shall not exceed the amount approved by the Board from time to time.

 

3.5 All Shares shall be allotted within 6 months after the date of the respective Allotment Letter.

 

3.6 Upon allotment of any Shares by the Board, a Participant shall:

 

  (A) execute a counterpart of the Allotment Letter; and

 

  (B) execute an election with his employer pursuant to section 431(1) ITEPA in the form prescribed by the HM Revenue and Customs (as supplied by the Company) and/ or an election pursuant to section 83(b) of the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended in the form prescribed by the US Internal Revenue Service to elect to pay income tax (if any) computed by reference to the unrestricted market value of the Shares so acquired (the “Election” ),

and lodge the same with the company secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to the Participant in the Allotment Letter), together with payment (in such form and manner as the Board shall direct including, to the extent lawful, the withholding of the Subscription Price from the Participant’s normal pay or other amounts payable to the Participant by the Company or a Member of the Group) of a sum equal to the aggregate Subscription Price of the Shares so allotted.

 

3.7 The Board shall within 30 days of the allotment of any Shares cause the Company to procure the entry of the name of the Participant in the register of members of the Company in respect of the relevant Shares and to send to the Participant a share certificate in respect of the same (which shall state that the Shares have been issued under the Plan).

 

4


3.8 The Board shall by 6 July following the end of the tax year in which the Shares are allotted make a report of the acquisition of such Shares to HM Revenue and Customs on Form 42 (or its successor).

 

3.9 Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the shares of the same class then already in issue, and for the avoidance of doubt they will not be entitled to any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the Date of Allotment.

 

3.10 In any case where any Member of the Group is obliged to account for Employee Taxation to a tax authority as a result of or in respect of the following:

 

  (A) the acquisition of Shares pursuant to this Plan;

 

  (B) the entering into of the Election; or

 

  (C) any action, event or thing done following the acquisition of Shares pursuant to this Plan which gives rise to an Employee Taxation liability in respect of such Shares including where the following sections of ITEPA apply:

 

  (i) section 426 (restricted securities - charge on occurrence of chargeable events);

 

  (ii) section 438 (convertible securities - charge on occurrence of chargeable events);

 

  (iii) section 446E (securities with artificially depressed market value - charge on restricted securities);

 

  (iv) section 446L (securities with artificially enhanced market value - charge on non-commercial increases;

 

  (v) section 446Y (securities disposed of for more than market value); and

 

  (vi) section 447 (post-acquisition benefits from securities - charge on other chargeable benefits from securities),

such Member of the Group may, to the extent lawful, recover the Employee Taxation from the Participant in question and each such Participant agrees that such Member may recover the Employee Taxation via deductions from salary for the relevant period under PAYE and to the extent that such deductions are insufficient to cover the Employee Taxation , the Participant shall having received written notice from such Member (on an after tax basis) pay to such Member the balance three business days before the last day on which such Member can account for the Employee Taxation to a tax authority without incurring interest and penalties. For the purposes of this Rule 3.10, the term “Employee Taxation” means (i) any charge to income tax or social security contributions including any Secondary Class 1 National Insurance liability to the extent schedule 1 of the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 (as amended by the National Insurance Contributions and Statutory Payments Act 2004) permits recovery from the Participant and (ii) any applicable US federal, state or local income or employment taxes or insurance premiums.

 

4. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

4.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

5


4.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (A) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages; and

 

  (B) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination;

 

  (C) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

4.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

5. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

5.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Company’s Articles with respect to the terms of the Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

5.2 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (A) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company or sent through the Company’s internal postal service; and

 

  (B) to the Company either personally or by post to the company secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

5.3 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan.

 

5.4 The Board shall have the right to delegate at any time the administration of the Plan to any third party that it deems fit.

 

6. RESTRICTIONS

The Shares held by a Participant shall be subject to a vesting period set out in the Participant’s Allotment Letter. By way of example, in the case of a three year vesting period, the unrestricted number of shares shall be equal to the total number of shares allotted to such Participant, multiplied by 1/3 on 1 January in each of the three years following the Date of Allotment.

 

6


7. GOVERNING LAW

These Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of this Plan and any Shares allotted or issued to them under this Plan.

 

7

Exhibit 4.21

RULES OF THE MARKIT SHARE OPTION PLAN

MARKIT LTD.

Rules approved by the Board of Markit Group Holdings Limited on

5 December 2012

Assumed and adopted by Markit Ltd. on 18 June 2014

Amended and Restated on 4 December 2014


CONTENTS

 

Clause        Page  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     1   
2.  

COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

     5   
3.  

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     5   
4.  

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     5   
5.  

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     6   
6.  

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     6   
7.  

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     9   
8.  

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     11   
9.  

SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

     12   
10.  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     13   
11.  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     14   
12.  

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     15   
13.  

TERMINATION

     15   
14.  

TERM

     15   
15.  

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     15   
16.  

GOVERNING LAW

     15   
17.  

CERTAIN INFORMATION

     16   

SCHEDULE 1 DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

     17   

 

i


RULES OF THE MARKIT

SHARE OPTION PLAN

RECITALS

 

(A) The Plan was originally approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited and adopted on 5 December 2012 (the “ Original Plan ”).

 

(B) Following a court approved scheme of arrangement and the insertion of Markit Ltd. as the ultimate holding company of the Markit group on 18 June 2014, the Original Plan and the options outstanding thereunder were assumed by Markit Ltd.

 

(C) Pursuant to Rule 11.1 of the Original Plan, the Board has resolved to amend and restate the Rules in their entirety as set out below.

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 In the Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person (other than an individual), any other person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person; and with respect to an individual means any person that such individual has transferred all or part of its shares in accordance with the Bye-laws;

Bad Leaver ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.5;

Board ” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

Bye-laws ” means the bye-laws of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “ Bye-law ” shall be construed accordingly;

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

Commencement Date ” means the date on which the Original Plan was approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited, being 5 December 2012;

Company ” means Markit Ltd., an exempted company incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda with its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda;

Date of Grant ” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

 

1


Departing Employee ” means:

 

  (a) any individual that is a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies and:

 

  (i) who, for any reason, ceases to be a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) the business of the company of which he is a director or employee is sold by the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (b) any individual:

 

  (i) who is a director or an employee of an Affiliate company, and such Affiliate company is sold by the Company and, in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its then remaining Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) whose services are otherwise provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and whose services cease to be provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies;

Dismissal ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.5(a)(i);

Drag Along Notice ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Effective Date ” means, with regard to an Option and subject to the terms of the Plan, the date set out in the corresponding Option Certificate from which such Option begins to vest;

Eligible Participant ” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

Employer’s NICs ” means secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes ” means an amount, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, equal to the sum of all employment and other taxes, insurance premiums and other amounts imposed by any and all Government Authorities on any Member of the Group with respect to the income earned by a Participant arising upon a Participant’s exercise of an Option, the making of an election under section 83(b) of the Code or in accordance with the terms of the Plan or any grant agreement;

Exercise Price ” means the price per Plan Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

Fair Value ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 3 of Schedule 1;

Government Authority ” means the government of the U.S., the government of any U.S. State (including the government of the District of Columbia and the government of any U.S. possession or territory) or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing;

 

2


HMRC ” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “ Incentive Stock Option ” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Listing ” means the listing of the Ordinary Shares on the NASDAQ stock market, as of 18 June 2014;

Member of the Group ” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

Non-Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

Normal Lapse Date ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.2(a);

Option ” means a right to acquire Plan Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

Option Certificate ” means the certificate evidencing a grant of an Option pursuant to Rule 3.2;

Option Exercise Window ” means such period as the Board shall determine and notify to Participants;

Option Tax Liability ” means the sum of (i) an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an agreement or election under Rule 7.2(e)) or any other amounts (including Medicare) which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group and (ii) the Employer’s share of U.S. Employment Taxes;

Ordinary Shares ” means the common shares of US$0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

Original Plan ” has the meaning given to it in Recital (A);

Parent ” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

 

3


Participant ” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

Plan ” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

Plan Share ” means a fully paid Ordinary Share issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan;

Qualifying Proposed Sale ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Retirement ” shall occur in such circumstances as the Board shall determine constitute a genuine retirement;

Rules ” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

Securities Act ” has the meaning given in Rule 17;

Securities Exchange Act ” has the meaning given in Rule 5.2;

Seller(s) ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1;

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

Subsisting Option ” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

Termination ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.5(a)(i);

Vesting Terms ” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, such vesting terms as the Board may, on or before the Date of Grant of an Option, specify and set out in the Option Certificate; and

Voluntary Resignation ” means, in respect of a director or employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates, the voluntary resignation of that director or employee (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any of its Affiliates) in circumstances other than where the Company or any of its Affiliates would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such director or employee.

 

1.2 Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Terms form a part of the Plan.

 

1.3 The provisions of Rules 7.2(b) and 7.2(c) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

4


2. COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

 

2.1 The Plan commenced on the Commencement Date and shall continue to be known as The Markit Share Option Plan.

 

2.2 The Rules are hereby amended and restated in their entirety.

 

2.3 The purposes of the Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the shareholders of the Company by granting the Eligible Participants Options to purchase Plan Shares.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Plan Shares subject to the Rules including, the Vesting Terms and such other terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with an Option Certificate:

 

  (a) evidencing the grant of an Option;

 

  (b) setting out the Exercise Price;

 

  (c) including the applicable Vesting Terms; and

 

  (d) setting out any other terms or conditions as the Board may determine under Rule 3.1.

 

3.3 The aggregate number of Plan Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under the Plan shall not exceed such number as determined by the Board from time to time (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Rule 8.1 of the Plan). If any Option granted under the Plan shall lapse, expire or be terminated or cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the Plan Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5


5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

 

5.1 No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever and no Plan Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option (prior to the Option being exercised) shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5.1 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

5.2 In addition, all Options granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan and any Plan Shares to be issued upon exercise of any Option shall be restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position”, or any “call equivalent position” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(v) under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Securities Exchange Act ”)), by the Participant prior to the exercise of the Option (except in the circumstances permitted in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(iv) under the Securities Exchange Act), until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act or is no longer relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1 A Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms which, for the avoidance of doubt, are subject to Rules 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 7 and 9.

 

6.1A Any Subsisting Option shall only be exercisable during an Option Exercise Window.

 

6.2 Subject to Rule 6.4, a Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) such lapse date as the Board may determine at the Date of Grant and set out in the Option Certificate or where the Board does not determine such lapse date, the seventh anniversary of the Effective Date (in either case, the “ Normal Lapse Date ”);

 

  (b) where a Participant becomes a Departing Employee or ceases to be a consultant by reason of death, disability or Retirement, the Normal Lapse Date, in respect of any element of a Subsisting Option which has vested on the date the Participant so becomes a Departing Employee or ceases to be a consultant in accordance with the Vesting Terms;

 

  (c) the date upon which the Participant (who is not a consultant) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (d) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant by reason of:

 

  (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of the Participant’s consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement; or

 

6


  (ii) the voluntary termination by the Participant of such agreement or the giving by him of notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant; or

 

  (iii) for such reasons as are set out in the Option Certificate (if any),

in respect of any element of a Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms on such date;

 

  (e) subject to Rule 6.2(b), three months (or such other time period as may be determined by the Board under Rule 6.4(a)) from the date on which a Participant:

 

  (i) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances other than where the Participant is a Bad Leaver; or

 

  (ii) ceases to be a consultant in circumstances other than those set out in the Option Certificate (if any),

in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested on the date the Participant so becomes a Departing Employee or ceases to be a consultant in accordance with the Vesting Terms;

 

  (f) immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms on such date; and

 

  (g) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rules 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

6.3 A Participant may, with the prior agreement of the Board, exercise a Subsisting Option in whole or in part at any time, notwithstanding that it or the relevant part thereof has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms.

 

6.4 In respect of any Subsisting Option, the Board may at any time in its absolute discretion determine:

 

  (a) that, notwithstanding that such Option has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms, it shall be treated as having vested over such number of Plan Shares as the Board shall determine (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, exceeding the maximum number of Plan Shares which remain capable of vesting under the Vesting Terms); and

 

  (b) to extend the period during which such Option may be exercised and the lapse date of such Option, provided that the Board may not extend the lapse date beyond the Normal Lapse Date.

 

7


6.5 A person is a “ Bad Leaver ” if:

 

  (a) the reason for the person having become a Departing Employee is as a result of:

 

  (i) his dismissal or the termination of the Departing Employee’s service contract (or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) in circumstances which, for any reason, justify (or which, if the Departing Employee were an employee of the Company or any such Subsidiary, would so justify) his summary dismissal or summary termination (without, for the avoidance of doubt, notice or payment in lieu of notice being required):

 

  (A) under the Departing Employee’s service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided; or

 

  (B) if such Departing Employee is employed in the United Kingdom, at common law,

(respectively, a “ Dismissal ” and a “ Termination ”); or

 

  (ii) the services of the Departing Employee (whether provided in accordance with the terms of a service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) being or becoming no longer available to the Company and/or any such Subsidiary in breach (other than by breach by the Company or any such Subsidiary) of such service contract or other arrangements; or

 

  (iii) his Voluntary Resignation (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary of the Company) where circumstances exist in which the Company or any Subsidiary would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such Departing Employee; or

 

  (b) the Participant is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company whose employment relationship with the Company or such Affiliate is governed by the laws of the United States and/or any state therein:

 

  (i)

in the case where there is no employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant on the date of issue of Plan Shares (or where there is such an agreement but it does not define “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import)), then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean (a) such employee’s dismissal or termination that is occasioned by the Company or such Affiliate as a result of (i) insubordination, dishonesty, fraud, incompetence, moral turpitude or wilful misconduct of the Participant, (ii) the Participant’s refusal to perform his or her duties or responsibilities for any reason

 

8


  other than illness or incapacity, or (iii) materially unsatisfactory performance of the Participant’s duties for the Company or such Affiliate, in each case as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, or (b) an employee’s voluntary resignation where circumstances exist in which the Company or such Affiliate would have been entitled to dismiss the Participant as a “Bad Leaver” in accordance with this Rule 6.5(b)(i); or

 

  (ii) in the case where there is an employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant that defines “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) on the date of grant, then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) as defined under such agreement, provided, however, that with regard to any agreement under which the definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) only applies on occurrence of a change in control, such definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) shall not apply until a change in control actually takes place and then only with regard to a termination thereafter.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an Option Certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct, to include, but not to be limited to, an undertaking to pay) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Plan Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b);

 

  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Plan Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Schedule 1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised; and

 

  (e) an election under section 431 of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003, or an election or other form of documentation designed to achieve a similar effect under the laws of any other relevant jurisdiction (including for the avoidance of doubt an election under Section 83(b) of the Code) in each case in such form as the Board my prescribe.

 

9


7.2 The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Option having vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms;

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (c) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Plan Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability; and

 

  (d) [ Intentionally deleted ]

 

  (e) either of the following conditions being satisfied within one month of the date on which the notice of exercise of that Option was lodged in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) where any Member of the Group would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise:

 

  (i) the Participant entering into an agreement with the Company, in such form as determined by the Board, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; or

 

  (ii) the Participant entering into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (iii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and:

 

  (A) in the event that either condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which that condition is satisfied; or

 

  (B) in the event that neither condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 7.1 shall not be effective; or

 

  (C) in the event that the Board waives the requirement for either condition to be satisfied, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date of the waiver.

 

10


7.3 Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Plan Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Plan Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4 In the event that the number of vested Plan Shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share, the number of Plan Shares so vested shall be rounded downwards to the nearest whole number of Plan Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Plan Share.

 

7.5 Plan Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Ordinary Shares then already in issue except that they and any Plan Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.6 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Plan Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1 In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Plan Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Plan Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Plan Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2 No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Plan Shares below the nominal value of a Plan Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Plan Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

11


8.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any Option Certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

8.4 Any adjustment made to an option under Rule 8.1 shall be intended not to subject the Option to Section 409A of the Code.

 

9. SALE, FLOTATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1 In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company or the day the offer should have been made pursuant to paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with paragraph 2 of Schedule 1) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to paragraph 1.2 of Schedule 1 or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1, the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of Rule 9.1(a)); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of Rule 9.1(b)).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders and shall be bound to transfer their Plan Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3 If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 99 of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Part VII of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

12


9.5 If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6 Any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from 18 June 2014, the effective date of the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the initial public offering of the Ordinary Shares undertaken in connection with the Listing.

 

9.7 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages;

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

13


11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Bye-laws with respect to the terms of the Plan Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction;

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group; and

 

  (c) delegate to a committee or any officer any of its authority hereunder.

 

11.3 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant participating company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service; and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Ordinary Shares.

 

14


11.8 If any Option Certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Plan Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to the Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants.

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Plan Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of the Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend the Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

The Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of the Plan, their Option(s) and any Plan Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

15


17. CERTAIN INFORMATION

The Company shall, for so long as it is relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act and is not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act, provide to each Participant (i) information about the risks associated with an investment in the Plan Shares as described in Rule 701(e)(3) under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ Securities Act ”) and (ii) the financial information described in Rule 701(e)(4) and (5) under the Securities Act, every six (6) months with the financial statements described therein being not more than 180 days old and with such other information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. Each Participant shall be required to keep such information strictly confidential.

 

16


SCHEDULE 1

DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

 

1. Drag Along

 

1.1 If the holders of more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue (“ Initiating Shareholders ”) propose to sell in a bona fide, arm’s-length transaction a number of Ordinary Shares in the Company representing more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue to a third party at Fair Value (in accordance with paragraph 3 of this Schedule 1) representing a value of the Company equal to or exceeding US$50 million (a “ Qualifying Proposed Sale ”), such Initiating Shareholders shall, subject to the conditions contained in paragraphs 1.2 and 1.3 of this Schedule 1, have the right to require all of the Participants (the “ Non-Initiating Shareholders ”) to transfer all of their Ordinary Shares (or, in respect of any Participants, any Plan Shares to which he will become entitled on exercise by him of any Subsisting Options pursuant to the Rules) to the proposed transferee within five business days (or such later date as may be specified in the notice) of receiving a notice in writing signed by or on behalf of the Initiating Shareholders (the “ Drag Along Notice ”). On service of the Drag Along Notice each Non-Initiating Shareholder shall (i) consent to, vote in favour of and raise no objections against such Qualifying Proposed Sale (including exercising any rights of appraisal, dissenters rights or similar rights), (ii) take all necessary and desirable actions in their capacities as shareholders of the Company in connection with the consummation of such Qualifying Proposed Sale, and (iii) agree to sell all of their Ordinary Shares on the same terms and conditions as the Initiating Shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the value of the total consideration payable pursuant to a Drag Along Notice to any Non-Initiating Shareholder who is, or whose direct or indirect holding company is, at the date such Shareholder becomes a member of the Company, subject to the Listing Rules made by the Financial Services Authority pursuant to Part VI of the U.K. Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, shall in any event not exceed £2 million.

 

1.2 The Initiating Shareholders shall at the same time as serving the Drag Along Notice, deliver a copy of the Drag Along Notice to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

1.3 The Drag Along Notice shall be accompanied by copies of all documents required to be executed by the Non-Initiating Shareholders to give effect to the transfer and the transfer shall be subject to the condition that, upon consummation of the Qualifying Proposed Sale, each shareholder will receive the same form and proportion of consideration with respect to his or its Ordinary Shares (such consideration to be distributed in accordance with the provisions of the Bye-laws), or if any shareholder is given a choice as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, all shareholders will be given the same choice.

 

1.4 If a Non-Initiating Shareholder defaults in transferring its Ordinary Shares pursuant to this paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1, such Non-Initiating Shareholder shall be deemed to have authorised the Company as his or its agent to execute a transfer of that Non-Initiating Shareholder’s Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee.

 

17


2. Tag Along

 

2.1 If the effect of any transfer of Ordinary Shares would result in there being a Qualifying Proposed Sale, the holder or holders of such Ordinary Shares (the “ Seller(s) ”) shall not complete such Qualifying Proposed Sale unless it or they ensure(s) that the purchaser offers to buy from the other shareholders all the Ordinary Shares held by them and from the Participants, any Ordinary Shares they would hold if they were to exercise their Subsisting Option(s) under the Plan pursuant to the Rules, in either case at the same price per share (whether the consideration is cash or newly issued ordinary shares in the proposed purchaser’s share capital) as apply to the purchase of the Ordinary Shares of the Seller(s) and on no other terms than the terms agreed with the Seller(s) (save in respect of any terms requisite to enable the other shareholders or Participants to enjoy the benefit of the rights granted to them under this paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1). The offer shall:

 

  2.1.1 be irrevocable and unconditional (except for any conditions which apply to the proposed transfer of the shares of the Seller(s) and as set out in paragraph 2.2 of this Schedule 1);

 

  2.1.2 be open for acceptance during a period of not less than fifteen (15) business days after receipt of such offer; and

 

  2.1.3 specify that completion shall be effected at the office of the Company by delivery of the duly executed instruments of transfer in respect of the relevant Ordinary Shares accompanied by share certificates in respect thereof against a bankers’ draft in respect of the purchase price thereof and together with any stamp duty payable thereon.

 

2.2 If the offer is accepted, the sale shall be conditional upon completion of the Seller(s)’ sale to the third party purchaser and shall be completed at the same time as that sale which may not occur after the day ten (10) business days after the fifteen (15) business day period referred to in paragraph 2.1.2 of this Schedule 1 and the date of which shall be stated in the offer provided always that the proceeds of such sale shall be distributed in accordance with the Bye-laws.

 

2.3 No offer shall be required pursuant to paragraph 2 of this Schedule 1 if a Drag Along Notice has been served under paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1.

 

2.4 The Seller(s) shall procure that the proposed purchaser shall provide a copy of the offer(s) referred to in paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1 to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

3. Valuation of Shares

For the purposes of the Plan the “ Fair Value ” of an Ordinary Share shall mean the fair value of the relevant share at the applicable time of determination, as determined by the Board in good faith. The determination of Fair Value by the Board shall be conclusive and binding on all parties.

 

18

Exhibit 4.22

RULES OF THE MARKIT SHARE OPTION PLAN

MARKIT LTD.

Rules approved by the Board of Markit Group Holdings Limited

in February 2013

Assumed and adopted by Markit Ltd. on 18 June 2014

Amended and Restated on 4 December 2014


CONTENTS

 

Clause        Page  
1.   DEFINITIONS      1   
2.   COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES      4   
3.   THE GRANT OF OPTIONS      5   
4.   THE EXERCISE PRICE      5   
5.   NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS      5   
6.   WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED      6   
7.   MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS      9   
8.   ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL      11   
9.   SALE AND LIQUIDATION      12   
10.   EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS      13   
11.   ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT      13   
12.   EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS      15   
13.   TERMINATION      15   
14.   TERM      15   
15.   INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS      15   
16.   GOVERNING LAW      15   
17.   CERTAIN INFORMATION      15   
SCHEDULE 1 DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG      17   

 

i


RULES OF THE MARKIT SHARE OPTION PLAN

RECITALS:

 

(A) The Plan was originally approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited and adopted in February 2013 (the “ Original Plan ”).

 

(B) Following a court approved scheme of arrangement and the insertion of Markit Ltd. as the ultimate holding company of the Markit group on 18 June 2014, the Original Plan and the options outstanding thereunder were assumed by Markit Ltd.

 

(C) Pursuant to Rule 11.1 of the Original Plan, the Board has resolved to amend and restate the Rules in their entirety as set out below.

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 In the Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person (other than an individual), any other person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person; and with respect to an individual means any person that such individual has transferred all or part of its shares in accordance with the Bye-laws;

Bad Leaver ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.5;

Board ” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

Bye-laws ” means the bye-laws of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “ Bye-law ” shall be construed accordingly;

Code ” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

Commencement Date ” means the date on which the Original Plan was approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited, being in February 2013;

Company ” means Markit Ltd., an exempted company incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda with its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda;

Date of Grant ” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

 

1


Departing Employee ” means:

 

  (a) any individual that is a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies and:

 

  (i) who, for any reason, ceases to be a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) the business of the company of which he is a director or employee is sold by the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (b) any individual:

 

  (i) who is a director or an employee of an Affiliate company, and such Affiliate company is sold by the Company and, in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its then remaining Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) whose services are otherwise provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and whose services cease to be provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies;

Dismissal ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.5(a)(i);

Drag Along Notice ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Effective Date ” means, with regard to an Option and subject to the terms of the Plan, the date set out in the corresponding Option Certificate from which such Option begins to vest;

Eligible Participant ” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

Employer’s NICs ” means secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes ” means an amount, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, equal to the sum of all employment and other taxes, insurance premiums and other amounts imposed by any and all Government Authorities on any Member of the Group with respect to the income earned by a Participant arising upon a Participant’s exercise of an Option, the making of an election under section 83(b) of the Code or in accordance with the terms of the Plan or any grant agreement;

Exercise Price ” means the price per Plan Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

Fair Value ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 3 of Schedule 1;

Government Authority ” means the government of the U.S., the government of any U.S. State (including the government of the District of Columbia and the government of any U.S. possession or territory) or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing;

 

2


HMRC ” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Member of the Group ” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

Non-Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

Normal Lapse Date ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.2(a);

Option ” means a right to acquire Plan Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

Option Certificate ” means the certificate evidencing a grant of an Option pursuant to Rule 3.2;

Option Exercise Window ” means such period as the Board shall determine and notify to Participants;

Option Tax Liability ” means the sum of (i) an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an agreement or election under Rule 7.2(e)) or any other amounts (including Medicare) which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group and (ii) the Employer’s share of U.S. Employment Taxes;

Ordinary Shares ” means the common shares of US$0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

Original Plan ” has the meaning given to it in Recital (A);

Parent ” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

Participant ” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

Plan ” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

 

3


Plan Share ” means a fully paid Ordinary Share issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan;

Qualifying Proposed Sale ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Retirement ” shall occur in such circumstances as the Board shall determine constitute a genuine retirement;

Rules ” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

Securities Act ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 17;

Securities Exchange Act ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 5.2;

Seller(s) ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1;

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

Subsisting Option ” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

Termination ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.5(a)(i);

Vesting Terms ” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, such vesting terms as the Board may, on or before the Date of Grant of an Option, specify and set out in the Option Certificate; and

Voluntary Resignation ” means, in respect of a director or employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates, the voluntary resignation of that director or employee (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any if its Affiliates) in circumstances other than where the Company or any of its Affiliates would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such director or employee.

 

1.2 Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Terms form a part of the Plan.

 

1.3 The provisions of Rules 7.2(b) and 7.2(c) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

 

2.1 The Plan commenced on the Commencement Date and shall continue to be known as The Markit Share Option Plan.

 

4


2.2 The Rules are hereby amended and restated in their entirety.

 

2.3 The purposes of the Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the shareholders of the Company by granting the Eligible Participants Options to purchase Plan Shares.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Plan Shares subject to the Rules including, the Vesting Terms and such other terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant, be issued with an Option Certificate:

 

  (a) evidencing the grant of an Option;

 

  (b) setting out the Exercise Price;

 

  (c) including the applicable Vesting Terms; and

 

  (d) setting out any other terms or conditions as the Board may determine under Rule 3.1.

 

3.3 The aggregate number of Plan Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under the Plan shall not exceed such number as determined by the Board from time to time (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Rule 8.1 of the Plan). If any Option granted under the Plan shall lapse, expire or be terminated or cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the Plan Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

 

5.1

No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever and no Plan Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option (prior to the Option being exercised) shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or

 

5


  encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5.1 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

5.2 In addition, all Options granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan and any Plan Shares to be issued upon exercise of any Option shall be restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position”, or any “call equivalent position” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(v) under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Securities Exchange Act ”)), by the Participant prior to the exercise of the Option (except in the circumstances permitted in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(iv) under the Securities Exchange Act), until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act or is no longer relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1 A Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms which, for the avoidance of doubt, are subject to Rules 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 7 and 9.

 

6.1A Any Subsisting Option shall only be exercisable during an Option Exercise Window.

 

6.2 Subject to Rule 6.4, a Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) such lapse date as the Board may determine at the Date of Grant and set out in the Option Certificate or where the Board does not determine such lapse date, the seventh anniversary of the Effective Date (in either case, the “ Normal Lapse Date ”);

 

  (b) where a Participant becomes a Departing Employee or ceases to be a consultant by reason of death, disability or Retirement, the Normal Lapse Date, in respect of any element of a Subsisting Option which has vested on the date the Participant so becomes a Departing Employee or ceases to be a consultant in accordance with the Vesting Terms;

 

  (c) the date upon which the Participant (who is not a consultant) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (d) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant by reason of:

 

  (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of the Participant’s consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement; or

 

  (ii) the voluntary termination by the Participant of such agreement or the giving by him of notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant; or

 

  (iii) for such reasons as are set out in the Option Certificate (if any),

 

6


in respect of any element of a Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms on such date;

 

  (e) subject to Rule 6.2(b), three months (or such other time period as may be determined by the Board under Rule 6.4(a)) from the date on which a Participant:

 

  (i) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances other than where the Participant is a Bad Leaver; or

 

  (ii) ceases to be a consultant in circumstances other than those set out in the Option Certificate (if any),

in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested on the date the Participant so becomes a Departing Employee or ceases to be a consultant in accordance with the Vesting Terms;

 

  (f) immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms on such date; and

 

  (g) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rules 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

6.3 A Participant may, with the prior agreement of the Board, exercise a Subsisting Option in whole or in part at any time, notwithstanding that it or the relevant part thereof has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms.

 

6.4 In respect of any Subsisting Option, the Board may at any time in its absolute discretion determine:

 

  (a) that, notwithstanding that such Option has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms, it shall be treated as having vested over such number of Plan Shares as the Board shall determine (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, exceeding the maximum number of Plan Shares which remain capable of vesting under the Vesting Terms); and

 

  (b) to extend the period during which such Option may be exercised and the lapse date of such Option, provided that the Board may not extend the lapse date beyond the Normal Lapse Date.

 

6.5 A person is a “ Bad Leaver ” if:

 

  (a) the reason for the person having become a Departing Employee is as a result of:

 

  (i)

his dismissal or the termination of the Departing Employee’s service contract (or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) in circumstances which, for any reason, justify (or which, if the Departing Employee

 

7


  were an employee of the Company or any such Subsidiary, would so justify) his summary dismissal or summary termination (without, for the avoidance of doubt, notice or payment in lieu of notice being required):

 

  (A) under the Departing Employee’s service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided; or

 

  (B) if such Departing Employee is employed in the United Kingdom, at common law,

(respectively, a “ Dismissal ” and a “ Termination ”); or

 

  (ii) the services of the Departing Employee (whether provided in accordance with the terms of a service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) being or becoming no longer available to the Company and/or any such Subsidiary in breach (other than by breach by the Company or any such Subsidiary) of such service contract or other arrangements; or

 

  (iii) his Voluntary Resignation (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary of the Company) where circumstances exist in which the Company or any Subsidiary would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such Departing Employee; or

 

  (b) the Participant is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company whose employment relationship with the Company or such Affiliate is governed by the laws of the United States and/or any state therein:

 

  (i) in the case where there is no employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant on the date of issue of Plan Shares (or where there is such an agreement but it does not define “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import)), then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean (a) such employee’s dismissal or termination that is occasioned by the Company or such Affiliate as a result of (i) insubordination, dishonesty, fraud, incompetence, moral turpitude or wilful misconduct of the Participant, (ii) the Participant’s refusal to perform his or her duties or responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity, or (iii) materially unsatisfactory performance of the Participant’s duties for the Company or such Affiliate, in each case as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, or (b) an employee’s voluntary resignation where circumstances exist in which the Company or such Affiliate would have been entitled to dismiss the Participant as a “Bad Leaver” in accordance with this Rule 6.5(b)(i); or

 

8


  (ii) in the case where there is an employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant that defines “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) on the date of grant, then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) as defined under such agreement, provided, however, that with regard to any agreement under which the definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) only applies on occurrence of a change in control, such definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) shall not apply until a change in control actually takes place and then only with regard to a termination thereafter.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an Option Certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c) payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct, to include, but not to be limited to, an undertaking to pay) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Plan Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b);

 

  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Plan Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Schedule 1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised;

 

  (e) an election under section 431 of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003, or an election or other form of documentation designed to achieve a similar effect under the laws of any other relevant jurisdiction (including for the avoidance of doubt an election under Section 83(b) of the Code) in each case in such form as the Board my prescribe.

 

9


7.2 The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Option having vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms;

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (c) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Plan Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability; and

 

  (d) [ Intentionally deleted ]

 

  (e) either of the following conditions being satisfied within one month of the date on which the notice of exercise of that Option was lodged in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) where any Member of the Group would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise:

 

  (i) the Participant entering into an agreement with the Company, in such form as determined by the Board, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; or

 

  (ii) the Participant entering into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (iii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and:

 

  (A) in the event that either condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which that condition is satisfied; or

 

  (B) in the event that neither condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 7.1 shall not be effective; or

 

  (C) in the event that the Board waives the requirement for either condition to be satisfied, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date of the waiver.

 

7.3

Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure

 

10


  the transfer of the relevant Plan Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Plan Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4 In the event that the number of vested Plan Shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share, the number of Plan Shares so vested shall be rounded downwards to the nearest whole number of Plan Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Plan Share.

 

7.5 Plan Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Ordinary Shares then already in issue except that they and any Plan Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.6 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Plan Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1 In the event of any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise, then the number and the nominal value of Plan Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Plan Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Plan Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2 No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Plan Shares below the nominal value of a Plan Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Plan Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any Option Certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

8.4 Any adjustment made to an option under Rule 8.1 shall be intended not to subject the Option to Section 409A of the Code.

 

11


9. SALE AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1 In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company or the day the offer should have been made pursuant to paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with paragraph 2 of Schedule 1) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

9.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to paragraph 1.2 of Schedule 1 or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1, the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of Rule 9.1(a)); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of Rule 9.1(b)).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders and shall be bound to transfer their Plan Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3 If the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under section 99 of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981 in respect of the Company (other than for the purpose of a restructuring), any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within 60 days of the Court sanctioning the compromise or arrangement, provided that the notice of exercise given in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) has been received by the Company within 30 days of the Court’s sanction.

 

9.4 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to the provisions contained in Part VII of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) at any time when that person remains so bound or entitled.

 

9.5 If the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up, any Subsisting Option may (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) be exercised in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) within one month of the passing of the resolution.

 

9.6 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

12


10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages;

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Bye-laws with respect to the terms of the Plan Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

13


11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction;

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group; and

 

  (c) delegate to a committee or any officer any of its authority hereunder.

 

11.3 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant participating company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service; and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Ordinary Shares.

 

11.8 If any Option Certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Plan Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

14


12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to the Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants.

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Plan Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of the Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend the Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

The Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of the Plan, their Option(s) and any Plan Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

17. CERTAIN INFORMATION

The Company shall, for so long as it is relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act and is not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act, provide to each Participant (i) information about the risks associated with an investment in the Plan Shares as described in Rule 701(e)(3) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the “ Securities Act ”) and (ii) the financial information described in Rule 701(e)(4) and (5) under the Securities Act, every six (6) months with the financial statements described therein being not more than 180 days old and with such other information

 

15


provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. Each Participant shall be required to keep such information strictly confidential.

 

16


SCHEDULE 1

DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

 

1. Drag Along

 

1.1 If the holders of more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue (“ Initiating Shareholders ”) propose to sell in a bona fide, arm’s-length transaction a number of Ordinary Shares in the Company representing more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue to a third party at Fair Value (in accordance with paragraph 3 of this Schedule 1) representing a value of the Company equal to or exceeding US$50 million (a “ Qualifying Proposed Sale ”), such Initiating Shareholders shall, subject to the conditions contained in paragraphs 1.2 and 1.3 of this Schedule 1, have the right to require all of the Participants (the “ Non-Initiating Shareholders ”) to transfer all of their Ordinary Shares (or, in respect of any Participants, any Plan Shares to which he will become entitled on exercise by him of any Subsisting Options pursuant to the Rules) to the proposed transferee within five business days (or such later date as may be specified in the notice) of receiving a notice in writing signed by or on behalf of the Initiating Shareholders (the “ Drag Along Notice ”). On service of the Drag Along Notice each Non-Initiating Shareholder shall (i) consent to, vote in favour of and raise no objections against such Qualifying Proposed Sale (including exercising any rights of appraisal, dissenters rights or similar rights), (ii) take all necessary and desirable actions in their capacities as shareholders of the Company in connection with the consummation of such Qualifying Proposed Sale, and (iii) agree to sell all of their Ordinary Shares on the same terms and conditions as the Initiating Shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the value of the total consideration payable pursuant to a Drag Along Notice to any Non-Initiating Shareholder who is, or whose direct or indirect holding company is, at the date such Shareholder becomes a member of the Company, subject to the Listing Rules made by the Financial Services Authority pursuant to Part VI of the U.K. Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, shall in any event not exceed £2 million.

 

1.2 The Initiating Shareholders shall at the same time as serving the Drag Along Notice, deliver a copy of the Drag Along Notice to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

1.3 The Drag Along Notice shall be accompanied by copies of all documents required to be executed by the Non-Initiating Shareholders to give effect to the transfer and the transfer shall be subject to the condition that, upon consummation of the Qualifying Proposed Sale, each shareholder will receive the same form and proportion of consideration with respect to his or its Ordinary Shares (such consideration to be distributed in accordance with the provisions of the Bye-laws), or if any shareholder is given a choice as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, all shareholders will be given the same choice.

 

1.4 If a Non-Initiating Shareholder defaults in transferring its Ordinary Shares pursuant to this paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1, such Non-Initiating Shareholder shall be deemed to have authorised the Company as his or its agent to execute a transfer of that Non-Initiating Shareholder’s Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee.

 

17


2. Tag Along

 

2.1 If the effect of any transfer of Ordinary Shares would result in there being a Qualifying Proposed Sale, the holder or holders of such Ordinary Shares (the “ Seller(s) ”) shall not complete such Qualifying Proposed Sale unless it or they ensure(s) that the purchaser offers to buy from the other shareholders all the Ordinary Shares held by them and from the Participants, any Ordinary Shares they would hold if they were to exercise their Subsisting Option(s) under the Plan pursuant to the Rules, in either case at the same price per share (whether the consideration is cash or newly issued ordinary shares in the proposed purchaser’s share capital) as apply to the purchase of the Ordinary Shares of the Seller(s) and on no other terms than the terms agreed with the Seller(s) (save in respect of any terms requisite to enable the other shareholders or Participants to enjoy the benefit of the rights granted to them under this paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1). The offer shall:

 

  2.1.1 be irrevocable and unconditional (except for any conditions which apply to the proposed transfer of the shares of the Seller(s) and as set out in paragraph 2.2 of this Schedule 1);

 

  2.1.2 be open for acceptance during a period of not less than fifteen (15) business days after receipt of such offer; and

 

  2.1.3 specify that completion shall be effected at the office of the Company by delivery of the duly executed instruments of transfer in respect of the relevant Ordinary Shares accompanied by share certificates in respect thereof against a bankers’ draft in respect of the purchase price thereof and together with any stamp duty payable thereon.

 

2.2 If the offer is accepted, the sale shall be conditional upon completion of the Seller(s)’ sale to the third party purchaser and shall be completed at the same time as that sale which may not occur after the day ten (10) business days after the fifteen (15) business day period referred to in paragraph 2.1.2 of this Schedule 1 and the date of which shall be stated in the offer provided always that the proceeds of such sale shall be distributed in accordance with the Bye-laws.

 

2.3 No offer shall be required pursuant to paragraph 2 of this Schedule 1 if a Drag Along Notice has been served under paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1.

 

2.4 The Seller(s) shall procure that the proposed purchaser shall provide a copy of the offer(s) referred to in paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1 to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

3. Valuation of Shares

For the purposes of the Rules, “ Fair Value ” of an Ordinary Share shall mean the fair value of the relevant share at the applicable time of determination, as determined by the Board in good faith. The determination of Fair Value by the Board shall be conclusive and binding on all parties.

 

18

Exhibit 4.23

RULES OF THE MARKIT SHARE PLAN

MARKIT LTD.

Rules approved by the Board of Markit Group Holdings Limited in January 2014

Assumed and adopted by Markit Ltd. on 18 June 2014

Amended and Restated on 4 December 2014


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE    PAGE  

1.

 

DEFINITIONS

     3   

2.

 

COMMENCEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

     5   

3.

 

THE ALLOTMENT OF SHARES

     5   

4.

 

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     7   

5.

 

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     7   

6.

 

RESTRICTIONS

     8   

7.

 

GOVERNING LAW

     8   


RULES OF THE MARKIT SHARE PLAN

RECITALS

 

(A) The Plan was originally approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited and adopted in January 2014 (the “ Original Plan ”).

 

(B) Following a court approved scheme of arrangement and the insertion of Markit Ltd. as the ultimate holding company of the Markit group on 18 June, 2014, the Original Plan was assumed by Markit Ltd.

 

(C) In connection with the court approved scheme of arrangement and the insertion of Markit Ltd. as the ultimate holding company of the Markit group on 18 June 2014 referred to in Recital (B), certain Restricted Participants entered into a restricted share contracts with the Company (the “ Restricted Share Contracts ”), which contain certain provisions relating to the transfer of Restricted Shares to the Company by a Restricted Participant.

 

(D) Pursuant to Rule 5.1 of the Original Plan, the Board has resolved to amend and restate the Rules in their entirety as set out below.

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 In these Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person (other than an individual), any other person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person; and with respect to an individual means any person that such individual has transferred all or part of its shares in accordance with the Bye-laws;

Allotment Letter ” means a letter in the form set out in Appendix A (with such modifications as the Board shall decide) pursuant to which the Company shall allot Plan Shares and a Participant shall agree to take such Plan Shares on the terms and subject to the conditions of the Plan;

Board ” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

Bye-laws ” means the bye-laws of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time;

Commencement Date ” means the date on which the Original Plan was approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited, being in January 2014, subject to the approval of the shareholders of such company;

 

3


Company ” means Markit Ltd., an exempted company incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda with its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda;

“Date of Allotment” in respect of a Participant means the date on which Plan Shares are allotted to such Participant and such Participant validly executes an Allotment Letter;

Election ” means an election made by a Participant (i) with his employer pursuant to section 431(1) ITEPA in the form prescribed by HM Revenue and Customs, and/or (ii) pursuant to section 83(b) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, in the form prescribed by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, in either case to pay income tax (if any) computed by reference to the unrestricted market value of the Plan Shares so acquired;

Eligible Participant ” means any senior employee (including a director) of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

Employee Taxation ” has the meaning given in Rule 3.11;

ITEPA ” means the Income Tax Earning and Pensions Act 2003;

Member of the Group ” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

Original Plan ” has the meaning given to it in Recital (A);

Ordinary Share ” means a common share of US$0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

Participant ” means any individual who has been allotted a Plan Share or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

Plan ” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

Plan Share ” means a fully paid Ordinary Share issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan;

Restricted Participant ” has the meaning given in 6;

Restricted Share Contracts ” has the meaning given in Recital (C);

Restricted Shares ” has the meaning given in Rule 6;

Rules ” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting and the terms and conditions of the Restricted Share Contracts, if applicable and to the extent such contract applies to a Restricted Participant; and

Subscription Price ” has the meaning given in Rule 3.1.

 

1.2

Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory

 

4


provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it.

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

The Plan commenced on the Commencement Date and shall continue to be known as The Markit Share Plan. The Rules are hereby amended and restated in their entirety. The purposes of the Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the stockholders of the Company by allotting Plan Shares to the Eligible Participants hereunder.

 

3. THE ALLOTMENT OF SHARES

 

3.1 The Board may allot Eligible Participants Plan Shares subject to the Rules and such other objective terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Plan Shares may be allotted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The number of Plan Shares to be allotted to an Eligible Participant, and the vesting period of such Plan Shares in accordance with Rule 6, shall, in each case, be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 The Subscription Price for each Plan Share allotted pursuant to the Plan shall be equal to the sum of the nominal value of the Plan Shares, being US$0.01 per Plan Share (the “ Subscription Price ”).

 

3.3 If required, the Company shall obtain an independent valuation of the Ordinary Shares indicating the unrestricted market value of the Ordinary Shares (for the purposes of section 431(1) ITEPA) following the allotment of any Plan Shares.

 

3.4 Each Participant to whom Plan Shares are allotted under the Plan shall be sent an Allotment Letter by the Company.

 

3.5 The aggregate number of Plan Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under the Plan shall not exceed the amount approved by the Board from time to time.

 

3.6 All Plan Shares shall be allotted within 6 months after the date of the respective Allotment Letter.

 

3.7 Upon allotment of any Plan Shares by the Board, a Participant shall execute a counterpart of the Allotment Letter and lodge the same with the company secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to the Participant in the Allotment Letter), together with payment (in such form and manner as the Board shall direct including, to the extent lawful, the withholding of the Subscription Price from the Participant’s normal pay or other amounts payable to the Participant by the Company or such other Member of the Group) of a sum equal to the aggregate Subscription Price of the Plan Shares so allotted.

 

5


3.8 The Board shall within 30 days of the allotment of any Plan Shares cause the Company to procure the entry of the name of the Participant in the register of members of the Company in respect of the relevant Plan Shares and to send to the Participant a share certificate in respect of the same (which shall state that the Plan Shares have been issued under the Plan).

 

3.9 The Board shall by 6 July following the end of the tax year in which the Plan Shares are allotted make a report of the acquisition of such Plan Shares to HM Revenue and Customs on Form 42 (or its successor).

 

3.10 Plan Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the shares of the same class then already in issue, and for the avoidance of doubt they will not be entitled to any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the Date of Allotment.

 

3.11 In any case where any Member of the Group is obliged to account for Employee Taxation to a tax authority as a result of or in respect of the following:

 

  (a) the acquisition of Plan Shares pursuant to the Plan;

 

  (b) the entering into of the Election; or

 

  (c) any action, event or thing done following the acquisition of Plan Shares pursuant to the Plan which gives rise to an Employee Taxation liability in respect of such Plan Shares including where the following sections of ITEPA apply:

 

  (i) section 426 (restricted securities - charge on occurrence of chargeable events);

 

  (ii) section 438 (convertible securities - charge on occurrence of chargeable events);

 

  (iii) section 446E (securities with artificially depressed market value - charge on restricted securities);

 

  (iv) section 446L (securities with artificially enhanced market value - charge on non-commercial increases);

 

  (v) section 446Y (securities disposed of for more than market value); and

 

  (vi) section 447 (post-acquisition benefits from securities - charge on other chargeable benefits from securities),

such Member of the Group may, to the extent lawful, recover the Employee Taxation from the Participant in question and each such Participant agrees that such Member

 

6


of the Group may recover the Employee Taxation via deductions from salary for the relevant period under PAYE and to the extent that such deductions are insufficient to cover the Employee Taxation, the Participant shall having received written notice from such Member of the Group (on an after tax basis) pay to such Member of the Group the balance three business days before the last day on which such Member of the Group can account for the Employee Taxation to a tax authority without incurring interest and penalties. For the purposes of this Rule 3.11, the term “Employee Taxation” means (i) any charge to income tax or social security contributions including any Secondary Class 1 National Insurance liability to the extent schedule 1 of the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 (as amended by the National Insurance Contributions and Statutory Payments Act 2004) permits recovery from the Participant and (ii) any applicable U.S. federal, state or local income or employment taxes or insurance premiums.

 

4. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

4.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

4.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages;

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

4.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

5. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

5.1

The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a

 

7


  Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Bye-laws with respect to the terms of the Plan Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

5.2 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company or sent through the Company’s internal postal service; and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the company secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

5.3 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan.

 

5.4 The Board shall have the right to delegate at any time the administration of the Plan to any third party that it deems fit.

 

6. RESTRICTIONS

The Plan Shares held by a Participant shall be subject to a vesting period set out in the Participant’s Allotment Letter. By way of example, in the case of a three year vesting period, the unrestricted number of Plan Shares shall be equal to the total number of Plan Shares allotted to such Participant, multiplied by 1/3 on 1 January in each of the three years following the Date of Allotment. In the Rules, references to “ Restricted Shares ” shall mean any Plan Shares held by a Participant pursuant to the Plan which have yet to vest in accordance with their terms, and “ Restricted Participant ” shall means a Participant whose Plan Shares are Restricted Shares.

 

7. GOVERNING LAW

These Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of the Plan and any Plan Shares allotted or issued to them under the Plan.

 

8

Exhibit 4.24

RULES OF THE MARKIT SHARE OPTION PLAN

MARKIT LTD.

Rules approved by the Board of Markit Group Holdings Limited

in January 2014

Assumed and adopted by Markit Ltd. on 18 June 2014

Amended and Restated on 4 December 2014


CONTENTS

 

Clause        Page  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     1   
2.  

COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

     5   
3.  

THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

     5   
4.  

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     6   
5.  

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     6   
6.  

WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

     6   
7.  

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     9   
8.  

ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

     12   
9.  

SALE, RECONSTRUCTION, TAKEOVER AND LIQUIDATION

     12   
10.  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     14   
11.  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     14   
12.  

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     16   
13.  

TERMINATION

     16   
14.  

TERM

     16   
15.  

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

     16   
16.  

GOVERNING LAW

     16   
17.  

CERTAIN INFORMATION

     16   

SCHEDULE 1 DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

     18   

 

i


RULES OF THE MARKIT SHARE OPTION PLAN

RECITALS:

 

(A) The Plan was originally approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited and adopted in January 2014 (the “ Original Plan ”).

 

(B) Following a court approved scheme of arrangement and the insertion of Markit Ltd. as the ultimate holding company of the Markit group on 18 June 2014, the Original Plan and the options outstanding thereunder were assumed by Markit Ltd.

 

(C) Pursuant to Rule 11.1 of the Original Plan, the Board has resolved to amend and restate the Rules in their entirety as set out below.

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 In the Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

Act ” means the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003;

Acquiring Company ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 9.4;

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person (other than an individual), any other person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person; and with respect to an individual means any person that such individual has transferred all or part of its shares in accordance with the Bye-laws;

Bad Leaver ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.5;

Board ” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board;

Bye-laws ” means the bye-laws of the Company currently in force and as amended from time to time and “ Bye-law ” shall be construed accordingly;

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

Commencement Date ” means the date on which the Original Plan was approved by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited, being in January 2014;

Company ” means Markit Ltd., an exempted company incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda with its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda;

Condition ” means any condition or other term determined by the Board under Rule 3.1;

Control ” has the meaning given to it by section 719 of the Act;

 

1


Date of Grant ” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

Departing Employee ” means:

 

  (a) any individual that is a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies and:

 

  (i) who, for any reason, ceases to be a director or an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) the business of the company of which he is a director or employee is sold by the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its Affiliate companies; or

 

  (b) any individual:

 

  (i) who is a director or an employee of an Affiliate company, and such Affiliate company is sold by the Company and, in such case, such individual ceases to be a director or an employee of either the Company or any of its then remaining Affiliate companies; or

 

  (ii) whose services are otherwise provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies, and whose services cease to be provided to the Company or any of its Affiliate companies;

Dismissal ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.5(a)(i);

Drag Along Notice ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Effective Date ” means, with regard to an Option and subject to the terms of the Plan, the date set out in the corresponding Option Certificate from which such Option begins to vest;

Eligible Participant ” means any employee (including a director) of, or any consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company;

Employer’s NICs ” means secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes ” means an amount, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, equal to the sum of all employment and other taxes, insurance premiums and other amounts imposed by any and all Government Authorities on any Member of the Group with respect to the income earned by a Participant arising upon a Participant’s exercise of an Option, the making of an election under section 83(b) of the Code or in accordance with the terms of the Plan or any grant agreement;

Exercise Price ” means the price per Plan Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

Fair Value ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 3 of Schedule 1;

 

2


Government Authority ” means the government of the U.S., the government of any U.S. State (including the government of the District of Columbia and the government of any U.S. possession or territory) or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing;

HMRC ” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “ Incentive Stock Option ” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;

Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Internal Reorganisation ” means any compromise, arrangement or offer (including any Specified Event) after which, in the reasonable opinion of the Board, Control of the Company remains substantially in the hands of the same person(s) as beforehand;

Listing ” means the listing of the Ordinary Shares on the NASDAQ stock market, as of 18 June 2014;

Member of the Group ” means the Company or any Affiliate of the Company from time to time;

Non-Initiating Shareholders ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Option granted under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option;

Normal Lapse Date ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.2(a);

Option ” means a right to acquire Plan Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

Option Certificate ” means the certificate evidencing a grant of an Option pursuant to Rule 3.2;

Option Exercise Window ” means such period as the Board shall determine and notify to Participants;

Option Tax Liability ” means the sum of (i) an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an agreement or election under Rule 7.2(e)) or any other amounts (including Medicare) which are required to be withheld or accounted for on behalf of the Participant by any Member of the Group and (ii) the Employer’s share of U.S. Employment Taxes;

Ordinary Shares ” means the common shares of US$0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

Original Plan ” has the meaning given to it in Recital (A);

 

3


Parent ” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code;

Participant ” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representatives of any such individual;

Plan ” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

Plan Share ” means a fully paid Ordinary Share issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan;

Qualifying Proposed Sale ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1;

Retirement ” shall occur in such circumstances as the Board shall determine constitute a genuine retirement;

Rules ” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

Securities Act ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 17;

Securities Exchange Act ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 5.2;

Seller(s) ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1;

Specified Event ” means any of the following events or, in the case of paragraph (d), dates:

 

  (a) any person obtains Control of the Company by any means, including as a result of making a general offer to acquire the whole of the issued share capital of the Company or all the shares in the Company which are of the same class as the Ordinary Shares; or

 

  (b) the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under relevant Bermudian law, pursuant to, or in connection with, which a person will acquire Control of the Company or substantially the whole of the Company’s undertaking or property; or

 

  (c) the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up; or

 

  (d) if the Board determines that Options should become exercisable in the event of a proposed demerger of the Company’s business or assets, such date prior to the demerger as the Board shall reasonable determine;

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code;

Subsisting Option ” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

 

4


Termination ” has the meaning given to it in Rule 6.5(a)(i);

Vesting Terms ” means, subject to the terms of the Plan, such vesting terms as the Board may, on or before the Date of Grant of an Option, specify and set out in the Option Certificate; and

Voluntary Resignation ” means, in respect of a director or employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates, the voluntary resignation of that director or employee (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any of its Affiliates) in circumstances other than where the Company or any of its Affiliates would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such director or employee.

 

1.2 Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it. The Vesting Terms form a part of the Plan.

 

1.3 The provisions of Rules 7.2(b) and 7.2(c) shall only apply to the extent applicable, and Rule 10 shall not be applicable, to any Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee).

 

2. COMMEN CEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, TITLE AND PURPOSES

 

2.1 The Plan commenced on the Commencement Date and shall continue to be known as The Markit Share Option Plan.

 

2.2 The Rules are hereby amended and restated in their entirety.

 

2.3 The purposes of the Plan are to enable the Company to motivate Eligible Participants who are important to the success and growth of the business of the Company and to create a long-term mutuality of interest between the Eligible Participants and the shareholders of the Company by granting the Eligible Participants Options to purchase Plan Shares.

 

3. THE GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may grant Options to Eligible Participants to acquire Plan Shares subject to the Rules including, the Vesting Terms and such other terms or conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine. Options may be granted only to such Eligible Participants as the Board shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Participant shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 No consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed in such form as the Board shall decide. Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant, be issued with an Option Certificate:

 

  (a) evidencing the grant of an Option;

 

5


  (b) setting out the Exercise Price;

 

  (c) including the applicable Vesting Terms; and

 

  (d) setting out any other terms or conditions as the Board may determine under Rule 3.1 above.

 

3.3 The aggregate number of Plan Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under the Plan shall not exceed such number as determined by the Board from time to time (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Rule 8.1). If any Option granted under the Plan shall lapse, expire or be terminated or cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the Plan Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion no later than the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 8.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

 

5.1 No Option granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever and no Plan Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option (prior to the Option being exercised) shall be capable of being transferred by him or his personal representative(s) or of being mortgaged, pledged or encumbered in any way whatsoever. In the event of any breach or purported breach of this provision the Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5.1 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising the Option in accordance with the Rules.

 

5.2 In addition, all Options granted to an Eligible Participant under the Plan and any Plan Shares to be issued upon exercise of any Option shall be restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position”, or any “call equivalent position” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(v) under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Securities Exchange Act ”)), by the Participant prior to the exercise of the Option (except in the circumstances permitted in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(iv) under the Securities Exchange Act), until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act or is no longer relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act.

 

6. WHEN OPTIONS MAY BE EXERCISED

 

6.1 A Subsisting Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms which, for the avoidance of doubt, are subject to Rules 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 7 and 9.

 

6.1A Any Subsisting Option shall only be exercisable during an Option Exercise Window.

 

6


6.2 Subject to Rule 6.4, a Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) such lapse date as the Board may determine at the Date of Grant and set out in the Option Certificate or where the Board does not determine such lapse date, the seventh anniversary of the Effective Date (in either case, the “ Normal Lapse Date ”);

 

  (b) where a Participant becomes a Departing Employee or ceases to be a consultant by reason of death, disability or Retirement, the Normal Lapse Date, in respect of any element of a Subsisting Option which has vested on the date the Participant so becomes a Departing Employee or ceases to be a consultant in accordance with the Vesting Terms;

 

  (c) the date upon which the Participant (who is not a consultant) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances where the Participant is a Bad Leaver;

 

  (d) the date on which a Participant who is a consultant (and not a director or employee) ceases to be a consultant by reason of:

 

  (i) the termination by the Company (or other Member of the Group) of the Participant’s consultancy agreement (or other agreement under which his services are provided) pursuant to the terms of such agreement; or

 

  (ii) the voluntary termination by the Participant of such agreement or the giving by him of notice to terminate the agreement within six months of the Date of Grant; or

 

  (iii) for such reasons as are set out in the Option Certificate (if any),

in respect of any element of a Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms on such date;

 

  (e) subject to Rule 6.2(b), three months (or such other time period as may be determined by the Board under Rule 6.4(a)) from the date on which a Participant:

 

  (i) becomes a Departing Employee in circumstances other than where the Participant is a Bad Leaver; or

 

  (ii) ceases to be a consultant in circumstances other than those set out in the Option Certificate (if any),

in respect of the element of the Subsisting Option which has vested on the date the Participant so becomes a Departing Employee or ceases to be a consultant in accordance with the Vesting Terms;

 

  (f) immediately on the date on which the Participant becomes a Departing Employee, or on which he ceases to be a consultant, in respect of any element of the Subsisting Option which has not vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms on such date; and

 

  (g) the expiry of the periods mentioned in Rules 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5.

 

7


6.3 A Participant may, with the prior agreement of the Board, exercise a Subsisting Option in whole or in part at any time, notwithstanding that it or the relevant part thereof has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms.

 

6.4 In respect of any Subsisting Option, the Board may at any time in its absolute discretion determine:

 

  (a) that, notwithstanding that such Option has not then vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms, it shall be treated as having vested over such number of Plan Shares as the Board shall determine (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, exceeding the maximum number of Plan Shares which remain capable of vesting under the Vesting Terms); and

 

  (b) to extend the period during which such Option may be exercised and the lapse date of such Option, provided that the Board may not extend the lapse date beyond the Normal Lapse Date.

 

6.5 A person is a “ Bad Leaver ” if:

 

  (a) the reason for the person having become a Departing Employee is as a result of:

 

  (i) his dismissal or the termination of the Departing Employee’s service contract (or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) in circumstances which, for any reason, justify (or which, if the Departing Employee were an employee of the Company or any such Subsidiary, would so justify) his summary dismissal or summary termination (without, for the avoidance of doubt, notice or payment in lieu of notice being required):

 

  (A) under the Departing Employee’s service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided; or

 

  (B) if such Departing Employee is employed in the United Kingdom, at common law,

(respectively, a “ Dismissal ” and a “ Termination ”); or

 

  (ii) the services of the Departing Employee (whether provided in accordance with the terms of a service contract or other arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary) being or becoming no longer available to the Company and/or any such Subsidiary in breach (other than by breach by the Company or any such Subsidiary) of such service contract or other arrangements; or

 

  (iii)

his Voluntary Resignation (or voluntary termination of the arrangements pursuant to which his services are provided to the Company and/or any Subsidiary of the Company) where circumstances

 

8


  exist in which the Company or any Subsidiary would have been entitled to effect a Dismissal or Termination in respect of such Departing Employee; or

 

  (b) the Participant is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company whose employment relationship with the Company or such Affiliate is governed by the laws of the United States and/or any state therein:

 

  (i) in the case where there is no employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate, and the Participant on the date of issue of Plan Shares (or where there is such an agreement but it does not define “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import)), then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean (a) such employee’s dismissal or termination that is occasioned by the Company or such Affiliate as a result of (i) insubordination, dishonesty, fraud, incompetence, moral turpitude or wilful misconduct of the Participant, (ii) the Participant’s refusal to perform his or her duties or responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity, or (iii) materially unsatisfactory performance of the Participant’s duties for the Company or such Affiliate, in each case as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, or (b) an employee’s voluntary resignation where circumstances exist in which the Company or such Affiliate would have been entitled to dismiss the Participant as a “Bad Leaver” in accordance with this Rule 6.5(b)(i); or

 

  (ii) in the case where there is an employment agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or such Affiliate and the Participant that defines “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) on the date of grant, then for the purposes of the Rules, “Bad Leaver” shall mean “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) as defined under such agreement, provided, however, that with regard to any agreement under which the definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) only applies on occurrence of a change in control, such definition of “cause” or “Bad Leaver” (or words of like import) shall not apply until a change in control actually takes place and then only with regard to a termination thereafter.

 

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an Option Certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, duly executed in accordance with the instructions in such notice;

 

  (c)

payment (in such manner as the Board shall direct, to include, but not to be limited to, an undertaking to pay) of a sum equal to the aggregate Exercise

 

9


  Price of the Plan Shares in relation to which the Option is then being exercised, together with an amount equal to that required to be paid pursuant to Rule 7.2(b) below;

 

  (d) in respect of an exercise of an Option in the circumstances set out in Rule 9.1, a duly executed power of attorney in the form provided by the Company on grant of the Option appointing the Company as the Participant’s attorney to execute documents on behalf of the Participant to give effect to the transfer of the Plan Shares the Participant would hold following the exercise of such Option PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT if the relevant Qualifying Proposed Sale has not completed within 60 days of the date on which the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to Schedule 1 or the date on which a copy of the relevant offer to the Participants pursuant to Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company, as the case may be, then the Company shall return to the Participants the documents referred to in Rules 7.1(a) and 7.1(b) and the payment referred to in Rule 7.1(c) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Option shall be deemed not to have been exercised; and

 

  (e) if required by the Company at the time of exercise, an election under section 431 of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003, or an election or other form of documentation designed to achieve a similar effect under the laws of any other relevant jurisdiction (including for the avoidance of doubt an election under Section 83(b) of the Code) in each case in such form as the Board my prescribe.

 

7.2 The exercise of an Option by a Participant under Rule 7.1 shall, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, be conditional upon:

 

  (a) the Option having vested in accordance with the Vesting Terms;

 

  (b) agreement being reached between the Company and the Participant as to the amount, or their best estimate of the amount, of the Option Tax Liability;

 

  (c) payment of the estimate or amount of the Option Tax Liability or arrangements which are satisfactory to the Company for the payment by the Participant of the Option Tax Liability whether in cash or by deduction from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant or by the withholding of Plan Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant on the exercise of the Option equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability; and

 

  (d) [ Intentionally deleted ]

 

  (e) either of the following conditions being satisfied within one month of the date on which the notice of exercise of that Option was lodged in accordance with Rule 7.1(b) where any Member of the Group would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise:

 

  (i) the Participant entering into an agreement with the Company, in such form as determined by the Board, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; or

 

10


  (ii) the Participant entering into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (iii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and:

 

  (A) in the event that either condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which that condition is satisfied; or

 

  (B) in the event that neither condition is satisfied within that one-month period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 7.1 shall not be effective; or

 

  (C) in the event that the Board waives the requirement for either condition to be satisfied, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date of the waiver.

 

7.3 Subject to the obtaining of any necessary regulatory consents, the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of any Option cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Plan Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant who has exercised the Option a share certificate for the Plan Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised provided such allotment or transfer is lawful.

 

7.4 In the event that the number of vested Plan Shares would give rise to an entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share, the number of Plan Shares so vested shall be rounded downwards to the nearest whole number of Plan Shares, or rounded upwards if the entitlement to a fraction of a Plan Share would otherwise have been an entitlement to one half of one Plan Share.

 

7.5 Plan Shares issued pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with the Ordinary Shares then already in issue except that they and any Plan Shares transferred pursuant to the Plan will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

7.6 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Plan Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

11


8. ALTERATIONS OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

8.1 In the event of:

 

  (a) any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise;

 

  (b) any demerger, dividend in specie or super dividend; or

 

  (c) any other corporate event which in the reasonable opinion of the Board justifies such an adjustment;

then the number, nominal value and description of Plan Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Plan Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Plan Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may determine to be appropriate.

 

8.2 No adjustment under Rule 8.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Plan Shares below the nominal value of a Plan Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Plan Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

8.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 8.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any Option Certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

8.4 Any adjustment made to an Option held by a United States taxpayer under Rule 8.1 shall be intended not to subject the Option to Section 409A of the Code.

 

9. SALE, RECONSTRUCTION, TAKEOVER AND LIQUIDATION

 

9.1 In the event of a Qualifying Proposed Sale, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable in full (but only to the extent that the Option has not lapsed) from the date on which either (a) the Drag Along Notice is delivered to the Company pursuant to paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a proposed sale by Initiating Shareholders to a third party in accordance with paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1) or (b) a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1 is delivered to the Company or the day the offer should have been made pursuant to paragraph 2.1 of Schedule 1 (in the case of a sale to a third party purchaser in accordance with paragraph 2 of Schedule 1) until completion of the relevant sale under (a) or (b) above (as the case may be).

 

12


9.2 Upon receipt by the Company of a Drag Along Notice pursuant to paragraph 1.2 of Schedule 1 or a copy of the offer(s) to the Participants pursuant to paragraph 2.4 of Schedule 1, the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter to notify the Participants of the details of:

 

  (a) the Drag Along Notice and the date (if any) specified therein on which the Non-Initiating Shareholders must transfer their Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee (in the case of Rule 9.1(a)); or

 

  (b) the offer(s) (in the case of Rule 9.1(b)).

The Participants shall be Non-Initiating Shareholders and shall be bound to transfer their Plan Shares to the proposed transferee as provided for in paragraph 1.1 of Schedule 1 if they exercise their Options pursuant to Rule 9.1. The proposed transferee shall be entitled to enforce this right or benefit against the Participants in accordance with the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 provided that no amendment, variation or termination of the Plan (whether or not affecting such right or benefit) shall require the consent of the transferee nor shall such transferee be entitled to veto any amendment, variation or termination of the Plan.

 

9.3 Subject to Rules 9.1, 9.2, 9.4 and 9.5, if a Specified Event occurs before the expiry of the Option Period, Participants shall be notified and, provided any Condition(s) have been satisfied or waived, a Subsisting Option shall become exercisable (whether or not it is then Vested) immediately following the Specified Event and may be exercised until expiry of the period of one month commencing on the date of the Specified Event, provided that the Board may in its absolute discretion permit a Subsisting Option to become exercisable on such date prior to the Specified Event as the Board shall in its sole discretion reasonably determine, in which case:

 

  (i) any such exercise shall be conditional upon the Specified Event occurring;

 

  (ii) if the Specified Event does not occur, any such exercise shall be null and void; and

 

  (iii) if the Specified Event occurs, any such exercise shall take effect immediately prior to the Specified Event.

 

9.4 If a company (the “ Acquiring Company ”) obtains Control of the Company or becomes bound or entitled to acquire Ordinary Shares as a result of a Specified Event, the Board may determine in its absolute sole discretion that Rule 9.3 shall not apply and that, subject to agreement with the Acquiring Company, Subsisting Options shall be continued, substituted for or assumed by the Acquiring Company on such terms as may be agreed with the Acquiring Company in connection with the Specified Event.

 

9.5 Rule 9.3 shall not apply in the case of an Internal Reorganisation, provided that the Acquiring Company agrees that Subsisting Options shall be continued, substituted for or assumed by the Acquiring Company on such terms as may be agreed by the Company and the Acquiring Company in connection with the Internal Reorganisation.

 

13


9.6 For the purposes of this Rule 9, a person shall be deemed to have obtained Control of the Company if he and others acting in concert with him have together obtained Control of it.

 

9.7 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 7.

 

10. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

10.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

10.2 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group any additional or other rights to compensation or damages;

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

10.3 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

10.4 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each Member of the Group shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

11.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules of the Plan in any respect provided that no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of such number of the affected Participants as would be required to amend the Bye-laws with respect to the terms of the Plan Shares on the assumption that the affected Participants constitute the sole shareholders of the Company.

 

14


11.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality:

 

  (a) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to obtain or maintain beneficial tax treatment for any Member of the Group in any jurisdiction;

 

  (b) amend the Plan in any way to the extent necessary to take account of federal, state or other local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice in any jurisdiction relevant to a Participant or Member of the Group; and

 

  (c) delegate to a committee or any officer any of its authority hereunder.

 

11.3 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Participant or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant participating company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service; and

 

  (b) to the Company either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting.

 

11.4 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Member of the Group to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such company’s officers or employees.

 

11.5 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

11.6 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant hereto.

 

11.7 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Ordinary Shares.

 

11.8 If any Option Certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

11.9 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Plan Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

15


12. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Save as provided in Rule 9.2, the U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to the Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

13. TERMINATION

The Plan may be terminated at any time by a resolution of the Board or by a resolution of the Company in general meeting. On termination, no further Options shall be granted but such termination shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants.

 

14. TERM

No Option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date.

 

15. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of the Plan Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Participant which is an employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of the Plan not be necessary in order for the Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Board may amend the Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

The Rules and all matters arising from the Rules shall be governed and construed in accordance with English law and Participants shall agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts in respect of the Plan, their Option(s) and any Plan Shares issued or transferred to them in respect of such Option(s).

 

17. CERTAIN INFORMATION

The Company shall, for so long as it is relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act and is not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act, provide to each Participant (i) information about the risks associated with an investment in the Plan Shares as described in Rule 701(e)(3) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the “ Securities Act ”) and (ii) the financial information described in Rule 701(e)(4) and (5) under the Securities Act, every six (6) months with the financial statements described therein being not more than 180 days old and with such other information

 

16


provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. Each Participant shall be required to keep such information strictly confidential.

 

17


SCHEDULE 1

DRAG ALONG AND TAG ALONG

 

1. Drag Along

 

1.1 If the holders of more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue (“ Initiating Shareholders ”) propose to sell in a bona fide, arm’s-length transaction a number of Ordinary Shares in the Company representing more than 75 per cent. in number of the Ordinary Shares in issue to a third party at Fair Value (in accordance with paragraph 3 of this Schedule 1) representing a value of the Company equal to or exceeding US$50 million (a “ Qualifying Proposed Sale ”), such Initiating Shareholders shall, subject to the conditions contained in paragraphs 1.2 and 1.3 of this Schedule 1, have the right to require all of the Participants (the “ Non-Initiating Shareholders ”) to transfer all of their Ordinary Shares (or, in respect of any Participants, any Plan Shares to which he will become entitled on exercise by him of any Subsisting Options pursuant to the Rules) to the proposed transferee within five business days (or such later date as may be specified in the notice) of receiving a notice in writing signed by or on behalf of the Initiating Shareholders (the “ Drag Along Notice ”). On service of the Drag Along Notice each Non-Initiating Shareholder shall (i) consent to, vote in favour of and raise no objections against such Qualifying Proposed Sale (including exercising any rights of appraisal, dissenters rights or similar rights), (ii) take all necessary and desirable actions in their capacities as shareholders of the Company in connection with the consummation of such Qualifying Proposed Sale, and (iii) agree to sell all of their Ordinary Shares on the same terms and conditions as the Initiating Shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the value of the total consideration payable pursuant to a Drag Along Notice to any Non-Initiating Shareholder who is, or whose direct or indirect holding company is, at the date such Shareholder becomes a member of the Company, subject to the Listing Rules made by the Financial Services Authority pursuant to Part VI of the U.K. Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, shall in any event not exceed £2 million.

 

1.2 The Initiating Shareholders shall at the same time as serving the Drag Along Notice, deliver a copy of the Drag Along Notice to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

1.3 The Drag Along Notice shall be accompanied by copies of all documents required to be executed by the Non-Initiating Shareholders to give effect to the transfer and the transfer shall be subject to the condition that, upon consummation of the Qualifying Proposed Sale, each shareholder will receive the same form and proportion of consideration with respect to his or its Ordinary Shares (such consideration to be distributed in accordance with the provisions of the Bye-laws), or if any shareholder is given a choice as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, all shareholders will be given the same choice.

 

1.4 If a Non-Initiating Shareholder defaults in transferring its Ordinary Shares pursuant to this paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1, such Non-Initiating Shareholder shall be deemed to have authorised the Company as his or its agent to execute a transfer of that Non-Initiating Shareholder’s Ordinary Shares to the proposed transferee.

 

18


2. Tag Along

 

2.1 If the effect of any transfer of Ordinary Shares would result in there being a Qualifying Proposed Sale, the holder or holders of such Ordinary Shares (the “ Seller(s) ”) shall not complete such Qualifying Proposed Sale unless it or they ensure(s) that the purchaser offers to buy from the other shareholders all the Ordinary Shares held by them and from the Participants, any Ordinary Shares they would hold if they were to exercise their Subsisting Option(s) under the Plan pursuant to the Rules, in either case at the same price per share (whether the consideration is cash or newly issued ordinary shares in the proposed purchaser’s share capital) as apply to the purchase of the Ordinary Shares of the Seller(s) and on no other terms than the terms agreed with the Seller(s) (save in respect of any terms requisite to enable the other shareholders or Participants to enjoy the benefit of the rights granted to them under this paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1). The offer shall:

 

  2.1.1 be irrevocable and unconditional (except for any conditions which apply to the proposed transfer of the shares of the Seller(s) and as set out in paragraph 2.2 of this Schedule 1);

 

  2.1.2 be open for acceptance during a period of not less than fifteen (15) business days after receipt of such offer; and

 

  2.1.3 specify that completion shall be effected at the office of the Company by delivery of the duly executed instruments of transfer in respect of the relevant Ordinary Shares accompanied by share certificates in respect thereof against a bankers’ draft in respect of the purchase price thereof and together with any stamp duty payable thereon.

 

2.2 If the offer is accepted, the sale shall be conditional upon completion of the Seller(s)’ sale to the third party purchaser and shall be completed at the same time as that sale which may not occur after the day ten (10) business days after the fifteen (15) business day period referred to in paragraph 2.1.2 of this Schedule 1 and the date of which shall be stated in the offer provided always that the proceeds of such sale shall be distributed in accordance with the Bye-laws.

 

2.3 No offer shall be required pursuant to paragraph 2 of this Schedule 1 if a Drag Along Notice has been served under paragraph 1 of this Schedule 1.

 

2.4 The Seller(s) shall procure that the proposed purchaser shall provide a copy of the offer(s) referred to in paragraph 2.1 of this Schedule 1 to the Company (marked for the attention of the Company Secretary) for onward transmission of the details thereof to all Participants.

 

3. Valuation of Shares

For the purposes of the Rules, “ Fair Value ” of an Ordinary Share shall mean the fair value of the relevant share at the applicable time of determination, as determined by the Board in good faith. The determination of Fair Value by the Board shall be conclusive and binding on all parties.

 

19

Exhibit 4.25

RULES OF THE MARKIT KEY EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE PROGRAM (KEIP)

MARKIT LTD.

Rules approved in draft form by the Board of Markit Group Holdings Limited on 12

June 2013, and approved in final form by the KEIP Establishment Committee of the

Board of Markit Group Holdings Limited on 25 July 2013

Assumed and adopted by Markit Ltd. on 18 June 2014

Amended and Restated on 4 December 2014


CONTENTS

 

Clause    Page  
1.  

DEFINITIONS

     1   
2.  

COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, AND TITLE

     5   
3.  

GRANT OF OPTIONS

     5   
4.  

THE EXERCISE PRICE

     6   
5.  

NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

     6   
6.  

EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     7   
7.  

LAPSE

     8   
8.  

MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     9   
9.  

RECONSTRUCTION, TAKEOVER OR LIQUIDATION

     11   
10.  

CAPITAL REORGANISATION

     12   
11.  

EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

     12   
12.  

ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

     14   
13.  

DATA PROTECTION

     16   
14.  

EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     16   
15.  

TERMINATION

     16   
16.  

GOVERNING LAW

     16   
17.  

CERTAIN INFORMATION

     17   

APPENDIX A VESTING TERMS

     18   

 

i


RULES OF THE

MARKIT KEY EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE PROGRAM (KEIP)

RECITALS

 

A. The Plan was originally approved in draft form by the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited on 12 June 2013, and was approved in final form by the KEIP Establishment Committee of the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited on 25 July 2013 (the “ Original Plan ”).

 

B. Following a court approved scheme of arrangement and the insertion of Markit Ltd. as the ultimate holding company of the Markit group on 18 June 2014, the Original Plan and the options outstanding thereunder were assumed and adopted by Markit Ltd.

 

C. Pursuant to Rule 12.1 of the Original Plan, the Board has resolved to amend and restate the Rules in their entirety as set out below.

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 In the Rules (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the following meanings:

“Acquiring Company” has the meaning given in Rule 9.2;

“Act” means the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003;

“Admitted” means the admission, or trading, of shares on the NASDAQ stock market;

“Associated Company” has the meaning given to it in section 449 of the Corporation Tax Act 2010;

“Board” means the board of directors from time to time of the Company (or the directors present at a duly convened meeting of such board) or a duly authorised committee of the board

“Cause” means, unless otherwise defined in the applicable Option certificate, with respect to a Participant’s termination of Employment, a termination due to a Participant’s insubordination, dishonesty, fraud, incompetence, moral turpitude, wilful misconduct, refusal to perform his or her duties or responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity or materially unsatisfactory performance of his or her duties for the Company or an affiliate thereof, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion;

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

 

1


“Commencement Date” means the date on which the final Original Plan was approved by the KEIP Establishment Committee of the board of Markit Group Holdings Limited, being 25 July 2013;

“Company” means Markit Ltd., an exempted company incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda with its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda;

“Compulsory Acquisition Provisions” means the provisions contained in sections 979 to 982 of the Companies Act 2006, or its local law equivalent, as the case may be;

“Condition” means any performance condition or any other objective condition determined by the Board on or prior to the Date of Grant of an Option;

“Control” has the meaning given to it by section 719 of the Act;

“Date of Grant” means the date on which the Board grants an Option in accordance with Rule 3;

“Eligible Employee” means any employee (including an executive director) of any Participating Company who is required to devote substantially the whole of his working time to his employment or office;

“Employer’s NICs” means secondary Class 1 national insurance contributions;

“Employer’s Share of U.S. Employment Taxes” means an amount, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, equal to the sum of all employment and other taxes, insurance premiums and other amounts imposed by any and all Government Authorities on any Member of the Group with respect to the income earned by a Participant arising upon a Participant’s exercise of an Option, the making of an election under section 83(b) of the Code or in accordance with the terms of the Plan or any grant certificate or agreement;

“Employing Company” means the Company or any Member of the Group by which the Participant is or, where the context so admits, was employed;

“Employment” means office or employment with any Member of the Group;

“Exercise Price” means the price per Plan Share at which a Participant may exercise an Option, established in accordance with Rule 4;

“Good Reason” means, unless otherwise defined in the applicable Option certificate, with respect to a Participant’s termination of Employment, a voluntary resignation for such reason, as the Board, in its sole discretion, shall determine to treat as a good reason termination;

“Government Authority” means the government of the U.S., the government of any U.S. State (including the government of the District of Columbia and the government of any U.S. possession or territory) or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing;

 

2


“Group” means the Company and its Subsidiaries, from time to time;

“HMRC” means Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs and, where relevant, any predecessor body which carried out part of its functions and references to any approval by HMRC shall, where appropriate, include approval by an officer of Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs;

“Internal Reorganisation” means any compromise, arrangement or offer (including any Specified Event) after which, in the reasonable opinion of the Board, Control of the Company remains substantially in the hands of the same person(s) as beforehand;

“Listing” means the listing of the Ordinary Shares on the NASDAQ stock market, as of 18 June 2014;

“Member of the Group” means the Company or any one of its Subsidiaries from time to time;

“Option” means a right to acquire a specified number of Plan Shares at the Exercise Price in accordance with the Rules;

“Option Period” means the period commencing on the Date of Grant of an Option and, unless otherwise determined by the Board on or before the Date of Grant, ending on the day preceding the seventh anniversary of the Date of Grant of an Option;

“Option Tax Liability” means an amount sufficient to satisfy, wheresoever arising, all taxes, duties, social security or national insurance contributions (including any Employer’s NICs which are the subject of an election under Rule 8.2) or any other amounts which are required to be withheld or accounted for to any tax authority in any jurisdiction by a Participant’s Employing Company, the Company, any Associated Company of the Company or the Trustees in connection with the grant, holding and/or exercise of an Option, and the Employer’s share of U.S. Employment Taxes;

“Ordinary Shares” means the common shares of US$0.01 each in the capital of the Company;

“Original Plan” has the meaning given to it in Recital A;

“Participant” means any individual who has been granted and remains entitled to exercise a Subsisting Option or (where the context admits) the personal representative(s) of any such individual;

“Participating Company” means any Member of the Group;

“Personal Data” has the meaning given to that term in section 1(1) of the Data Protection Act 1998;

 

3


“Plan” means this plan as governed by the Rules;

“Plan Share” means a fully paid Ordinary Share issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan;

“Retirement” shall occur in such circumstances as the Board shall determine constitute a genuine retirement;

“Rules” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions by the Board or by the Company in general meeting;

“Securities Act” has the meaning given to it in Rule 17;

“Securities Exchange Act” has the meaning given in Rule 5.2;

“Specified Event” means any of the following events or, in the case of paragraph (e), dates:

 

  (a) any person obtains Control of the Company by any means, including as a result of making a general offer to acquire the whole of the issued share capital of the Company or all the shares in the Company which are of the same class as the Plan Shares; or

 

  (b) the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under applicable Bermudian legislation pursuant to, or in connection with, which a person will acquire Control of the Company or substantially the whole of the Company’s undertaking or property; or

 

  (c) any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire Ordinary Shares under the Compulsory Acquisition Provisions; or

 

  (d) the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up; or

 

  (e) if the Board determines that Options should become exercisable in the event of a proposed demerger of the Company’s business or assets, such date prior to the demerger as the Board shall reasonable determine;

“Subsidiary” means a company which is both under the Control of the Company and is a subsidiary of the Company (within the meaning of section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006);

“Subsisting Option” means an Option to the extent that it has neither lapsed nor been exercised;

“Trustees” means the trustees of any employee benefit trust established by the Company or any other Member of the Group for the benefit of directors and/or employees of the Company and/or Group;

 

4


“Vested” means having vested and become exercisable in accordance with an applicable Vesting Terms, and “Vest” and “Vesting” shall be construed accordingly; and

“Vesting Terms” means the terms of Vesting determined by the Board on or before the Date of Grant, in accordance with Rule 3.4, and as set out in the applicable Option certificate and Appendix 1.

 

1.2 Where the context so admits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine. Any reference to a statutory provision is to be construed as a reference to that provision as for the time being amended or re-enacted and shall include any regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it.

 

2. COMMENCEMENT, AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT, AND TITLE

 

2.1 The Plan commenced on the Commencement Date and shall continue to be known as The Markit Key Employee Incentive Program (KEIP).

 

2.2 The Rules are hereby amended and restated in their entirety.

 

3. GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may from time to time in its absolute discretion grant Options to such Eligible Employees as it shall in its absolute discretion select. No Eligible Employee shall be entitled as of right to participate. The extent of any grant of Options shall be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

3.2 No payment shall be required in consideration for the grant of an Option. The Board shall grant Options by deed or in such form as the Board shall decide. A single deed of grant may be executed in favour of any number of Participants.

 

3.3 Each Participant shall on, or as soon as possible after, the Date of Grant be issued with a certificate:

 

  (a) evidencing the grant of the Option;

 

  (b) setting out the Exercise Price;

 

  (c) including the applicable Vesting Terms determined under Rule 3.4;

 

  (d) setting out any other Condition(s) determined under Rule 3.5.

 

3.4 The Board may grant an Option subject to such Vesting Terms as it in its discretion thinks fit pursuant to which an Option shall Vest and become exercisable in accordance with the Rules.

 

3.5

The Board may grant an Option subject to such Condition(s) as it in its discretion thinks fit which must (save as otherwise provided in the Rules) be fulfilled before the Option (other than a new option under Rule 9.2 and 9.3) may be exercised. No such

 

5


  Condition(s) may subsequently be varied or waived (save as otherwise provided in the Rules) unless circumstances occur which cause the Board to determine that such Condition(s) shall have ceased to be appropriate whereupon the Board may in its absolute sole discretion vary or waive such Condition(s) so that any new Condition(s) imposed or any variation are in its opinion fair, reasonable and no more difficult to satisfy than the previous Condition(s).

 

3.6 No Option may be granted at any time at which dealing in the Plan Shares would not be permitted under the Company’s share dealing code, any applicable laws or any applicable securities exchange rules or regulations.

 

3.7 No Option may be granted under the Plan later than ten years after the Commencement Date.

 

3.8 The aggregate number of Plan Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes under the Plan shall not exceed three (3) million (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Rule 10.1 of the Plan). If any Option granted under the Plan shall lapse, expire or be terminated or cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the Plan Shares underlying any unexercised Option shall again be available for the purpose of Options under the Plan.

 

4. THE EXERCISE PRICE

 

4.1 The Exercise Price of an Option shall be determined by the Board not later than the Date of Grant.

 

4.2 The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment in accordance with Rule 12.

 

5. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTIONS

 

5.1 An Option may not be transferred, charged, pledged, mortgaged or encumbered in any way whatsoever by a Participant or his personal representative(s). In the event of any breach or purported breach of this Rule, an Option shall lapse forthwith. This Rule 5 shall not prevent the personal representative(s) of a deceased Participant from exercising an Option in accordance with the Rules or the law of succession.

 

5.2 In addition, all Options granted to a Participant under the Plan and any Plan Shares to be issued upon exercise of any Option shall be restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position”, or any “call equivalent position” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(v) under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Securities Exchange Act ”)), by the Participant prior to the exercise of the Option (except in the circumstances permitted in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(iv) under the Securities Exchange Act), until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act or is no longer relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act.

 

6


6. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

6.1 Save as otherwise provided in the Rules and subject to Rule 8, a Subsisting Option shall be exercisable during the Option Period only to the extent it has Vested, and provided that any Condition(s) shall have been fulfilled or waived.

 

6.2 Subject to Rule 8, if a Participant ceases to hold Employment before the expiry of the Option Period by reason of:

 

  (a) death;

 

  (b) injury, ill-health or disability;

 

  (c) redundancy;

 

  (d) Retirement;

 

  (e) the company employing the Participant ceasing to be a Member of the Group;

 

  (f) the business or part of the business to which the Participant’s office or employment relates being transferred to a person who is not a Member of the Group;

 

  (g) the termination of the Participant’s Employment due to a termination by the Company without Cause or a resignation by the Participant for Good Reason; or

 

  (h) any other reason (other than those set out in Rule 7(f) and that the Board in its absolute discretion so permits),

a Subsisting Option shall, provided any Condition(s) have been satisfied or waived, be exercisable to the extent it has Vested as at the date of cessation during a period of three months (or 12 months where Employment is terminated for a reason set out in Rules 6.2(a) or 6.2(b)) commencing on the date of cessation of Employment, or as otherwise determined by the Board pursuant to and in accordance with the applicable Option certificate.

 

6.3 If a Participant ceases to hold Employment before the expiry of the Option Period for any of the reasons set out in Rules 6.2(a) to 6.2(g), or the Board determines that an Option may be exercised under Rule 6.2(h), the Board may permit the exercise of any part of a Subsisting Option which has not, as at the date of cessation of Employment, Vested. In such circumstances, subject to Rule 8, the Option may be exercised over such number of Plan Shares and during such time period as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine, provided always that a Subsisting Option may be exercised over a maximum of the total number of Plan Shares in respect of which it was granted.

 

7


7. LAPSE

A Subsisting Option, whenever granted, shall lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the earliest to happen of the following:

 

  (a) the expiry of the Option Period;

 

  (b) the expiry of any period within which a Condition has to be satisfied in accordance with its terms, if such Condition remains unsatisfied at that date and has not been waived;

 

  (c) the expiry of the applicable period mentioned in Rule 6.2, except that, if the Participant dies during such period, a Subsisting Option shall not lapse by reason of this Rule 7(d) until the first anniversary of the date of death of the Participant, if later;

 

  (d) subject to Rule 6.3, the date of cessation of Employment in respect of any Option or part of any Option which has not at that date Vested;

 

  (e) the date on which the Participant ceases to hold any Employment, or the date on which he gives or is given notice of such cessation, for any reason other than those set out in Rules 6.2(a) to 6.2(g) and the Board has not determined that an Option may be exercised under Rule 6.2(h);

 

  (f) the date upon which the Participant ceases to hold Employment (or is given notice to cease) by reason of his dishonesty, fraud, misconduct or any other circumstances justifying summary dismissal;

 

  (g) the first to expire of the periods mentioned in Rule 9 including for the avoidance of doubt the expiry of the period of one month specified in Rule 9.1 (subject to any agreement entered into pursuant to Rule 9.2);

 

  (h) the date upon which the Participant is adjudicated bankrupt; and

 

  (i) any breach or purported breach of Rule 5 by the Participant;

provided that:

 

  (i) where any such date or event falls at a time when a Subsisting Option has been exercised under Rule 8.1 but any condition specified in Rule 8.2 has yet to be satisfied, such an Option shall not lapse and cease to be capable of exercise until the expiry of the period within which such condition has to be satisfied, without such condition having been satisfied; and

 

  (ii) where any such date or event as is referred to in Rules 7(a), 7(b), 7(c) and 7(h) falls at a time when the exercise of a Subsisting Option would be prohibited by any applicable laws or stock exchange rules or regulations, such an Option shall not lapse and cease to be capable of exercise until the expiry of one month after the first date on which the prohibition ceases to apply.

 

8


8. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

8.1 Subject to Rule 8.2, a Subsisting Option shall be exercised by the Participant lodging with the Secretary of the Company at its registered office (or otherwise as may be notified to Participants from time to time):

 

  (a) an Option certificate in respect of the Option to be exercised;

 

  (b) a notice of exercise in the form as the Board may from time to time prescribe; and

 

  (c) payment (in cash or in such other manner as the Board shall permit, including but not limited to an undertaking to pay) of the Exercise Price in respect of the Option;

and the date of exercise shall be the date of receipt of such notice and payment or such other date as the Board may have specified in the notice of exercise.

 

8.2 In the event that on the exercise of an Option by a Participant under the Rules:

 

  (a) that Participant’s Employing Company would be liable for Employer’s NICs in respect of that exercise; and

 

  (b) the Board gives him written notice that it requires him to enter into an election as referred to below, such notice to be given within 30 days after the receipt of the notice of exercise;

the exercise of that Option shall not be effective unless within one month after the date of such notice:

 

  (i) the Participant shall have entered into a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Board and approved in advance by HMRC, for the transfer to the Participant of the whole or any part of the Employer’s NICs due on the exercise of that Option; and

 

  (ii) the arrangements made in that election for securing that the Participant will meet the liability transferred to him have been approved in advance by HMRC;

and, in the event that such condition is satisfied within the specified period, the date of exercise of the Option shall be the date on which the condition is satisfied and, in the event that the condition is not satisfied within the specified period, the exercise of the Option under Rule 8.1 shall be deemed to be invalid.

 

8.3 An Option may be exercised in whole or in part. Following any exercise of an Option in part (other than an exercise which exhausts the Option) the Participant shall be sent a new Option certificate in respect of the balance of Plan Shares which are the subject of such Option.

 

9


8.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Rules, no Option shall be treated as having been exercised unless and until the Board is satisfied that any Condition(s) have been satisfied or partially satisfied in accordance with their terms or have been waived.

 

8.5 Subject to the obtaining of any necessary consents from H.M. Treasury, the Bank of England or other competent authority and to the terms of any such consent and subject to Rules 8.2, 8.4, 8.7, 8.9 and 12.4 the Board shall within 30 days of the exercise of an Option (or, in the event that the Board requires the condition specified in Rule 8.2 to be satisfied, within 30 days of the satisfaction of that condition) cause the Company to allot and issue or procure the transfer of the relevant Plan Shares and send or cause to be sent to the Participant a share certificate (or other evidence of title) for the Plan Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised.

 

8.6 Plan Shares issued or transferred pursuant to the Plan will rank pari passu in all respects with Ordinary Shares then already in issue except that they will not rank for any dividend or other distribution of the Company paid or made by reference to a record date falling prior to the date of exercise of the relevant Option.

 

8.7 If and for so long as the Ordinary Shares are Admitted, the Company shall as soon as practicable after any allotment of Plan Shares apply to the applicable authorities for permission for the same to be Admitted. Any application may be postponed at the Board’s sole discretion until application can be made in respect of such number of shares as the Board considers appropriate.

 

8.8 The Company shall maintain sufficient unissued share capital to satisfy all rights to subscribe for Plan Shares from time to time under Subsisting Options.

 

8.9 The Company and/or the Employing Company of a Participant and/or the Trustees shall have the right, prior to the delivery of the Plan Shares otherwise deliverable to him on the exercise of an Option:

 

  (a) to require the Participant to remit to or at the direction of his Employing Company an amount sufficient to satisfy the Option Tax Liability; and/or

 

  (b) to reduce the number of Plan Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant by an amount equal in value to the amount of the Option Tax Liability or sell a sufficient number of the Plan Shares on behalf of the Participant to realise sale proceeds equivalent to the Option Tax Liability and remit such amount to or at the direction of his Employing Company or the Trustees in satisfaction of the liability; and/or

 

  (c) to deduct the amount of the Option Tax Liability from cash payments otherwise to be made to the Participant.

The Board may make such arrangements and determinations in this regard, consistent with the Rules, as it may in its absolute discretion consider to be appropriate.

 

10


9. RECONSTRUCTION, TAKEOVER OR LIQUIDATION

 

9.1 Subject to Rules 9.2 and 9.3, if a Specified Event occurs before the expiry of the Option Period, Participants shall be notified and, provided any Condition(s) have been satisfied or waived, a Subsisting Option shall become exercisable (whether or not it is then Vested) immediately following the Specified Event and may be exercised until the earlier of:

 

  (a) the expiry of the period of one month commencing on the date of the Specified Event; and

 

  (b) the expiry of any period during which any person is bound or entitled to acquire Ordinary Shares under the Compulsory Acquisition Provisions,

provided that the Board may in its absolute discretion permit a Subsisting Option to become exercisable on such date prior to the Specified Event as the Board shall in its sole discretion reasonably determine, in which case:

 

  (i) any such exercise shall be conditional upon the Specified Event occurring;

 

  (ii) if the Specified Event does not occur, any such exercise shall be null and void; and

 

  (iii) if the Specified Event occurs, any such exercise shall take effect immediately prior to the Specified Event.

 

9.2 If a company (the “Acquiring Company” ) obtains Control of the Company or becomes bound or entitled to acquire Ordinary Shares as a result of a Specified Event, the Board may determine in its absolute sole discretion that Rule 9.1 shall not apply and that, subject to agreement with the Acquiring Company, subsisting options shall be continued, substituted for or assumed by the Acquiring Company on such terms as are agreed with the Acquiring Company in connection with the Specified Event.

 

9.3 Rule 9.1 shall not apply in the case of an Internal Reorganisation, unless the Acquiring Company fails to make an offer to Participants to release Subsisting Options in accordance with Rule 9.2 within one week of obtaining Control or becoming bound or entitled to acquire Ordinary Shares or the Court’s sanction, in which case Rule 9.1 shall apply as if the Specified Event had occurred on the day following the end of the period of one week mentioned above.

 

9.4 For the purposes of this Rule 9, other than Rule 9.3, a person shall be deemed to have obtained Control of the Company if he and others acting in concert with him have together obtained Control of it.

 

9.5 The exercise of an Option pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Rule 9 shall be subject to the provisions of Rule 8.

 

11


10. CAPITAL REORGANISATION

 

10.1 In the event of:

 

  (a) any variation in the share capital of the Company by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves or by way of rights or any consolidation or sub-division or reduction of capital or otherwise;

 

  (b) any demerger, dividend in specie or super dividend; or

 

  (c) any other corporate event which in the reasonable opinion of the Board justifies such an adjustment;

then the number, nominal value and description of Plan Shares subject to any Subsisting Options, the Exercise Price and, where an Option has been exercised but as at the date of the variation of capital referred to above no Plan Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Plan Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired, may be adjusted by the Board in such manner and with effect from such date as the Board may determine to be appropriate.

 

10.2 No adjustment under Rule 10.1 shall be made which would reduce the Exercise Price of any Option to subscribe for Plan Shares below the nominal value of a Plan Share unless and to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Plan Shares subject to the Option exceeds the aggregate adjusted Exercise Price; and

 

  (b) the Board shall resolve to capitalise and apply such sum on exercise of that Option.

 

10.3 The Board shall notify Participants in such manner as it thinks fit of any adjustment made under Rule 10.1 and may call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any Option certificate as a result of any such adjustment.

 

10.4 Any adjustment made to an Option held by a United States taxpayer under Rule 8.1 shall be intended not to subject the Option to Section 409A of the Code.

 

11. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

11.1 The Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Member of the Group, or any Associated Company of the Company and any employee of any such company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any such company shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein.

 

12


11.2 The grant of an Option to a Participant on one occasion is no indication that any further Option(s) shall be granted to such Participant.

 

11.3 No Eligible Employee or Participant shall be entitled to any compensation for any loss which he may suffer as a result of the exercise by the Board, or its failure to exercise, any of the discretions given to it by the Rules even if such exercise, or failure to exercise, constitutes a breach of contract or breach of duty by the Company or by any Member of the Group or any Associated Company of the Company by whom the Eligible Employee or Participant is employed or gives rise to any other claim whatsoever.

 

11.4 Neither participation in the Plan nor the grant of an Option shall form any part of a Participant’s remuneration or count as his remuneration for any purpose or be pensionable.

 

11.5 Participation in the Plan shall be on the express condition that:

 

  (a) neither it nor cessation of participation shall afford any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Member of the Group, or any Associated Company of the Company any additional or other rights to compensation or damages; and

 

  (b) no damages or compensation shall be payable in consequence of the termination of such office or employment (whether or not in circumstances giving rise to a claim for wrongful or unfair dismissal) or for any other reason whatsoever to compensate him for the loss of any rights the Participant would otherwise have had (actual or prospective) under the Plan howsoever arising but for such termination; and

 

  (c) the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any such rights to which he may otherwise have been entitled.

 

11.6 No individual shall have any claim against a Member of the Group, or any Associated Company of the Company arising out of his not being admitted to participation in the Plan which (for the avoidance of all, if any, doubt) is entirely within the discretion of the Board.

 

11.7 No Participant shall be entitled to claim compensation from any Member of the Group, or any Associated Company of the Company in respect of any sums paid by him pursuant to the Plan or for any diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or otherwise) under any Option held by him consequent upon the lapse for any reason of any Option held by him or otherwise in connection with the Plan and each such company shall be entirely free to conduct its affairs as it sees fit without regard to any consequences under, upon or in relation to the Plan or any Option or Participant.

 

11.8 By accepting the grant of an Option, a Participant is deemed to have agreed to the provisions of this Rule 11.

 

13


12. ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT

 

12.1 The Plan shall be administered under the direction of the Board who may at any time and from time to time by resolution and without other formality delete, amend or add to the Rules in any respect provided that:

 

  (a) no deletion, amendment or addition shall operate to affect adversely in any material way any rights already acquired by a Participant under the Plan without the approval of the majority of the affected Participants first having been obtained;

 

  (b) no deletion, amendment or addition to the advantage of Participants may be made to any of the provisions of the Plan relating to:

 

  (i) eligibility;

 

  (ii) the limitations on the number or amount of Plan Shares, cash or other benefits subject to the Plan;

 

  (iii) the maximum entitlement for any one Participant;

 

  (iv) the basis for determining a Participant’s entitlement to, and the terms of, Plan Shares, cash or other benefits to be provided under the Plan and for the adjustment thereof (if any) in the event of a capitalisation issue, rights issue or open offer, sub-division or consolidation of Plan Shares or reduction of capital or any other variation of capital;

except with the prior approval of the Company in general meeting, unless the deletion, amendment or addition is minor and to benefit the administration of the Plan, to obtain or maintain HMRC approval of the Plan, to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for Participants or any Member of the Group or to take into account existing or proposed legislation.

 

12.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Rules, the Board may at any time by resolution and without further formality establish further plans, sub-plans or guidelines or provisions to apply in overseas territories governed by rules similar to the Rules but modified to take account of local tax, exchange control or securities laws, regulation or practice provided that any Plan Shares made available under any such plan shall be treated as counting against any limits on overall or individual participation in the Plan

 

12.3

The Board may from time to time make and vary such rules and regulations not inconsistent with the Plan and establish such procedures for the administration and implementation of the Plan as it thinks fit and in the event of any dispute or disagreement as to the interpretation of any such rules, regulations or procedures, the decision of the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons. The Board may designate employees of the Company and professional advisors to assist the Board in

 

14


  the administration of the Plan and (to the extent permitted by applicable law and securities exchange rules and regulations) may grant authority to officers to grant options and/or execute agreements or other documents, on behalf of the Board.

 

12.4 The Plan, the granting or exercise of Options under the Plan, and the other obligations of the Company under the Plan, shall be subject to all applicable national or local laws, rules, and regulations and to such approvals by any regulatory or governmental agency as may be required, and to any rules or regulations of any exchange or securities association on which the Ordinary Shares are listed. The Company, in its discretion, may postpone the granting and exercise of Options, the issuance or delivery of Plan Shares under any Option or any other action permitted under the Plan to permit the Company, with reasonable diligence, to complete such stock exchange listing or registration or qualification of such Plan Shares or other required action under any national or local law, rule, or regulation and may require any Participant to make such representations and furnish such information as it may consider appropriate in connection with the issuance or delivery of Plan Shares in compliance with applicable laws, rules, and regulations. The Company shall not be obliged by virtue of any provision of the Plan to recognise the exercise of any Option or to otherwise sell or issue Plan Shares in violation of any such laws, rules, or regulations; and any postponement of the exercise and settlement of any Option under this provision shall not extend the term of such Option, and neither the Company nor its directors or officers shall have any obligation or liability to the Participant with respect to any Option (or Plan Shares issuable or transferable thereunder) that shall lapse because of such postponement.

 

12.5 The Board’s decision on any matter relating to the interpretation of the Rules and any other matters concerning the Plan (including the rectification of errors or mistakes of procedure or otherwise) shall be final, conclusive and binding.

 

12.6 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a) by the Company to an Eligible Employee or Participant either personally or sent to him at his place of work by electronic mail or by post addressed to the address last known to the Company (including any address supplied by the relevant Participating Company or any Subsidiary) or sent through the Company’s internal postal service; and

 

  (b) to the Company, either personally or by post to the Company Secretary.

Items sent by post shall be pre-paid and shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after posting. Items sent by electronic mail shall be deemed to have been received at the expiration of 24 hours from when they were sent.

 

12.7 The Company shall bear the costs of setting up and administering the Plan. However, the Company may require any Participating Company to reimburse the Company for any costs borne by the Company directly or indirectly in respect of such Participating Company’s officers or employees.

 

15


12.8 The Company shall maintain all necessary books of account and records relating to the Plan.

 

12.9 The Board shall be entitled to authorise any person to execute on behalf of a Participant, at the request of the Participant, any document relating to the Plan, in so far as such document is required to be executed pursuant to the Plan.

 

12.10 The Company may send copies to Participants of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Ordinary Shares.

 

12.11 If any Option certificate shall be worn out, defaced or lost, it may be replaced on such evidence being provided as the Board may require.

 

12.12 In the case of the partial exercise of an Option, the Board may call in and endorse or cancel and re-issue as it thinks fit, any certificate for the balance of Plan Shares over which the Option was granted.

 

13. DATA PROTECTION

As a condition of the grant of an Option, a Participant consents to the collection, retention, use, processing and transfer (whether between themselves or to any third party and including transfer to countries outside the European Economic Area) of his Personal Data by any Member of the Group, any of their Associated Companies, the Trustees, any administrator of the Plan or the Company’s registrars or brokers for the purposes of implementing and operating the Plan.

 

14. EXCLUSION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

The U.K. Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 shall not apply to the Plan nor to any Option granted under it and no person other than the parties to an Option shall have any rights under it nor shall it be enforceable under that Act by any person other than the parties to it.

 

15. TERMINATION

The Board or Company in general meeting may resolve at any time that no Options or further Options shall be granted under the Plan and in any event no Options may be granted under the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date provided that this Rule shall not affect the subsisting rights of Participants.

 

16. GOVERNING LAW

The Rules and any dispute, controversy, proceedings or claim of whatsoever nature arising out of or in any way relating to the Rules or their formation (including any non-contractual disputes or claims) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

16


17. CERTAIN INFORMATION

The Company shall, for so long as it is relying on the exemption set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act and is not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act, provide to each Participant (i) information about the risks associated with an investment in the Plan Shares as described in Rule 701(e)(3) under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ Securities Act ”) and (ii) the financial information described in Rule 701(e)(4) and (5) under the Securities Act, every six (6) months with the financial statements described therein being not more than 180 days old and with such other information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. Each Participant shall be required to keep such information strictly confidential.

 

17


APPENDIX A

VESTING TERMS

 

1. Subject to Rules 6.3 and 9.1, an Option shall Vest in three equal tranches on the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the Listing, provided the Participant remains in Employment through and on each such anniversary date.

 

2. If, as a result of a Specified Event an Option is continued, substituted for or assumed by the Acquiring Company in accordance with Rule 9.2 and these Vesting Terms continue to apply, and the Participant following such Specified Event:

 

  (a) is terminated by the Company without Cause; or

 

  (b) resigns his or her employment for Good Reason,

the Option shall Vest in full immediately on the date of such termination of Employment.

 

3. [Intentionally deleted.]

 

4. In respect of any Subsisting Option and notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may at any time in its sole discretion determine:

 

  (a) that, notwithstanding that such Option has not then Vested in accordance with these Vesting Terms: (i) it shall be treated as having Vested over such number of Plan Shares as the Board shall determine (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, exceeding the maximum number of Plan Shares which remain capable of Vesting under the Vesting Terms) and/or (ii) Vesting shall commence on a date prior to the date of Listing; and

 

  (b) to extend the period during which such Option may be exercised and the lapse date of such Option, provided that the Board may not extend the lapse date beyond the seventh anniversary of the Date of Grant of an Option.

 

18

Exhibit 4.26

 

2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

LOGO

MARKIT LTD.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

ARTICLE 1.

Purpose

The purpose of the Markit Ltd. 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan (as it may be amended or restated from time to time, the “ Plan ”) is to promote the success and enhance the value of Markit Ltd., an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda (the “ Company ”), by linking the individual interests of the members of the Board, Employees, and Consultants to those of Company shareholders and providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance to strengthen the mutuality of interests between such individuals and shareholders of the Company. The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of members of the Board, Employees, and Consultants upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the Company’s operation is largely dependent.

ARTICLE 2.

Definitions and construction

Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan, they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The singular pronoun shall include the plural where the context so indicates. Wherever any words are used in the Plan in the masculine gender they shall be construed as though they were also used in the feminine gender in all cases where they would so apply. As used herein, (A) “or” shall mean “and/or” and (B) “including” or “include” shall mean “including, without limitation.” Any reference herein to an agreement in writing shall be deemed to include an electronic writing to the extent permitted by applicable law.

2.1 “ 2013 Share Option Plan ” shall mean the Markit Group Holdings Limited Share Option Plan (mid-year awards April through December 2013) (or any successor plan assumed by the Company).

2.2 “ 2013 Share Plan ” shall mean the 2013 Markit Group Holdings Limited Share Plan (or any successor plan assumed by the Company).

2.3 “ 2014 Share Option Plan ” shall mean the Markit Group Holdings Limited Share Option Plan (Pre-IPO amendments) (or any successor plan assumed by the Company).

2.4 “ 2014 Share Plan ” shall mean the 2014 Markit Group Holdings Limited Share Plan (or any successor plan assumed by the Company).

2.5 “ Affiliate ” shall mean each of the following: (a) any Subsidiary; (b) any Parent; and (c) any other entity in which the Company or any of its Affiliates has a material equity interest or control relationship unless otherwise designated by the Committee. An entity shall be deemed an Affiliate of the Company for purposes of this definition only for such periods as the requisite ownership or control relationship is maintained.

2.6 “ Applicable Accounting Standards ” shall mean Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States, International Financial Reporting Standards or such other accounting principles or standards as may apply to the Company’s financial statements under United States federal securities laws from time to time.

 

 

Confidential \ Copyright © 2014 Markit Group Limited


2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

2.7 “ Applicable Law ” shall mean any applicable law, including: (i) provisions of the Code, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and any rules or regulations thereunder; (ii) corporate, securities, tax or other laws, statutes, rules, requirements or regulations, whether federal, state, provincial, local or foreign; and (iii) rules and regulations of any established securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Common Shares are listed, quoted or traded.

2.8 “ Award ” shall mean an Option, an award of Restricted Shares, a Restricted Share Unit award, a Dividend Equivalents award, an award of Deferred Shares, a Performance Award, a Share Payment award or a Share Appreciation Right, any of which may be awarded or granted under the Plan (collectively, “ Awards ”).

2.9 “ Award Agreement ” shall mean any written notice, agreement, terms and conditions, contract or other instrument or document evidencing an Award, including through electronic medium, which shall contain such terms and conditions with respect to an Award as the Committee shall determine consistent with the Plan.

2.10 “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.11 “ Cause ” shall mean, with respect to a Holder’s Termination of Service, and unless otherwise defined in the applicable Award Agreement or an employment or other written agreement between the Holder and the Company (or any of its Affiliates), any of the following: (i) willful malfeasance, willful misconduct or gross negligence by the Holder in connection with his or her duties, (ii) continuing refusal by a Holder to perform his or her duties under any lawful direction of his or her supervisor or the Board after written or electronic notice of any such refusal to perform such duties or direction was given to such Holder, (iii) any willful and material breach of fiduciary duty owing to the Company (or any of its Affiliates) by the Holder, (iv) the Holder’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony (or the equivalent of a felony in a jurisdiction other than the United States) or any other crime resulting in pecuniary loss or reputational harm to the Company or any of its Affiliates (including, but not limited to, theft, embezzlement or fraud) or involving moral turpitude, or (v) the Holder’s inability to perform duties of his or her job as a result of on-duty intoxication or confirmed positive illegal drug test result.

2.12 “ Change in Control ” shall mean, unless otherwise defined in the applicable Award Agreement or an employment or other written agreement between the Holder and the Company (or any of its Affiliates), the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Common Shares to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) whereby any Person (other than the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or a “person” that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities issued and outstanding immediately after such acquisition;

(b) During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new Director(s) (other than a Director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Section 2.12(a) or Section 2.12(c)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Directors then still in office who either were Directors at the beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

 

 

/ 2


2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

(c) The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, amalgamation, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:

(i) which results in the Company’s voting securities issued and outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining issued and outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “ Successor Entity ”)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s issued and outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

(ii) after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this Section 2.12(c)(ii) as beneficially owning 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction; or

(d) The Company’s shareholders approve a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

In addition, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event with respect to any portion of an Award that provides for the deferral of compensation and is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the transaction or event described in subsection (a), (b), (c) or (d) with respect to such Award (or portion thereof) must also constitute a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) to the extent required by Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the holders of Common Shares immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Company immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.

The Committee shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control of the Company has occurred pursuant to the above definition, and the date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto; provided that any exercise of authority in conjunction with a determination of whether a Change in Control is a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) shall be consistent with such regulation.

2.13 “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, together with the regulations and official guidance promulgated thereunder.

2.14 “ Committee ” shall mean the Human Resources and Compensation Committee of the Board or such other duly authorized committee or subcommittee of the Board as the Board shall designate from time to time; provided , however , that, with respect to Awards granted to Non-Employee Directors, the “Committee” shall mean the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board or such other duly authorized committee or subcommittee of the Board as the Board shall designate from time to time. To the extent that no Committee exists that has the authority to administer the Plan, the functions of the Committee shall be exercised by the Board and all references herein to the Committee shall be deemed references to the Board.

2.15 “ Common Shares ” means the common shares of the Company, par value $0.01 per share.

2.16 “ Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 1.

2.17 “ Consultant ” shall mean any consultant or advisor engaged to provide services to the Company or any of its Affiliates who qualifies as a consultant or advisor as defined under the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for registration of shares on a Form S-8 Registration Statement.

2.18 “ Deferred Shares ” shall mean a right to receive Shares awarded under Section 9.4.

 

 

/ 3


2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

2.19 “ Director ” shall mean a member of the Board, as constituted from time to time.

2.20 “ disability ” shall mean “disability” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

2.21 “ Dividend Equivalent ” shall mean a right to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Shares) of dividends paid on Shares, awarded under Section 9.2.

2.22 “ DRO ” shall mean a domestic relations order as defined by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, or the rules thereunder.

2.23 “ Effective Date ” shall mean June 24, 2014.

2.24 “ Eligible Individual ” shall mean any person who is an Employee, a Consultant or a Non-Employee Director, as determined by the Committee.

2.25 “ Employee ” shall mean an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates.

2.26 “ Equity Restructuring ” shall mean a nonreciprocal transaction between the Company and its shareholders, such as a share dividend, bonus issue, share split, spin-off, rights offering or recapitalization through a large, extraordinary cash dividend, that affects the number or kind of Common Shares (or other securities of the Company) or the share price of the Common Shares (or other securities) and causes a change in the per share value of the Common Shares underlying outstanding Awards.

2.27 “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, together with the regulations and official guidance promulgated thereunder.

2.28 “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean, as of any given date, the value of a Share determined as follows:

(a) If the Common Shares are listed on any (i) established securities exchange (such as the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Market and the NASDAQ Global Select Market), (ii) national market system or (iii) automated quotation system on which the Common Shares are listed, quoted or traded, the Fair Market Value of a Common Share shall be the closing sales price for a Share as quoted on such exchange or system for such date or, if there is no closing sales price for a Share on the date in question, the closing sales price for a Share on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable;

(b) If the Common Shares are not listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system, but the Common Shares are regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, the Fair Market Value of a Share shall be the mean of the high bid and low asked prices for such date or, if there are no high bid and low asked prices for a Share on such date, the high bid and low asked prices for a Share on the last preceding date for which such information exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable; or

(c) If the Common Shares are neither listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system nor regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, the Fair Market Value of a Share shall be established by the Committee in good faith in whatever manner it considers appropriate taking into account the requirements of Section 409A or Section 422 of the Code, as applicable.

2.29 “ Greater Than 10% Shareholder ” shall mean an individual then owning (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares of the Company or any subsidiary corporation (as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code) or parent corporation thereof (as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code).

2.30 “ HMRC ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(b)(2).

2.31 “ Holder ” shall mean a person who has been granted an Award.

 

 

/ 4


2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

2.32 “ Incentive Share Option ” shall mean an Option that is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” and conforms to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.

2.33 “ KEIP ” shall mean the Markit Group Holdings Limited Key Employee Incentive Program (or any successor plan assumed by the Company).

2.34 “ Non-Employee Director ” shall mean (i) any Director who is not an Employee or (ii) any member of a board of directors or similar governing body of the Company or an Affiliate as determined by the Committee under the Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy.

2.35 “ Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.

2.36 “ Non-Qualified Share Option ” shall mean an Option that is not an Incentive Share Option.

2.37 “ Option ” shall mean a right to purchase Shares at a specified exercise price, granted under Article 5. An Option shall be either a Non-Qualified Share Option or an Incentive Share Option; provided , however , that Options granted to Non-Employee Directors and Consultants shall only be Non-Qualified Share Options.

2.38 “ Option Term ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.4.

2.39 “ Parent ” shall mean any entity (other than the Company), whether domestic or foreign, in an unbroken chain of entities ending with the Company if each of the entities other than the Company beneficially owns, at the time of the determination, securities or interests representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities or interests in one of the other entities in such chain.

2.40 “ Performance Award ” shall mean a cash bonus award, share bonus award, performance award or other incentive award that is paid in cash, or by the issuance of Shares (which may consist of Restricted Shares) or a combination of both, awarded under Section 9.1.

2.41 “ Performance Criteria ” shall mean the criteria (and adjustments) that the Committee selects for an Award for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for a Performance Period, determined as follows:

(a) The Performance Criteria that shall be used to establish Performance Goals may include but are not limited to: (i) net earnings (either before or after one or more of (A) interest, (B) taxes, (C) depreciation and (D) amortization); (ii) gross or net sales or revenue; (iii) net income (either before or after taxes); (iv) operating earnings or profit or one or more operating ratios; (v) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); (vi) return on assets; (vii) return on capital; (viii) return on shareholders’ equity; (ix) share price or total shareholder return; (x) return on sales; (xi) gross or net profit or operating or EBITDA margin; (xii) costs; (xiii) expenses; (xiv) working capital; (xv) earnings per share; (xvi) price per share; (xvii) regulatory body approval for commercialization of a product; (xviii) implementation, completion or attainment of objectives relating to research, development, regulatory, commercial, or strategic milestones or developments; (xix) market share; (xx) economic value; (xxi) revenue, (xxii) revenue or EBITDA growth, (xxiii) capital expenditures, (xxiv) net borrowing, debt leverage levels, credit quality or debt ratings, (xxv) the accomplishment of mergers, amalgamations, acquisitions, dispositions, joint ventures, public or private offerings or other financial transactions or similar extraordinary business transactions, (xxvi) net asset value per share, (xxvii) economic value added, (xxviii) individual business objectives, (xxix) growth in production, (xxx) added reserves, (xxxi) growth in reserves per share, (xxxii) inventory growth, (xxxiii) environmental, health and safety performance, (xxxiv) effectiveness of hedging programs, (xxxv) improvements in internal controls and policies and procedures, and (xxxvi) retention and recruitment of employees, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease or as compared to results of a peer group or to market performance indicators or indices.

(b) Except as provided in Section 12.5, the Committee, in its discretion, may adjust the Performance Criteria for any Performance Period for such factors as the Committee may determine, including, without limitation, in recognition of unusual or non-recurring events affecting the Company or changes in Applicable Law or Applicable Accounting Standards.

 

 

/ 5


2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

2.42 “ Performance Goals ” shall mean, for a Performance Period, one or more goals established in writing by the Committee for the Performance Period based upon one or more Performance Criteria. Depending on the Performance Criteria used to establish Performance Goals, Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of overall Company performance or the performance of an Affiliate, division, business unit, or an individual. The achievement of each Performance Goal shall be determined, to the extent applicable, with reference to Applicable Accounting Standards.

2.43 “ Performance Period ” shall mean one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations, as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Holder’s right to, and the payment of, an Award.

2.44 “ Permitted Transferee ” shall mean, with respect to a Holder, such Holder’s “family member” (as defined under the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for registration of shares on a Form S-8 Registration Statement), or any other transferee specifically approved by the Committee after taking into account Applicable Law.

2.45 “ Person ” shall mean any “individual,” “entity” or “group,” within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.

2.46 “ Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 1.

2.47 “ Prior Plans ” shall collectively mean the KEIP, the 2013 Share Option Plan, the 2014 Share Option Plan, the 2013 Share Plan and the 2014 Share Plan.

2.48 “ Restricted Shares ” shall mean Shares awarded under Article 7 that are subject to certain restrictions and may be subject to risk of forfeiture or repurchase.

2.49 “ Restricted Share Units ” shall mean the right to receive Shares awarded under Article 8.

2.50 “ Secondary Contributions ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(b).

2.51 “ Secondary Contributor ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(b).

2.52 “ Section 409A Covered Award ” shall mean any Award that constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” pursuant to Section 409A of the Code.

2.53 “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, together with the regulations and official guidance promulgated thereunder.

2.54 “ Shares ” means Common Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, as adjusted pursuant to the Plan, and any successor (pursuant to a merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other reorganization) security.

2.55 “ Share Appreciation Right ” shall mean a share appreciation right granted under Article 10.

2.56 “ Share Appreciation Right Term ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.4.

2.57 “ Share Payment ” shall mean (a) a payment in the form of Shares, (b) an option or other right to purchase Shares, as part of a bonus, deferred compensation or other arrangement, awarded under Section 9.3, or (c) any other right in respect of an Award that is valued in whole or in part by reference to, or is payable in or otherwise based on Common Shares.

2.58 “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any entity (other than the Company), whether domestic or foreign, in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain beneficially owns, at the time of the determination, securities or interests representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities or interests in one of the other entities in such chain.

 

 

/ 6


2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

2.59 “ Substitute Award ” shall mean an Award granted under the Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding equity awards previously granted by a company or other entity in connection with a corporate transaction, including a merger, amalgamation, combination, consolidation, reorganization or acquisition of assets or equity securities; provided , however , that in no event shall the term “Substitute Award” be construed to refer to an award made in connection with the cancellation and repricing of an Option or Share Appreciation Right.

2.60 “ Termination of Service ” shall mean:

(a) As to a Consultant, the time when the engagement of a Holder as a Consultant to the Company (and any of its Affiliates) is terminated for any reason, with or without Cause, including by resignation, discharge, death, disability or retirement, but excluding terminations where the Consultant simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service, as applicable, with the Company or any Affiliate.

(b) As to a Non-Employee Director, the time when a Holder who is a Non-Employee Director ceases to be a Director for any reason, including a termination by resignation, failure to be elected, death, disability or retirement, but excluding terminations where the Holder simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service, as applicable, with the Company or any Affiliate.

(c) As to an Employee, the time when the employee-employer relationship between a Holder and the Company (or any of its Affiliates) is terminated for any reason, including a termination by resignation, discharge, death, disability or retirement, but excluding terminations where the Holder simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service, as applicable, with the Company or any Affiliate.

The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to any Termination of Service, including the question of whether a Termination of Service resulted from a discharge for Cause and all questions of whether particular leaves of absence constitute a Termination of Service; provided , however , that, with respect to Incentive Share Options, unless the Committee otherwise provides in the terms of the Award Agreement or otherwise, or as otherwise required by Applicable Law, a leave of absence, change in status from an employee to an independent contractor or other change in the employee-employer relationship shall constitute a Termination of Service only if, and to the extent that, such leave of absence, change in status or other change interrupts employment for the purposes of Section 422(a)(2) of the Code and the then-applicable regulations and revenue rulings under said Section. For purposes of the Plan, a Holder’s employee-employer relationship or consultancy relations shall be deemed to be terminated in the event that the Affiliate employing or contracting with such Holder ceases to remain an Affiliate following any merger, amalgamation, sale of shares or other corporate transaction or event (including a spin-off)

ARTICLE 3.

Shares subject to the Plan

3.1 Number of Shares

 

(a) Subject to Sections 3.1(b) and 13.2, the aggregate number of Common Shares which may be issued or used for reference purposes or with respect to which Awards under the Plan may be granted over the term of the Plan is (i) 6,220,000 (which includes 1,686,000 unissued shares previously authorized and not used for reference purposes under the KEIP as of the Effective Date, 626,760 unissued shares previously authorized and not used for reference purposes under the 2013 Share Option Plan and the 2014 Share Option Plan as of the Effective Date, and 21,510 unissued shares previously authorized and not used for reference purposes under the 2014 Share Plan as of the Effective Date), plus (ii) the number of

 

 

/ 7


2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

authorized shares that are issued or used for reference purposes in respect of any awards made and outstanding under the Prior Plans as of the Effective Date that terminate by expiration, forfeiture, cancellation, or otherwise without the issuance of Common Shares shall be available for issuance or payment of Awards. Subject to Sections 3.1(b) and 13.2, no more than 1,000,000 Shares in the aggregate may be issued under the Plan in respect of Incentive Share Options. The aggregate share reserve specified in this Section 3.1(a) will be increased on January 1 of each year commencing in 2015 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2024 in an amount equal to the lesser of: (i) 2.5% of the total number of Shares outstanding on a fully diluted basis as of December 31 of the immediately preceding calendar year and (ii) such number of Shares determined by the Board. At all times, the Company will reserve and keep available a sufficient number of Common Shares as will be required to satisfy the requirements of all Awards granted and outstanding under the Plan.

(b) To the extent all or a portion of an Award is forfeited, expires, lapses for any reason, or is settled for cash without the delivery of Shares to the Holder, any Shares subject to such Award or portion thereof shall, to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration, lapse or cash settlement, again be available for future grants of Awards under the Plan. Any Shares repurchased by or surrendered to the Company under Section 7.4 resulting in the return of such Shares to the Company shall again be available for future grants of Awards under the Plan. The payment of Dividend Equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding Awards shall not be counted against the Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.1(b), no Shares may again be optioned, granted or awarded if such action would cause an Incentive Share Option to fail to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code.

(c) To the extent not prohibited by Applicable Law, (i) in the event any Substitute Awards are granted, Shares issued or issuable in connection with such Substitute Awards shall not be counted against the number of Shares reserved under the Plan, but shall be available under the Plan, and (ii) if a company acquired by the Company or any Affiliate or with which the Company or any Affiliate combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by shareholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common shares of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for post-transaction Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan. Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not Eligible Individuals prior to such acquisition or combination.

3.2 Shares Distributed

 

Any Shares distributed pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Common Shares, Common Shares held in treasury or Common Shares purchased on the open market.

ARTICLE 4.

Granting of Awards

4.1 Participation

 

The Committee may, from time to time, select from among all Eligible Individuals, those to whom an Award shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award, which shall not be inconsistent

 

 

/ 8


2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

with the requirements of the Plan. Except to the extent provided in Section 4.6 regarding the grant of Awards pursuant to the Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy, no Eligible Individual shall have any right to be granted an Award pursuant to the Plan.

4.2 Award Agreement

 

Each Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that sets forth the terms, conditions and limitations for such Award, which may include the term of the Award, the provisions applicable in the event of the Holder’s Termination of Service, and the Company’s authority to unilaterally or bilaterally amend, modify, suspend, cancel or rescind an Award. Award Agreements evidencing Incentive Share Options shall contain such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.

4.3 Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Plan, and any Award granted or awarded to any individual who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

4.4 At-Will Employment; Voluntary Participation.

 

Nothing in the Plan or in any Award Agreement hereunder shall confer upon any Holder any right to continue in the employ of, or as a Director or Consultant for, the Company or any of its Affiliates, or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and any of its Affiliates, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge any Holder at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, and with or without notice, or to terminate or change all other terms and conditions of employment or engagement, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Holder and the Company or any of its Affiliates. Participation by each Holder in the Plan shall be voluntary and nothing in the Plan shall be construed as mandating that any Eligible Individual shall participate in the Plan.

4.5 Foreign Holders.

 

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in countries other than the United States in which the Company and its Affiliates operate or have Employees, Non-Employee Directors or Consultants, or in order to comply with the requirements of any foreign securities exchange, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (a) determine which Affiliates shall be covered by the Plan; (b) determine which Eligible Individuals outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (c) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to Eligible Individuals outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws or listing requirements of any such foreign securities exchange; (d) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable (any such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to the Plan as appendices); provided , however , that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitations contained in Section 3.1; and (e) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that it deems advisable to obtain approval or comply with any necessary local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals or listing requirements of any such foreign securities exchange. Notwithstanding the foregoing,

 

 

/ 9


2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

the Committee may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate any Applicable Law. For purposes of the Plan, all references to foreign laws, rules, regulations or taxes shall be references to the laws, rules, regulations and taxes of any applicable jurisdiction other than the United States or a political subdivision thereof.

4.6 Non-Employee Director Awards.

 

The Committee, in its sole discretion, may provide that Awards granted to Non-Employee Directors shall be granted pursuant to a written nondiscretionary formula established by the Committee (the “ Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy ”), subject to the limitations of the Plan. The Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy shall set forth the type of Award(s) to be granted to Non-Employee Directors, the number of Shares to be subject to Non-Employee Director Awards, the conditions on which such Awards shall be granted, become vested and exercisable and/or payable and expire, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion. The Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy may be modified by the Committee from time to time in its sole discretion.

4.7 Stand-Alone and Tandem Awards.

 

Awards granted pursuant to the Plan may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with, any other Award granted pursuant to the Plan. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards.

ARTICLE 5.

Granting of Options

5.1 Granting of Options to Eligible Individuals.

 

The Committee is authorized to grant Options to Eligible Individuals from time to time, in its sole discretion, on such terms and conditions as it may determine, which shall not be inconsistent with the Plan.

5.2 Qualification of Incentive Share Options.

 

No Incentive Share Option shall be granted to any person who is not an Employee of the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation (each as defined in Section 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code, respectively) of the Company. No person who qualifies as a Greater Than 10% Shareholder may be granted an Incentive Share Option unless such Incentive Share Option conforms to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code. Any Incentive Share Option granted under the Plan may be modified by the Committee, with the consent of the Holder, to disqualify such Option from treatment as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which “incentive stock options” (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, but without regard to Section 422(d) of the Code) are vested and exercisable for the first time by a Holder during any calendar year under the Plan, and all other plans of the Company and any parent or subsidiary corporation thereof (each as defined in Section 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code, respectively), exceeds $100,000, the Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Share Options to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code. The rule set forth

 

 

/ 10


2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

in the immediately preceding sentence shall be applied by taking Options and other “incentive stock options” into account in the order in which they were granted and the Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the respective options were granted. Incentive Share Options that are not exercised within three (3) months following a Holder’s termination of employment with the Company and its Affiliates shall be treated as Non-Qualified Share Options to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.

5.3 Option Exercise Price.

 

The exercise price per Share subject to each Option shall be set by the Committee, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Option is granted (or, as to Incentive Share Options, on the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code) unless otherwise determined by the Committee. In addition, in the case of Incentive Share Options granted to a Greater Than 10% Shareholder, such price shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Option is granted (or the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code).

5.4 Option Term.

 

The term of each Option (the “ Option Term ”) shall be set by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided , however , that the Option Term shall not be more than ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted, or five (5) years from the date an Incentive Share Option is granted to a Greater Than 10% Shareholder. The Committee shall determine the time period, including the time period following a Termination of Service, during which the Holder has the right to exercise the vested Options, which time period may not extend beyond the last day of the Option Term. Except as limited by the requirements of Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code and regulations and rulings thereunder or the first sentence of this Section 5.4, the Committee may extend the Option Term of any outstanding Option, and may extend the time period during which vested Options may be exercised, in connection with any Termination of Service of the Holder, and may amend, subject to Section 13.1, any other term or condition of such Option relating to such a Termination of Service.

5.5 Option Vesting.

 

The period during which the right to exercise, in whole or in part, an Option vests in the Holder shall be set by the Committee and the Committee may determine that an Option may not be exercised in whole or in part for a specified period after it is granted. Such vesting may be based on service with the Company or any Subsidiary, any Performance Criteria or any other criteria selected by the Committee, and, except as limited by the Plan, at any time after the grant of an Option, the Committee, in its sole discretion and subject to whatever terms and conditions it selects, may accelerate the period during which an Option vests. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at grant (or, if no rights of the Holder (or, in the case of his death, his estate) are reduced, thereafter):

(a) if a Holder’s Termination of Service is by reason of death or Disability, all Options that are held by such Holder that are vested and exercisable on the date of the Holder’s Termination of Service may be exercised by the Holder (or, in the case of death, by the legal representative of the Holder’s estate) at any time within a period of one year after the date of such a Termination of Service, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of such Options;

(b) if a Holder’s Termination of Service is by involuntary termination without Cause, all Options that are held by such Holder that are vested and exercisable on the date of the Holder’s Termination of Service may be exercised by the Holder at any time within a period of 90 days after the date of such a Termination of Service, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of such Options;

 

 

/ 11


2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

(c) if a Holder’s Termination of Service is voluntary (other than a voluntary Termination of Service described in subsection
(d)(ii) below), all Options that are held by such Holder that are vested and exercisable on the date of the Holder’s Termination of Service may be exercised by the Holder at any time within a period of 90 days after the date of such a Termination of Service, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of such Options; or

(d) if a Holder’s Termination of Service (i) is for Cause or (ii) is a voluntary Termination of Service after the occurrence of an event that would be grounds for a Termination of Service for Cause, all Options, whether vested or not vested, that are held by such Holder shall terminate and expire on the date of such Termination;

Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, Options that are not vested as of the date of a Holder’s Termination of Service for any reason shall terminate and expire on the date of such Termination.

ARTICLE 6.

Exercise of Options

6.1 Partial Exercise.

 

A vested and exercisable Option may be exercised in whole or in part. However, an Option shall not be exercisable with respect to fractional Shares and the Committee may require that, by the terms of the Option, a partial exercise must be with respect to a minimum number of Shares.

6.2 Manner of Exercise.

 

All or a portion of a vested and exercisable Option shall be deemed exercised upon delivery of all of the following to the Company, the share plan administrator of the Company or such other person or entity designated by the Committee, or his, her or its office, as applicable:

(a) A written or electronic notice complying with the applicable rules established by the Committee stating that the Option, or a portion thereof, is exercised. The notice shall be signed by the Holder or other person then entitled to exercise the Option or such portion of the Option;

(b) Such representations and documents as the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable to effect compliance with Applicable Law. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may also take whatever additional actions it deems appropriate to effect such compliance including the placement of legends on share certificates and issuing stop-transfer notices to agents and registrars;

(c) In the event that the Option shall be exercised pursuant to Section 11.3 by any person or persons other than the Holder, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee; and

(d) Full payment of the exercise price and applicable withholding taxes to the share plan administrator of the Company for the Shares with respect to which the Option, or portion thereof, is exercised, in a manner permitted by Sections 11.1 and 11.2.

 

 

/ 12


2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

6.3 Notification Regarding Disposition.

 

The Holder shall give the Company prompt written or electronic notice of any disposition of Shares acquired by exercise of an Incentive Share Option which occurs within (a) two years from the date of granting (including the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code) such Option to such Holder, or (b) one year after the transfer of such Shares to such Holder.

ARTICLE 7.

Award of Restricted Shares

7.1 Award of Restricted Shares.

 

(a) The Committee is authorized to grant Restricted Shares to Eligible Individuals, and shall determine the terms and conditions, including the restrictions applicable to each award of Restricted Shares, which terms and conditions shall not be inconsistent with the Plan, and may impose such conditions on the issuance of such Restricted Shares as it deems appropriate.

(b) The Committee shall establish the purchase price, if any, and form of payment for Restricted Shares; provided , however , that if a purchase price is changed, such purchase price shall not be less than the par value of the Shares to be purchased, unless otherwise permitted by Applicable Law.

7.2 Rights as Shareholders.

 

Subject to Section 7.4, upon issuance of Restricted Shares, the Holder shall have, unless otherwise provided by the Committee, all the rights of a shareholder with respect to said Shares, subject to the restrictions in the applicable Award Agreement, including the right to receive all dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect to the Shares; provided , however , that, in the sole discretion of the Committee, any distributions with respect to the Shares shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 7.3. The Committee may, in its discretion, determine at the time of grant that the payment of dividends shall be deferred until, and conditioned upon, the expiration of the applicable restriction period.

7.3 Restrictions.

 

All Restricted Shares (including any shares received by Holders thereof with respect to Restricted Shares as a result of share dividends, bonus issuance, share splits or any other form of recapitalization) shall, in the terms of the applicable Award Agreement, be subject to such restrictions and vesting requirements as the Committee shall provide. Such restrictions may include restrictions concerning voting rights and transferability and such restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times and pursuant to such circumstances or based on such criteria as selected by the Committee, including criteria based on the Holder’s duration of employment, directorship or consultancy with the Company and its Affiliates, performance criteria, Company performance, individual performance or other criteria selected by the Committee. By action taken after the Restricted Shares are issued, the Committee may, on such terms and conditions as it may determine to be appropriate, accelerate the vesting of such Restricted Shares by removing any or all of the restrictions imposed by the terms of the applicable Award Agreement. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, Restricted Shares may not be sold or encumbered until all restrictions are terminated or expire.

 

 

/ 13


2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

7.4 Repurchase or Forfeiture of Restricted Shares.

 

Except as otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter, if no price was paid by the Holder for the Restricted Shares, upon a Termination of Service during the applicable restriction period, the Holder’s rights in unvested Restricted Shares then subject to restrictions shall lapse, and such Restricted Shares shall be surrendered to the Company and cancelled without consideration. If a price was paid by the Holder for the Restricted Shares, upon a Termination of Service during the applicable restriction period, the Company shall have the right to repurchase from the Holder the unvested Restricted Shares then subject to restrictions at a cash price per share equal to the lesser of the Fair Market Value per share and the price paid by the Holder for such Restricted Shares, or such other amount as may be specified in the applicable Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may provide that upon certain events, including a Change in Control, the Holder’s death, retirement or disability or any other specified Termination of Service or any other event, the Holder’s rights in unvested Restricted Shares shall not lapse, such Restricted Shares shall vest and, if applicable, the Company shall not have a right of repurchase.

7.5 Certificates for Restricted Shares.

 

Restricted Shares granted pursuant to the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall determine. Certificates or book entries in respect of Restricted Shares shall include an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Shares. The Company, in its sole discretion, may (a) retain physical possession of any share certificate evidencing Restricted Shares until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed and/or (b) require that the share certificates (if any) issued in respect of Restricted Shares be held in custody by a designated escrow agent (which may but need not be the Company) until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and that the Holder deliver a duly-executed but undated share transfer form endorsed in blank, together with the grant of authority in a form acceptable to the Committee to deal with such Restricted Shares, relating to such Restricted Shares.

ARTICLE 8.

Award of Restricted Share Units

8.1 Grant of Restricted Share Units.

 

The Committee is authorized to grant Awards of Restricted Share Units to any Eligible Individual selected by the Committee in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee.

8.2 Term.

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, the term of a Restricted Share Unit award shall be set by the Committee in its sole discretion.

 

 

/ 14


2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

8.3 Purchase Price.

 

The Committee shall specify the purchase price, if any, to be paid by the Holder to the Company with respect to any Restricted Share Unit award; provided , however , that value of the consideration shall not be less than the par value of a Share, unless otherwise permitted by Applicable Law.

8.4 Vesting of Restricted Share Units.

 

At the time of grant, the Committee shall specify the date or dates on which the Restricted Share Units shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable, and may specify such conditions to vesting as it deems appropriate, including any vesting based upon the Holder’s duration of service to the Company or any Affiliate, one or more performance criteria, Company performance, individual performance or other specific criteria, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods, as determined by the Committee.

8.5 Maturity and Payment.

 

At the time of grant, the Committee shall specify the maturity date applicable to each grant of Restricted Share Units, which shall be no earlier than the vesting date or dates of the Award and may be determined at the election of the Holder (if permitted by the applicable Award Agreement); provided that, except as otherwise determined by the Committee, set forth in any applicable Award Agreement, and subject to compliance with Section 409A and Section 457A of the Code, in no event shall the maturity date relating to each Restricted Share Unit occur following the later of (a) the 15th day of the third month following the end of the calendar year in which the applicable portion of the Restricted Share Unit vests; or (b) the 15th day of the third month following the end of the Company’s fiscal year in which the applicable portion of the Restricted Share Unit vests. On the maturity date, the Company shall, subject to Section 11.4 and the applicable Award Agreement, transfer to the Holder one unrestricted, fully transferable Share for each Restricted Share Unit scheduled to be paid out on such date and not previously forfeited, or as determined by the Committee, an amount in cash equal to the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the maturity date or a combination of cash and Shares as determined by the Committee.

8.6 Payment upon Termination of Service.

 

An Award of Restricted Share Units shall only be payable while the Holder is an Employee, a Consultant or a member of the Board, as applicable; provided , however , that the Committee, in its sole discretion, may provide (in an Award Agreement or otherwise) that a Restricted Share Unit award may be paid subsequent to a Termination of Service in certain events, including a Change in Control, the Holder’s death, retirement or disability or any other specified Termination of Service.

8.7 No Rights as a Shareholder.

 

Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, a Holder of Restricted Share Units shall possess no incidents of ownership with respect to the Shares represented by such Restricted Share Units, unless and until such Shares are transferred to the Holder pursuant to the terms of this Plan and the Award Agreement.

 

 

/ 15


2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

ARTICLE 9.

Award of Performance Awards, Dividend Equivalents, Share Payments, Deferred Shares

9.1 Performance Awards.

 

The Committee is authorized to grant Performance Awards and other Awards to any Eligible Individual from time to time, in its sole discretion, on such terms and conditions as it may determine, which shall not be inconsistent with the Plan. The value of Performance Awards may be linked to the attainment of the Performance Goals or other specific criteria, whether or not objective, determined by the Committee, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods and in such amounts as may be determined by the Committee.

9.2 Dividend Equivalents.

 

Dividend Equivalents may be granted by the Committee based on dividends declared on the Shares, to be credited as of dividend payment dates with respect to dividends with record dates that occur during the period between the date an Award is granted to a Holder and the date such Award vests, is exercised, is distributed or expires, as determined by the Committee. Such Dividend Equivalents shall be converted to cash or additional Shares by such formula and at such time and subject to such restrictions and limitations as may be determined by the Committee.

9.3 Share Payments.

 

The Committee is authorized to make Share Payments to any Eligible Individual that are payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to the Shares, including Shares awarded purely as a bonus and not subject to any restrictions or conditions, Shares in payment of the amounts due under an incentive or performance plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or an Affiliate thereof, and Awards valued by reference to book value of the Shares. The number or value of Shares of any Share Payment shall be determined by the Committee and may be based upon one or more Performance Criteria or any other specific criteria, including service to the Company or any Affiliate, determined by the Committee. Shares underlying a Share Payment which is subject to a vesting schedule or other conditions or criteria set by the Committee shall not be issued until those conditions have been satisfied. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, a Holder of a Share Payment shall have no rights as a Company shareholder with respect to such Share Payment until such time as the Share Payment has vested and the Shares underlying the Award have been issued to the Holder. Share Payments may, but are not required to, be made in lieu of base salary, bonus, fees or other cash compensation otherwise payable to such Eligible Individual.

9.4 Deferred Shares.

 

The Committee is authorized to grant Deferred Shares to any Eligible Individual. The number of Deferred Shares shall be determined by the Committee and may (but is not required to) be based on one or more

 

 

/ 16


2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

Performance Criteria or other specific criteria, including service to the Company or any Affiliate, as the Committee determines, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Committee. Shares underlying a Deferred Share award which is subject to a vesting schedule or other conditions or criteria set by the Committee shall be issued on the vesting date(s) or date(s) that those conditions and criteria have been satisfied, as applicable. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, a Holder of Deferred Shares shall have no rights as a Company shareholder with respect to such Deferred Shares until such time as the Award has vested and any other applicable conditions and/or criteria have been satisfied and the Shares underlying the Award have been issued to the Holder.

9.5 Term.

 

The term of a Dividend Equivalent award, Share Payment award, and/or Deferred Share award shall be established by the Committee in its sole discretion.

9.6 Purchase Price.

 

The Committee may establish the purchase price, if any, of Shares distributed as a Share Payment award or Deferred Shares award; provided , however , that value of the consideration shall not be less than the par value of a Share, unless otherwise permitted by Applicable Law.

9.7 Termination of Service.

 

A Share Payment award, Dividend Equivalent award, and/or Deferred Shares award is distributable only while the Holder is an Employee, Director or Consultant, as applicable. The Committee, however, in its sole discretion, may provide that the Dividend Equivalent award, Share Payment award and/or Deferred Shares award may be distributed subsequent to a Termination of Service in certain events, including a Change in Control, the Holder’s death, retirement or disability or any other specified Termination of Service.

ARTICLE 10.

Award of Share Appreciation Rights

10.1 Grant of Share Appreciation Rights.

 

(a) The Committee is authorized to grant Share Appreciation Rights to Eligible Individuals from time to time, in its sole discretion, on such terms and conditions as it may determine, which shall not be inconsistent with the Plan.

(b) A Share Appreciation Right shall entitle the Holder (or other person entitled to exercise the Share Appreciation Right pursuant to the Plan) to exercise all or a specified portion of the Share Appreciation Right (to the extent then vested and exercisable pursuant to its terms) and to receive from the Company an amount determined by multiplying the difference obtained by subtracting the exercise price per share of the Share Appreciation Right from the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the Share Appreciation Right by the number of Shares with respect to which the Share Appreciation Right shall have been exercised, subject to any limitations the Committee may impose. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the exercise price per Share subject to each Share Appreciation Right shall be set by the Committee, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the Share Appreciation Right is granted.

 

 

/ 17


2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

10.2 Share Appreciation Right Vesting.

 

(a) The period during which the right to exercise, in whole or in part, a Share Appreciation Right vests in the Holder shall be set by the Committee and the Committee may determine that a Share Appreciation Right may not be exercised in whole or in part for a specified period after it is granted. Such vesting may be based on service with the Company or any Affiliate, any Performance Criteria or any other criteria selected by the Committee. Except as limited by the Plan, at any time after grant of a Share Appreciation Right, the Committee, in its sole discretion and subject to whatever terms and conditions it selects, may accelerate the period during which a Share Appreciation Right vests.

(b) No portion of a Share Appreciation Right which is unvested or unexercisable at a Holder’s Termination of Service shall thereafter become vested or exercisable, except as may be otherwise provided by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement evidencing the grant of a Share Appreciation Right, or by action of the Committee following the grant of the Share Appreciation Right.

10.3 Manner of Exercise.

 

All or a portion of a vested and exercisable Share Appreciation Right shall be deemed exercised upon delivery of all of the following to the Secretary of the Company, the share plan administrator of the Company, or such other person or entity designated by the Committee, or his, her or its office, as applicable:

(a) A written or electronic notice complying with the applicable rules established by the Committee stating that the Share Appreciation Right, or a portion thereof, is exercised. The notice shall be signed by the Holder or other person then entitled to exercise the Share Appreciation Right or such portion of the Share Appreciation Right;

(b) Such representations and documents as the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable to effect compliance with Applicable Law. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may also take whatever additional actions it deems appropriate to effect such compliance, including the placement of legends on share certificates and issuing stop-transfer notices to agents and registrars;

(c) In the event that the Share Appreciation Right shall be exercised pursuant to this Section 10.3 by any person or persons other than the Holder, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Share Appreciation Right, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee; and

(d) Full payment of the exercise price and applicable withholding taxes to the share plan administrator of the Company for the Shares with respect to which the Share Appreciation Right, or portion thereof, is exercised, in a manner permitted by Sections 11.1 and 11.2.

10.4 Share Appreciation Right Term.

 

The term of each Share Appreciation Right (the “ Share Appreciation Right Term ”) shall be set by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided , however , that the Share Appreciation Right Term shall not be more than ten (10) years from the date the Share Appreciation Right is granted. The Committee shall determine the time period, including the time period following a Termination of Service, during which the Holder has the right to exercise the vested Share Appreciation Rights, which time period may not extend beyond the last day of

 

 

/ 18


2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

the Share Appreciation Right Term applicable to such Share Appreciation Right. Except as limited by the requirements of Section 409A or 457A of the Code and regulations and rulings thereunder or the first sentence of this Section 10.4, the Committee may extend the Share Appreciation Right Term of any outstanding Share Appreciation Right, and may extend the time period during which vested Share Appreciation Rights may be exercised, in connection with any Termination of Service of the Holder, and may amend, subject to Section 13.1, any other term or condition of such Share Appreciation Right relating to such a Termination of Service.

10.5 Payment.

 

Payment of the amounts payable with respect to Share Appreciation Rights pursuant to this Article 10 shall be in cash, Shares (based on its Fair Market Value as of the date the Share Appreciation Right is exercised), or a combination of both, as determined by the Committee.

ARTICLE 11.

Additional Terms of Awards

11.1 Payment.

 

The Committee shall determine the methods by which payments by any Holder with respect to any Awards granted under the Plan shall be made, including: (a) cash or check, (b) Shares (including, in the case of payment of the exercise price of an Award, Shares issuable pursuant to the exercise of the Award) or Shares held for such period of time as may be required by the Committee in order to avoid adverse accounting consequences, in each case, having a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate payments required, (c) delivery of a written or electronic notice that the Holder has placed a market sell order with a broker acceptable to the Company with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise or vesting of an Award, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the aggregate payments required; provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale, or (d) any other form of legal consideration acceptable to the Committee in its sole discretion. The Committee shall also determine the methods by which Shares shall be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Holders. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Holder who is a Director or officer of the Company (or any of its Affiliates) shall take any action in respect of any Award in violation of any Applicable Law.

11.2 Tax Withholding.

 

(a) The Company or any Affiliate shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold from an amount paid in cash, or require a Holder to remit to the Company, an amount paid in cash sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including the Holder’s FICA, employment tax or other social security contribution obligation or any applicable employer’s national insurance contributions) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event concerning a Holder arising as a result of the Plan. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may provide in an Award Agreement for payment by the Holder to the Company of an amount that is equal to the sum of all employment and other taxes, insurance premiums and other amounts imposed by any and all applicable tax authorities on the Company or any Affiliate with respect to any amounts payable to, or earned by, such Holder in respect of any Award made under the Plan. The Committee, in its sole discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement, may (i) purchase or

 

 

/ 19


2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

allow a Holder to elect to have the Company purchase Shares otherwise issuable under an Award or (ii) cause the sale of a sufficient number of Shares on behalf of the Holder to realize sale proceeds equivalent to the applicable tax liabilities and remit such amount to or at the direction of the Holder’s employer or the Committee in satisfaction of such tax liabilities. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the number of Shares which may be so purchased or sold on behalf of the Holder shall be limited to the number of Shares which have a fair market value on the date of purchase or sale (as the case may be) necessary to pay the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income. The Committee shall determine the fair market value of the Shares, consistent with applicable provisions of the Code, for tax withholding obligations due in connection with a broker-assisted cashless Option or Share Appreciation Right exercise involving the sale of Shares to pay the Option or Share Appreciation Right exercise price or any tax withholding obligation.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event that, upon the vesting of an Award (other than an Option) or the exercise of an Option, (i) the Company or any Affiliate employing the Holder (the “ Secondary Contributor ”) would otherwise be liable for United Kingdom secondary employer’s National Insurance Contributions in respect of such vesting or exercise (such contributions, the “ Secondary Contributions ”) and (ii) the Committee provides the Holder written or electronic notice requiring the Holder to enter into an agreement or election as referred to in sub clauses (1) and (2) below not later than the date that is thirty (30) days after either the vesting date of such Award or the receipt by the Company of notice of exercise with respect to such Option, as applicable, then, the vesting of such Award or the exercise of such Option, as applicable, shall not be effective unless, not later than the date that is thirty (30) days after the date of such notice from the Committee, such Holder has entered into either (as required and directed by the Committee in its sole discretion):

(1) an agreement that allows the Secondary Contributor to recover the whole amount or any portion of the Secondary Contributions from the Holder; or

(2) a form of joint election, in such form as determined by the Committee and approved in advance by Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs (“ HMRC ”), for the transfer to the Holder of the whole amount or any portion of the Secondary Contributions (and the arrangements made in such election for securing that the Holder will satisfy the amount of Secondary Contributions transferred to the Holder have also been approved in advance by HMRC); and

If the relevant requirements of Section 11.2(b)(1) or (2) are satisfied within the specified period, the date of vesting of such Award or exercise of such Option, as applicable, shall be the date on which the condition is satisfied. If such requirements are not satisfied within the specified period, the vesting of such Award or exercise of such Option, as applicable, shall be ineffective, null and void.

11.3 Transferability of Awards.

 

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.3(b) and 11.3(c):

(i) No Award under the Plan may be sold, pledged, charged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, subject to the consent of the Committee, pursuant to a DRO, unless and until such Award has been exercised, or the Shares underlying such Award have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such Shares have lapsed;

(ii) No Award or interest or right therein shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Holder or the Holder’s successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, charge, hypothecation, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by Section 11.3(a)(i); and

 

 

/ 20


2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

(iii) During the lifetime of the Holder, only the Holder may exercise an Award (or any portion thereof) granted to such Holder under the Plan, unless it has been disposed of pursuant to a DRO; after the death of the Holder, any vested and exercisable portion of an Award may, prior to the time when such portion becomes unexercisable under the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement, be exercised by the Holder’s personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Holder’s will or under the then-applicable laws of descent and distribution.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 11.3(a), the Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit a Holder to transfer an Award other than an Incentive Share Option to any one or more Permitted Transferees, subject to the following terms and conditions: (i) an Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall not be assignable or transferable by the Permitted Transferee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a DRO; (ii) an Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall continue to be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Award as applicable to the original Holder (other than the ability to further transfer the Award); and (iii) the Holder and the Permitted Transferee shall execute any and all documents requested by the Committee, including any documents to (A) confirm the status of the transferee as a Permitted Transferee, (B) satisfy any requirements for an exemption for the transfer under Applicable Law and (C) evidence the transfer.

(c) Notwithstanding Section 11.3(a), a Holder may, in the manner determined by the Committee, designate a beneficiary to exercise the rights of the Holder and to receive any distribution with respect to any Award upon the Holder’s death. A beneficiary, legal guardian, legal representative, or other person claiming any rights pursuant to the Plan is subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Award Agreement applicable to the Holder, except to the extent the Plan and the Award Agreement otherwise provide, and to any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee. If the Holder is married or a domestic partner in a domestic partnership qualified under Applicable Law and resides in a community property state, a designation of a person other than the Holder’s spouse or domestic partner, as applicable, as the Holder’s beneficiary with respect to more than 50% of the Holder’s interest in the Award shall not be effective without the prior written or electronic consent of the Holder’s spouse or domestic partner. If no beneficiary has been designated or survives the Holder, payment shall be made to the person entitled thereto pursuant to the Holder’s will or the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to the foregoing, a beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by a Holder at any time; provided that the change or revocation is filed with the Committee prior to the Holder’s death.

11.4 Conditions to Issuance of Shares.

 

(a) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates or make any book entries evidencing Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of any Award, unless and until the Board or the Committee has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance of such Shares is in compliance with Applicable Law and the Shares are covered by an effective registration statement or applicable exemption from registration. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Board or the Committee may require that a Holder make such reasonable covenants, agreements and representations as the Board or the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with Applicable Law.

(b) Any share certificates delivered pursuant to the Plan and all Shares issued pursuant to book entry procedures are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to comply with Applicable Law. The Committee may place legends on any share certificate or book entry to reference restrictions applicable to the Shares.

 

 

/ 21


2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

(c) The Committee shall have the right to require any Holder to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement, distribution or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the sole discretion of the Committee.

(d) No fractional Shares shall be issued and the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares shall be eliminated by rounding down.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Committee or required by Applicable Law, the Company shall not deliver to any Holder certificates evidencing Shares issued in connection with any Award and instead such Shares shall be recorded in the register of members of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or share plan administrator).

11.5 Forfeiture and Claw-Back Provisions.

 

Pursuant to its general authority to determine the terms and conditions applicable to Awards under the Plan, the Committee shall have the right to provide, in an Award Agreement or otherwise, or to require a Holder to agree by separate written or electronic instrument, that:

(a) (i) Any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit actually or constructively received by the Holder upon any receipt, vesting or exercise of the Award, or upon the receipt or resale of any Shares underlying the Award, shall be paid to the Company, and (ii) the Award shall terminate and any unexercised portion of the Award (whether or not vested) shall be forfeited, if (x) a Termination of Service occurs prior to a specified date, or within a specified time period following receipt or exercise of the Award, or (y) the Holder at any time, or during a specified time period, engages in any activity in competition with the Company or any Affiliate, or which is inimical, contrary or harmful to the interests of the Company or any Affiliate, as further defined by the Committee or (z) the Holder incurs a Termination of Service for Cause; and

(b) All Awards (including any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit actually or constructively received by the Holder upon any receipt, vesting or exercise of any Award or upon the receipt or resale of any Shares underlying the Award) shall be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by the Company, including any claw-back policy adopted to comply with the requirements of Applicable Law, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder, to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy and/or in the applicable Award Agreement.

11.6 Option Repricing.

 

The Committee (a) may, without shareholder consent, (i) authorize the amendment of any outstanding Option or Share Appreciation Right to reduce its price per share or (ii) cancel any Option or Share Appreciation Right in exchange for cash or another Award when the Option or Share Appreciation Right price per share exceeds the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares; and (b) shall have the authority, without the approval of the shareholders of the Company, to amend any outstanding Award to increase the price per share or to cancel and replace an Award with the grant of an Award having a price per share that is greater than or equal to the price per share of the original Award. The Committee may take any action permitted by this Section 11.6 in connection with a transaction described in Section 13.2 or at any other time determined by the Committee, subject only to any limitations specifically provided by Applicable Laws.

 

 

/ 22


2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

ARTICLE 12.

Administration

12.1 Administrator.

 

The Committee shall administer the Plan (except as otherwise permitted herein). Additionally, to the extent the Board deems necessary to comply with Applicable Law, each of the individuals constituting the Committee shall be an “independent director” under the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Common Shares are listed, quoted or traded. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any action taken by the Committee shall be valid and effective, whether or not members of the Committee at the time of such action are later determined not to have satisfied the requirements for membership set forth in this Section 12.l or otherwise provided in any charter of the Committee. Except as may otherwise be provided in any charter of the Committee, appointment of Committee members shall be effective upon acceptance of appointment. Committee members may resign at any time by delivering written or electronic notice to the Board. Vacancies in the Committee may only be filled by the Board.

12.2 Duties and Powers of Committee.

 

It shall be the duty of the Committee to conduct the general administration of the Plan in accordance with its provisions. The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and the Award Agreement, and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are not inconsistent therewith, to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules and to amend any Award Agreement; provided that the rights or obligations of the Holder of the Award that is the subject of any such Award Agreement are not affected adversely in a material manner by such amendment, unless the consent of the Holder is obtained or such amendment is otherwise permitted under Section 11.5 or Section 13.10. Any such grant or award under the Plan need not be the same with respect to each Holder. Any such interpretations and rules with respect to Incentive Share Options shall be consistent with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code. In its sole discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan except with respect to the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Common Shares are listed, quoted or traded are required to be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.

12.3 Action by the Committee.

 

Unless otherwise established by the Board or in any charter of the Committee, a majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum and the acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, and acts approved in writing by all members of the Committee in lieu of a meeting, shall be deemed the acts of the Committee. Each member of the Committee is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other employee of the Company or any Affiliate, the Company’s independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan.

 

 

/ 23


2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

12.4 Authority of Administrator.

 

Subject to the Company’s Memorandum of Association and Bye-laws, the Committee’s charter and any specific designation in the Plan, the Committee has the exclusive power, authority and sole discretion to:

(a) Designate Eligible Individuals to receive Awards;

(b) Determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Eligible Individual;

(c) Determine the number of Awards to be granted and the number of Shares to which an Award will relate;

(d) Determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted pursuant to the Plan, including the exercise price, grant price, purchase price, any Performance Criteria, any Performance Goal, any reload provision, any restrictions or limitations on the Award, any schedule for vesting, lapse of forfeiture restrictions or restrictions on the exercisability of an Award, and accelerations or waivers thereof, and any provisions related to non-competition and recapture of gain on an Award, based in each case on such considerations as the Committee in its sole discretion determines;

(e) Determine whether, to what extent, and pursuant to what circumstances an Award may be settled in, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid in cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, repurchased or surrendered;

(f) Prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each Holder;

(g) Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Award;

(h) Establish, adopt, or revise any rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;

(i) Interpret the terms of, and any matter arising pursuant to, the Plan or any Award Agreement;

(j) Make all other decisions and determinations that may be required pursuant to the Plan or as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;

(k) Correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award Agreement in such manner and to the extent the Committee deems necessary or desirable in order to carry out the purposes and intent of the Plan; and

(l) Accelerate wholly or partially the vesting or lapse of restrictions of any Award or portion thereof at any time after the grant of an Award, subject to whatever terms and conditions it selects and Section 13.2.

12.5 Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

When necessary or desirable for an Award to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall consist solely of at least two persons who are “outside directors” (as defined under Section 162(m) of the Code) and the Committee shall approve the grant of such Award and timely determine (as applicable) the Performance Period and any Performance Goals upon which vesting or settlement of any portion of such Award is to be subject. When required by Section 162(m) of the Code, prior to settlement of any such Award, the Committee shall determine and certify in writing the extent to which such Performance Goals have been timely achieved and the extent to which the Shares (or other amounts denominated in dollars) subject to such Award have thereby been earned. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, with respect to Holders whose compensation is subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, (A) provided

 

 

/ 24


2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

that such adjustments are consistent with the regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may adjust the applicable Performance Goals to account for changes in law and accounting and to make such adjustments as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate to reflect the impact of extraordinary or unusual items, events or circumstances to avoid windfalls or hardships, including without limitation (i) restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items, and other unusual or non-recurring charges, (ii) an event either not directly related to the operations of the Company or not within the reasonable control of the Company’s management, or (iii) a change in accounting standards required by generally accepted accounting principles, (B) the maximum number of Shares that may be made subject to Awards denominated in Shares granted to each such Holder during any fiscal year of the Company is 3,000,000 Shares per type of Award (subject to increase or decrease pursuant to Section 13.2); provided that the maximum number of Shares for all types of Awards during any fiscal year of the Company that may be granted and paid to each such Holder is 3,000,000 Shares (subject to increase or decrease pursuant to Section 13.2), and (C) the maximum value at grant of Awards (including Performance Awards) denominated in dollars that may be granted and paid during any fiscal year of the Company to each such Holder is $15,000,000.

12.6 Decisions Binding.

 

The Committee’s interpretation of the Plan, any Awards granted pursuant to the Plan, any Award Agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Committee with respect to the Plan are final, binding and conclusive on all parties.

12.7 Delegation of Authority.

 

To the extent permitted by Applicable Law and applicable securities exchange rules and regulations, the Board or Committee may from time to time delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board or one or more officers of the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries) the authority to grant or amend Awards or to take other administrative actions pursuant to this Article 12; provided , however , that any such officer of the Company (or Director) (or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries) to whom authority to grant or amend Awards has been delegated may not grant Awards to himself or herself hereunder. The Committee may designate professional advisors to assist the Committee in the administration of the Plan (to the extent permitted by Applicable Law and applicable securities exchange rules and regulations). Any delegation hereunder shall be subject to the restrictions and limits that the Board or Committee specifies at the time of such delegation, and the Board may at any time rescind the authority so delegated or appoint a new delegatee. At all times, the delegatee appointed under this Section 12.7 shall serve in such capacity at the pleasure of the Board and the Committee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 13.9, this Section 12.7 and all matters relating to the authority of the Board, the Committee or any of their respective delegatee(s) to grant or amend Awards under the Plan shall be governed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of Bermuda without regard to conflicts of laws thereof or of any other jurisdiction.

12.8 Liability and Indemnification.

 

The Committee may employ such legal counsel, consultants and agents as it may deem desirable for the administration of the Plan and may rely upon any opinion received from any such counsel or consultant and any computation received from any such consultant or agent. Expenses incurred by the Committee or Board in the engagement of any such counsel, consultant or agent shall be paid by the Company. The Committee, its members and any person designated pursuant to Section 12.7 above shall not be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable

 

 

/ 25


2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

law, no officer or former officer of the Company or member or former member of the Committee or of the Board shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award granted under it. To the maximum extent allowable pursuant to Applicable Law, each member of the Committee or of the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act pursuant to the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her; provided he or she gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled pursuant to the Company’s Bye-laws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

ARTICLE 13.

Miscellaneous provisions

13.1 Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan.

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Section 13.1, the Plan may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Board or the Committee. However, without approval of the Company’s shareholders given within twelve (12) months before or after the action by the Committee, no action of the Committee may, except as provided in Section 13.2, increase the limits imposed in Section 3.1 on the maximum number of Shares which may be issued under the Plan. Except as provided in Section 11.5 and Section 13.10, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall, without the consent of the Holder, impair any rights or obligations under any Award theretofore granted or awarded, unless the Award itself otherwise expressly so provides. No Awards may be granted or awarded during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan, and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event may any Award be granted under the Plan after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date the Plan is first adopted by the Board (the “ Expiration Date ”). Any Awards that are outstanding as of the Expiration Date shall remain in force according to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

13.2 Changes in Shares or Assets of the Company, Acquisition or Liquidation of the Company and Other Corporate Events.

 

(a) In the event of any share dividend, bonus issuance, share split, share consolidation or exchange of shares, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, reorganization or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to shareholders, or any other change affecting the shares in the Company’s share capital or the price of the Company’s shares (other than an Equity Restructuring), the Committee may, subject to Applicable Law, make equitable adjustments, if any, to reflect such change with respect to: (i) the aggregate number and kind of Shares that may be issued under the Plan (including any adjustments to the limitations in Section 3.1 on the maximum number and kind of Shares which may be issued under the Plan, and adjustments of the Award Limit; (ii) the number and kind of Shares (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards; (iii) the number and kind of Shares (or other securities or property) for which automatic grants are subsequently to be made to new and continuing Non-Employee Directors pursuant to Section 4.6; (iv) the terms and conditions of any outstanding Awards (including any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect thereto); and (v) the grant or exercise price per share for any outstanding Awards under the Plan.

 

 

/ 26


2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

(b) In the event of any transaction or event described in Section 13.2(a) or any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events affecting the Company, any Affiliate of the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any Affiliate, or of changes in Applicable Law or accounting principles, the Committee, in its sole discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Award or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event and either automatically or upon the Holder’s request, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions to facilitate such transactions or events or to give effect to such changes in laws, regulations or principles:

(i) To provide for either (A) termination of any such Award in exchange for an amount of cash, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Holder’s rights (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction or event described in this Section 13.2 the Committee determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Holder’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment) or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Committee, in its sole discretion, having an aggregate value not exceeding the amount that could have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Holder’s rights had such Award been currently exercisable or payable or fully vested;

(ii) To provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation or company, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar options, rights or awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices;

(iii) To make adjustments in the number and type of shares in the Company’s capital (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, and in the number and kind of issued and outstanding Restricted Shares or Deferred Shares and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included in, outstanding Awards and Awards which may be granted in the future;

(iv) To provide that such Award shall be exercisable or payable or fully vested with respect to all Shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement; and

(v) To provide that the Award cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after such event.

(c) In connection with the occurrence of any Equity Restructuring, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 12.2(a) and 12.2(b), the Committee shall equitably adjust each outstanding Award, which adjustments may include adjustments to the number and type of securities subject to each outstanding Award and/or the exercise price or grant price thereof, if applicable, the grant of new Awards to Holders, and/or the making of a cash payment to Holders, as the Committee deems appropriate to reflect such Equity Restructuring. The adjustments provided under this Section 12.2(c) shall be nondiscretionary and shall be final and binding on the affected Holder and the Company; provided that whether an adjustment is equitable shall be determined in the discretion of the Committee.

(d) Except as otherwise set forth in the applicable Award Agreement or determined by the Committee, in the event of a Change in Control, each outstanding Award shall continue in effect or be assumed or an equivalent Award substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation.

(e) In the event that the successor corporation in a Change in Control refuses to assume or substitute for the Award, the Committee may cause any or all of such Awards to become fully

 

 

/ 27


2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

exercisable immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction and all forfeiture restrictions on any or all of such Awards to lapse. If an Award is exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a Change in Control, the Committee shall in writing or electronically notify the Holder that the Award shall be fully exercisable for a period of fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, contingent upon the occurrence of the Change in Control, and the Award shall terminate upon the expiration of such period.

(f) For the purposes of this Section 13.2, an Award shall be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether shares, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Shares for each Common Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding Common Shares); provided , however , that if such consideration received in the Change in Control was not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent, the Committee may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Award, for each Share subject to an Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent equal in fair market value to the per-share consideration received by holders of Common Shares in the Change in Control.

(g) The Committee, in its sole discretion, may include such further provisions and limitations in any Award, agreement or certificate, as it may deem equitable and in the best interests of the Company that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan.

(h) No adjustment or action described in this Section 13.2 or in any other provision of the Plan shall be authorized to the extent that such adjustment or action would cause the Plan to violate Section 422(b)(1) of the Code.

(i) The existence of the Plan, the Award Agreement and the Awards granted hereunder shall not affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Company or the shareholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger, amalgamation or consolidation of the Company, any issue of shares or of options, warrants or rights to purchase shares or of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference shares whose rights are superior to or affect the Shares or the rights thereof or which are convertible into or exchangeable for Shares, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

(j) No action shall be taken under this Section 13.2 which shall cause an Award to fail to be exempt from or comply with Section 409A or 457A of the Code or the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

(k) In the event of any pending share dividend, bonus issuance, share split, share consolidation or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to shareholders, or any other change affecting the Common Shares or the share price of the Common Shares (including any Equity Restructuring), for reasons of administrative convenience, the Company in its sole discretion, may refuse to permit the exercise of any Award during a period of up to thirty (30) days prior to the consummation of any such transaction.

13.3 Approval of Plan by Shareholders.

 

The Plan shall be submitted for the approval of the Company’s shareholders within twelve (12) months after the date of the Board’s initial adoption of the Plan. Awards may be granted or awarded prior to such shareholder approval; provided that such Awards shall not be exercisable, shall not vest and the restrictions thereon shall not lapse and no Shares shall be issued pursuant thereto prior to the time when the Plan is approved by the shareholders; and provided , further , that if such approval has not been obtained at the end of said twelve (12) month period, all Awards previously granted or awarded under the Plan shall thereupon be canceled and become null and void.

 

 

/ 28


2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

13.4 No Shareholders Rights.

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, a Holder shall have none of the rights of a shareholder with respect to Shares covered by any Award until the Holder becomes the record owner of such Shares.

13.5 Paperless Administration.

 

In the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the documentation, granting or exercise of Awards, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless documentation, granting or exercise of Awards by a Holder may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.

13.6 Effect of Plan upon Other Compensation Plans.

 

The adoption of the Plan shall not affect any other compensation or incentive plans in effect for the Company or any Affiliate. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Company or any Affiliate: (a) to establish any other forms of incentives or compensation for Employees, Directors or Consultants of the Company or any Affiliate, or (b) to grant or assume options or other rights or awards otherwise than under the Plan in connection with any proper corporate purpose including the grant or assumption of options in connection with the acquisition by purchase, lease, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or otherwise, of the business, stock, shares or assets of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, firm or association.

13.7 Compliance with Laws.

 

The Plan, the granting and vesting of Awards under the Plan and the issuance and delivery of Shares and the payment of money under the Plan or under Awards granted or awarded hereunder are subject to compliance with all Applicable Law (including any state, federal and foreign securities law and margin requirements), and to such approvals by any listing, regulatory or governmental authority as may, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be necessary or advisable in connection therewith. Any securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such restrictions, and the person acquiring such securities shall, if requested by the Company, provide such assurances and representations to the Company as the Company may deem necessary or desirable to assure compliance with all Applicable Law. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to Applicable Law.

13.8 Titles and Headings, References to Sections of the Code or Exchange Act.

 

The titles and headings of the Sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control. References to sections of the Code or the Exchange Act shall include any amendment or successor thereto.

 

 

/ 29


2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

13.9 Governing Law.

 

Subject to the last sentence of Section 12.7, the Plan and any agreements hereunder shall be administered, interpreted and enforced under Delaware law without regard to conflicts of laws thereof or of any other jurisdiction.

13.10 Section 409A and Section 457A.

 

(a) To the extent that the Committee determines that any Award granted under the Plan is subject to Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and any Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A and Section 457A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued from time to time. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, a Holder’s right to receive any installment payments under the Plan or pursuant to a Section 409A Covered Award shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments.

(b) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary or any Award Agreement, in the event the Committee determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued from time to time), the Committee may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Committee determines are necessary or appropriate to (a) exempt the Award from Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award, or (b) comply with the requirements of Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance and thereby avoid the application of any penalty taxes under such Sections.

(c) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary or any Award Agreement, if any Holder is deemed on the date of his or her “separation from service” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company or its Affiliates to be a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(i)), then, with regard to any payment in respect of a Section 409A Covered Award that is payable on account of a “separation from service” that is required to be delayed pursuant to Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code (after taking into account any applicable exceptions to such requirement), such payment shall be made on the date that is the first day of the seventh month following the date of the Holder’s “separation from service” or, if earlier, on the date of the Holder’s death (the “ Delay Period ”). Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments delayed pursuant to this Section shall be paid to the Holder in a lump sum.

(d) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary or any Award Agreement, a termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of a Section 409A Covered Award providing for payment upon or following a termination of a Holder’s employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” and, for purposes of any such provision of such Section 409A Covered Award, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean “separation from service.”

(e) The Company shall not have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise protect the Holder from any obligation to pay any taxes, interest or penalties pursuant to Section 409A or 457A of the Code.

 

 

/ 30


2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

13.11 No Rights to Awards.

 

No Eligible Individual or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Award pursuant to the Plan, and neither the Company nor the Committee is obligated to treat Eligible Individuals, Holders or any other persons uniformly.

13.12 Unfunded Status of Awards.

 

The Plan is intended to be an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Holder pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall give the Holder any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company or any Affiliate.

13.13 Relationship to other Benefits.

 

No payment pursuant to the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any Affiliate except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.

13.14 Data Protection.

 

By participating in the Plan, each Holder shall consent to the holding and processing of personal information provided by such Holder to the Company, any Affiliate, trustee or third party service provider, for all purposes relating to the operation of the Plan. These include, but are not limited to: (i) administering and maintaining Holder records; (ii) providing information to the Company, Affiliates, trustees of any employee benefit trust, registrars, brokers or third party administrators of the Plan; (iii) providing information to future purchasers or merger partners of the Company or any Affiliate, or the business in which the Holder works; and (iv) transferring information about the Holder to any country or territory that may not provide the same protection for the information as the Holder’s home country.

13.15 Expenses.

 

The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Subsidiaries.

* * * * *

 

 

/ 31

Exhibit 4.27

MARKIT LTD.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

MARKIT LTD. RESTRICTED SHARE GRANT NOTICE AND RESTRICTED SHARE AGREEMENT

Markit Ltd., an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to the individual listed below (the “ Holder ”) an award of Restricted Shares with respect to the number of the Shares indicated below, which Restricted Shares shall be subject to vesting based on the Holder’s continued service with the Company, as provided herein. This award of Restricted Shares (the “ Award ”) is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein, and in the Restricted Share Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Agreement ”) and the Plan, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Share Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) and the Agreement.

 

Holder:

 

Grant Date:

 

Number of Shares:

 

Vesting Schedule: Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the Restricted Shares shall become vested in [three equal annual installments on the first, second, and third anniversaries of the Grant Date] [five equal annual installments on the first, second, third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the Grant Date] (but will remain subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Plan); [ provided , however , that, if the Holder incurs a Termination of Service without Cause[ or for Good Reason], then any unvested portion of such Restricted Shares that would have vested within the 12-month period immediately following such termination as if the Holder had not experienced a Termination of Service, shall vest in full immediately upon the date of such Termination of Service; and provided , further , however , that if such Termination of Service occurs within the twelve (12) month period commencing on and following a Change in Control, then 100% of the Restricted Shares shall vest in full immediately upon the date of such Termination of Service.] [As used herein, the term “Good Reason” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Holder’s employment agreement with the Company (or any Affiliate)].]

By the Holder’s signature below, or by the Holder’s submitting his or her electronic acceptance of the Award subject to this Grant Notice using the website of the Company’s designated brokerage firm, the Holder agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Agreement and this Grant Notice. Holder agrees to access copies of the Plan and the prospectus governing the Plan (collectively, the “ Plan Documents ”) on the Company’s intranet or on the website of the Company’s designated brokerage firm. Paper copies are also available upon request to the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s corporate offices.

The Holder has reviewed this Grant Notice, the Agreement and the Plan Documents in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice or accepting the Award subject hereto and fully understands all provisions of this Grant Notice, the Agreement and the Plan. The Holder agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee with respect to the Plan, this Grant Notice or the Agreement.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Grant Notice effective as of the Grant Date.

 

HOLDER
By:

 

Print Name:
Address:

 

2


EXHIBIT A

TO RESTRICTED SHARE GRANT NOTICE

RESTRICTED SHARE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to the Grant Notice to which this Agreement is attached, the Company has granted to Holder the right to receive a number of Restricted Shares set forth in the Grant Notice, subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Grant Notice. The Award is also subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan which are incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control. Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan and the Grant Notice, as applicable.

Terms and Conditions

1. Grant of Restricted Shares . Effective as of the grant date set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Grant Date ”), and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement, the Committee has granted to the Holder, pursuant to the Grant Notice and the Plan, the number of Restricted Shares set forth in the Grant Notice, subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan. For the period during which such restrictions are in effect, the Common Shares subject to such restrictions shall be referred to herein as the “ Restricted Shares .” The Restricted Shares shall, in the discretion of the Committee, either be evidenced by a certificate or by means of electronic, book-entry statement held in the name of the Company as nominee for the Holder in the records of the Company’s stock transfer agent and branch registrar, pursuant to which the Holder shall have voting rights and such rights to dividends as are described in Section 2 below. Any certificate or book entry (as applicable) shall be noted appropriately to record the restrictions on the Restricted Shares imposed hereby. Upon the lapse of such restrictions without forfeiture as described in Section 2(c) below, the Company shall cause a new certificate or certificates to be issued without legend (except for any legend required pursuant to applicable securities laws or any other agreement to which the Holder is a party) in the name of the Holder in exchange for the certificate evidencing the Restricted Shares, or, as may be the case, the Company shall issue appropriate instructions to the transfer agent if the electronic, book-entry method is utilized. In any event, the Company, in its discretion, may cause the delivery of the shares in certificated or electronic form to a brokerage account established for the Holder’s account at a brokerage or financial institution selected by the Company.

2. Restricted Shares .

(a) Rights as a Shareholder . Prior to the time a Restricted Share is fully vested hereunder, the Holder shall have no right to transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise encumber such Restricted Share. During such period, the Holder shall have all other rights of a shareholder, including, but not limited to, the right to vote and to receive dividends (subject to Section 2(b) hereof).

(b) Vesting . Subject to Section 2(c) below and the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Restricted Shares shall become vested in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice (but will remain subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Plan), provided that the Holder has not experienced a Termination of Service prior to the applicable vesting date. There shall be no proportionate or partial vesting in the periods prior to each vesting date and all vesting shall occur only on the applicable vesting date. Unless otherwise provided by the Company, all dividends and any other amounts receivable in connection with any adjustments of the Shares under Section 13.2 of the Plan shall be subject to the vesting schedule in this Section 2(b).

 

3


(c) Forfeiture . Upon the Holder’s Termination of Service for any reason, any and all unvested Restricted Shares shall, subject to any limitations imposed under the law of Bermuda, be repurchased by the Company at a price per Share equal to US$0.01; provided, however, if the Company is prohibited under applicable law from repurchasing any such Restricted Shares on termination, such repurchase shall occur as soon as the repurchase is no longer prohibited.

(d) Section 83(b) or Other Elections . If the Holder properly elects (as permitted by section 83(b) of the Code) within thirty (30) days after the issuance of the Restricted Shares to include in gross income for federal income tax purposes in the year of issuance the fair market value of such Restricted Shares, the Holder shall deliver to the Company a signed copy of such election promptly after the making of such election, and shall pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to pay to the Company upon such election, any applicable federal, state, local or other taxes of any kind that the Company is required to withhold with respect to the Restricted Shares. The Holder acknowledges that it is his or her sole responsibility, and not the Company’s, to timely and properly file the election under section 83(b) of the Code and any corresponding provisions of state tax laws if he or she elects to utilize such election. The Holder hereby acknowledges that neither the Company nor any Affiliate will enter into any election with the Holder pursuant to any of sections 425(3), 430 or 431 of the United Kingdom Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 in respect of the Award.

(e)

(f) Certificates . If, after the Grant Date, certificates are issued with respect to the shares of Restricted Shares, such issuance and delivery of certificates shall be made in accordance with the applicable terms of the Plan.

(g) Transfer of Shares . Any vested Restricted Shares delivered hereunder, or any interest therein, may be sold, assigned, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered, or transferred or disposed of in any other manner, in whole or in part, only in compliance with the terms, conditions and restrictions as set forth in the bye-laws (as amended from time to time) of the Company, the provisions of this Agreement, applicable federal and state securities laws or any other applicable laws or regulations and the terms and conditions hereof.

3. Certain Legal Restrictions . The Plan, this Agreement, the granting and vesting of the Restricted Shares, and any obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Agreement, shall be subject to all applicable federal, foreign, provincial, state and local laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any regulatory or governmental agency as may be required, and to any rules or regulations of any exchange on which the Common Shares are listed.

4. Corporate Events . Except as otherwise provided in the Grant Notice or this Agreement, the provisions of Section 13.2 of the Plan shall apply to the Restricted Shares.

5. Withholding of Taxes . The Company or any Subsidiary shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold from an amount paid in cash, or require the Holder to remit to the Company, an amount paid in cash sufficient to satisfy any applicable federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including the Holder’s FICA, employment tax or other social security contribution obligation or any applicable employer’s national insurance contributions) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event concerning the Holder arising as a result of the Plan or this Agreement.

 

4


The Committee, in its sole discretion, may require payment by the Holder of an amount that is equal to the sum of all employment and other taxes, insurance premiums and other amounts imposed by any and all applicable tax authorities on the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate with respect to any amounts payable to, or earned by, the Holder in respect of the Restricted Shares. The Committee, in its sole discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement, may (i) repurchase or allow the Holder to elect to have the Company repurchase Shares otherwise issuable hereunder or (ii) cause the sale of a sufficient number of Shares on behalf of the Holder to realize sale proceeds equivalent to the applicable tax liabilities and remit such amount to or at the direction of the Holder’s employer or the Committee in satisfaction of such tax liabilities. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the number of Shares which may be so repurchased or sold on behalf of the Holder shall be limited to the number of Shares which have a fair market value on the date of repurchase or sale (as the case may be) necessary to pay the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income.

6. Provisions of Plan Control . This Agreement is subject to all the terms, conditions and provisions of the Plan, including, without limitation, the amendment provisions thereof, and to such rules, regulations and interpretations relating to the Plan as may be adopted by the Committee and as may be in effect from time to time. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. If and to the extent that any provision of this Agreement conflicts or is inconsistent with the terms set forth in the Plan, the Plan shall control, and this Agreement shall be deemed to be modified accordingly.

7. Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreements between the Company and the Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof.

8. Notices . Any notice or communication given hereunder shall be in writing or by electronic means as set forth in Section 13 below and, if in writing, shall be deemed to have been duly given: (i) when delivered in person; (ii) two (2) days after being sent by United States mail; or (iii) on the first business day following the date of deposit if delivered by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, to the appropriate party at the address set forth below (or such other address as the party shall from time to time specify):

 

If to the Company, to:
Markit Ltd.
c/o Markit North America Inc.
620 8 th Avenue, 35 th Floor
New York, NY 10018
United States of America
Attn.: General Counsel
If to the Holder, to the address on file with the Company.

9. No Guaranteed Employment . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall affect the right of the Company or any of its Affiliates to terminate the Holder’s employment at any time, with or without Cause, or shall be deemed to create any rights to employment or continued employment. The rights and obligations arising under this Agreement are not intended to and do not affect the Holder’s employment relationship that otherwise exists between the Holder and the Company or any of its Affiliates, whether such employment relationship is at will or defined by an employment contract. Moreover, this Agreement is not intended to and does not amend any existing employment

 

5


contract between the Holder and the Company or any of its Affiliates; to the extent there is a conflict between this Agreement and such an employment contract, the employment contract shall govern and take priority.

10. Power of Attorney . The Company (including its successors and assigns) is hereby appointed the attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, of the Holder for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and taking any action and executing any instruments which such attorney-in-fact may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof, which appointment as attorney-in-fact is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. The Company, as attorney-in-fact for the Holder, may in the name and stead of the Holder, make and execute all conveyances, assignments and transfers of the Restricted Shares, other property issued in respect of such Restricted Shares, Shares and any property provided for herein, and the Holder hereby ratifies and confirms that which the Company, as said attorney-in-fact, shall do by virtue hereof. Nevertheless, the Holder shall, if so requested by the Company, execute and deliver to the Company all such instruments as may, in the judgment of the Company, be advisable for this purpose.

11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT, FOR ITSELF AND ITS AFFILIATES, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE ACTIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR IN THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT.

12. Interpretation . All section titles and captions in this Agreement are for convenience only, shall not be deemed part of this Agreement, and in no way shall define, limit, extend or describe the scope or intent of any provisions of this Agreement.

13. Mode of Communications . The Holder agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in lieu of receiving documents in paper format, to accept electronic delivery of any documents that the Company or any of its Affiliates may deliver in connection with this grant of Restricted Shares, including, without limitation, prospectuses, grant notifications, account statements, annual or quarterly reports, and other communications. The Holder further agrees that electronic delivery of a document may be made via the Company’s email system or by reference to a location on the Company’s intranet or website or the online brokerage account system.

14. No Waiver . No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

15. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is declared or found to be illegal, unenforceable or void, in whole or in part, then the parties hereto shall be relieved of all obligations arising under such provision, but only to the extent that it is illegal, unenforceable or void, it being the intent and agreement of the parties hereto that this Agreement shall be deemed amended by modifying such provision to the extent necessary to make it legal and enforceable while preserving its intent or, if that is not possible, by substituting therefor another provision that is legal and enforceable and achieves the same objectives.

 

6


16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart.

17. Data Protection . By participating in the Plan and entering into this Agreement, the Holder hereby consents to the holding and processing of personal information provided by the Holder to the Company, any Affiliate, trustee or third party service provider, for all purposes relating to the operation of the Plan. These include, but are not limited to: (i) administering and maintaining the Holder’s records; (ii) providing information to the Company, Affiliates, trustees of any employee benefit trust, registrars, brokers or third party administrators of the Plan; (iii) providing information to future purchasers or merger partners of the Company or any Affiliate, or the business in which the Holder works; and (iv) transferring information about the Holder to any country or territory that may not provide the same protection for the information as the Holder’s home country.

18. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflict of laws. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal and state courts of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City in respect of the interpretation and enforcement of the provisions of this Agreement. Each party hereby waives and agrees not to assert, as a defense in any action, suit or proceeding for the interpretation and enforcement hereof, that such action, suit or proceeding may not be brought or is not maintainable in such courts or that the venue thereof may not be appropriate or that this Agreement may not be enforced in or by such courts. Each party hereby consents to and grants any such court jurisdiction over the person of such parties and over the subject matter of any such action, suit or proceeding and agrees that the mailing of process or other papers in connection with any such action, suit, or proceeding in the manner provided in Section 8 hereof or in such other manner as may be permitted by law shall be valid and sufficient service thereof.

19. Miscellaneous .

(a) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal legal representatives, successors, trustees, administrators, distributees, devisees and legatees. The Company may assign to any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company or any Affiliate by which the Holder is employed, and require such successor to expressly assume and agree in writing to perform, this Agreement.

(b) The Holder agrees that the award of the Restricted Shares hereunder is special incentive compensation and that it, any dividends paid thereon (even if treated as compensation for tax purposes) and any other property issued in respect of such Restricted Shares will not be taken into account as “salary” or “compensation” or “bonus” in determining the amount of any payment under any pension, retirement or profit-sharing plan of the Company or any life insurance, disability or other benefit plan of the Company, unless specifically provided in the applicable plan.

(c) No modification or waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the party against whom it is sought to be enforced.

 

7

Exhibit 4.28

MARKIT LTD.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

MARKIT LTD. NON-QUALIFIED SHARE OPTION GRANT NOTICE AND NON-QUALIFIED SHARE OPTION AGREEMENT

Markit Ltd., an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to the individual listed below (the “ Holder ”) an option to purchase the number of the Shares set forth below (the “ Option ”), which Option shall be subject to vesting based on the Holder’s continued service with the Company, as provided herein. The Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Non-Qualified Share Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Share Option Agreement ”) and the Plan, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Non-Qualified Share Option Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) and the Share Option Agreement.

 

Holder:

 

Grant Date:

 

Total Number of Shares Subject to the Option:

 

Exercise Price per Share:

 

Expiration Date:

 

Option Type:

This Option is a Non-Qualified Share Option and is not an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

Vesting Schedule: Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the Option shall vest and become exercisable in [three equal annual installments on the first, second, and third, anniversaries of the Grant Date] [five equal installments on the first, second, third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the Grant Date]; [ provided , however , that, if the Holder incurs a Termination of Service without Cause[ or for Good Reason], then any unvested portion of such Option that would have vested within the 12-month period immediately following such termination as if the Holder had not experienced a Termination of Service, shall vest in full immediately upon the date of such Termination of Service; and provided , further , however , that if such Termination of Service occurs within the twelve (12) month period commencing on and following a Change in Control, then 100% of the Option shall vest in full immediately upon the date of such Termination of Service. [As used herein, the term “Good Reason” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Holder’s employment agreement with the Company (or any Affiliate)].]

By the Holder’s signature below, or by the Holder’s submitting his or her electronic acceptance of the Option subject to this Grant Notice online using the website of the Company’s designated brokerage firm, the Holder agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Share Option Agreement and this Grant Notice. The Holder agrees to access copies of the Plan and the prospectus governing the Plan (collectively, the “ Plan Documents ”) on the Company’s intranet or on the website of the Company’s designated brokerage firm. Paper copies are also available upon request to the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s corporate offices.


The Holder has reviewed this Grant Notice, the Share Option Agreement and the Plan Documents in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice or accepting the Option subject hereto and fully understands all provisions of this Grant Notice, the Share Option Agreement and the Plan. The Holder hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator of the Plan with respect to the Plan, this Grant Notice or the Share Option Agreement.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Grant Notice effective as of the Grant Date.

 

HOLDER
By:

 

Print Name:
Address:

 

3


EXHIBIT A

TO MARKIT LTD. NON-QUALIFIED SHARE OPTION GRANT NOTICE

NON-QUALIFIED SHARE OPTION AGREEMENT

Pursuant to the Grant Notice to which this Share Option Agreement is attached, effective as of the grant date set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Grant Date ”), the Company has granted to the Holder an option under the Plan to purchase the number of Common Shares indicated in the Grant Notice, subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Share Option Agreement and the Grant Notice. The Option is also subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan which are incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Share Option Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control. Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan and the Grant Notice, as applicable.

Terms and Conditions

1. Tax Matters . No part of the Option granted hereby is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under section 422 of the Code.

2. Shares Subject to Option; Exercise Price . Subject in all respects to the Plan and the terms and conditions set forth herein and therein, the Option entitles the Holder to purchase from the Company, upon exercise, the number of Shares subject to the Option set forth in the Grant Notice. The exercise price under the Option is the exercise price set forth in the Grant Notice.

3. Vesting; Exercise .

(a) The Option shall vest and become exercisable in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice, provided that the Holder has not experienced a Termination of Service prior to the applicable vesting date. There shall be no proportionate or partial vesting in the periods prior to each vesting date and any vesting shall occur only on the applicable vesting date.

(b) To the extent any portion of the Option has become exercisable with respect to a number of Shares as provided above, such portion may thereafter be exercised by the Holder, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time prior to the expiration of the Option as provided herein and in accordance with Section 6.2 of the Plan, including, without limitation, the filing of such written form of exercise notice, if any, as may be required by the Committee.

4. Option Term . The term of the Option shall be until the expiration date set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Expiration Date ”). Upon the Expiration Date, the Option shall automatically be cancelled for no consideration, shall no longer be exercisable, and shall cease to be outstanding; provided that the Option shall automatically terminate and be cancelled prior to the Expiration Date to the extent it can no longer be exercised as provided for in Section 5 hereof.

5. Corporate Events . Except as otherwise provided in the Grant Notice or this Agreement, the provisions of Section 13.2 of the Plan shall apply to the Option.

6. Restriction on Transfer of Option . No portion of the Option shall be transferable by the Holder other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and the Option shall be exercisable, during the Holder’s lifetime, only by the Holder. Any attempt to transfer the Option other than in accordance with the expressed terms of the Plan shall be void.

 

4


7. Certain Legal Restrictions . The Plan, this Agreement, the granting and exercising of this Option, and any obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Agreement, shall be subject to all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any regulatory or governmental agency as may be required, and to any rules or regulations of any exchange on which the Common Shares are listed.

8. Rights as a Shareholder . The Holder shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Option unless and until the Holder has become the holder of record of such Shares, and no adjustments shall be made for dividends (whether in cash, in kind or other property), distributions or other rights in respect of any such shares, except as otherwise specifically provided for in the Plan.

9. Withholding of Taxes . The Company shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold from an amount paid in cash, or require the Holder to remit to the Company, an amount paid in cash sufficient to satisfy any applicable federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including the Holder’s FICA, employment tax or other social security contribution obligation or any applicable employer’s national insurance contributions) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event concerning a Holder arising as a result of the Plan or this Agreement. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may require payment by the Holder of an amount that is equal to the sum of all employment and other taxes, insurance premiums and other amounts imposed by any and all applicable tax authorities on the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate with respect to any amounts payable to, or earned by, such Holder in respect of the Option granted hereunder. The Committee, in its sole discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement, may (i) repurchase or allow the Holder to elect to have the Company repurchase Shares otherwise issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) cause the sale of a sufficient number of Shares on behalf of the Holder to realize sale proceeds equivalent to the applicable tax liabilities and remit such amount to or at the direction of the Holder’s employer or the Committee in satisfaction of such tax liabilities. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the number of Shares which may be so repurchased or sold on behalf of the Holder shall be limited to the number of Shares which have a fair market value on the date of repurchase or sale (as the case may be) necessary to pay the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income. The Committee shall determine the fair market value of the Shares, consistent with applicable provisions of the Code, for tax withholding obligations due in connection with a broker-assisted cashless Option involving the sale of Shares to pay the Option exercise price or any tax withholding obligation.

10. Provisions of Plan Control . This Agreement is subject to all the terms, conditions and provisions of the Plan, including, without limitation, the amendment provisions thereof, and to such rules, regulations and interpretations relating to the Plan as may be adopted by the Committee and as may be in effect from time to time. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. If and to the extent that any provision of this Agreement conflicts or is inconsistent with the terms set forth in the Plan, the Plan shall control, and this Agreement shall be deemed to be modified accordingly.

11. Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof (other than any exercise notice or other documents expressly contemplated herein or in the Plan) and supersedes any prior agreements between the Company and the Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof.

12. Notices . Any notice or communication given hereunder shall be in writing or by electronic means as set forth in Section 16 below and, if in writing, shall be deemed to have been duly given: (i) when delivered in person; (ii) two (2) days after being sent by United States mail; or (iii)

 

5


on the first business day following the date of deposit if delivered by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, in each case, to the appropriate party at the address set forth below (or such other address as the party may from time to time specify):

 

If to the Company, to:

 

Markit Ltd.

c/o Markit North America Inc.

620 8 th Avenue, 35 th Floor

New York, NY 10018

United States of America

Attn.: General Counsel

 

If to the Holder, to the address on file with the Company.

13. No Guaranteed Employment . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall affect the right of the Company or any of its Affiliates to terminate the Holder’s employment at any time, with or without Cause, or shall be deemed to create any rights to employment or continued employment. The rights and obligations arising under this Agreement are not intended to and do not affect the Holder’s employment relationship that otherwise exists between the Holder and the Company or Employer, whether such employment relationship is at will or defined by an employment contract. Moreover, this Agreement is not intended to and does not amend any existing employment contract between the Holder and the Company or any of its Affiliates; to the extent there is a conflict between this Agreement and such an employment contract, the employment contract shall govern and take priority.

14. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT, FOR ITSELF AND ITS AFFILIATES, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE ACTIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR IN THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT.

15. Interpretation . All section titles and captions in this Agreement are for convenience only, shall not be deemed part of this Agreement, and in no way shall define, limit, extend or describe the scope or intent of any provisions of this Agreement.

16. Mode of Communications . The Holder agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in lieu of receiving documents in paper format, to accept electronic delivery of any documents that the Company or any of its Affiliates may deliver in connection with this Option grant, including, without limitation, prospectuses, grant notifications, account statements, annual or quarterly reports, and other communications. The Holder further agrees that electronic delivery of a document may be made via the Company’s email system or by reference to a location on the Company’s intranet or website or the online brokerage account system.

17. No Waiver . No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

 

6


18. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is declared or found to be illegal, unenforceable or void, in whole or in part, then the parties hereto shall be relieved of all obligations arising under such provision, but only to the extent that it is illegal, unenforceable or void, it being the intent and agreement of the parties hereto that this Agreement shall be deemed amended by modifying such provision to the extent necessary to make it legal and enforceable while preserving its intent or, if that is not possible, by substituting therefor another provision that is legal and enforceable and achieves the same objectives.

19. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart.

20. Data Protection . By participating in the Plan and entering into this Agreement, the Holder hereby consents to the holding and processing of personal information provided by the Holder to the Company, any Affiliate, trustee or third party service provider, for all purposes relating to the operation of the Plan. These include, but are not limited to: (i) administering and maintaining the Holder’s records; (ii) providing information to the Company, Affiliates, trustees of any employee benefit trust, registrars, brokers or third party administrators of the Plan; (iii) providing information to future purchasers or merger partners of the Company or any Affiliate, or the business in which the Holder works; and (iv) transferring information about the Holder to any country or territory that may not provide the same protection for the information as the Holder’s home country.

21. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflict of laws. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal and state courts of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City in respect of the interpretation and enforcement of the provisions of this Agreement. Each party hereby waives and agrees not to assert, as a defense in any action, suit or proceeding for the interpretation and enforcement hereof, that such action, suit or proceeding may not be brought or is not maintainable in such courts or that the venue thereof may not be appropriate or that this Agreement may not be enforced in or by such courts. Each party hereby consents to and grants any such court jurisdiction over the person of such parties and over the subject matter of any such action, suit or proceeding and agrees that the mailing of process or other papers in connection with any such action, suit, or proceeding in the manner provided in Section 12 hereof or in such other manner as may be permitted by law shall be valid and sufficient service thereof.

22. Miscellaneous .

(a) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal legal representatives, successors, trustees, administrators, distributees, devisees and legatees. The Company may assign to any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company or any Affiliate by which the Holder is employed, and require such successor to expressly assume and agree in writing to perform, this Agreement.

(b) The Holder agrees that the award of the Option (including any Shares issuable upon exercise thereof) hereunder is special incentive compensation and that it, any dividends paid thereon (even if treated as compensation for tax purposes) and any other property issued in respect of such Option will not be taken into account as “salary” or “compensation” or “bonus” in determining the amount of any payment under any pension, retirement or profit-sharing plan of the Company or any life insurance, disability or other benefit plan of the Company, unless specifically provided in the applicable plan.

(c) No modification or waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the party against whom it is sought to be enforced.

 

7

Exhibit 4.29

MARKIT LTD.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

MARKIT LTD. RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT GRANT NOTICE AND

RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT AGREEMENT

Markit Ltd., an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to the individual listed below (the “ Holder ”) an award of Restricted Share Units (“ RSUs ”) indicated below, which RSUs shall be subject to vesting based on the Holder’s continued service with the Company, as provided herein. This award of RSUs, together with any accumulated Dividend Equivalents as provided herein (the “ Award ”), is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein, and in the Restricted Share Unit Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Agreement ”) and the Plan, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Share Unit Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) and the Agreement.

 

Holder:

 

Grant Date:

 

Number of RSUs:

 

Vesting Schedule: Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the RSUs (together with any accumulated Dividend Equivalents) shall become vested in [three equal annual installments on the first, second, and third anniversaries of the Grant Date] [five equal annual installments on the first, second, third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the Grant Date] (but will remain subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Plan) [ provided , however , that, if the Holder incurs a Termination of Service without Cause[ or for Good Reason], then any unvested portion of such RSUs (together with any unvested accumulated Dividend Equivalents) that would have vested within the 12-month period immediately following such termination as if the Holder had not experienced a Termination of Service, shall vest in full immediately upon the date of such Termination of Service; and provided , further , however , that if such Termination of Service occurs within the twelve (12) month period commencing on and following a Change in Control, then 100% of the RSUs (together with any accumulated Dividend Equivalents) shall vest in full immediately upon the date of such Termination of Service. [As used herein, the term “Good Reason” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Holder’s employment agreement with the Company (or any Affiliate)] ].

By the Holder’s signature below, or by the Holder’s submitting his or her electronic acceptance of the Award subject to this Grant Notice using the website of the Company’s designated brokerage firm, the Holder agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Agreement and this Grant Notice. Holder agrees to access copies of the Plan and the prospectus governing the Plan (collectively, the “ Plan Documents ”) on the Company’s intranet or on the website of the Company’s designated brokerage firm. Paper copies are also available upon request to the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s corporate offices.

The Holder has reviewed this Grant Notice, the Agreement and the Plan Documents in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice or accepting the Award subject hereto and fully understands all provisions of this Grant Notice, the Agreement and the Plan. The Holder agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee with respect to the Plan, this Grant Notice or the Agreement.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Grant Notice effective as of the Grant Date.

 

HOLDER
By:

 

Print Name:
Address:

 

2


EXHIBIT A

TO RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT GRANT NOTICE

RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT AGREEMENT

Pursuant to the Grant Notice to which this Agreement is attached, the Company has granted to Holder the right to receive a number of RSUs set forth in the Grant Notice, together with any Dividend Equivalents pursuant to Section 2(f) below, subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Grant Notice. The Award is also subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan which are incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control. Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan and the Grant Notice, as applicable.

Terms and Conditions

1. Grant of RSUs . Effective as of the grant date set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Grant Date ”), and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement, the Committee has granted to the Holder, pursuant to the Grant Notice and the Plan, the number of RSUs set forth in the Grant Notice and accumulated Dividend Equivalents pursuant to Section 2(f) below, subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan. Each RSU represents the right to receive one Share at the time provided for herein, together with any Dividend Equivalent issued in respect thereof. The Holder’s right to receive Shares and Dividend Equivalents under this Agreement shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.

2. RSUs .

(a) Rights as a Shareholder . The Holder shall have no rights of a shareholder with respect to the Shares represented by RSUs, including, but not limited to, the right to vote and to receive dividends, unless and until such Shares are transferred to the Holder pursuant to the Plan and this Agreement.

(b) Vesting and Payment . Subject to Section 2(c) below and the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, the RSUs and any accumulated Dividend Equivalents, as provided under Section 2(f) below, shall become vested in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice (but will remain subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Plan), provided that the Holder has not experienced a Termination of Service prior to the applicable vesting date. There shall be no proportionate or partial vesting in the periods prior to each vesting date and all vesting shall occur only on the applicable vesting date. Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Plan, the Shares and any accumulated Dividend Equivalents shall be delivered and paid to the Holder as soon as practicable following the applicable vesting date, but not later than thirty (30) days thereafter.

(c) Forfeiture . Upon the Holder’s Termination of Service for any reason, any and all unvested RSUs, together with any and all unvested accumulated Dividend Equivalents, shall automatically be cancelled for no consideration, and shall cease to be outstanding.

(d) Restriction on Transfer of RSUs . No RSUs shall be transferable by the Holder other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Any attempt to transfer the RSUs other than in accordance with the expressed terms of the Plan shall be void.

 

3


(e) Certain Legal Restrictions . The Plan, this Agreement, the granting, vesting and settlement of the RSUs and any Dividend Equivalents, and any obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Agreement, shall be subject to all applicable federal, foreign, provincial, state and local laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any regulatory or governmental agency as may be required, and to any rules or regulations of any exchange on which the Shares are listed.

(f) Dividend Equivalents . During the period from the Grant Date through the date on which Shares underlying vested RSUs are issued to the Holder pursuant to Section 2(b), the Company shall credit the Holder with Dividend Equivalents equal to the dividends the Holder would have received if the Holder had been the actual record owner of the underlying Shares on each dividend record date. If a dividend on the Shares is payable wholly or partially in Shares, the Dividend Equivalent representing that portion shall be in the form of additional RSUs, credited on a one-for-one basis. If a dividend on the Shares is payable wholly or partially in cash, the Dividend Equivalent representing that portion shall also be in the form of cash, and the Holder shall be treated as being credited with any cash dividends, without earnings, until settlement pursuant to Section 2(b) above. If a dividend on Shares is payable wholly or partially in a form other than cash or Shares, the Committee may, in its discretion, provide for such Dividend Equivalents with respect to that portion as it deems appropriate under the circumstances. Dividend Equivalents shall be subject to the same terms and conditions as the RSUs originally awarded pursuant to the Grant Notice and this Agreement, and they shall vest (or, if applicable, be forfeited) as if they had been granted at the same time as the original RSU award. Dividend Equivalents representing the cash portion of a dividend on Shares shall be settled in cash.

(g) Corporate Events . Except as otherwise provided in the Grant Notice or this Agreement, the provisions of Section 13.2 of the Plan shall apply to the RSUs and any Dividend Equivalents.

3. Withholding of Taxes . The Company or any Subsidiary shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold from an amount paid in cash, or require the Holder to remit to the Company, an amount paid in cash sufficient to satisfy any applicable federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including the Holder’s FICA, employment tax or other social security contribution obligation or any applicable employer’s national insurance contributions) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event concerning the Holder arising as a result of the Plan or this Agreement. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may require payment by the Holder of an amount that is equal to the sum of all employment and other taxes, insurance premiums and other amounts imposed by any and all applicable tax authorities on the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate with respect to any amounts payable to, or earned by, the Holder in respect of the RSUs and any Dividend Equivalents. The Committee, in its sole discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement, may (i) repurchase or allow the Holder to elect to have the Company repurchase Shares otherwise issuable hereunder or (ii) cause the sale of a sufficient number of Shares on behalf of the Holder to realize sale proceeds equivalent to the applicable tax liabilities and remit such amount to or at the direction of the Holder’s employer or the Committee in satisfaction of such tax liabilities. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the number of Shares which may be so repurchased or sold on behalf of the Holder shall be limited to the number of Shares which have a fair market value on the date of repurchase or sale (as the case may be) necessary to pay the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income.

4. Provisions of Plan Control . This Agreement is subject to all the terms, conditions and provisions of the Plan, including, without limitation, the amendment provisions thereof, and to such rules, regulations and interpretations relating to the Plan as may be adopted by the Committee and as may be in effect from time to time. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. If and to the extent that any provision of this Agreement conflicts or is inconsistent with the terms set forth in the Plan, the Plan shall control, and this Agreement shall be deemed to be modified accordingly.

 

4


5. Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreements between the Company and the Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof.

6. Notices . Any notice or communication given hereunder shall be in writing or by electronic means as set forth in Section 11 below and, if in writing, shall be deemed to have been duly given: (i) when delivered in person; (ii) two (2) days after being sent by United States mail; or (iii) on the first business day following the date of deposit if delivered by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, to the appropriate party at the address set forth below (or such other address as the party shall from time to time specify):

 

If to the Company, to:
Markit Ltd.
c/o Markit North America Inc.
620 8 th Avenue, 35 th Floor
New York, NY 10018
United States of America
Attn.: General Counsel
If to the Holder, to the address on file with the Company.

7. No Guaranteed Employment . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall affect the right of the Company or any of its Affiliates to terminate the Holder’s employment at any time, with or without Cause, or shall be deemed to create any rights to employment or continued employment. The rights and obligations arising under this Agreement are not intended to and do not affect the Holder’s employment relationship that otherwise exists between the Holder and the Company or any of its Affiliates, whether such employment relationship is at will or defined by an employment contract. Moreover, this Agreement is not intended to and does not amend any existing employment contract between the Holder and the Company or any of its Affiliates; to the extent there is a conflict between this Agreement and such an employment contract, the employment contract shall govern and take priority.

8. Power of Attorney . The Company (including its successors and assigns) is hereby appointed the attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, of the Holder for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and taking any action and executing any instruments which such attorney-in-fact may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof, which appointment as attorney-in-fact is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. The Company, as attorney-in-fact for the Holder, may in the name and stead of the Holder, make and execute all conveyances, assignments and transfers of the RSUs, Dividend Equivalents, other property issued in respect of such RSUs, Shares and any property provided for herein, and the Holder hereby ratifies and confirms that which the Company, as said attorney-in-fact, shall do by virtue hereof. Nevertheless, the Holder shall, if so requested by the Company, execute and deliver to the Company all such instruments as may, in the judgment of the Company, be advisable for this purpose.

9. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT, FOR ITSELF AND ITS AFFILIATES, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ALL RIGHT

 

5


TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE ACTIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR IN THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT.

10. Interpretation . All section titles and captions in this Agreement are for convenience only, shall not be deemed part of this Agreement, and in no way shall define, limit, extend or describe the scope or intent of any provisions of this Agreement.

11. Mode of Communications . The Holder agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in lieu of receiving documents in paper format, to accept electronic delivery of any documents that the Company or any of its Affiliates may deliver in connection with this grant of RSUs, including, without limitation, prospectuses, grant notifications, account statements, annual or quarterly reports, and other communications. The Holder further agrees that electronic delivery of a document may be made via the Company’s email system or by reference to a location on the Company’s intranet or website or the online brokerage account system.

12. No Waiver . No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

13. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is declared or found to be illegal, unenforceable or void, in whole or in part, then the parties hereto shall be relieved of all obligations arising under such provision, but only to the extent that it is illegal, unenforceable or void, it being the intent and agreement of the parties hereto that this Agreement shall be deemed amended by modifying such provision to the extent necessary to make it legal and enforceable while preserving its intent or, if that is not possible, by substituting therefor another provision that is legal and enforceable and achieves the same objectives.

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart.

15. Data Protection . By participating in the Plan and entering into this Agreement, the Holder hereby consents to the holding and processing of personal information provided by the Holder to the Company, any Affiliate, trustee or third party service provider, for all purposes relating to the operation of the Plan. These include, but are not limited to: (i) administering and maintaining the Holder’s records; (ii) providing information to the Company, Affiliates, trustees of any employee benefit trust, registrars, brokers or third party administrators of the Plan; (iii) providing information to future purchasers or merger partners of the Company or any Affiliate, or the business in which the Holder works; and (iv) transferring information about the Holder to any country or territory that may not provide the same protection for the information as the Holder’s home country.

16. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflict of laws. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal and state courts of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City in respect of the interpretation and enforcement of the provisions of this Agreement. Each party hereby waives and agrees not to assert, as a defense in any action, suit or proceeding for the interpretation and enforcement

 

6


hereof, that such action, suit or proceeding may not be brought or is not maintainable in such courts or that the venue thereof may not be appropriate or that this Agreement may not be enforced in or by such courts. Each party hereby consents to and grants any such court jurisdiction over the person of such parties and over the subject matter of any such action, suit or proceeding and agrees that the mailing of process or other papers in connection with any such action, suit, or proceeding in the manner provided in Section 6 hereof or in such other manner as may be permitted by law shall be valid and sufficient service thereof.

17. Miscellaneous .

(a) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal legal representatives, successors, trustees, administrators, distributees, devisees and legatees. The Company may assign to any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company or any Affiliate by which the Holder is employed, and require such successor to expressly assume and agree in writing to perform, this Agreement.

(b) The Holder agrees that the award of the RSUs hereunder is special incentive compensation and that it, any Dividend Equivalents or any other property issued in respect of such RSUs will not be taken into account as “salary” or “compensation” or “bonus” in determining the amount of any payment under any pension, retirement or profit-sharing plan of the Company or any life insurance, disability or other benefit plan of the Company, unless specifically provided in the applicable plan.

(c) No modification or waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the party against whom it is sought to be enforced.

18. Section 409A and Section 457A . To the extent the Committee determines that any payment under this Agreement is subject to Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code, the provisions of Section 13.10 of the Plan (including, without limitation, the six-month delay relating to “specified employees”) shall apply.

 

7

Exhibit 4.30

 

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy    

 

LOGO

MARKIT LTD.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

1. General

 

This Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (this “Policy”) is adopted by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Markit Ltd., an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda (the “Company”), and, with respect to the equity compensation provided herein, is intended to constitute the Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy contemplated by Section 4.6 of the Markit Ltd. 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan (as it may be amended or restated from time to time, the “Plan”). For purposes of this Policy, a “Non-Employee Director” shall mean a Director of the Company who is neither an Employee nor an employee or affiliate of any organization or entity that owns two percent (2%) or more of the Company’s issued and outstanding share capital. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.

2. Committee Authority

 

The Committee is responsible for determining what cash compensation, if any, is to be provided to members of the Board. In addition, pursuant to Section 4.6 of the Plan, the Committee has the authority to adopt a written policy providing for the grant of Awards under the Plan to Non-Employee Directors, which policy is to specify, with respect to any such Awards, the type of Award(s) to be granted to Non-Employee Directors, the number of Shares to be subject to such Awards, the conditions on which such Awards shall be granted, become vested and exercisable and/or payable and expire, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee from time to time determines in its sole discretion.

3. Annual Cash Compensation

 

Each Non-Employee Director shall be entitled to an annual cash retainer fee of $100,000 (the “Annual Retainer”) payable in arrears on a quarterly basis in equal instalments within thirty days following the end of the quarter, so long as the Non-Employee Director continues to serve on the Board through the applicable date of payment. The Annual Retainer shall be pro-rated for any partial period of service. Other than the Annual Retainer payments, the Non-Employee Directors will not be entitled to any cash compensation for serving as a member on the Board.

4. Annual Equity Awards to Non-Employee Directors

 

On the date of each annual general meeting of the Company’s shareholders (“Annual Meeting”) beginning with the first Annual Meeting following the Effective Date, each person who is a Non-Employee Director immediately following the Annual Meeting, shall be granted under the Plan, automatically and without necessity of any action by the Committee, on the date of such annual general meeting, that number of equity-based award(s) equal to $100,000 divided by the Fair Market Value of one Common Share on the date of grant, with the number of such equity-based award(s) rounded up to the nearest whole share (“Annual Equity Award”). Non-Employee Directors elected or appointed to the Board between Annual Meetings will receive a number of equity-based award(s)

 

 

Confidential \ Copyright © 2014 Markit Group Limited


Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy    

 

based on that percentage of such annual equity compensation dollar amount that equals the percentage of the year (beginning from the date of such election or appointment) remaining until the next Annual Meeting. Any such Annual Equity Award (or pro-rated portion) will fully vest on the earlier to occur of: (i) the date of the next Annual Meeting held after the date of grant, and (ii) the first anniversary of the date of grant, in each case, provided that the Non-Employee Director continues to serve as a Director through the applicable vesting date.

5. Expense Reimbursements

 

Each Non-Employee Director will be entitled to reimbursement for all reasonable and documented expenses incurred in the performance of his or her duties as a Director pursuant to the terms of any applicable Company expense reimbursement policy that is in effect from time to time.

6. Incorporation of the Plan

 

All applicable terms of the Plan apply to this Policy as if fully set forth herein, and all grants of Awards to which any Non-Employee Director is entitled under this Policy are subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of the Plan. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Policy and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

7. Written Grant Agreement

 

The grant of any Award under the Plan to which any Non-Employee Director is entitled under this Policy shall be made solely by and subject to the terms set forth in an Award Agreement in a form to be approved by the Committee and duly executed by an executive officer of the Company.

8. Policy Subject to Amendment, Modification and Termination

 

This Policy may be amended, modified or terminated by the Board or the Committee at any time, or from time to time, in its sole discretion. No Non-Employee Director shall have any rights hereunder unless and until an Award is actually granted under the Plan. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee hereby expressly reserves the authority to terminate this Policy during any year up and until the election of directors at a given annual general meeting of shareholders.

9. Effectiveness

 

This Policy shall become effective as of the Effective Date.

10. Taxes

 

The Company is not responsible for the tax consequences under federal, foreign, provincial, state or local law with respect to any Awards granted to any Non-Employee Director under the Plan. All payments under the Plan are subject to withholding and reporting requirements to the extent required by applicable law. To the extent required by law in effect at the time a distribution is made from the Plan, the Company or its agents shall have the right to withhold or deduct from any distributions or payments any taxes required to be withheld by federal, foreign, provincial, state or local governments.

 

 

/ 2

Exhibit 4.41

 

LOGO

Supplemental Agreement

MARKIT GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED

as Parent

HSBC BANK PLC

as Agent

to a multicurrency revolving facility agreement dated 16 July 2012 as subsequently amended and amended and restated

13 June 2014


THIS AGREEMENT is made on 13 June 2014

BETWEEN:

 

(1) Markit Group Holdings Limited a company incorporated in England with registered number 06240773 (the “ Parent ”);

 

(2) the Obligors acting by their agent, the Parent; and

 

(3) HSBC Bank plc as Agent on behalf of the Majority Lenders.

WHEREAS

 

(A) The parties to this agreement entered into a facility agreement (the “ Facility Agreement ”) dated 16 July 2012, as most recently amended and restated on 21 March 2014, for the provision of a multicurrency revolving loan facility of up to $1,050,000,000.

 

(B) At the request of the Parent, the Finance Parties have agreed to make certain amendments to the Facility Agreement in the terms set out in this agreement.

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. Terms defined in the Facility Agreement shall, save to the extent that the context otherwise requires, bear the same meaning in this agreement and in addition “Effective Date” shall have the meaning given to that term in clause 2.

 

2. This agreement shall take effect at the date of this agreement (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

3. With effect from the Effective Date, the Facility Agreement shall be amended as set out in clauses 4 to 23 below.

AMENDMENTS

Group

 

4. The definition of “Group” at clause 1.1 of the Facility Agreement shall be amended by inserting after the words “the Company”, which appear twice in the definition, the words “(or, following the occurrence of a Permitted Reorganisation under paragraph (b) of the definition of Permitted Reorganisation, in place of the Company, Topco)”.

Material Company

 

5. The definition of “Material Company” at clause 1.1 of the Facility Agreement shall be amended by inserting after the words “the Company”, for the first two of three references to “the Company” in the definition of “Material Company”, the words “(or, following the occurrence of a Permitted Reorganisation under paragraph (b) of the definition of Permitted Reorganisation, in place of the Company, Topco)”.

Permitted Acquisition

 

6. Paragraphs (a) and (b) of the definition of “Permitted Acquisition” at clause 1.1 of the Facility Agreement shall be amended in each case by inserting after the words “the Company” the words “(or, following the occurrence of a Permitted Reorganisation under paragraph (b) of the definition of Permitted Reorganisation, in place of the Company, Topco)”.


Permitted Distribution

 

7. Paragraphs (a) and (d) of the definition of “Permitted Distribution” at clause 1.1 of the Facility Agreement shall be amended by inserting after the words “the Company”, which appear twice in each of paragraphs (a) and (d), the words “(and, following the occurrence of a Permitted Reorganisation under paragraph (b) of the definition of Permitted Reorganisation, Topco)”.

Permitted Guarantee

 

8. Paragraph (j) to the definition of “Permitted Guarantee” at clause 1.1 of the Facility Agreement shall be amended by deleting “or” from the end of the limb.

 

9. The following new paragraph (k) shall be inserted into the definition of Permitted Guarantee at clause 1.1 of the Facility Agreement:

“a guarantee made by an Obligor of the obligations of another Obligor or made by a member of the Group which is not an Obligor of the obligations of another member of the Group; or”.

 

10. Along with the cross-references in the Facility Agreement being updated accordingly, the existing paragraph (k) to the definition of Permitted Guarantee at clause 1.1 of the Facility Agreement shall become paragraph “(l)”.

 

11. For the avoidance of doubt, reference in paragraph (e) to the definition of Permitted Loan at clause 1.1 of the Facility Agreement to “paragraph (k) of the definition of Permitted Guarantee” shall be amended to refer to “paragraph (l) of the definition of Permitted Guarantee”.

Permitted Loan

 

12. Paragraph (g) to the definition of “Permitted Loan” at clause 1.1 of the Facility Agreement shall be amended by inserting after the words “the Company” the words “(and, following the occurrence of a Permitted Reorganisation under paragraph (b) of the definition of Permitted Reorganisation, Topco)”.

Permitted Reorganisation

 

13. Paragraph (b) of the definition of “Permitted Reorganisation” at clause 1.1 of the Facilities Agreement shall be amended by inserting after the words “with a Flotation and/or a Topco Substitution” the words “and, for the avoidance of doubt, Topco may elect not to accede to this Agreement as an Obligor for a period of 15 Business Days following the occurrence of the Permitted Reorganisation under this paragraph (b)”.

Topco

 

14. The definition of “Topco” at clause 1.1 of the Facility Agreement shall be amended by deleting the words ‘Markit Limited’, which appear twice in the definition, and replacing them with the words “Markit Ltd.”.

Purpose

 

15. Clause 3.1(b) ( Purpose ) of the Facility Agreement shall be amended by inserting after the words “the Company” the words “(or, following the occurrence of a Permitted Reorganisation under paragraph (b) of the definition of Permitted Reorganisation, in place of the Company, Topco)”.

Change of Control

 

16.

Clause 8.2(a) ( Change of control ) of the Facility Agreement shall be amended by inserting after the words “If any person or group of persons acting in concert gains control of the


  Company” the words “(or, following the occurrence of a Permitted Reorganisation under paragraph (b) of the definition of Permitted Reorganisation, in place of the Company, Topco)”.

 

17. Clause 8.2(b) ( Change of control ) of the Facility Agreement shall be amended by inserting after the words “the Company”, which appear five times in clause 8.2(b), the words “(or, following the occurrence of a Permitted Reorganisation under paragraph (b) of the definition of Permitted Reorganisation, in place of the Company, Topco)”.

Information: miscellaneous

 

18. Clause 20.5(a) of the of the Facility Agreement shall be amended by inserting after the words “the Company” the words “(or, following the occurrence of a Permitted Reorganisation under paragraph (b) of the definition of Permitted Reorganisation, in place of the Company, Topco)”.

Guarantor Coverage

 

19. Clause 22.20(a) ( Guarantor Coverage ) of the Facility Agreement shall be amended by inserting after the words “unless, any such Permitted Joint Venture becomes a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company” the words “(or, following the occurrence of a Permitted Reorganisation under paragraph (b) of the definition of Permitted Reorganisation, in place of the Company, Topco)”.

Events of Default

 

20. Clause 23.11 ( Ownership of the Obligors ) of the Facility Agreement shall be amended by inserting after the words “the Company”, which appear twice in clause 23.11, the words “(or, following the occurrence of a Permitted Reorganisation under paragraph (b) of the definition of Permitted Reorganisation, in place of the Company, Topco)”.

 

21. Clause 23.12 ( Audit Qualification ) of the Facility Agreement shall be amended by inserting after the words “the Company” the words “(or, following the occurrence of a Permitted Reorganisation under paragraph (b) of the definition of Permitted Reorganisation, in place of the Company, Topco)”.

Changes to the Obligors

 

22. Clause 26.2(a) ( Topco Substitution ) shall be amended by deleting the words “such notice period to run concurrently with the notice period contemplated within paragraph (b) of the definition of Permitted Reorganisation” and replacing them with the words “such notice may, but is not required to, run concurrently with the notice period contemplated within paragraph (b) of the definition of Permitted Reorganisation”.

 

23. Clause 26.7(a) (Resignation of a Guarantor) shall be amended by inserting after the words “other than the Company” the words “and , following the occurrence of a Permitted Reorganisation under paragraph (b) of the definition of Permitted Reorganisation, Topco”.

CONDITIONS SUBSEQUENT

 

24. The amendments made pursuant to this agreement are subject to the following two conditions subsequent:

 

24.1 that within one Business Day of receipt of the court order approving the scheme of arrangement referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition of Permitted Reorganisation, the Company will deliver a copy of that court order to the Agent; and

 

24.2 that Topco will accede to the Facility Agreement as, and remain as, an Additional Guarantor in accordance with clause 26.5 ( Additional Guarantors ) within 15 Business Days of the occurrence of a Permitted Reorganisation under paragraph (b) of the definition of Permitted Reorganisation.


OTHER TERMS

 

25. Each Guarantor confirms and agrees that with effect from (and including) the Effective Date, the guarantees and indemnities set out in clause 18 (Guarantee and Indemnity) of the amended Facility Agreement shall apply and extend to the obligations of each Obligor under the Finance Documents (as defined in the amended Facility Agreement) subject to the guarantee limitations set out in clause 18.11 (Guarantee Limitations) of the amended Facility Agreement.

 

26. Except as varied by the terms of this agreement, the Facility Agreement and the other Finance Documents will remain in full force and effect. Each party to this agreement reconfirms all of its obligations under the Facility Agreement, (as amended by this agreement) and under the other Finance Documents. Any reference in the Finance Documents to the Facility Agreement will be construed as a reference to the Facility Agreement, as amended by this agreement.

 

27. The Parent confirms and acknowledges that the Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by it on the Effective Date.

 

28. The Parent acknowledges that within five Business Days of demand, it shall reimburse the Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Agent in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with this agreement pursuant to clause 17.2 (Amendment costs) of the Facility Agreement.

 

29. This agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together and when delivered to the Agent shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any party may enter into this agreement by signing any such counterpart.

 

30. The Parent executes this agreement as agent of each Obligor pursuant to its appointment under clause 2.5 (Obligors’ Agent) of the Facility Agreement.

 

31. This agreement is designated as a Finance Document.

 

32. The provisions of clauses 32 ( Notices ), 40 ( Governing Law ), 41 ( Enforcement ) and 42 ( Waiver of Jury Trial ) of the Facility Agreement shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to this agreement.

IN WITNESS whereof this agreement has been executed on the date first above written.


SIGNATORIES TO SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

 

The Parent
Markit Group Holdings Limited
By

/s/ Lance Uggla

The Obligors
Markit Group Holdings Limited
By

/s/ Lance Uggla

Markit Limited acting by its agent, the Parent
By

/s/ Lance Uggla

Markit Valuations Limited acting by its agent, the Parent
By

/s/ Lance Uggla

Markit Equities Limited acting by its agent, the Parent
By

/s/ Lance Uggla

Markit North America, Inc. acting by its agent, the Parent
By

/s/ Lance Uggla

Markit Indices Limited acting by its agent, the Parent
By

/s/ Lance Uggla

Markit Economics Limited acting by its agent, the Parent
By

/s/ Lance Uggla

Markit Securities Finance Analytics Limited acting by its agent, the Parent
By

/s/ Lance Uggla

Markit WSO Corporation acting by its agent, the Parent
By

/s/ Lance Uggla


Markit EDM Limited acting by its agent, the Parent
By

/s/ Lance Uggla

Markit EDM Hub Limited acting by its agent, the Parent
By

/s/ Lance Uggla

Markit on Demand, Inc. acting by its agent, the Parent
By

/s/ Lance Uggla

Markit Securities Finance Analytics Inc. acting by its agent, the Parent
By

/s/ Lance Uggla

Markit Analytics Inc. acting by its agent, the Parent
By

/s/ Lance Uggla

Markit Luxembourg S.à r.l. acting by its agent, the Parent
By

/s/ Lance Uggla

MarkitSERV, LLC acting by its agent, the Parent
By

/s/ Lance Uggla

MarkitSERV Limited acting by its agent, the Parent
By

/s/ Lance Uggla

MarkitSERV FX Limited acting by its agent, the Parent
By

/s/ Lance Uggla

thinkFolio Ltd acting by its agent, the Parent
By

/s/ Lance Uggla


The Agent on behalf of the Majority Lenders
HSBC Bank plc
By

/s/ illegible

Exhibit 8.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Entity name

   Jurisdiction of organisation    Ownership
Interest
 

Markit EDM Pty Limited

   Australia      100

Markit Group (Australia) Pty Limited

   Australia      100

ThinkFolio Asia Pacific Pty Limited

   Australia      100

MarkitXS BVBA

   Belgium      100

Markit Analytics Inc.

   Canada      100

Markit Group (Canada) Limited

   Canada      100

BOAT Limited

   Cayman Islands      100

Compliance Technologies International LLC

   Delaware      52.8

Markit EDM Inc.

   Delaware      100

Markit CTI Holdings Corp

   Delaware      100

Markit CTI Holdings LLC

   Delaware      52.8

Markit North America, Inc.

   Delaware      100

Markit on Demand, Inc.

   Delaware      100

Markit Securities Finance Analytics Inc.

   Delaware      100

MarkitSERV, LLC

   Delaware      100

WSOD Holding Corporation

   Delaware      100

BOAT Services Limited

   England & Wales      100

Markit Analytics (UK) Limited

   England & Wales      100

Markit Economics Limited

   England & Wales      100

Markit EDM Hub Limited

   England & Wales      100

Markit EDM Limited

   England & Wales      100

Markit Equities Limited

   England & Wales      100

Markit Group (UK) Limited

   England & Wales      100

Markit Group Holdings Limited

   England & Wales      100

Markit Group Limited

   England & Wales      100

Markit Indices Limited

   England & Wales      100

Markit Securities Finance Analytics Consulting Limited

   England & Wales      100

Markit Securities Finance Analytics Limited

   England & Wales      100

Markit Valuations Limited

   England & Wales      100

Markit Valuation Services Limited

   England & Wales      100

MarkitSERV FX Limited

   England & Wales      100

MarkitSERV Holdings Limited

   England & Wales      100

MarkitSERV Limited

   England & Wales      100

Securities Finance Systems Limited

   England & Wales      100

Securities Lending Services Group Limited

   England & Wales      100

Thinkfolio Limited

   England & Wales      100

TradeSTP Limited

   England & Wales      100

Markit Group (Hong Kong) Limited

   Hong Kong      100

Markit EDM (HK) Limited

   Hong Kong      100

Markit India Services Private Limited

   India      100

Markit Group Japan K.K.

   Japan      100

Markit Group Limited Sàrl

   Luxembourg      100

Markit Luxembourg Sàrl

   Luxembourg      100

Markit NV

   Netherlands      100

Markit Asia Pte. Limited

   Singapore      100

ThinkFolio Pty Limited

   South Africa      100

Markit WSO Corporation

   Texas      100

Exhibit 12.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Lance Uggla, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Markit Ltd.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the company and have:

 

  a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b. [Reserved]

 

  c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d. Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 10, 2015
/s/ Lance Uggla
Lance Uggla
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

Exhibit 12.2

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Jeffrey Gooch, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Markit Ltd.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the company and have:

 

  a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b. [Reserved]

 

  c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d. Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 10, 2015
/s/ Jeffrey Gooch
Jeffrey Gooch
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

Exhibit 13.1

CERTIFICATION

The certification set forth below is being submitted in connection with the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Markit Ltd. (the “Company”) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 (the “Report”) for the purpose of complying with Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code. I, Lance Uggla, certify that, to the best of my knowledge:

 

  1. the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  2. the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: March 10, 2015
/s/ Lance Uggla
Lance Uggla
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

Exhibit 13.2

CERTIFICATION

The certification set forth below is being submitted in connection with the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Markit Ltd. (the “Company”) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 (the “Report”) for the purpose of complying with Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code. I, Jeffrey Gooch, certify that, to the best of my knowledge:

 

  1. the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  2. the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: March 10, 2015
/s/ Jeffrey Gooch
Jeffrey Gooch
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

Exhibit 15.1

LOGO

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No 333-196877) of Markit Ltd of our report dated March 10, 2015 relating to the financial statements, which appears in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

/s PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

London, United Kingdom

March 10, 2015